You are on page 1of 803

PREPARED BY:

ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES


HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1 The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the


founder of the 19th dynasty.
2 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of
which Greece and her domains had ample supply of was.
3
Greek architecture was essentially.

4 Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected


by the architect Mnesicles is the.
5 The building in the acropolis generally considered as being
the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
6 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native
natural cement, the Romans achieved huge interiors with the.
7 Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders
used by the Greeks.
8 From the 5th century to the present, the character of
Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
9 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that
of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for facing
walls.
10 The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient
buildings in Rome.
11 The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in
Greek temple.
12
Amphitheaters are used for ___.
13 An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used
in public places.
14
The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
15 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing
the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints of the flat
tiles.
16 Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to
support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
17
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.

18 In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but


especially for storing wine.
19 The characteristic of Greek ornament.
20
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.

21
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.

22
The open court in an Italian palazzo.
23 The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part
of a Gothic window.
24
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.

25 How many stained glass are there in the Chartres


Cathedral?

1/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

26 Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.


i. Cornice ii. Frieze iii.Architrave
27
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
28
Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
29
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.

30
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
31 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular
plan of a dome to the poly-gonal plan of its supporting
structure.
32
A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
33 The principal or central part of a church, extending from
the narthex to the choir orchancel and usually flanked by aisles.
34
The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
35
The lowest step in the crepidoma.
36
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.

37
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.

38
Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
39
Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
40
Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
41 Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of
the Greek.
42
Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
43
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?

44
A foot race course in the cities.

45
Architects of the Parthenon.
46 The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her
ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
47 Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where
the carriages and floats are kept.
48 The emergency hideout found directly behind the headboard
of the Sultan's bed.
49 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which
is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is known as ___.
50
Japanese tea house

51
A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for Prostration

2/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

52
Domical mound containing a relic.

53
Ifugao house (southern strain).

54 The style of the order with massive and tapering columns


resting on a base of 3 steps.
55 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones
forming chambers for consecutive burials for several to a
hundred persons.
56
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church,
terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
57 Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns
surrounding the naos.
58
Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
59
Architect of the Einstein Tower.
60 Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
61 What architectural term is termed to be free from any
historical style?
62
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
63 Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a
battlement.
64 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who
consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of the
country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful
works.
65
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.

66
The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
67
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh

68
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.

69
A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
70
A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
71
A concave molding approximately quarter round.

72
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
73 A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must
be well oriented'.
74 Architect of Robinson's Galleria
75
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.

76
"A house is like a flower pot"

3/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

77 Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany


it is known as ___.
78
Architect of TWA airport.

79
"Modern architecture need not be western".

80
Not among the three pyramids in Gizeh

81 A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma


reversa strap.
82
Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
83
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
84 A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a
flower arrangement or art.
85 The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and
notable of its large dome.
86 An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently
place over the altar in a church.
87
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing
a statue.

88 A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a


church.
89
A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
90 A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and
Muslim 12th-16th century architecture.
91
Architect of the famous Propylaea, Acropolis.
92
A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
93
A kindred type to the theater.
94 The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek
theaters.
95 A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of
brickworks.
96 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone
laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal work.
97
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect

98 A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or


without mortar joints.
99
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and
domes.
100
"Form follows function".

4/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

101
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for
living".

102
Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
103 Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell
construction.
104
The architect of the Pantheon.
105
Architect of the World Trade Center.
106
He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
107 Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia,
Constantinople)
108
Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
109 Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at
Karnak?
110
Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
111 The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple
of the Italian renaissance style.
112
Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
113
Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
114
Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
115 Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus,
Olympius.
116
Architect of the Erechtheion.
117
Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
118
Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
119
"A house is a machine to live in".
120
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
121
"Architecture is Organic".

122
Invented reinforced concrete in France.

123
First elected U.A.P. president.

124
First president and founder of PAS.

125
Architect of the National Library, Philippines.
126
Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
127
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.

5/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

128
Designer of the Taj Mahal.

129 Expressionist Architect.


130
Founders of the "Art Noveau".

131
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
132 Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
133
Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
134
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
135 Architect of SM Megamall.
136
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
137
G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
138
Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this
church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence of
Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
139
This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel
Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.
140 A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian
churches.
141
In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
142 From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of
columns at the front and rear.
143
Corresponds to the Greek naos.
144 The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by
Bramante.
145 The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo
Maderna.
146
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the
epistle and the gospel are

147
In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of
the sanctuary which later developed into the transept, this is the
___.
148 In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central
place at the end of the church called ___.
149
Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
150 Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
151
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
152
Orientation of the Medieval Church

6/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

153 The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low
screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
154
Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
155 One of the few churches of its type to have survived
having a square nave and without cross-arms, roofed by a
dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
156
Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
157
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines

158 The best example of a German Romanesque church with


apses at both east and west ends.
159
The council house in Greece.
160
The senate house of the Greeks.
161
The oldest circus in Rome.
162
The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
163
The warm room in the Thermae
164
The Hot room of the Thermae
165
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.

166
The dressing room of the Thermae.
167
The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
168 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian
amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
169 The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of
Agamemnon'.
170 Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
171
The private house of the Romans.

172
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.

173
Roman apartment blocks

174
Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site
175
A roman house with a central patio.
176
A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
A megalithic structure consisting of several large stones set on end with a large
177
covering slab
178 Monumental gateway to an Egyptian temple consisting with slanting walls flanking the entrance portal

7/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

179 A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex; used mainly in ancient Egypt.

180
Principal room of Anatolian House
181 It consists of the upright column or support including the capital, base, if any, and the horizontal entablature or
part supported.

182 The steps forming the base of a columned Greek temple


183
The principal chamber in a Greek temple containing the statue of deity.
184
Dry sweating room with apodyteila or dressing room and unctuaria or for oils.
185 A great awning drawn over roman theatres and amphitheatres to protect spectators against the sun

186
Roman apartment block that rose four or more storey high
187
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb.
188
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church.

189
That part of a Greek house or Byzantine Church reserved for women
190
Truncated wedge-blocks forming an arc
191
A monument erected in memory of one not interned in or under it
192
A rose or wheel window of the Romanesque Church was of ten placed over the
193
A period in Gothic Architecture in France characterized by circular windows with wheel tracery

194
Projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.
195 A slight convex curvature built into truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have
no sag when under load.

196 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
Renaissance building.

197
Designer of the Crystal Palace, London
198
Architect of the Sagrada Familia, Barcelona
199
Architect of the White House, D.C.
200
Second Filipino registered architect after the well-known Tomas Mapua
201
A mosque principal place of worship, or use of the bldg. for Friday prayers
202
Man who leads the congregation at a prayer
203
Architectural style characterized by Friezes and Crestings
204
Sacred enclosure found at walls of Damascus great mosque

8/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

205
Erected to the memory of his favorite wife Mumtaz Mahal, it was the culminating work in the life of the emperor.

206
In Romanesque arch’re a period where an order founded by St. Bruno in 1806 is notably severe and adorned

207
General characteristic of the Romanesque empire was
208
Vaulting compartment into six parts known as
209
A rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breath from wall

210
Is a circular tower 16 m ( 52 ft. ) in diameter rising in 8 stories of encircling arcades.
211
Roughly carved of men and beasts used as support columns of projecting porches and of bishops throne.

212
A secluded place
213
Secular architecture
214
The first Frankish king who became roman emperor, was crowned in 800 at Rome by the pope, and ruled over
the franks, which included central Germany and northern France

215
Type of roof in which 4 faces rest diagonally between the gables and converge at the top

216
The most important of the distinctive characteristics of mature Spanish Romanesque architecture

217
Is well endowed with medieval military achre and grand castles are particularly numerous in castle

218
Finest or Romanesque castles in Spain is at ____

219
Sited and designed to secure the routes from coastal ports to Jerusalem
220
A civil settlement under the protection of a castle.

221 A projecting wall or parapet allowing floor openings, through w/c molten lead, pitch, stones were dropped only on
an enemy below.

222
A parapet having a series of indentions or embrasures, between which are raised portions known as merlons

223
The upstanding part of an embattled parapet, between two crenels/ embrasure openings.

224
A squared timber used in bldg. construction or a low ridge of earth that marks a boundary line

9/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

225
A Scandinavian wooden church with vertical planks forming the walls
226
Architecture was marked by copy roofs which frequently had more storey than the walls, and were provided with
dormer windows to make through current of air for their use as a drying ground for the large monthly wash

227 A projection block or spur of stone carried with foliage to decorate the raking lines formed by angles of spires
and canopies.

228
An arch starting from a detached pier and abutting against a wall to take the thrust of the vaulting.

229
A circular or polygonal apse when surrounded by an ambulatory of which are chapels.

230 An architectural style which in its period is the English equivalent of the high gothic of northern France first
pointed.

231
Leafed ornament.

232
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
233 The actual sanctuary of a church beyond the choir and occupied only by the officiating clergy.

234
Single and most important building in Britain.
235
A room, where food is stored in a manor house.

236
The screen/ ornamental work rising behind the altar.
237
Term applied to a tower crowned by a spire.
238
A ledge or shelf behind an altar for holding vases or candles.
239
Originally the minaret of the mosque.
240
The largest medieval cathedral and is somewhat German in character in north Italy.
241 A space entirely or partly under a building in churches generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in early
times.

242 A movement which begun in Italy in the 15th century created a break in the continuous revolution of European
times.

243
In renaissance archre, which is logically staid and serene architectural style?
244 The phase in western European renaissance archre 1750-1830, when renewed inspiration was sought from
ancient Greek and roman architecture

245
A term coined to describe the characteristics of the output of Italian renaissance architects of the period 1530-
1600. Characterized by unconventional use of classical elements

10/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

246 A method of forming stonework with roughened surfaces and recessed joints, principally employed in
renaissance buildings

247
A light portable receptacle for sacred relics

248
Famous architect in Florence renaissance archre.
The principal floor of an Italian palace, raised one floor above ground level and containing the principal social
249
apartments.
250
Known architect in early renaissance.
251
Vertical members dividing windows into different numbers of lights.
252
Horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.
253 A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits, leaves often used in decoration.

254 An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal.
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with nymphs) and intended for
255
relaxation.
256
France generally describe rococo as
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of god or act as guardian spirits, or chubby, rosy-
257
faced child with wings.
258 Central shaft of a circular staircase also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

259 A type of relief ornament or cresting resembling studded leather straps, arranged in geometrical and sometimes
interlaced patterns; much used in the early renaissance archre in England.

260
Space between the columns.
261 An ornament in classic or renaissance archre consisting of an assembly of straight lines intersecting at right
angles of various patterns. Also called key pattern

262
A stone gallery over the entrance to the choir of a cathedral or church.
263
A term originally applied to the art of decorative painting in many colors, extended to the coloring of sculpture to
enhance naturalism, also described to the application of variegated materials to achieve brilliant or striking
effects

264 The selection of elements from diverse styles for architectural decorative designs,particularly during the 2nd half
of the 19th century in Europe and USA.

265
A long dormer on the slope of a roof, it has no sides, the roofing being carried in a nave line.

266 The central rounded of a pattern or ornament, an oculus, one at the summit of a dome.

267 A vertical steel support cast iron was used until relatively cheap steel became available.

268
The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the God.
269
Also known as Siam (before 1993) and was named, meaning “land of the free”

11/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

270
A stupa in a form of a corn cob.
Reflects Burma’s cultural connections with China and India, built over older foundations (16th-17th century) at
271
Rangoon.
272
Burma’s term for monasteries.
273
Chinese monumental gateway.
274 Is the most famous for the eye catching tower he constructed in Paris for the exposition universally of 1889 work
of Eiffel tower.

275 One of the pioneers of the modern movement in American architecture. Work auditorium building, U.S.

276
Arch of the famous Twin Tower World Trade Center.
277 Scottish architect and designer who was prominent in the arts and crafts movement in Great Britain.

278 Received the “Patnubay ng Sining at Kalinanagan “award for the city of manila, who is the architect?

279
In 1989 he received the prtzker prize commonly referred to as “The Noble of Architecture” the loftiest
recognition. It is a lifetime achievement award granted to living architect whose body of work represents a
superlative contribution to the field.

His first designs were drawings of fantastic architectural visions in steel and glass as well as costume and poster
280
design.
281
Much of his works has been described as post modern, since he rejected the excessive abstractionism of
architects such as Le Corbusier and strove instead to incorporate the valid elements of older style.

282 Spanish architects, one of the most creative practitioners of his art in modern times.His style is often described
as a blend of neo-gothic and art nouveau, but is also has surrealist and cubist elements.

283 One of the world’s 1st futurist and global thinkers. His 1927 decision to work always and only for all humanity led
him to address the largest global problems of poverty,disease and homelessness.

In his practice he explores the use of indigenous materials infused with current technological trends to bring a
284
new dimension in designs.
285 Afterwards became deeply involved in the design and building of French railways and bridges. He worked on
structures such as bridge across the Garonne River, train stations at Toulouse and again in France.

286 He has actively promoted the use of native architectural forms and indigenous nationals such as bamboo and
thatch, in the creation of a distinctively Filipino architecture.

287 French-born, Brazilian architect and urban planner. This famous axiom “Each one sees whatever he wishes to
see” belongs to,
288 He was the architect in his time that receives his license as award at his 60’s or at the age of 60 yrs. old.

289 An important Scottish architect who was particularly known for his interiors based on classical decoration.

290 He was called “Masters master” where his students are architects like Gropius, Breuer and Van de Rohe

291
Architect who leads the development of the ‘Quezon Memorial Circle” in Quezon City.
292
Eiffel tower I Paris stands.

12/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

293
Starting with holes” belongs to architect
294
A house is a machine to live in” philosophy belongs to
He paid great attention to the detailing of the structure, which he attributed to his father’s teachings about
295
craftsmanship.
296 One of his stylish choice which are circles and squares were used in his design solutions.

297
His contributions where the advocacy of the idea of planning rooms by volume.
298 His solutions to building problem were always direct, transmitting to the ground by the shortest path the stresses
developed within the structures.

299
Father of modern architectural movement in Brazil.
300
A city is subjected to growth, delay and rebuilt”
301 For Egyptian Architecture design, due to excessive
sunshine, there was no need for windows, the
massive unbroken walls provided the surface for
________________.
302
In Greek Architecture, It is the largest building atop
the Athenian Acropolis, It is a temple dedicated to
Athena (The warrior of maiden) It is a Doric building,
and made entirely of white pentelic marble and
surrounded by freestanding column.
303
In Greek Architecture, The __________ theater
designed (c.350 BC) by Polyclitus. It is among the
largest and best preserved ancient theaters in
Greece. The circular construction and the pitch of
the seats, where held close to 14,000 spectators,
permit nearly perfect acoustics.

304
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 72-82 in
Rome Italy, It is the largest Roman Amphitheater, A
four storey, elliptical structure that seated about
50,000 spectators. The exterior façade was
embellished with superimposed Doric, ionic and
Corinthian columns.
305
In Roman Architecture, It was built AD 112, It was
designed by Apollodorous of Damascus for Emperor
Trajan, it is often considered the most magnificent
and architecturally most pleasing.
306
In Roman Architecture, The Pantheon (AD C118-28),
A monument of imperial Rome, revived the use of
brick and concrete in temple architecture. It is
symmetry is enchanced by its hemispherical dome,
Who is the architect of this historical monument?
(he is the son in law of Augustus.)

13/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

307
The Washington D.C. monument. The tapering shaft
contained in a Greek style temple, the obelisk is the
only remnant of the original blueprint that remains.
It was designed in the year 1812 by the American
Architect, What is the name of this Architect?

308 What is the name of the


Cathedral in France that was designed
by Jean d’ Orbais.(
309 In France, It is the official residence of President of
France, It was built in 1718 by Claude Mollet for
Henry de la Tour d’ Auvergne
310 In Philippine Architecture, It is considered the home
of the Sultans. Carved on the wooden posts in the
niyaga, a stylized mytical snake design can be found.
It is the traditional residence of the reigning Sultan
of Maranaw people and his family.
311
In Philippine Architecture, Being Isolated and wind
frequented area. The Batanes Islands, exhibit the
most different of all traditional Architecture in the
Phil. The house is built solidly on all sides, made of a
meter thick rubble work, covered by thick thatch
roofing to withstand gales which frequent the area.
What is the name of this unique house?

312
The ___________________ is an art deco building
designed by the Filipino Architect Juan M. de
Guzman Arellano, and built in 1935. During the
liberation of Manila by the Americans in 1945, the
theatre was totally destroyed. After reconstruction
by the Americans it gradually fell into disuse in the
1960’s. In the following decade it was meticulously
restored but again fell into decay. Recently a bus
station has been constructed at the back of the
theatre. The City of Manila is planning a renovation
of this once magnificent building.

313
The Golden Empire Tower-( 1322 Roxas Boulevard)
is the tallest building along the boulevard and one of
the highest residential condominium in the world.
The one with the golden glass facing Manila Bay and
United States Embassy compound in Manila. Who is
the Filipino Architect of this famous residential
condominium?
314
For the Creation of Space ____________a Chinese
Philosopher, said, “The reality of the building does
not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space
within to be lived in.”

315
The base or platform upon which a column, pedestal, statue, monument, or structure rests.

316
(Greek Architecture) is a sculpted female figure serving as an architectural support taking the place of a column
or a
pillar supporting an entablature on her head.

14/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

317
Is an architectural device, typically carved in stone and employed to decoratively emphasize the apex of a gable,
or
any of various distinctive ornaments at the top, end, or corner of a building or structure.

318
The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
319
The later male counterpart of the caryatid and the name refers to the legend of Atlas,
320
Is an architectural term related to ancient Greek buildings, is the platform of, usually, three levels upon which the
superstructure of the building is erected. The levels typically decrease in size incrementally, forming a series of
steps
along all or some sides of the building.

321
The Filipino Architect Who Designed the 66Meters(217 ft') height Pylons Quezon Memorial Circle.
322
Is an ornamental molding or band following the curve of the underside of an arch, It is composed of bands of
ornamental moldings (or other architectural elements) surrounding an arched opening,

323
is a term used for Ancient Greek Plays in order to describe any of two passageways leading into the orchestra,
between theatron and skenê (also known as the parodos).

324
A monumental, four-sided stone shaft, usually monolithic and tapering to a pyramidal tip.
325
A caulking material made from old hemp rope fibers that have been treated with tar.
326
A waterspout projecting from the roof gutter of a building, often carved grotesquely(Sculpture).
Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently
327
used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
328 The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the
democratically-elected council is called:
329 The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by
upon one complete plan but owes its size, disposition and
magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty
to the Ptolemaic period.
330
The father of modern picture books of Architecture
331
The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the
troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks himself
entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery
path, struggling though life unsteadily and insecurely.”
332 Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is
also known as:
333 The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and
made entirely f marble is;
334
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and
the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually based on country
house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by
a blending of Tudor Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial
elements in the USA:

15/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

335 An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter
‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of Avenues connecting
the main features of London.
336
The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is
called:

337
The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new
architecture was the composite but inseparable work of an art, in
which the old diving line between monumental and decorative
elements will have disappeared forever.”
338 The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the
result of the interior
339 The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries
of the city and as a palace where distinguished visitors and citizens
might be entertained.
340 It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a
single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from the ground; the
floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist
which in turn were supported by transverse girders.
341 It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where
elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of stonecutting
techniques.
342 Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in
circular form.
343 A style in the architecture Italy I the second half of the 16th
century and to a lesser extent elsewhere in Europe. It uses classical
elements in an unconventional manner.
344
The Greek council house which is covered meeting place for the democratically-elected council is called
345
The Grandest Temple of all Egyptian temples, it was not built by upon one complete plan but owes its size,
disposition and magnificence to the work of many Kings. Built from the 12th Dynasty to the Ptolemaic period

346
A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two
living units up to a minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof and extends horizontally
0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of the abutting living units?

347 The father of modern picture books of Architecture


“The man of learning… can fearlessly look down upon the troublesome accidents of fortune. But he who thinks
348 himself entrenched in defense not of learning but of luck, moves one slippery path, struggling though life
unsteadily and insecurely.”
349 It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921 where the maestros de obra or the master builders
are required to register as architects?

350
Tomb of Atreus, a noted example of the tholos type of tomb is also known as
351
The memorial column built in the form of tall Doric order and made entirely if marble is
352
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the
medieval ages

16/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

353
It is the eclectic style of domestic architecture of the 1870’s and the 1880’s in England and the USA and actually
based on country house and cottage Elizabeth architecture which was characterized by a blending of Tudor
Gothic, English Renaissance and colonial elements in the USA

354 Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only
acres of land. What is the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., St. Peter ‘s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network
355
of Avenues connecting the main features of London.
356 The sacred enclosure fond in the highest part of a Greek city is called:

357 The architect who claimed that: “The ultimate goal of the new architecture was the composite but inseparable
work of an art, in which the old diving line between monumental and decorative elements will have disappeared
forever.”

The architect who said that the exterior of the building is the result of the interior.
358

359
The building that serve as a senate house for the chief dignitaries of the city and as a palace where
distinguished visitors and citizens might be entertained

360
It is a traditional house that was called binangiyan. It was a single room dwelling elevated at 1.50 meters from
the ground; the floor were made of hard wood like narra which rested on 3 floor joist which in turn were
supported by transverse girders

361
??? on natural rocks in a Greek theater is called
362
It is the third phase of English-Gothic Architecture where elaborated ornamental vaulting, and refinement of
stonecutting techniques
363
Enclosure formed by huge stones planted on the ground in circular form

364
A revival style based on the buildings and publications of the 6th century architect marked by ancient Roman
Architectural forms

365 TS MOST OUTSTANDING ACHIEVEMENTS ARE ITS MASSIVE FUNERARY MONUMENTS & TEMPLES
BUILT OF STONE FOR PERMANENCE, FEATURING ONLY POST-AND-LINTEL CONSTRUCTION &
CORBEL VAULTS W/ OUT ARCHES & VAULTING

366
CHARACTERIZED BY CLEAR PLANS, MASSIVE
ARTICULATED WALL STRUCTURES, ROUND ARCHES, & POWERFUL VAULTS
CHARACTERIZED BY POINTED ARCH, THE GRADUAL REDUCTION OF
367
THE WALLS TO A SYSTEM OF RICHLY DECORATED
368 FENESTRATION
CHARACTERIZED BY RADIATING LINES OF TRACERY
369
CHARATERIZED BYFLOWING A FLAME-LIKE TRACERY.
CHARACTERIZED BY THE USE OF THE CLASSICAL ORDERS, ROUND
370
ARCHES, and SYMMETRICAL COMPOSITION.
371 MODE OF BLDG FOLLOWING THE STRICT ROMAN FORMS, A SET FORTH IN THE PUBLICATIONS OF
THE ITALIAN REN. ARCH’T.ANDREA PALLADIO (1508-1580). STYLE BASED ON A CLOSED STUDY OF
ANTIQUITY.

17/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

372 TRANSITIONAL STYLE IN ARCH’RE & THE ARTS IN THE LATE 16th. CENT, CHARATERIZED IN ARCH’RE
BY UNCOVENTIONAL USE OF CLASSICAL ELEMENTS.

373 IS CHARACTERIZED BY INTERPRETATION OF OVAL SPACES, CURVED SURFACES, & CONSPICUOUS


USE DECORATION, ACULPTURE & COLOR. ITS LAST PHASE IS CALLED “ROCOCO BOLD, OPULENT &
IMPRESSIVE TYPE OF ARCH’RE.

374 THE PHASE IN WESTERN EUROPIAN RENASSAINCE ARCH’RE 1750-1830, WHEN RENED INSPIRATION
WAS SOUGHT FROM ANCIENT GREEK & ROMAN ARCH’RE ( NEO CLASSICAL)

375
( FR. ROCALLE – ROCKWORK) A TERM APPLIED TO TYPE OF RENAISSANCE ORNAMENT IN W/C ROCK-
LIKE FORMS, FANTASTIC SCROLLS, & CRIMPED SHELLS ARE WORK UP TOGETHER IN A PRO-
FUSION & COMFUSION OF DETAIL OFTEN W/ OUT ORGANIC COHERENCE BUT PRESENTING A LAVISH
DISPLAY OF DECORATION.

376 SIVERSMITH-LIKE”; THE RICHLY DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE SPANISH RENAISSANCE.

377 THE TRANSITIONAL STYLE BETWEEN GOTHIC & RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND, NAMED AFTER
ELIZABETH I; MAINLY COUNTRY HOUSES, CHARATERIZED BY LARGED MILLIONED WINDOWS &
STRAPWORK ORNAMENTATION

378
ENGLISH ARCH’L & DECORATIVE STYLE OF THE EARLY 17th CENT. , ADAPTING THE ELIZABETHAN
STYLE TO CONTINENATL RENAISSANCE INLUENCES; NAMED AFTER JAMES I

379 THE PREVAILING STYLE OF THE 18th CENT. IN GREAT BRITAIN & THE NORTH AMERICAN COLONIES,
SO NAMED AFTER GEORGE I, II, III, BUT NOT INCLUDE GEORGE IV. DERIVED FROM CLASSICAL,
RENAISSANCE, & BAROQUE FORMS.

380
TERM IN A SPECIALIZED SENSE TO DESCRIBE ONE OF THE ATTITUDES OF TASTE TOWARDDS
ARCH’RE & LANDSCAPE GARDENING IN THE LATE 18th & EARLY 19th CENT. BLDG’S & LANDSCAPE
WERE TO HAVE THE CONTROLLED INFORMALITY OF A PICTURE.

381
Mythical monsters each with the body of a lion and a head of a man, hawk, ram or woman possessed

382
An ancient Egyptian rectangular, flat-topped funerary mound with battered (sloping) sides covering a burial
chamber blow ground
383
Huge monoliths, square on plan and tapering to an electrum-capped (alloy of silver & gold) “pyra-midion” at the
summit, which was the sacred part. The four sides are cut with hieroglyphics

384
A massive funerary structure of stone or brick with a square base and four sloping triangular sides meeting at
the apex
385
Inward inclination or slope of an outward wall

18/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

386
Consists of a complex of “sarsen” (any of the many large sedimentary rocks that have been broken into blocks
by frost action and are found scattered across the chalk downs of southern England )stones and smaller blue
stones set in a circle and connected by lintels

387
Artificial Mountains made up of tiered (layered), rectangular stages which rose in number from one to seven

388
Pictorial representation of religious ritual, historic events and daily pursuits
389
An ancient structure usually regarded as a tomb, consisting of two or more large upright stones set with a space
between and capped by a horizontal stone

390
Any of the pieces, in the shape of a truncated wedge, which form an arch or a vault. A wedge-shaped stone: a
wedge-shaped brick or stone used to form the curved parts of an arch or vault

391

In ancient Greece/ Rome, a room or covered area or open on one side used as a meeting place; architecture
history conversation room: a room for relaxation or conversation, especially a semicircular recess in a larger hall
with a continuous bench along the wall; furniture long curved outdoor bench: a long curved or semicircular
outdoor bench, usually with a high back; architecture recess: any kind of recess or niche (technical)

392
The sanctuary of a classical temple, containing the cult statue of the god
393
Domical mounds which grouped with their rails, gateways, professional paths and crowning umbrella came to be
known as symbols of the universe; a Buddhist shrine, temple, or pagoda that houses a relic or marks the
location of an auspicious event.

394
An adjective used to describe an artist who selects forms and ideas from different periods or countries and
combines them to produce a harmonious whole.

395
The exposed undersurface of any overhead component of a building such as an arch, balcony, beam, cornice,
lintel or vault. bottom surface: the underside of a structural component of a building, for example the underside
of a roof overhang or the inner curve of an arch

396
a large fortified (armed) place; a fort often including a town; any place of security.
397
the term applied to the triangular curved overhanging surface by means of which a circular dome is supported
over a square or polygonal compartment. a sloping triangular piece of vaulting between the arches that support
a dome and its rim

398
Pre-Columbian edifice dedicated to the service or worship of their god which is made of stones entered by a
single door to a very steep single flight of steps, above it rises a high stone roof

399
Term in a specialized sense to describe one of the attitudes of taste towards architecture and landscape
gardening in the late 18th and early 19th century; very attractive: visually pleasing enough to be the subject of a
painting or photograph

19/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

400
A term originally applied painting on a wall while the plaster is wet and is not in oil colors. painting done on fresh
plaster: a painting on a wall or ceiling made by brushing watercolors onto fresh damp plaster, or onto partly dry
plaster

401
A long colonnaded building, served many purposes, used around public places and as shelter at religious
shrines; an ancient covered walkway: in ancient Greece, a covered walkway, usually with a row of columns on
one side and a wall on the other

402
Carved male figures serving as pillars also called TELAMONES; architecture figure of man used as support: a
figure of a man, either standing or kneeling, used as a support for the upper part of a classical building

403
A slab forming the crowning member of a column
404
A swelling or curving outwards along the outline of a column shaft, designed to counteract the optical illusion
which gives a shaft bounded by straight lines the appearance of curving inwards; a bulge in architectural
column: a slight bulge in the shaft of a column, designed to counter the visual impression of concavity that a
perfectly straight column would give

405
The vertical channeling on the shaft of a column; architecture: groove in column: a groove running down an
architectural column
406
Sculptures female figures used as columns or supports
407
the portion of a pedestal between its base and cornice. A term also applied to the lower portions of walls when
decorated separately.
408
The sharp edge formed by the meeting of two surface usually in DORIC columns

409
a small flat band between mouldings to separate them from each other. architecture flat narrow moulding: a
raised or sunken ornamental surface set between larger surfaces

410
A triangular piece of wall above the entablature enclosed by raking cornices; architecture gable on colonnade: a
broad triangular or segmental gable surmounting a colonnade as the major part of a facade

411
The lowest square member of the base of a column
412
Town square, was the center of social and business life, around which were stoas, or colonnaded porticoes,
temples, markets, public buildings, monuments, shrines.

413
These are arches erected to emperors and generals commemorating victorious campaigns; has one or three
openings. Such arches were adorned with appropriate bas-reliefs (flat sculpture; slightly projecting) and usually
carried grit-bronze statuary (statues considered collectively) on an attic storey and having a dedicatory
inscription in its face

414
Palatial public baths of Imperial Rome raised on a high platform; hot springs: hot springs or baths, especially the
public baths of ancient Rome

20/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

415
Elliptical Amphitheatres are characteristically Roman buildings found in every important settlement, used to
display of mortal combats (gladiatorial)

416
A roman structure where immense quantities of water were required for the great thermae and for public
fountains, and for domestic supply for the large population; a channel for water: a pipe or channel for moving
water to a lower level, often across a great distance

417
Corresponds (links) to the Agora in a Greek city was a central open space, used a public meeting space, market
or rendezvous for political demonstrations.

418
A turret (small rounded tower) or part of a building elevated above the main building. architecture pointed
ornament: a pointed ornament on top of a buttress or parapet

419
Taken from a tomb chamber, or the ornamental treatment given to a stone coffin hewn out of one block of
marble and with sculptures, figures and festoons (garland) of a late period, surmounted by lids like roofs
terminating in scrolls. stone coffin: an ancient stone or marble coffin, often decorated with sculpture and
inscriptions

420
A term applied to monumental tombs. They consisted of large cylindrical blocks, often on a quadrangular
podium, topped with a conical crown of earth or stone.

421
Line of intersection of cross-vaults
422
Sunk panels, caissons or lacunaria formed in ceilings, vaults or domes; sunken panel in a ceiling: a decorative
sunken panel in a ceiling

423
A mass of masonry built against a wall to resist the pressure of an arch & vault.
424
an arch covering in stone or brick over any building; architecture arched ceiling: an arched structure of stone,
brick, wood, or plaster that forms a ceiling or roof; a room with arched ceiling: a room, especially an
underground room, with an arched ceiling

425
A long arcaded entrance porch to a Christian Basilican Church
426
A building or a part of a church in which baptism is administered
427
a basin usually of stone which holds the water for baptism.
428
A vault having a circular plan, and usually in the form of a sphere portion, so constructed as to exert an equal
thrust in all directions
429
A raised stage in a Basilican church reserved for the clergy
430
A range of arches supported on piers or columns attached to or detached from the wall.
431
A raised pulpit on either side of a Basilican church from which the epistle of a gospel were read
432
Decorative surfaces formed by small cubes of stones, glass & marble
433
A canopy supported by columns generally placed over an altar or tomb. Also known as “CIBORIUM”.

21/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

434
A longitudinal division of an interior area, as in a church, separated from the main area by arcades or the like.
435
The principal or central longitudinal area of a church, extending from the main entrance or narthex to the
CHANCEL (area of church near altar: an area of a church near the altar for the use of clergy and choir, often
separated from the nave by a screen or steps) usually flanked by aisles of less height

436
The circular or multi-angular termination of a church sanctuary. A rounded projection of a building

437
A small pavilion, usually open – built in gardens & parks.
438
An inward-looking building whose prime purpose is for contemplation & prayer. A space without object of
adoration. (Muslim)

439
A block of stone, often elaborately carved or moulded, projected from a wall, supporting the beams of a roof,
floor or vault.
440
a tall tower in, or continuous to a mosque arch stairs leading up to one or more balconies from which the faithful
are called to prayer

441
A diagonal cutting of an arris formed by two surfaces at an angle
442
An approach or an open forecourt surrounded by arcades in a Basilican church.
443

A small arch or bracket built across each angle of a square or polygonal structure to form an octagon or other
appropriate base for a dome or a spire. An interior supporting part of a tower: an arch, corbelling, or lintel built
across the upper inside corner of a square tower to support the weight of a spire or other structure above

444
Women’s or private quarters of a house or place in Islamic architecture.
445
An empty tomb. A monument erected in memory of one not interred in or under it.
446
A double curve, resembling the letter “S”, formed by the union of a curve and a convex line
447
The central stone of a semi-circular arch, sometimes sculptured.
448
a screen in a Greek orthodox church on which icons or (sacred images), pictures, are placed separating the
chancel from the space, open to the laity. An altar screen decorated with icons: a screen on which icons are
mounted, used in Eastern Orthodox churches to separate the area around the altar from the main part of the
church

449
A covered porch (porch-roofed exterior of a room) or balcony (balcony- a platform projecting from an interior or
exterior wall of a building) extending along the outside of a building, planned for summer leisure.

450
A public open space in Byzantine architecture, surrounded by buildings

451
Geometrical ornaments due to absence of human and animal statues; an ornate design

22/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

452
The triangular space enclosed by the curve of an arch, a vertical line from its springing, a horizontal line through
its apex. A space between one arch or another. Space between two arches and a cornice

453
small towers, often containing stairs, and forming special features in medieval buildings.

454
Vertical tracery members dividing windows into different numbers of light. A vertical window divider: a vertical
piece of stone, metal, or wood that divides the panes of a window or the panels of a screen

455
A castle in a French-speaking country or a stately residence. A French castle: a castle or large house in France,
often one that has a vineyard attached and gives its name to wine produced there

456
A slender wooden spire rising from a roof. A slender church spire: a slender spire, especially one that emerges
from the roof of a church at the point where the ridges intersect.

457
a (shell) or a recess in a wall, hallowed like a shell for a statue or ornament.
458
(Lump or knob) or projecting ornament at the intersection of the ribs of ceilings, whether vaulted or flat.

459
Is a rectangular feature in the shape of a pillar, but projecting only about one sixth of its breadth (distance from
side to side) from the wall.
460
An umbrella shaped copula.
461
– The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a gothic window.
462
The high platform on which temples were generally placed (in general, any elevate platform). A foundation wall:
a low wall forming a foundation or base, for example for a colonnade

463
The part of a cruciform church, projecting at right angles to the main building. Wings of church: the part of a
cross-shaped church that runs at right angles to the long central part (nave)

464
Vaulting in Romanesque in which a framework of ribs supported thin stone panels. The new method consisted
in designing the profile of the transverse (crosswise or at right angle with something), longitudinal and diagonal
ribs to which the form of the panels was adopted

465
Special term for a lantern or raised structure above a roof admitting light into the interior

466
A room where food is stored; a pantry ( a walk-in cupboard); a cupboard

467
The tapering termination of a tower in Gothic churches
468
The term applied to a tower crowned by a spire
469
– A room for storage of garments
470
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for an anticipated deflection so that it will
gave no sag when under load.

23/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

471
Covered passages around an open space or “Garth”, connecting the church to the chapter house; a small
courtyard or enclosed space
472
A serving room between kitchen and dining room, or a room for storage of food supplies

473
A vault in which the ribs compose a “star-shaped” pattern
474
A building complex of a certain English order or a self-contained community used by monks
475
A bay window especially cantilevered or corbelled out from the face of the wall by means of projecting stones.
476
The dining hall of a monastery, convent or college
477
An ornament consisting of a spirally wound band, either as a running ornament or as a terminal, like the volutes
of the ionic capital.
478
An Italian impressive building or private building
479
One of a number of short vertical members often circular in section used to support a stair handrail or a coping
(wall’s capping surface).

480

a term applied to a type of Renaissance ornament in which rock-like forms fantastic scrolls, and ‘crimped’ folded
or pressed together) shells (are worked up together in a profusion and confusion of detail often without organic
coherence but presenting a lavish display of decoration; Any excessively ornate or fancy style; A style of
architecture and the decorative arts characterized by intricate ornamentation that was popular throughout
Europe in the early 18th century.

481
In France, anything extravagantly ornamented, so ornate as to be in bad taste, a style of art and architecture in
Italy in the 17th to 18th century.

482
A tower not connected with “Bell”. A term applied to the upper room in a tower in which the bells are hung.

483
The entire construction of a classical temple or the like, between the columns and the eaves usually composed
of an architrave, frieze, and a cornice.

484
(BRITISH) The hall built or used by medieval association as of merchants and tradesmen, organized to maintain
standards that constituted a governing body. (Doge = Italian renaissance chief magistrate)

485
(little house for pleasure & recreation). A prominent structure, generally distinctive in character.
486 The space about the altar of a church, usually separated by a screen for the clergy and other officials, usually
referred to as the “choir
487
An eternal solid angle of a wall or the like. One of the stones forming it, corner stone (Renaissance) A block
forming a corner: a stone block used to form a quoin, especially when it is different, for example in size or
material, from the other blocks or bricks in the wall

24/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

488
A “BRACKET”: is a projecting member to support a weight generally formed with scrolls or volute when carrying
the upper member of the cornice

489
A space entirely or partly under a building; in churches, generally beneath the chancel and used for burial in
earlier times. An underground chamber: an underground room or vault, often below a church, used as a burial
chamber or chapel, or for storing religious artifacts

490
The central shaft of a circular staircase. Also applied to the post in which the handrail is framed.

491
The chief magistrate’s buildings, in the former republic of Venice & Genoa.

492
A spherical roof, (a dome-shaped roof) placed like an inverted cup over a circular square or multi-angular
apartment. A dome on roof: a small dome on a roof, sometimes made of glass and providing natural light inside

493
An ante-room to a larger apartment of a building; An entrance hall: a small room or hall between an outer door
and the main part of a building

494
A construction such as a tower, at the crossing of a church rising above the neighboring roofs and glazed at the
sides

495
A twisted band, garland or chaplet, representing flowers, fruits leaves, often used in decoration; A circular
arrangement of flowers: a circular arrangement of flowers and greenery placed as a memorial on a grave, hung
up as a decoration, or put on somebody’s head as a sign of honor; a representation of wreath: a representation
of a circular arrangement of flowers, vines, or other things, for example in a carving or on a coat of arms;
[headdress; garland; laurel]

496
In Renaissance, a room used primarily for exhibition of art objects, or a drawing room;[grand sitting room; social
gathering of intellectuals; art exhibition or gallery]

497
A roof having a double slope on four sides; the lower slope being much steeper and the flatter upper portion.
Also known as the gambrel roof.

498
A room decorated with plants, sculpture and fountains (often decorated with beautiful Maiden living in Rivers,
trees) and intended for relaxation. [nymph: a spirit or a minor goddess of nature; or a beautiful young woman]

499
An ornate iron grille, or screen, a characteristic feature of Spanish Church interiors; An architectural decoration:
a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or arched structure

500
A support for a column statue or a vase, it usually consists of a base. “Die” or Dado, and a cornice or cap mould

501
A window in a sloping roof usually that of a sleeping apartment. A window projecting from roof: a window for a
room within the roof space that is built out at right angles to the main roof and has its own gable

25/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

502
A bust (sculpture of head & shoulders) on a square pedestal instead of a human body, used in classic times to
mark boundaries on highways, and used decoratively in Renaissance times.

503
Vertical members dividing windows into different number of lights
504
A Spanish arcaded or colonnaded yard; a paved area outside a house: a paved area adjoining a house, used for
outdoor dining, growing plants in containers, and recreation. A roofless courtyard: a roofless inner courtyard
typical of a Spanish-style house

505
Also called ‘brackets” or “consoles” or “ancones”. It is a projecting member to support a weight. generally
formed with scrolls or volutes which carry the upper member of a cornice (a projecting moulding at the top of a
wall or at where the wall & ceiling meets); also a bracket in Corinthian order: a small curved ornamental bracket
under the corona of a Corinthian or Composite column

506
The horizontal divisions or crossbars of windows.

507
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue or an icon.
508
(to walk) the cloister (covered walkway around a courtyard) or covered passage around the east end of the
church, behind the altar.
509
Also called “key pattern” the upper portion of the pinnacle [pinnacle: pointed ornament: a pointed ornament on
top of a buttress or parapet]; an architectural decoration: a carved decoration at the top of a gable, spire, or
arched structure

510
a raised platform reserved for the seating of speakers and dignitaries; a raised platform: a raised platform at the
end of a hall or large room. [podium, platform, pulpit, stage]

511
The window of a protruded bay or the windowed bay itself. A protruding window: a rounded or three-sided
window that sticks out from an outside wall and forms a recess on the inside

512
Bulbous termination to the top of a tower, found principally in Central & Eastern Europe

513
A communicating passage or wide corridor for pictures and statues. An upper storey for seats in a church

514
A type of relief ornament or cresting [cresting: a decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof ]
resembling the studded leather straps arranged in geometrical and sometimes interlaced patterns much used in
the early renaissance architecture of England.

515
The space between two columns
516
One of the winged heavenly beings that support the throne of God or act as guardian spirits, or Chubby, a rosy-
faced child with wings

517
Earth-baked (unglazed) or burnt in moulds. For use in construction, harder in quality than brick. [brownish red
color]

518
A coat of arms; connected with heraldry or heralds: belonging or relating to heraldry or heralds

26/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

519
Phase of the early period of Spanish architecture of the later 15th and early 16th century, an intricate style
named after its likeness to silverwork; elaborately decorated: relating to a heavily decorated architectural style
fashionable in 16th-century Spain, reminiscent of elaborate silverware

520
An elevated enclosed stand in a CHURCH in which the preacher stands
521
A roofed but open-sided structure affording an extensive view, usually located at the rooftop of a dwelling but
sometimes an independent building or an eminence (a hill) on a formal garden; a building with fine view: a
building or part of a building positioned to offer a fine view of the surrounding area

522
An expression of Spanish baroque architecture and sculpture, a recurrent feature was the richly garlanded spiral
columns. [flamboyant-showy; brightly colored; highly decorated ornamentation]

523
A movable candle lamp-stand with central shaft, and often branches or decorative representation thereof; a
branching light fitting: a large decorative candle holder with several arms or branches, or a similarly shaped
electric light fitting

524
(grating: metal grille) an ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assembly of straight
lines intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.

525
Outstanding architectural creation in Sri Lanka which is a circular relic house built in stone and brick.
526
Picturesque composition built in America since 1980. Hall timbering and massive medieval chimney. Identified
by prominent gables and large expansive windows with small panes.

527
a large convex moulding used principally in the bases of columns.
528
Most typical Chinese building, usually octagonal in plan, odd number o stories usually 9 or 13 storeys and
repeated roofs, highly colored and with upturned eaves, slopes to each storey.

529
One storey with low-overhanging roof and broad front porch. Unpretentious style often rambling spread out floor
plan, more expensive to build; lightweight tropical house: a simply-built one-storey house with a veranda and a
wide, gently sloping roof in Southeast Asia and the South Pacific

530
A glazed earth ware originally made in Italy; pottery with colored glaze: earthenware decorated with colored
opaque metallic glazes (often used before a noun)

531
Monumental pillars standing free without any structural function, with circular or octagonal shafts with
inscriptions carved in it. The capital was bell-shaped and crowned with animal supported bearing the Buddhist
will of Law.

532
Most famous of ancient Chinese building undertakings. It snakes, loops, and doubles back on itself.
Meandering across valleys, plains, scaling mountains, plunging into deep gorges and leaping raging rivers of
3,700 miles.

533 An art free from any historical style characterized by forms of nature for ornamentation in the façade aptly called
for the floral design.

27/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

534
a school founded by Gropius in 1919, developing a form of training intended to relate art and architecture to
technology and the practical needs of human life.

535
The arrangement and design of windows in a building
536
Relating or conforming to technical architectural principles.
537
Rock-cut temples in India
538
A structural system consisting of trusses in two directions rigidly connected at their intersections. A rectangular
shape is formed where the top and bottom chords of the trusses are directly above & below one another.

539
a type of timber framing in America about 1820s wherein it owes its strength to the walls, roof acting as
diaphragms, and not on the post. It is an extension of the roof.

540
A Chinese ceremonial gateway erected in memory of an eminent person
541
A dwarf tree which is a perfect reflection of Japanese culture
542
An elegant two storey, rectangular town house with a massive stone first floor, and a light and airy second floor,
mother-of-pearl or “capiz” windows and picturesque wide tile roof. Entrance is of Heavy plank door with wrought
iron or brass nails, sturdy balustrades of wood or iron grilles below windows to let in cool air.

543
An open-roofed gallery in an upper storey built for giving a view of the scenery.
544
In Japan, a structure where the appreciation of the arts and flower arrangement, with drinking ceremony is done

545
Intercolumniation is regulated by this standard of Japanese measurement, which is divided into 20 parts called
minutes and each minute being again divided into 20 parts or seconds of space.

546
Cordillera one room house on four wooden posts with an animal or insect barrier and a pyramidal roof Cogon
grass built without nails
547
A house with a prow-like (front of ship) majestic roof, the polychrome, extravagant wooden carvings derived from
the Malay Mythical bird the “Sari Manok” The silken Muslim canopies in the Interiors. The protruding ends of
floor beams are decorated with intricate carvings

548
Lowlands area house with pithed roof, made of bamboo poles, thatch roof with woven slit canes for walls and
split bamboo slats flooring

549
Made of 0.75 m. thick stone of lime wall with thick thatched roof made of several layers of cogon and held
together by seasoned sticks or reeds and rattan to withstand fiercest typhoons in the north

550
An arcade of roofed gallery built into or projecting from the side of a building particularly one overlooking an
open court. A covered balcony and walkway: a covered open-sided walkway, often with arches, along one side
of a building

28/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

551
Japanese dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite curvature, and are supported upon a succession of
simple or compound brackets. The upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the
end walls, while the lower part of the main roof is carried round the ends of the building in a hipped form.

552
Shinto temples (Shinto-Japanese religion) are characterized by this gateway formed by upright posts supporting
two or more horizontal beams

553
“Fool the eye” – are paintings adorning everything from cabinets to cupboards, fire screen to dishwashers. This
creates an illusion of space. A make-believe doorway for example extends a hall. A glass cabinet or door is
painted with cows and chicken and make-believe or create an outdoor scene.

554

A house composed of natural materials. It is an eclectic and organic look that grows and changes with antiques
and a clutter of different collections, made of rough plaster, old beams, wood framed windows and slate or brick
floors. A house in the country: a large house in the country, often with a large area of land attached

555
1930s modernist’s style of art inspired by mechanical forms and chiefly distinguished by geometrical shapes,
bold color schemes and symmetrical designs, suitable for mass production

556
These are garden rooms.
557
patio (Spanish outdoor living or dining);VERANDAH (a porch or balcony for summer leisure); LOGGIA

558
Turret(medieval) ; minaret (Islamic);steeple (church tower & spire)(term use for spire crowned towers)

559
Pinnacle(highest point); fleche (a church spire); spire (tapering termination of a gothic church tower); finial (a
design at the top of a spire)

560
Boss (vaulted or flat); groin (vaulted only)
561
Quoins (just a corner stone) vs. squinch (structural arch to support a dome)
562
statue chamber
563
bldg that hold sculpture
564
bldg that holds painting
565
acropolis, sacred enclosure
566
coffer, ceiling
567
space bet naos wall and column
568
tholos passageway
569
sleeping room, megaron
570
(greatest example of Egyptian temple)

29/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

571
Great Sphinx at Gizeh

572
Senusurets- built the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis
Amenemhat I- founded the great temple at Karnak
Thothmes I- began the additions to the temple of Amnon Karnak
Amenophis III- built the famous Colossi of Memnon
Rameses I- began the hypostyle hall at Karnak
Seti I- built the temple at Abu- Simber
Ptolemy II- built the pharos of Light House
Ptolemy III- founded the Great Seradeum at Alexandria

573
gateway to greek temple

574
largest
- geatest example of greek architecture
- archt. Ictinus
- master sculptor- Callicrates
- Doric temple
- naos- made of gold and ivory
- holds the statue of Athena

575
prototype Greek Thetre
- largest for 30,000 people

576
oldest & most important bldg in Rome

577 largest circus in Rome


578
largest forum in Rome
579
1. Temporary shelter from perishable materials
580
2. Caves
581
3. Rocks on top of each other
582
4. Hard-packed snow blocks
583
5. animal skins
584
1. Battered or sloping outside walls
585
2. Columns & Capitals from vegetable origins
586
3. Papyrus Buds, Lotus Flower walls of mud brick, thick & 9M high

587
4. Unbroken massive walls adorned with hieroglyphics
588
1. Abundance of clay-provided bricks
589
2. Roofs flat outside

30/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

590
3. Architecture was arcuated winged deity and winged human headed lion used as décor

591
4. Houses of one room, entered by a single door & without windows
592
1. Temple pyramids are approached by a single steep flight of steps.
593
2. Stone [finely dressed, carved, or laid as roughly dressed rubble] was employed for all important buildings

594
1. Columnar & trabeated (have horizontal beams rather than archs)
595
2. Wooden roofs were untrussed
596
3. Ceilings sometimes omitted
597
4. optical illusions were corrected, in Greek Temples
598
5. Doric, Ionic, Corinthian [orders of columns]
599
1. The arch & the vault was developed
600
2. Two orders of architecture added [Tuscan & Composite]
601
3. Concrete is now used [composition of lime, sand, pozzolana & broken bricks or small stones.

602
1. Widely Spaced Columns carrying semi-circular arches
603
2. Basilican Churches have 3 to 5 aisles, covered by a simple timber roof

604
3. Mosaic decoration added internally
605
4. separate buildings used for baptism or baptisteries
606
1. Novel development of the Dome to cover polygonal and square plans of churches

607
2. Tomb & baptisteries by means of “pendentives”
608
3. ‘Fresco” decoration using marble & mosaic
609
1. Bulbous or onion dome
610
2. Minarets
611
3. stalactite moulding
612
4. cresting: decorative roof ridge: an ornamental ridge on a roof
613
5. painted arch
614
1. Ribbed & panel, cross vaults;
615
2. plaster strips, arcades, rose windows,

31/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

616
3. Sober (serious/ not fanciful)& dignified style
617
4. Formal massing depends on the grouping of towers and the projection of transepts & choir.

618
1. Pointed arch
619
2. buttress, flying buttress
620
3. gargoyles, decorated vaulting
621
4. rose & lancet windows ploughshare twist
622
5. variety of open roofs (trussed, tie-beam, collar)
623
1. Rusticated masonry, (rough masonry)
624
2. Quoins, Balusters
625
3. domes or raised drums
626
4. pediments one within the other
627
5. rococo
628
6. baroque style
629
7. mansard roof
630
8. salon
631
1. Picturesque values
632
2. Reflected in the predilection (liking) for highly textured, colorful materials, asymmetry & informality.

633
3. palazzo style was a triumph of national ecclesiasticism
634
4. New functions & techniques produced new forms
635
5. Taller buildings were designed due to concrete & cast iron frames.
636
6. New materials were used due to the effect of canals
637
7. Railroad systems, central heating & elevator or lift
638
1. Repetition of standard bays, both plan & elevation, an affinity (similarity) with bay system, programmatically adopted
with the introduction of iron construction

639
1. Neo-classic & Greek revival was followed
640
2. Baloon frame was introduced
641
3. The skyscraper was contributed related to metal frame construction
642
4. The non-load-bearing curtain wall & the elevator

32/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

643
1. Free-standing glass sheath suspended on a framework across the face of the building or curtain wall.

644
2. Art Noveau and Bauhaus was developed
645
3. Enormous Spans unobstructed were at length achieved with concrete.

646
4. Steel is used in space-frame
647
1. Hindu worship is an individual act
648
2. Buddhist religious buildings or shrines took the form of STUPAS (Buddhist shrine or pagoda), and are designed for
congregational use.

649
3. Mouldings have BULBOUS character
650
4. The TORUS moulding is used
651
5. Various BAS reliefs depicting scenes of daily life and story of Buddha

652
6. The female form in its voluptuous (sensual) form is often used
653
1. Rock Temples, with square or octagonal pillars
654
2. A circular relic house (wata-dage) built in stone & brick is an outstanding architectural creation.

655
3. Architecture of wood, with high pitched roofs, with wide eaves, slightly curved, finished with small flat shingles and terra
cotta tiles.
656
4. Windows with lacquered wood bars, carved timber doorways, ornamental metalwork door furniture, painted walls.

657
1. Cupola Roofs (dome shaped roof or dome on roof), spanning with arched squinches, the square chamber angles, lantern
roof and coffered dome, an elaborate system of hexagon, each containing the statue of Buddha

658
2. The “SIKHARA” & “PAGODA” temples survive.

659
3. A monumental pillar generally supporting a metal superstructure adorned with mystic symbols, groups of divinities and
portraits statuary of royalties.

660
4. Windows have intricate lattice screens and roof have red curved tiles, metal gutters and projecting cornice and fancifully
decorated with carving, embossing, tinkling bells and hanging lamps.

661
5. The monastery is fortress-like sited on hill tops.
662
6. Pillars and beams are painted “yellow or red” and “painted silks” hang from the roof.

663
1. Stepped Temple Pyramid, terraced on a hill

33/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

664
2. Using stone without mortar fitted perfectly and numerous colossal towers

665
3. Religious buildings overlaid with ornamentation of Chinese characters, surfaces often finished with porcelain tile

666
4. Walls are white stucco, (wall plaster)
667
5. multi-leveled overlapping timber roofs
668
6. Gables and bargeboard decorated with Hindu iconography.
669
7. Doors and window shutters are of carved wood, lacquered in black and gold.

670
1. Roof ridges are laden with elaborate ornamental cresting and the up-tilted angles are adorned with fantastic dragons and
grotesque ornament.(distorted bizarre)

671
2. Roofs one on top of the other using S-shape enameled tiles.
672
3. Roof framing in “rectangle” and not triangle.
673
4. Use of bright colors
674
5. Column brackets are decorated with birds, flowers and dragons.
675
1. Light and delicate timber construction is refined by a minute carving & decoration

676
2. Dominant roofs characterized by their exquisite (beautiful/superb) curvature, supported by a succession of brackets

677
3. Upper part of the roof is terminated by a gable placed vertically above the end walls

678
4. Rooms are regulated by a “KEN” Tatami mats.
679
5. Love of nature: using stone, lantern & bonsai.
680
1. Use of indigenous (natural) materials for houses like bamboo, palm leaves, sturdy wooden posts, carved wooden sidings,
cogon grass roof.

681
2. Spanish-style high-pitched roofs,
682
3. Capiz shell windows, barandillas, balconies,
683
4. Coconut shell & wood design.
684
5. Much use of galvanized iron sheet for roofing
685
1. Beehives,
686
2. huts,

34/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

687
3. caves,
688
4. tents,
689
5. Stonehenge, England
690
6. igloos
691
1. Sphinx,
692

2. Pyramids, Pyramid of King Zoser


Architect: Imhotep
 earliest pyramidal structure of the ancient world, the Step Pyramid (c.2630 BC) of King Zoser at Saqqara, Egypt
 consist of six terraces of receding sizes with a one staba The Great Pyramid
 the Pyramid of Khufu is the largest in the world, measuring 230m (756 ft)

693
3. Obelisks,
694
4. Mastaba Tombs,
695
5. Great Temple,
696
6. Abu-Simbel,  dedicated chieftly to Re-Harakhti, God of the rising sun
 built during the reign of Ramses II (1304 – 1237 BC)

697
7. Temple of Luxor - or Southern Sanctuary at Luxor, Egypt, 18th dynasty king
 dedicated to Amon-Re, king of the Gods
 built of sandstone for the quarries of Gebel Silsila

698
7. Temple of Khons,

699
1. Ziggurat of Ur,
700
2. persepolis,
701
3. hall of the hundred columns
702
1. Temple Pyramid of the Sun,
703
2. Citadel Teotihuacan,
704
3. Temple of the Giant Jaguar,
705
4. Great Plaza of Tenochtitlan Machu Picchu, Peru
706
1. Acropolis,

35/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

707 2. Parthenon-temple, Architect: Itchinus and Callicrates with Phidias


Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek Doric
 on the historic Acropolis. Doric exemplar

708
Erectheum _ Architect: Mnesicles
Location: Athens, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek, Ionic
 has Caryatid Porch with figural columns. On the Acropolis, uses grade change.

709
3. Agora,
710
Epidaurus Theater
Architect: Polykleitos
Location: Epidauros, or Epidhavros, Greece
Style: Ancient Greek
 and the quality of its acoustics make the Epidaurus theatre one of the great architectural achievements of the fourth
century.
 the largest and best preserved ancient theaters in Greece.
 can accommodate 14,000 spectators.

711
4. ODEION theatre,
712
5. stoa, - ancient covered walkway, usually with a wall on one side and a row of columns at the other

713
6. Mausoleum Sarcophagus,

714
7. open hillside theatres
715

1. The Pantheon
118 - 126
Architect: Acrippa
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
 great domed hall with oculus
oculus – a single circular opening
 one of the great spiritual buildings of the world
 it was built as a Roman temple and later consecrated as a Catholic Church
 revived the use of brick and concrete in temple Architecture

36/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

716
2. Forums,Trajan’s Forum
100 – 112
Architect: Apollodorus of Damascus
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Roman
 composed of an arc of arched arcade
 most magnificent and architecturally most pleasing
 largest known forums

717
3. Basilicas

718
4. Thermae,
719
5. Amphitheatres,
720

6. Colosseum Coemeteria, Colosseum


70 – 82
Architect: Vespacian and Domitian
Location: Rome, Italy
Style: Ancient Roman
 three-quarter columns and entablatures, Doric in the first story, Ionic in the second, and Corinthian in the third, face the
three tiers of arcades
 largest Roman Amphitheater
 designed to hold 50,000 spectators
 had approximately eighty entrances so crowds could arrive and leave easily and quickly

721
7. Triumphal arch,
722
8. gateways,
723
9. aqueducts
724
1. Basilican Churches,
725
2. Baptisteries
726
1. St. Sophia, Constantinople

727
2. St. Mark, Venice
728
1. The great mosques,
729
2. Damascus & Cordoba,
730
3. Kiosk @ Istanbul
731
4. Taj mahal mausoleum @ Agra
732
5. Tomb of Humayun, Delhi

37/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

733
1. St, Zeno,
734
2. Maggiore Monastery,
735
3. Leaning Tower,
736
4. Cathedral & Baptistery of Pisa,
737
5. Castles, fortifications,
738
6. chateus, Manor houses
739
1. Notre Dame Cathedral,
740
2. Paris Canterbury Cathedral,
741
3. King’s College,
742
4. Canterbury Town Halls,
743
5. Skippers house @ Ghent
744
1. Palazzo Ricardi @ Florence,
745
2. St. Peter’s PIAZZA,
746
3. Cathedral Vatican,
747
4. Palais du louvre,
748
5. Paris Chateu Maisons,
749
6. St Paul’s Cathedral, London,
750
7. Guild Houses @ Brussels
751
1. Westminster New Palace (House of Parliament), London
752
2. Crystal Palace, London [???]
753
3. University Museum, Oxford
754
4. Red House, Kent
755
5. Cathedral @ Guildford
756
1. Eiffel tower, [???]
757
2. New louvre,
758
3. Paris Opera House,
759
4. Paris & cologne.

38/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

760
1. the White House
Architect: James Hoban
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1801, burned 1814, porticos 1824 to1829
Style: Georgian Neoclassical
 official residence of the president of the United States of America, for the last 200 years

761
2. Capitol of the United States
Architects: Thornton-Latrobe-Bulfinch
Location: Washington, D.C.
Date: 1793 to 1830
Style: Neoclassical
 meeting place of the U.S. Congress, the national assembly of the United States of America, consisting of the House of
Representatives and the Senate

762
National Gallery of Art
Architect: John Russel Pope
 houses one of the finest collections of painting, sculptures, and graphic arts in the world

763
Washington Monument
Architect: Robert Mills
Location: Washington, D.C.
Style: Neo-Egyptian
 the obelisk is the only remnant of the original blue print that remains
 with George Marsh, competition 1836. standard Egyptian proportion of 10:1 height to base

764

Golden Gate Bridge


1933 to 1937
Architect: Joseph Strauss
Location: San Francisco, California
Building type: suspension bridge
Construction system: steel frame, steel cables
Styles: Structural Modern with some Art Deco details
 one of the longest bridge in the world
 a powerful and elegant human structure in an equally beautiful natural location
 overall bridge length of 9266 feet, or 2824 meters
 bridge main span length of 4200 feet, or 1280 meters

39/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

765
Saint Patrick’s Cathedral
Architect: James Renwick
Location: New York
 shaped like a Latin cross
 the largest Roman Catholic Cathedral in the United States
 designed in a Gothic Revival materials at English and French Gothic Style

766
3. Boston Empire State Building,

767
4. English Country Houses
768
5. Bungalows
769

The Louvre
1546 to 1878
Architect: Pierre Lescot
Location: Paris, France
Building type: palace, art museum
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: French Renaissance
 also designed by Catherine de Medici, J.A. du Cerceau II, Claude Perrault, etc.
 I.M. Pei: design the glass pyramid, which serves as the main public entrance

770
Palais Royal
 commissioned by Cardinal Richeliev
 original name is Palais Cardinal
 17th century
 Daniel Buren: stripped columns

771
Arc de Triomphe
 Napoleon, the French emperor decided to build a very big arch of triumph, which stands at the top of the Champs Elysees

772

Pompidou Centre
1972 to 1976
Architect: Richard Rogers and Renzo Piano
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: modern art museum
Construction system: high-tech steel and glass
Style: High-tech modern
 a cost of $100,000,000, with an average attendance of approximately seven million people a year
 massive structural expressionist cast exoskeleton, "exterior" escalators enclosed in transparent tube

40/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

773
Notre Dame de Paris
1163 to 1250
Architect: Maurice de Sully
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Early Gothic
 one of the most celebrated Gothic cathedrals in France
 twin towers marking the entrance
 probably the most famous image in French Gothic art

774

Paris Opera House


1857 to 1874
Architect: Charles Garnier
Location: Paris, France
Building type: theater, opera house
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Neo-Baroque
 polychrome façade, opulent staircase
 commission by competition
 masterpiece of 19th century architecture
 one of the largest and most opulent theaters in the world
 false ceiling painted by Marc Chagall

775 Elysee Palace


1718
Architect: Claude Mollet
 official residence of the president of France

776 Hotel de Invalides


 Napoleons tomb is within the structure
 founded by Louis XIV for disabled soldiers
 late 17th century

777
La Madeleine
Architect: Napoleon I
 church of Ste. Marie Madeleine
 constructed as a church in 1842
 surrounded by 52 Corinthian columns

778
Chartres Cathedral
1194 to 1260
Location: Chartres, France
Building type: cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Gothic exemplar
 the elevation was in three tiers as it had no gallery and the vaulting was quadripartite, which eliminated the need for
alternating supports
 supreme monument of High Gothic art and architecture

41/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

779

Rheims Cathedral
 one of the greatest monument of Gothic art and architecture
 construction commerced by Jean d’Orbais and was completed by Robert de Coucy
 a work of remarkable unity and harmony

780
Eiffel Tower
1887 to 1889
Architect: Gustave Eiffel
Location: Paris, France
Building Type: exposition observation tower
Construction system: exposed iron
Style: Victorian Structural Expressionist
 dominates the sky line of Paris
 one of the most famous landmarks in the world
 built for the Paris Exposition of 1889

781 Sorbonne
 most famous building at the University of Paris

782

British Museum
1823 to 1847
Architect: Sir Robert Smirke
Location: London, England
Building type: art and historical museum, library
Construction system: masonry, cut stone
Style: Victorian Ionic façade,
Classical Revival
 Includes one of the world's great library rooms. Glazed roof over restored courtyard by Norman Foster

783

Salisbury Cathedral
1220 to 1258
Location: Salisbury, England
Building type: Cathedral (church, temple)
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: English Gothic
 Cathedral of Saint Mary
 an outstanding example of the Early English architectural style
 tallest in England 404ft (123m)
 use of Purbeck marble to create a strongly coloured

42/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

784
Queen’s House
1616 to 1635
Architect: Inigo Jones – the greatest of English Classical architect
Location: Greenwich, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian, Late English Renaissance
 was built by Jones for Anne of Denmark, wife of James I

785

Somerset House
1776 to 1786
Architect: William Chambers
Location: London, England
Building type: government offices and art school
Construction system: cut stone masonry
Style: Neoclassical
 Home of Royal Academy of the Arts. Corinthian orders above arched courtyard apertures, rusticated base

786
Saint Paul’s Cathedral
1675 to 1710
Architect: Sir Christopher Wren
Location: London, England
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry, brick, timber and cut stone
Style: Late renaissance to Baroque
 the dome peaks at 366 feet above pavement
 a masterpiece of Baroque architecture
 largest cathedral in England

787
Chiswick House
1729
Architect: Lord Burlington
Location: Chiswick, England
Building type: large house
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Palladian
 also known as “Burlington House”

788
Westminster Palace
1836 to 1868
Architect: Sir Charles Barry
Location: London
Building type: seat of government, government center
Construction system: cut stone bearing masonry
Style: English Gothic Revival
 Big Ben: the clock tower best known is a great symbol of London
 originally seat of kings as a royal residence

43/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

789

Durham Cathedral
1093 to 1280
Location: Durham, England
Building type: church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone
Style: Romanesque
 one of the most impressive Norman Romanesque style in Europe
 had a reciprocal influence on the architecture of Normady
 the rib vault covering of Durham Cathedral is the oldest example that has survived

790
Glasgow School of Art
1897 to 1909
Architect: Charles Rennie Mackintosh
Location: Glasgow, England
Building type: college
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: art and crafts, art nouveau

791 Buckingham Palace


Architect: sir George Goring
 built during the reign of king James I

792
1. Salginatobel Bridge,
793
2. Einstein Tower, Eirch Mendelsohn
794
3. Chapel of Notre Dame, Le Corbusier
795
4. Johnson Wax Building, Frank Lloyd Wright
796
5. Falling Water, Frank Lloyd Wright
797
6. Dulles International Airport, Eero saarinen
798
7. Guggenheim Museum, Frank Lloyd wright
799
8. Sydney opera House, Jorn Utzon
800
9. Geodesic dome, Buckminster Fuller
801
Temple of Heaven
Location: China
 700 acre enclosure built by the Ming Dynasty emperor Yongle (Yung-Io)
 means “Perpetual Help”

44/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

802

Hagia Sofia
532 to 537
Architect: Isidoros and Anthemios
Location: Istanbul, Turkey
Building type: church
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Byzantine
 a tremendous domed space
 built as the new Cathedral of Constantinople by the Emperor Justinian
 a masterpiece of Byzantine architecture
 additional minarets when the church became a mosque

803 Cathedral of Siena


Location: Southern Italy
 incorporated Gothic elements in a strongly Mediterranean design

804

Pisa Cathedral
103 to 1350
Location: Pisa, Italy
Building type: church complex
Construction system: bearing masonry, cut stone, white marble
Style: Romanesque
 "Pisa Cathedral with Baptistery, Campanile and Campo Santo, together form one of the most famous building groups in
the world
 the cathedral complex includes the famous Leaning Tower, La Torre Pendente
 white marble with colonnaded facades

805

Florence Cathedral
1296 to 1462
Architect: Arnolfo di Cambio
Location: Florence, Italy
Building type: domed church, cathedral
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Italian Romanesque
 1296: Cathedral begun on design by Arnolfo di Cambio
 1357: Project continued on a modified plan by Francesco Talenti
 1366-7: Talenti's definitive design emerged calling for an enormous octagonal dome
 1418: competition for construction of dome.
 1420: technical solution for vaulting proposed by Brunelleschi approved and construction begun
 The Duomo – dome added by Brunelleschi
 1436— church consecrated

45/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

806
Krak des Chevaliers
1150 to 1250
Location: Syria
Building type: fort
Style: Medieval
 crusader castle
 the best preserved and most wholly admirable castle in the world

807

Alhambra
1338 to 1390
Location: Granada, Spain
Building type: palace
Construction system: bearing masonry
Style: Moorish (Islamic)
 palace of Nasrid Dynasty
 the most beautiful remaining example of Western Islamic Architecture
 built as a cathedral in the mid-1200’s
 “hall of justice”: noted from its elaborate stalactite (maqarnas) decoration

808
Casa Batllo
1905 to 1907
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: apartment building
Construction system: concrete
Style: Expressionist or Art Nouveau
 uses animal styles al through-out the structure

809

Casa Mila
1905 to 1910
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: multifamily housing
Construction system: masonry and concrete
Style: Art Nouveau
 expressionistic, fantastic, organic forms in undulating facade and roof line
 light court
 it could be compared with the steep cliff walls in which African tribes build their cave-like dwellings

46/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

810
Sagrada Familia
1882 to 1926
Architect: Antonio Gaudi
Location: Barcelona, Spain
Building type: church
Construction system: masonry
Style: Expressionist
 Church of the Holy Family
 uncompleted during Gaudi’s lifetime
 crowned by four spires

811
Taj Mahal
1630 to 1653
Architect: Emperor Shah Jahan
Location: Agra, India
Building type: Islamic tomb
Construction system: bearing masonry, inlaid marble
Style: Islamic
 onion-shape domes, flanking towers, built for wife Mumatz Mahal
 located on the Jumna River
1. roofs at 45 degrees gradient or less
 museum for Mogul emperor’s consort
2. use of bricks, limestone, hardwood, capiz shells (G.I. sheets and clay tiles or “tisa” were imported)
3. elaborate lace-like grillwork (1870’s)
4. transoms with floral and foliate scroll work (1890’s)
812 5. 1890’s Art Nouveau brought swirling vines and flowers for staircase balustrades, etched or colored glass
1.“shrine of freedom”,
a “regime”
panels replaced capizdesigned
of reinforced concreteby Father Antonio Cedeno,
and galvanized iron with Diego Jordan as engineer
2.
6. Neo-Classical
emergence of styles and foreign architects working in the Philippines
Filipino
813 famous
3. DANIEL walled city
BURNHAM within a city; seven gates; completed 1872; made of bricks and hardPlan
adobe from the Pasig
a.
RiverFELIX ROXAS
quarries; wall first–45
– are commissioned
Filipino
ft thickarchitect;
and
byserved
rise
Gov.
25 ft
General
as architect
above the
W.H.toTaft
moat; the to draft
Manila
structures
the Master
government;
inside the
for Manila
studied
city include:
and
in England and
government
Spain buildings (Agri-Finance Building, Senate Building, among others)
814 4. MASTER BUILDERS (“maestro de obras”)
b. JUAN HERVAS
- mediocre design,of –uncontrolled
a Catalan whoandwashasty ofacquired
onerebuilding
the Spanish title either from invited
architects
only resurrected
practical to experience
old designs reconstruct or completed
Manila after the
academic
earthquake training
of 1863 Master
and 1880 Builder’s course
815 5.- commercial
LICEO building –
DE MANILA drewfirstinspiration
school to open from three
contemporary
year course architecture in the West
in architecture
7.- churches
development of community planning
Movement
6.
a. TOMAS
Sto. Domingoin 20th
MAPUA Century, art
– first Intramuros
Church, that represented the revolutionary
licensed architect; established the second school effort of young Italian
(followed by UST and Adamson)
-7.BUNGALOW
Concrete,
MASONIC steel –and
introduced
TEMPLE, glass Escolta in 1948;
– firstone-storey
multi-storey house with wide
reinforced picture
concrete windows,
building in a lanai
the and a carport for up to
Philippines
816 b. San Ignacio, Intramuros – first church designed by a Filipino architect
three
8. cars –Jim
Advocators:
CHALET Slade
suburban and Robert
house; Colley.
simple design with verandah in front or around the house; middle-class
c. San style
Cubist
- modern Sebastian Church,
developed
architecture Manila
in Germany
with – only
adevelopment;
renewed Gothicinchurch
andinterest
Austria in motifs
the Philippines
(1900s).CHARACTERISTICS:
Filipino
an
9.
8. architects.
1930’s
brides – continued urban emergence of multi-storey, multi-family dwellings and commercial
817 Devoid
a. use ofofpointed
ornamentation
roofs, lattices, screens, wood carvings
The
a. architecture
structures;
Fuente distinct
de Espana of reinforced
simplification
– firstplans concrete
bridge of lines,
to spaniron and
emphasis glass.
on
the Pasig River verticality; other architects
linking Intramuros and Binondo contradicted the trend by
Symmetrical/Assymetrical
b. architecture
Calculation
putting of
horizontal of LEANDRO
audacity
strips and
of LOCSIN
simplicity
glass window and FRANCISCO MANOSA
818 b. Colgante Bridge
Sought for solutions
Overlapping – suspension
for alternative
& intersecting bridge;
2-dimensional only for pedestrians; framework
cheap forms of construction in timber, brick & metal. of iron imported from England
Capable
Initiated of British
by expressing “tangible
(pre-fab. miracles.”planes that enclose 3-dimensional space.
Architecture)
Pure
Inspiredcolor like white & grey ofMarinetti.
exterior walls.
A designby
Distribution of Filippo
something
of wall
Tommaso
to Auspicious.
window
819 Non-representational
Other definitions: style of art w/c isuses
space approximately equal. materials: plastic & glass.
modern industrial
Ideal
Refers abstract
to in art movement
low-cost arose in Europe & Russia (1913-1920)
820 Out
Based viewon w/c
the thehousing
idea: major
Art is activities
an absolute or entity,
environmental
whose origin factorliewasin theemployed
mind & in the structure
whose forms are in unrelated
a non-intellectual
to objects
Pre-Fabricated
manner. unit
of visible world.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Concept of art: includes painting & sculpture.
821
Continuity of forms rather than proportionality and geometric terms/means.
Tendency to avoid rectangular forms.
822 Tends to individual sensibility.
, first built in the 13th century and reconstructed in 1906–1909, is the largest clay building in the world.
823 developed the first safe passenger elevator. In addition to this, was the development of techniques for
manufacturing rolled steel
824
architecture OF THE borrowing and OF free selection
movement for aesthetic and moral crusade
825
- escape FROM THE Industrial World
- John Ruskin(1819-1900) and William Morris(1834-1896) were THE key figures
826
In Egyptian architecture, the tomb of the pharaohs is the.
827
The great pyramid at Gizeh was built during the 4th dynasty by.

47/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

828
The beginner of the great hypostyle hall at karnak and the founder of the 19th dynasty.
829 The mineral of greatest importance to Greek architecture of which Greece and her domains had ample supply
of was.
830
Greek architecture was essentially.
831
Forming the imposing entrance to the acropolis and erected by the architect Mnesicles
832
The building in the acropolis generally considered as being the most nearly perfect building ever erected is the.
833 With the use of concrete made possible by pozzolan, a native natural cement, the Romans achieved huge
interiors with the.
834
Which of the order was added by the Romans to the orders used by the Greeks.
835
From the 5th century to the present, the character of Byzantine architecture is the practice of using.
836
The finest and remaining example of Byzantine architecture.
837
The architectural character of the Romanesque architecture is.
838 Romanesque architecture in Italy is distinguished from that of the rest of Europe by the use of what material for
facing walls.
839
The most famous and perfect preservation of all ancient buildings in Rome.
840
The space between the colonnade and the naos wall in Greek temple.
841
Amphitheaters are used for ___.
842
An ancient Greek Portico, a long colonnaded shelter used in public places.
843
The fortified high area or citadel of an ancient Greek City.
844 An upright ornament at the eaves of a tile roof, concealing the foot of a row of convex tiles that cover the joints
of the flat tiles.
845
Strictly, a pedestal at the corners or peak of a roof to support an ornament, more usually, the ornament itself.
846
Also called a 'Honeysuckle' ornament.
847
In ancient Greece and Rome, a storeroom of any kind, but especially for storing wine.
848
The characteristic of Greek ornament.
849
The use of ___ for facing walls distinguishes Romanesque architecture in Italy from that of the rest of Europe.
850
The outstanding group of Romanesque is found in ___.
851
The dining hall in a monastery, a convent, or a college.
852
The architecture of the curved line is known as ___.
853
The open court in an Italian palazzo.
854
The ornamental pattern work in stone, filling the upper part of a Gothic window.
855
Japanese tea house.
856
A Muslim temple, a mosque for public worship, also known as place for prostration.

48/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

857
Domical mound containing a relic.
858
Ifugao house (southern strain).
859
In Mesopotamian architecture, religion called for temples made of sun-dried bricks.
860
The style of the order with massive and tapering columns resting on a base of 3 steps.
861
Tomb of the pharaohs.
862 Earthen burial mounds containing upright and lintel stones forming chambers for consecutive burials for several
to a hundred persons.
863
A semi-circular or semi-polygonal space, usually in church, terminating in axis and intended to house an altar.
864
Temples in Greece that have a double line of columns surrounding the naos.
865
Senate house for chief dignitaries in Greek architecture
866
Architect of the Einstein Tower.
867
Founder of the Bauhaus School of Art.
868
What architectural term is termed to be free from any historical style?
869
From what architecture is the Angkor Vat?
870
The architect of Chrysler building in N.Y.
871
Another term for crenel or intervals between merlon of a battlement.
872
Taj Mahal temple is located in ___.
873 In the middle kingdom, in Egyptian architecture, who consolidate the administrative system, made a survey of
the country, set boundaries to the provinces, and other helpful works.
874
Who erected the earliest known obelisk at Heliopolis.
875
Jubilee festivals of the pharaohs.
876
The world's first large-scale monument in stone.
877
The highest sloped pyramid in Gizeh
878
A vault created when two barrel vaults intersect at the right angles.
879
Sarimanok is a décor reflecting the culture of the ___.
880
Caryatid porch is from what architecture?
881
Female statues with baskets serving as columns.
882
A small tower usually corbelled at the corner of the castle.
883
A hall built in Roman Empire for the administration of justice.
884
The Parthenon is from what architecture.
885
A roof in which 4 faces rests diagonally between the gables and converge at the roof.

49/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

886
A compound bracket or capital in Japanese architecture.
887
A concave molding approximately quarter round.
888
Architect of Iglesia ni Cristo.
889
A Filipino architect whose philosophy is 'the structure must be well oriented'.
890
What is not required as a feature in modern Muslim mosque.
891
Architect of Robinson's Galleria
892
Major contribution of the Renaissance Architecture.
893
"A house is like a flower pot"
894
Richly carved coffins of Greece and Mesopotamia.
895
King Zoser's architect who was deified in the 26th dynasty.
896
The council house in Greece.
897
Elizabethan Architecture is from what architecture.
898
Art Noveau style first appeared in what structure.
899
A faced without columns or pilaster in renaissance architecture.
900
Art Noveau is known as the international style, in Germany it is known as ___.
901
Less is more.
902
First school which offered architecture in the Philippines.
903
Embrasures.
904
Formal architecture, one of the principles of composition.
905
Different historical styles combined.
906
Architect of TWA airport.
907
The falling water by Frank Lloyd Wright is also known as ___.
908
First president and founder of PAS.
909
"Modern architecture need not be western".
910
Architect of the national library, Philippines.
911 The xerxes hall of hundred columns was introduced during the Mesopotamian architecture, which palace was it
used.
912
Taj Mahal is a building example of what architecture.
913
The convex projecting molding of eccentric curve supporting the abacus of a Doric capital.
914
Pantiles used for Chinese roofings.

50/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

915
Greek equivalent of the Roman forum, a place of open air assembly or market.
916
A slight vertical curvature in the shaft of a column.
917
The very ornate style of architecture developed in the later renaissance period.
918 A multi-storied shrine like towers, originally a Buddhist monument of diminishing size with corbelled cornice and
moldings.
919
"cubicula" or bedroom is from what architecture.
920
From the Greek forms of temple, the three where it lies is known as ___.
921
From the Greek temples, a temple that have porticoes of columns at the front and rear.
922
Memorial monuments of persons buried elsewhere in Roman architecture.
923
The three pyramids in Gizeh
924
The cistern storage of collected rainwater underneath the azotea of the bahay na bato.
925
A shallow cistern or drain area in the center of a house.
926
In Greek temples, the equivalent of the crypt is the ___.
927
The tomb beneath a church.
928
A raised stage reserved for the clergy in early Christian churches.
929
A decorative bracket usually taking the form of a cyma reversa strap.
930
Semi-palatial house surrounded by an open site.
931
A roman house with a central patio.
932
Revival of classical Roman style
The style emerging in western Europe in the early 11th century, based on Roman and Byzantine elements, and
933
powerful vaults, and lasting until the advent of Gothic architecture.characterized by massive articulated wall
structures, round arches,
934
Architect and furniture designer.
935
First registered architect in the Philippines.
936
The public square of imperial Rome.
937
Architect of Manila Hilton Hotel.
938
Finest example of French-Gothic architecture
939
How many stained glass are there in the Chartres Cathedral?
940
Agora is from what architecture?
941
Sacred artificial mountains of Babylon and Assyria.
942
A plant whose leaves form the lower portions of the Corinthian capital.
943
Structure of wedge-shaped blocks over an opening.

51/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

944
The space between the sloping roof over the aisle and the aisle vaulting, so also called a blind story.
945
A windowed wall that rises above the roof of adjacent walls that admit light into the interior.
946
A standard, usually of length, by which the proportions of a building are determined.
947
The triangular or segmental space enclosed by a pediment or arch.
948
A line of counterthrusting arches on columns or piers.
949
In the classical order, the lowest part or member of the entablature; the beam that spans from column to column.
950
In classical architecture, the elaborated beam member carried by the columns.
951
Parts of an entablature, in order of top to bottom.
952
Plan shape of a Chinese pagoda.
953
Usual number of stories for a Chinese pagoda.
954
A special feature of Japanese houses, used to display a flower arrangement or art.
955
Plan shape of a Japanese pagoda.
956
The most famous structure of Byzantine architecture and notable of its large dome.
957
Triangular piece of wall above the entablature.
958 A spherical triangle forming the transition from the circular plan of a dome to the polygonal plan of its supporting
structure.
959
A long arcaded entrance porch in an early Christian church.
960 The principal or central part of a church, extending from the narthex to the choir or chancel and usually flanked
by aisles.
961
The covered walk of an atrium.
962
A basin for ritual cleansing with water in the atrium of an early Christian basilica.
963
A large apsidal extension of the interior volume of a church.
964
An ornamental canopy of stone or marble permanently place over the altar in a church.
965
A decorative niche often topped with a canopy and housing a statue.
966
A recess in a wall to contain a statue or other small items.
967
A tower in the Muslim Mosque used to call people to prayer.
968
Coffers, sunken panels in the ceiling.
969
The Buddhist temple in ancient Cambodia which feature four faces of the compassionate Buddha.
970
A term given to the mixture of Christian, Spanish, and Muslim 12th-16th century
971
architecture.
972
Projecting blocks of stone carved with foliage, typical in Gothic architecture.

52/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

973
A slab forming the crowning member of the capital.
974
The crowning member of a column.
975
A rectangular or square slab supporting the column at the base.
976
A low screen wall enclosing the choir in early Christian church.
977
The cold section of a Roman Bath.
978
This church in the Philippines is the seat of the Malolos Congress.
979
The palace proper in Assyrian palaces.
980
Holy mountains.
981
Architect of the famous propylaea, Acropolis.
982
Private family apartments in Assyrian palaces.
983
The most stupendous and impressive of the rock-cut-temples.
984
The four-seated colossal statues of Rameses II is carved in the pylon of the ___.
985
Favorite motifs of design of the Egyptians.
986
Two main classes of temples in Egyptian Architecture.
987
Egyptian temples for ministrations to deified pharaohs.
988
Structure whose corners are made to face the four cardinal points.
989
Structure whose sides are made to face the four cardinal points.
990
Egyptian temples for the popular worship of the ancient and the mysterious gods.
991
The use of monsters in doorways is prevalent in what architecture?
992
The Greek male statues used as columns.
993
A recessed or alcove with raised seats where disputes took place.
994
A single line of columns surrounding the Naos.
995
The uppermost step in the crepidoma.
996
The lowest step in the crepidoma.
997
A building in Greek and Roman for exercises or physical activities.
998
The three chamber of a Greek temple.
999
A Greek building that contains painted pictures.
1000
Temple with a portico of columns arranged in front.
1001
The clear space in between columns.

53/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1002
Intercolumniation of 2.25 diameters.
1003
Intercolumniation of 4 diameters.
1004
Intercolumniation of 2 diameters.
1005
Pycnostyle intercolumniation has how many diameters?
1006
Diastyle intercolumniation has how many diameters.
1007
A kindred type to the theater.
1008
Roman building which is a prototype of the hippodrome of the Greek.
1009
Roman building for which gladiatorial battles took place.
1010
What sporting event takes place in the Palaestra?
1011
A foot race course in the cities.
1012
A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front.
1013
A temple with 1-4 columns arranged between antae at the front and rear.
1014
In Greek, it is the Roman prototype of the Thermae.
1015
Greek order that has no base.
1016
The most beautiful and best preserved of the Greek theaters.
1017
What orders did the Etruscans and the Romans add making 5 in all?
1018
What allowed the Romans to build vaults of a magnitude never equaled till the birth of steel for buildings.
1019
The finest of all illustrations of Roman construction.
1020
The oldest and most important forum in Rome.
1021
Who commenced the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1022
Who completed the 'hall of hundred columns'?
1023
Architects of the Parthenon.
1024
Master sculptor of the Parthenon.
1025
In Roman fountains, the large basin of water.
1026
Spouting jets in Roman fountain.
1027
The oldest circus in Rome.
1028 The colosseum in Rome also known as the "flavian amphitheater" was commenced by whom and completed by
whom?
1029
Architect of the Erechtheion.
1030
A water clock or an instrument for measuring time by the use of water.

54/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1031
The finest of Greek Tombs, also known as the 'tomb of Agamemnon'.
1032
Architect of the Temple of Zeus, Agrigentum
1033
Architect of the Temples of Zeus, Olympia.
1034
Roman architect of the Greek Temples of Zeus, Olympius.
1035
Both the regula and the mutule has guttae numbering a total of ___.
1036
A quadrigas is a ___.
1037
The water-leaf and tongue is a usual ornament found in the ___.
1038
The Corona is usually painted with the ___.
1039
Greek sculptures may be classified as "architectural sculpture, free standing statuary,
1040
One of the best examples of a surviving megaron type of Greek domestic building.
1041
The molding that is often found in the Doric Order.
1042
The wall or colonnade enclosing the Temenos
1043
The private house of the Romans.
1044
Roman rectangular temples stood on a ___.
1045
Roman large square tiles.
1046
A type of Roman wall facing with alternating courses of brickworks.
1047 A type of Roman wall facing which is made of small stone laid in a loose pattern roughly resembling polygonal
work.
1048
A type of Roman wall facing with a net-like effect.
1049
A type of roman wall facing with rectangular block with or without mortar joints.
1050
A Roman structure used as hall of justice and commercial exchanges.
1051
A type of monument erected to support a tripod, as a prize for athletic exercises or
1052
musical competitions in Greek festivals.
1053 A type of ornament in classic or renaissance architecture consisting of an assemblage of straight lines
intersecting at right angles, and of various patterns.
1054
Figures of which the upper parts alone are carved, the rest running into a parallelopiped or diminishing pedestal.
1055
Marble mosaic pattern used on ceilings of vaults and domes.
1056
Conceptualized the Corinthian capital.
1057
The sleeping room of the 'megaron'.
1058
The origin of the door architrave.
1059
The atrium type of house originated with the ___.

55/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1060
Roman apartment blocks.
1061
A building in classic architecture decorated with flowers and plants with water for the purpose of relaxation.
1062
!5th to 18th century architecture.
1063
"Form follows function".
1064
The dominating personality who became an ardent disciple of the Italian renaissance
1065
A pillared hall in which the roofs rests on the column in Egyptian temples.
1066
Who began the building of the Great Hypostyle Hall at Karnak?
1067
Architect of the Great Serapeum at Alexandria.
1068
He created the Dymaxion House, "the first machine for living".
1069
Tombs built for the Egyptian nobility rather than the royalty.
1070
Architect of the Lung Center of the Philippines.
1071
The warm room in the Thermae.
1072
The Hot room of the Thermae.
1073
The cold or unheated pool in the Thermae.
1074
The dry or sweating room in the Thermae.
1075
The dressing room of the Thermae.
1076
The room for oils and unguents in the thermae.
1077
Orientation of the Roman temple is towards the ___.
1078
Orientation of the Greek temple is towards the ___.
1079
Orientation of the Etruscan temple is towards the ___.
1080
Orientation of the Medieval Church.
1081
The space for the clergy and choir is separated by a low screen wall from the body of the church called ___.
1082
On either side of the choir, pulpits for the reading of the epistle and the gospel are
1083 In some churches, there is a part which is raised as part of the sanctuary which later developed into the
transept, this is the ___.
1084
In early Christian churches, the bishop took the central place at the end of the church
1085
The iconoclastic movement during the Byzantine period forbade the use of ___.
1086
Type of plan of the Byzantine churches.
1087
Architects of the Hagia Sophia. (St. Sophia, Constantinople)
1088
The supreme monument of Byzantine architecture.

56/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1089
Smallest cathedral in the world. (Byzantine period)
1090
One of the few churches of its type to have survived having a square nave and without
1091
cross-arms, roofed by a dome which spans to the outer walls of the building.
1092
A tower raised above a roof pierced to admit light.
1093
the covered passage around an open space or garth, connecting the church to the chapter
1094
house, refectory and other parts of the monastery.
1095
The prominent feature of the facades in Romanesque Central Italy.
1096
The best example of a German Romanesque church with apses at both east and west
1097
The term applied to the Episcopal church of the diocese and also the important structure of the Gothic period.
1098
The first plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Bramante.
1099
The final plan shape of the St. Peter's Basilica by Carlo Maderna.
1100
He erected the entrance Piazza at St. Peter's Basilica.
1101
Used as food storage in the Bahay na Bato.
1102
The granary in traditional Bontoc House.
1103
Architect of the World Trade Center.
1104
The Erechtheion of Mnesicles is from what architecture?
1105
The part of the Corinthian capital without flower.
1106
The Pantheon is from what architecture.
1107
The architect of the Pantheon.
1108
The senate house of the Greeks.
1109
Architect of the Bi-Nuclear House, the H-Plan.
1110
Mexican Architect/Engineer who introduced thin shell construction.
1111
In the Doric Order, the shaft terminates in the ___.
1112
In what Order is the Parthenon.
1113
In what Order is the temple of Nike Apteros, Athens.
1114
This temple is dedicated to 'Wingless Victory'.
1115 This structure in Greece was erected by Andronikos Cyrrhestes for measuring time by means of a clepsydra
internally and sun dial externally.
1116
In the Cyma Reversa molding of the Romans, what ornaments are usually found?
1117
From what architecture is the Stoa?

57/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1118
The Egyptian Ornament symbolizing fertility.
1119
Egyptian Temple for popular worship of the ancient and mysterious gods.
1120
A small private bath found in Roman houses or palaces.
1121
Corresponds to the Greek naos.
1122
The large element in the frieze.
1123
"A is a machine to live in".
1124
Architect of the Chicago Tribune Tower.
1125
"Architecture is Organic".
1126
Invented reinforced concrete in France.
1127
First elected U.A.P. president.
1128
Designer of the Bonifacio Monument.
1129
Sculptor for the Bonifacio Monument.
1130
Designer of the Taj Mahal.
1131
Male counterpart of the Caryatids.
1132
Like Caryatids and Atlantes, this is a three-quarter length figures.
1133
This is a pedestal with human, animal, or mythological creatures at the top.
1134
A small payer house in Egyptian architecture.
1135
Where "Constructivism" originated?
1136
Expressionist Architect.
1137
Founders of the "Art Noveau".
1138
Combination of the new art and the graphing of the old art.
1139
Return in the use of Roman Orders in modern age.
1140
Scheme or solution of a problem in architecture.
1141
Architect of the Batasang Pambansa.
1142
Architect of the Philippine Heart Center.
1143
Architect of the Rizal Memorial Stadium.
1144
The architect of the Quiapo Church before its restoration.
1145 Built by the Franciscan priest Fr. Blas dela Madre, this church in Rizal whose design depicts the heavy influence
of Spanish Baroque, was declared a national treasure.
1146 This church, 1st built by the Augustinian Fr. Miguel Murguia, has an unusually large bell which was made from
approximately 70 sacks of coins donated by the towns people.

58/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1147
Architect of SM Megamall.
1148
Central Bank of the Philippines, Manila.
1149
G.S.I.S. Building, Roxas Boulevard.
1150
The tower atop the torogan where the princess and her ladies in waiting hide during occasions.
1151
Found in the ground floor of the bahay na bato, it is where the carriages and floats are kept.
1152
The emergency hideout found directly behind the neadboard of the Sultan's bed.
1153 The flat, open terrace open to the toilet, bath, and kitchen areas and also used as a laundry and drying space
and service area for the servants.
1154 In the kitchen of the bahay kubo, the table on top of which is the river stone, shoe-shaped stove or kalan is
known as ___.
1155
“Form follows function”
1156
“Form does not necessarily follow function”
1157
“Art and Architecture, the new unity”
1158
“A house is a house”
1159
“Cube within a cube”
1160
“A bridge is like a house”
1161
“Less is more”
1162
Ornament is a crime
1163
Less is more only when more is too much
1164
FUNCTION INFLUENCE BUT DOES NOT DICTATE FORM
1165
MODERN ARCHITECTURE NEED NOT BE WESTERN
1166
RCHITECTURE MUST MEET 3 REQUIREMENTS: STENGTH, BEAUTY, UNITY
1167
 Formulated “Cubism and Futurism
1168
Less is Bore / “Complexity and Contradiction in Architecture”
1169
The reality of the building does not consist in the roof and walls, but in the space within to be lived in

1170
LEVER HOUSE - was one of the earliest steel and glass office towers and the first such tower in New York City.
1171
CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1172
GEODESIC DOME
1173
SYDNEY OPERA HOUSE
1174
SOLOMON GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM

59/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1175
PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS, BRAZIL
1176
BAUHAUS BLDG, GERMANY
1177
EINSTEIN TOWER
1178
CHAPEL OF NOTRE DAME
1179
CULTURAL CENTER OF THE PHILIPPINES
1180
TAHANANG FILIPINO/ COCONUT PALACE
1181
ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK OF THE PHILIPPINES
1182
SAN MIGUEL CORP. BUILDING
1183
BANK OF CHINA, HK
1184
TWA KENNEDY AIRPORT, NY
1185
AT&T BLDG, NY
1186
Casa Batllo, Barcelona Spain
1187
Crystal Palace, England
1188
Glass House, New Caanan, Connecticut
1189 Notre Dame Cathedral, Paris France - OLDEST CATHEDRAL IN FRANCE-EARLY GOTHIC

1190
Sagrada Familia, Spain
1191
John Hancock Center, Chicago Illinois
1192
Woolworth Building, NY
1193
Price Tower, Oklahoma
1194
St.Basil Cathedral, Russia
1195
Notre Dame du Haut or Ronchamp, France
Italian architect
1196
Member of Bauhaus
Popularized the Tubular steel cantilever chair
1197
German-American architect, the leading and most influential exponent of the glass and steel architecture of the
20th-century International Style.
Skin and bone construction.

60/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1198
American architect, born in Cleveland, Ohio, and educated at Harvard University in the classics and later in
architecture
The architect who equated with an exhibition of modern architecture (1932)
Invented the ‘International Style’
Father figure of ‘Post Modernism.’
INTERNATIONAL STYLE
Volume rather than mass.
Regularity rather than axial symmetry
Prescribing arbitrarily applied decorations.
WORKS:
Glass hose, Connecticut
Seagram Building, N.Y. (w/Mies Van Der Rohe)
Theatre of the Dance, Lincoln Center
Williams Proctor Museum, N.Y.
Art Gallery for the University of Nebraska
Ammon Corter Museum, Texas
AT&T Building N.Y.

1199
professional name of Charles Édouard Jeanneret (1887-1965), Swiss-French architect, painter, and writer, who
had a major effect on the development of modern architecture.
PHILOSOPHY:
“ The house is a machine to live in.”
WORKS:
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva (1927-1928)
The Swiss Building at the Cité Universitaire, Paris (1931-1932);
Unité d'Habitation (1946-1952)
an apartment house in Marseille, France;
Notre Dame du Haut (1950-1955)
a pilgrimage church in Ronchamp, France
High Court Buildings (1952-1956) Chandìgarh, India

1200
Kahn, Louis I(sadore) (1901-1974),
American architect and teacher, whose original, powerful designs in brick and concrete won him a prominent
place in 20th-century architecture.
Highly ordered sequence of space & noble structural systems.

PHILOSOPHY:

“ Searching for a materials want to be.”

WORKS:
Yale Art Gallery w/ Douglas Orr
Alfred Newton Richard’s Medical Center

61/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1201

French architect, one of the most important pioneers of the modern French style.
Advocator of reinforced concrete architecture.
THEORIES:
“ The truth is indispensable in architecture & every architecture lie courrupts.”
“ Any project is bad if it is more difficult or more complicated to construct the necessary.”
WORKS:
The Temple Tower 1889, Exposition Universale in Paris
The Apartment Building Rue FranklinFrench Legation, Istanbul
Theatre Des Champs, Lysees
- redesigning, original by Van del Velde
Notre Dame Church, Paris
Palace of the League of Nations, Geneva
Eiffel Monument, Paris
Palace of the Soviets, Moscow

1202
American architect, who was a pioneer of the modern style. He is considered one of the greatest figures in 20th-
century architecture.

1203

Finnish-American architect and designer, son of Eliel Saarinen and one of the leading architects of the mid-20th
century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Function influences but does not dictate form.”
“Spiritual function is inseparable from practical function.”
“Architecture is not just to fulfill man’s belief in the nobility of his exsistence on earth.”
WORKS:
Saint Louis Jefferson National Expansion Memorial
The General Motors Technical Center, Warren Michigan:1948-1956
Air Force Acadaemy
U.S. Embassy in London
The Chapel & Kresge Auditorium, Massachussetts Institute of Technology
T.W.A. Terminal, Kennedy Terminal, N.Y.
- In a for m of bird about to fly.
T.J. Watson Research Center, York Town, N.Y.
The Chapel of Concordia Senior College.
Gateway Arch, St. Louis

1204
Finnish-American architect, who strongly influenced modern architecture.
Popular w/ railway station designs especially in Europe.
2nd place in the Chicago Tribune Tower

PHILOSOPHY:
“ Beauty grows from the necessity not from repetition of formulas.”

WORKS:
Cranbook School, Michigan
Christ Church, Minneapolis
Helsinki Railroad Station, Finland
National Museum Finland

62/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1205

Italian architect and engineer, whose technical innovations, particularly in the use of reinforced concrete, made
possible aesthetically pleasing solutions to difficult structural problems.
Discovered “ferro-cemento”
- consist of layers of fine steel mesh sprayed w/ cement mortar & it could be used either for shell construction
or for heavier units w/ reinforcing rods inserted between the layers of mortar & mesh.
WORKS:
Municipal Stadium Florence
Fiat Factory, Turin
Italian Embassy, Brazilia
Papal Audience Hall, Vatican City
Australian Embassy, Paris

1206

American architect and teacher, one of the most influential architectural theorists of the late 20th century.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ We promote an architecture responsive to the complexities and contradictions of the modern experience. The
particularities of context, the varieties of the user’s taste; Culture & the symbolic & decorative dictates of the
program.”
“ Less is Bore”
“More is More”
“ Modern movement was almost right”
WORKS:
Walker & Dunlop Office Building
Transportation Square, Washington
Master Plan & Uraban Design of California City
Convention Center, Conversion plan Canada
West Mount Airy Clustered Housing Plan
Philadelphia

1207
Japanese architect, the most prominent modern architect of the country. In his designs for public buildings, has
reconciled 20th-century Western styles and materials with traditional Japanese forms.
Furyu
Anti realist attitude, anti action element in the Japanese life.
PHILOSOPHIES:
“ Modern Architecture need not be Western.”
“ The city must be subjected to growth, decay and renewal.”

1208 House of Michealerplatz, Vienna

1209 Sanatorio di Paimo, Finland

1210 Notre Dame du Raincy, France

1211 Sagrada de Familia

1212 US Capitol, Washington DC

1213 Glasgow School of Art

1214 Petronas Towers, Kuala Lumpur

63/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1215 Flatiron Building, NY

1216 Jewish Museum, Berlin

1217 TWA Terminal

1218 Helsinki Railway Station

1219 Los Manantiales, Mexico

1220 Jay Pritzker Pavilion, USA

1221 Taliesin West, Arizona

1222 Munich Olympic Stadium

1223 Tokyo, Japan

1224 Eiffel Tower, Paris

1225 Bank of China, Hong Kong

1226 Sydney Opera House

1227 Chrystal Palace

1228 Fuji TV Headquarters

1229 Auditorium Building, Chicago

1230 Salk Institute, California

1231 Unite d’ Habitacion, France

1232 Catedral de Brasilia

1233 Seagram Building

1234 Portland Building, Oregon

1235 Habitat 67, Montreal

1236 London City Hall

1237 At & T Building, NY

1238 Lippo Building , Hong Kong

1239 Red House, England

1240 Max Reinhardt House, Germany

1241 Turin Exhibition Hall

1242 Tjibao Cultural Center, New Caledonia

1243 Jubilee Church, Rome

64/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1244 CCTV China

1245 Saginatobel Bridge

1246 El Auditorio de Tenerife

1247 Church of the Light, Osaka

1248
CHRYSLER BUILDING, NY
1249
UN Building
1250 Allianz Arena

1251 Lloyds Building, London

1252 Torre Agbar

1253
DULLES AIRPORT VIRGINIA, USA
1254
THE ESPLANADE Singapore
1255
DUBAI BURJ-AL-ARAB
1256
HSBC Hongkong
JIN MAO TOWER Shanghai - Number of floors: 88
1257 Height: 420.60 meters
 design most refer to the number 8, an auspicious number for Chinese
1258
WORLD TRADE CENTER New York
1259
TAIPEI 101 TAIPEI,TAIWAN
1260
GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM Bilbao,Spain
1261
GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM New York
1262
John Hancock Center Chicago
PETRONAS TWIN TOWER KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA - Number of floors: 88
1263
Height: 452 meters
1264
THE LOUVRE
1265
CITIC PLAZA Guangzhou, China
1266
EMPIRE STATE BUILDING New York
1267
CENTRAL PLAZA Hong Kong
1268
SEARS TOWER Chicago
1269
Two International Finance Centre Hong Kong
1270
Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Cleveland, Ohio
1271
SHUN HING SQUARE Shenzhen, China
1272
East Building, National Gallery of Art 1978 Washington, D.C.

65/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1273 EGLIS STE. GENEVIEVE (THE PANTHEON (1755-1792) PARIS FRANCE

1274
ST. PAUL’S CATHEDRAL, LONDON (1675-1710
1275 ROYAL CRESCENT, BATH ENGLAND (1767-1775)

1276 ROYAL
SEARS CHAPEL, THE PALACE
TOWER, CHICAGO OF VERSAILLES
(1947-1976) (1707-1710)
110 STOREY NumberFRANCE
of floors: 110
Height: 443 meters
1277  still the tallest building if the antennas are included
 has the highest occupied floors
1278
1st Suspension Bridge
1279
1st Multi-Structure & Concrete Building
1280
1st Mall in the Country
1281
1st Prefabricate Structure
1282
1st School in the American Period
1283
1st Skyscrapper in the Philippines
1284
1st Skyscrapper in Manila
1285
1st Hotel in Asia w/ an Elevator
1286
1st Registered Architect
1287
1st Filipino Architect of the American Period
1288
1st Building to use an Elevator
1289
Metropolitan Theatre
1290
U.S.T. Main Building
1291
F.E.U. Main Building
1292
Alejandro Legardo
1293
Antonio Toledo
1294
Carlos Barretto
1295
Juan Arellano
1296
Tomas Mapua
1297
Mapua Institute of Technology
1298
University of Santo Tomas
1299
Adamson University
1300
Adrian Wilson
1301
Andres Luna de San Pedro

66/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1302
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1303
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1304
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1305
Antonio Sindiong
1306
Antonio Sindiong
1307
Antonio Toledo
1308
Antonio Toledo
1309
Antonio Toledo
1310
Antonio Toledo
1311
Antonio Toledo
1312
Carlos Arguelles
1313
Carlos Arguelles
1314
Carlos Santos-Viola
1315
Carlos Santos-Viola
1316
Carlos Santos-Viola
1317
Cesar Concio
1318
Cesar Concio
1319
Cesar Concio
1320
Cesar Concio
1321
Cesar Concio
1322
Chika Go, Desu Go
1323
Cresencio C. Castro
1324
Cresencio C. Castro
1325
Felipe Mendoza
1326
Felipe Mendoza
1327
Felipe Mendoza
1328
Felipe Mendoza
1329
Fernando Ocampo
1330
Fernando Ocampo

67/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1331
Fernando Ocampo
1332
Francisco Manosa
1333
Francisco Manosa
1334
Francisco Manosa
1335
Francisco Manosa
1336
Francisco Manosa
1337
Gabino de Leon
1338
Gabriel Formoso
1339
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1340
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1341
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1342
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1343
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1344
Gabriel Formoso & Partners
1345
Guillermo Tolentino
1346
Jorge Ramos
1347
Jorge Ramos
1348
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1349
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1350
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1351
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1352
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1353
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1354
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1355
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1356
Juan Arellano
1357
Juan Arellano
1358
Juan Arellano
1359
Juan Arellano

68/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1360
Juan Arellano
1361
Juan Arellano
1362
Juan Arellano
1363
Juan Arellano
1364
Juan Arellano
1365
Juan Nakpil
1366
Juan Nakpil
1367
Juan Nakpil
1368
Juan Nakpil
1369
Juan Nakpil
1370
Juan Nakpil
1371
Juan Nakpil
1372
Juan Nakpil
1373
Juan Nakpil
1374
Juan Nakpil
1375
Juan Nakpil
1376
Juan Nakpil
1377
Juan Nakpil
1378
Juan Nakpil
1379
Juan Nakpil
1380
Leandro V. Locsin
1381
Leandro V. Locsin
1382
Leandro V. Locsin
1383
Leandro V. Locsin
1384
Leandro V. Locsin
1385
Leandro V. Locsin
1386
Leandro V. Locsin
1387
Leandro V. Locsin
1388
Leandro V. Locsin

69/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1389
Leandro V. Locsin
1390
Leandro V. Locsin
1391
Leandro V. Locsin
1392
Leandro V. Locsin
1393
Luis Ma. Zaragosa Araneta
1394
Mañosa Brothers
1395
Manuel Go
1396
Otilio Arellano
1397
Otilio Arellano
1398
Otilio Arellano
1399
Pablo Antonio
1400
Pablo Antonio
1401
Pablo Antonio
1402
Pablo Antonio
1403
Pablo Antonio
1404
Pablo Antonio
1405
Pablo Antonio
1406
Pablo Antonio
1407
Palafox & Associates
1408
Palafox & Associates
1409
Palafox & Associates
1410
Palafox & Associates
1411
Palafox & Associates
1412
Richard Kissling
1413
Rogelio Villarosa
1414
Tomas B. Mapua
1415
Tomas B. Mapua
1416
Tomas B. Mapua
1417
Tomas B. Mapua

70/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1418
Walter Gropius
1419
William Coscolluela
1420
William Coscolluela
1421
William Coscolluela
1422
William Coscolluela
1423
William Coscolluela
1424
William Coscolluela
1425
William Coscolluela
1426
William Coscolluela
1427
William Coscolluela
1428
William Coscolluela
1429
William Coscolluela
1430
William Parson
1431
William Parson
1432
William Parson
1433
William Parson
1434
William Parson
1435
William Parson
1436
Leandro Locsin
1437
Recio Casas/ KPF
1438
Gabriel Formoso
1439
Gabriel Formoso
1440
William Coscolluela/ SOM
1441
Antonio Sindiong
1442
Antonio Sindiong
1443
Adrian Wilson
1444
Juan Nakpil
1445
GF and Partners
1446
Franciso Mañosa

71/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1447
William Coscolluela
1448
GF and Partners
1449
Recio Casas
1450
Leandro Locsin
1451
GF and Partners / SOM
1452
William Coscolluela/ SOM
1453
Gabriel Formoso
1454
Anonio Sindiong
1455
Gabriel Formoso
1456
Vicente C. Rodriguez/ Medi A. Nasrabadi
1457
Gabriel Formoso
1458
Engracio Mariano
1459
Gabriel Formoso
1460
Rogelio Villarosa
1461
Rogelio Villarosa
1462
Angel Nakpil
1463
Recio Casas
1464
Otilio Arellano/ Felipe Mendoza
1465
Antonio Sindiong
1466
Gabriel P. Formoso
1467
RMJM
1468
Carlos Arguelles
1469
Antonio Sindiong
1470
Leandro Locsin
1471
Palafox/ SOM
1472
Gabriel Formoso
1473
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1474
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1475
Mañosa Brothers

72/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1476
William Coscolluela
1477
Leandro Locsin/ Dominic Galicia
1478
GF and Partners
1479
Fernando Ocampo
1480
Leandro V. Locsin
1481
Leandro V. Locsin
1482
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1483
Antonio Toledo
1484
Cresencio De Castro
1485
Gabriel Formoso
1486
Francisco Mañosa
1487
Leandro V. Locsin
1488
Leandro V. Locsin
1489
Froilan Hong
1490
Leandro V. Locsin
1491
Jorge Ramos
1492
Leandro Locsin
1493
Leandro Locsin
1494
Carlos Arguelles/ Gabriel Formoso
1495
Gabriel Formoso (preservation)
1496
Carlos Santos-Viola
1497
Alfredo Luz
1498
Gabriel Formoso
1499
Rogelio Villarosa
1500
Carlos Arguelles
1501
Leandro V. Locsin
1502
William Parsons
1503
William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1504
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.

73/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1505
Arcenas, Payumo & Andrews
1506
Cesar Concio
1507
Leandro Locsin
1508
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1509
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1510
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1511
Angel Nakpil
1512
Juan Nakpil
1513
Juan Nakpil
1514
Carlos Arguelles
1515
Juan Nakpil
1516
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1517
Galvan
1518
Fernando Ocampo
1519
Fernando Ocampo
1520
Fernando Ocampo
1521
William Parsons
1522
Juan Hervas
1523
Juan Nakpil
1524
Juan Nakpil
1525
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1526
Antonio Toleda
1527
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1528
Federico Ilustre
1529
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1530
Angel Nakpil
1531
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1532
Juan Nakpil
1533
Antonio Sindiong

74/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1534
Gabriel Formoso
1535
Juan Arellano
1536
Otilio Arellano
1537
William Parsons
1538
Antonio Toledo
1539
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1540
Juan Arellano
1541
Federico Ilustre
1542
Juan Arellano/ Toledo/Duane
1543
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1544
Andres Luna de San Pedro
1545
William Parsons and Antonio Toledo
1546
Tomas B. Mapua
1547
Tomas B. Mapua
1548
William Parsons/ Leandro V. Locsin
1549
Otilio Arellano
1550
Cesar Canchela
1551
Antonio Toledo
1552
Luis Araneta
1553
Carlos Arguelles
1554
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1555
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1556
Felipe Mendoza
1557
Gabriel Formoso
1558
Arcadio Arellano/ Juan Arellano
1559
Alfredo Luz
1560
Fernando Ocampo
1561
Juan Hervas
1562
Otilio Arellano

75/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1563
Angel Nakpil
1564
Luciano Oliver/ Manuel Mañosa (restoration)
1565
Victorio C. Edades
1566
Rogelio Villarosa
1567
Juan Hervas
1568
Antonio Sindiong/ Fernando Ocampo
1569
Dominador Lugtu
1570
Felipe Mendoza
1571
Felipe Mendoza
1572
Cesar Concio
1573
Antonio Toledo
1574
Juan Nakpil
1575
Cesar Concio
1576
Guillermo Tolentino
1577
Gabriel Formoso
1578
Jorge Ramos
1579
Cesar Concio
1580
Carlos Arguelles
1581
Carlos Santos-Viola
1582
William Coscolluela
1583
Juan Nakpil
1584
Federico Ilustre
1585
William Coscolluela/ R. Villarosa
1586
Engracio Mariano / SOM
1587
Philip Recto
1588
Art Alcantara
1589
William Coscolluela
1590
Leandro V. Locsin
1591
Pedro Pimentel/ Medi Nasrabadi

76/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1592
Vicente Rodriguez/ Medi Nasrabadi
1593
Felipe Mendoza
1594
Philip Recto
1595
Mañosa Brothers
1596
RR Payumo
1597
Carlos Santos-Viola
1598
Rogelio Villarosa
1599
Francisco Mañosa
1600
Antonio Sindiong
1601
Rogelio Villarosa
1602
Francisco Mañosa
1603
GF and Partners/ KPF
1604
William Coscolluela
1605
Francisco Mañosa
1606
Jose Ma. Zaragoza
1607
Nick Feliciano
1608
Francisco Mañosa
1609
Felipe Mendoza
1610
Gabriel Formoso/ Nestor Mangio
1611
William V. Coscolluela
1612
Pablo S. Antonio Sr.
1613
Recio Casas
1614
William Coscolluela/ IM Pei
1615
GF and Partners
1616
Gabriel Formoso
1617
William Coscolluela
1618
G and W
1619
Francisco Mañosa
1620
Francisco Mañosa

77/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1621
Felipe Mendoza
1622
Francisco Mañosa
1623
Leandro V. Locsin
1624
Mañosa Brothers
1625
Francisco Mañosa
1626
Juan Arellano
1627
Gabriel Formoso
1628
Temple of Luxor
1629
Abu Simbel
1630
Pyramid of King Zoser
1631
The Great Pyramid
1632
Partheon
1633
Erechtheum
1634
Epidaurus Theater
1635
The Pantheon
1636
Trajan's Forum
1637
Colosseum
1638
White House
1639
Capitol of the United States
1640
National Gallery Of Art
1641
Washington Monument
1642
University of Virginia
1643
Massachusetts State House
1644
Saint Patrick's Cathedral
1645
Connecticut State Capitol
1646
Monticallo
1647
New York City Hall
1648
Fallingwater
1649
Guggenheim Museum

78/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1650
Coonley House
1651
Ennis House
1652
Johnson Wax Building
1653
Larkin Building
1654
Wingspread
1655
Golden Gate Bridge
1656
The Louvre
1657
Tuileries
1658
Palais Royal
1659
Sacre-coeur
1660
Hotel de Ville
1661
Arc de Triomphe
1662
Pompidou Centre
1663
Notre Dame de Paris
1664
ParisOpera House
1665
Elysee Palace
1666
Hotel de Invalides
1667
La Madelaine
1668
Sorbonne
1669
Charles Cathedral
1670
Amien's Cathedral
1671
Rheims Cathedral
1672
Eiffel Tower
1673
Notre Dame du Haut
1674
Villa Savoye
1675
Burgtheater
1676
Berlin Opera House
1677
Wurzburg Residenz
1678
Einstein Tower

79/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1679
British Moseum
1680
Salisbury Cathedral
1681
Queen's House
1682
Somerset House
1683
St. Paul's Cathedral
1684
Chiswick House
1685
Westminster Palace
1686
Glasgow School of Art
1687
Durham cathedral
1688
Buckingham Palace
1689
Temple of Heaven
1690
Hagia Sofia
1691
Cathedral of Siena
1692
Pisa Cathedral
1693
Florence Cathedral
1694
Krak des Chevaliers
1695
Alhambra
1696
Casa Batllo
1697
Casa Mila
1698
Sagrada Familia
1699
Taj Mahal
1700
Paoay Church
1701
Vigan Church
1702
Santa Maria Church
1703
Tumauini Church
1704
Angat Church
1705
Barasoain Church
1706
San Sebastian Church
1707
San Augustine Church

80/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1708
Taal Church
1709
Daraga Church
1710
Miagao Church
1711
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica
1712
PBCom Tower
1713
Petron Mega Plaza
1714
G.T. International Tower
1715
Robinson's Equitable Tower
1716
ICEC (LKG) Tower
1717
Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2
1718
Roxas Triangle 1 & 2
1719
Petronas Tower
1720
Sears Tower
1721
Jin Mao Building
1722
Plaza Rakyat
1723
Empire State Building
1724
Central Plaza
1725
Bank of China
1726
Emirates Tower I
1727
The Center
1728
T & C Tower
1729
AON Center
1730
John Hancock Center
1731
Shun Hing Square
1732
Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza)
1733
Burj Al-Arab Hotel
1734
Baiyoke Tower 2
1735
Chrysler Building
1736
Bank of American Palza

81/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1737
Library Tower
1738
Malaysia Telecom HQ
1739
AT & T Corporate Center
1740
Chase Tower
1741
Ryugyong Hotel
1742

the first architect to be conferred the National Artist award in 1973 for “… his outstanding talents and services in
creating edifices, both private and public, that are conceptually well designed and conscientiously executed
” 1. Geronimo Reyes Building
2. Capitol Theatre
3. Rizal theatre
4. Manila Jockey Club
5. Quezon Institue
6. UP administration building (Quezon Hall)
7. Library Building (Gonzales Hall)
8. SSS (use of folded concrete plates as aesthetic features)

1743
o 2nd National Artist of Architecture o Buildings:
1. Bel-Air Alhambra Apartments
2. Syquia Apartments
3. Sea Tower apartments
4. Far Eastern University Building
5. Ideal Theatre
6. Lyric Theatre
7. May building (brise soleil)

1744
o Most prolific artist-designer
o Buildings:
1. Legislative building, major work
2. Post Office building
3. Metropolitan Theatre
4. Rizal Memorial Stadium
5. Benitez Hall (UP)
6. Malcolm Hall (UP)

1745

1746 o Master of Neoclassicist style


o Among the first architect-educators
o Assistant to William Parsons
o Buildings:
1. Cebu Custom House
2. National Museum Building
3. City Hall of Manila

82/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1747
o Buildings:
1. Church of the Risen Lord (UP)
2. Melchor Hall (UP- Eng& Arch building))
3. Palma Hall (UP-CAS building))
4. Insular Life Building (1st brise soleil)
5. Children’s Hospital (NORTH General Hospital/Jose Reyes Hospital Pablo Cruz

1748

1749

1750

1751
Prepared development plan forManila & Baguio (summer capital)
 Reliance Building, Chicago
 Monadnock Building, Chicago
 Paid a 6 week visit to Philippines
 Prepared site for
1. Manila Hotel
2. Army & Navy Club
3. Philippine General Hospital
4. Post Office

1752
 Implementation of D. Burnham’s plans

1753
o Appointed by C.G. Taft as consulting architect for the Americans
o Insular Ice Plant & Storage, first large building erected by Americans
o Pioneered the setting up of an Architectural & Surveying office in the Philippines

1754
the son of the great Filipino painter Juan Luna o Popularized the “El Nido” style
o Buildings:
1. Legarda Elemntary School
2. Regina Building
3. Crystal Arcade
4. Natividad Building
5. Perez-Samanillo Building
6. Insular Life ???

1755
1976 Most beautiful Hotel in the world
1756
1987 Likha Awardee (UAP Highest)
1757
1990 - 3rd National Artist for Architecture
1758
he produced 71 residences, 81 buildings and sultanate palace
1759
the first registered architect in the Philippines and worked with the Bureau of Public Works
1760 his most enduring contribution is the Mapua institute of Technology, which is the oldest architectural school in
the country
1761
the first and only Art Noveau high-rise in the Philippines

83/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1762
o Public administrator; advocated “Building Code of Manila”
o First Filipino architect with academic degree abroad (Pennsylvania)
1763
o Pioneering Staff of “Division of Architecture”
1764 Q. I. Hospital - superimposed a native touch on the art deco façade through the high-pitch roof in the central
building
1765
Quiapo Church
1766
The Ever Theater – the first to use glass as prominent architectural material
1767
Mabini Shrine Batangas
1768
Rizal Home Restoration
1769
Bonifacio Monument
1770
SSS Bldg
1771
Sn Miguel Church
1772
UP admin Bldg & Conservatory of Music
1773
Phil. National bank
1774
Manila Railroad Company
1775
FEU
1776
Manila City Hall ( w/ Toledo)
Metropolitan Theatre - colorist art deco, considered as the zenith of Art Deco aesthetics in the Philippines,
1777
exterior and interior exhibit locally mediated approaches such as detailing : tropical fruits and flora motifs,
bamboo banister railings, carved banana and mango ceiling relief, and Batik mosaic patterns
1778
Rizal Memorial
1779
Post Office Building at Liwasang Bonifacio
1780
Agriculture Bldg (w/ Antonio Toledo)
1781
Legislative Bldg (now the National Museum) on Agrifina Circle – neoclassicism
1782
Supreme Court
1783
Quezon Memorial Circle
1784
OLD MIA
1785
GSIS
1786
Veterans Memorial Bldg
1787
Asian Institute of Tech. Bangkok
1788
Manila City Hall ( w/ Arellano)
1789
Legislative Bldg ( w/ Arellano)
1790
Agriculture Bldg ( w/ Arellano)

84/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1791
Finance Bldg
1792
Baclaran Church
1793
US Protestant Church
1794
Perpetual Help Church
1795
UP Eng'g & liberal Arts Bldg.
1796
Childrens Hospital
1797
ABS CBN QC
1798
DBP - Makati
1799
Manila Hilton
1800
UPLB Masterplan
1801
UP Social Science & Humanities Center
1802
Malacanang
1803
Manila Hotel
1804
PGH (Tomas Mapua)
1805
Phil. Normal college
1806
Manila Cathedral Rehabilitation
1807
UST Chapel
1808
Antipolo Church
1809

1810
Baguio
1811 1. Manila Hotel
Luneta
2. ArmyPark
& Navy Club
1812 3. Philippine General Hospital
Old CongressNormal
4. Philippine Bldg. (Legislative
School Bldg)
5. Women’s Dormitory of the Normal School
1813
6. University Hall of the University of the Philippipnes (Padre Faura)
7. YMCA building
1814 8. Elk’s Club
9. Manila Club
1815 10. “Gabaldon” schoolhouse, most visible, 5 prototypes
Manila POLO Club
1816
FEU Main Bldg
1817
Lyric Ideal Theather
1818
Jai Alai
1819
Central bank of the Philippines

85/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1820
Asian Inst. Of Managemnt - Makati
1821
San Agustin Church
1822
UST Main Bldg
1823
Araneta Coliseum
1824
Sto. Domingo Church
1825
Quiapo Church (1985 Restoration)
1826
Iglesia ni Kristo
1827
New Era
1828
Rustans QC
1829
Sulo Hotel reconstruction
1830
Vista De Loro
1831
San Beda Chapel
1832
1. Legarda Elementary School – French renaissance
1833 2. Rafael Fernandez House – French renaissance and official residence of Corazon Aquino during her
presidency
1834
3. Perez-Samanillo Building – art deco and modern style
1835
4. Crystal Arcade – art deco and modern style, precursor of the modern-day shopping mall
1836 5. Perkin’s House – also known as “El Nido” (The Nest), awarded first prize in Manila’s 1925 House Beautiful
Contest
1837
Malacanang residence
1838
UP Catholic Chapel
1839
St. Andres Church - Makati
1840
Mandarin hotel
1841 Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light) – the palace of the Sultan of Brunei, which reinterprets traditional
Islamic Southeast Asian motifs based on a modernist idiom
1842
National Arts Center
1843
NAIA
1844
Manila Hotel , New
1845
CCP, PICC, FAT, Philcite,etc
1846
Edsa Shrine
1847 Coconut Palace a luxurious guesthouse at the CCP Complex. It showcased a double roof reminiscent of the
salakot (a wide brimmed hat) and swing-out (naka-tukod) window borrowed from the bahay kubo
1848
Las Pinas Church Restoration

86/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1849
San Miguel Office bldg. - Ortigas
1850
Antonio Pacific
1851
Pacific Plaza
1852
Ali Mall
1853
SM
1854
China Bank - Paseo de Roxas
1855
Tektite Tower
1856
National Bookstores
1857
Shangrila Edsa Plaza
1858
Shangrila Makati
1859
Kings Court 1 & 2
1860
Silahis Hotel
1861
Stella Maris College
1862
Manila Doctors Hospital
1863
Times Theater
1864
Makati Med. Center
1865
Quezon City Hall
1866
De La salle University
1867
Nurses Home
1868
• UY-CHACO building
1869

1870
o Magsaysay Center
1871 o WHO building
o Ermita Center
1872
Robinson's Galeria
1873
Quiapo Mosque
1874
Phil. Heart center
1875
Meralco Building
o Feati University
• PLDT Building
TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
1876 o
• 6790, Ayala avenue,(1st
Ambassador Hotel skyscraper
Makati City 4flrs)
•o CITIBANK
UST seminary building
TOWER, Paseo de Roxas, Makati City
1877 • AYALA LIFE FGU, Ayala avenue, Makati City
• EQUITABLE BANK TOWERS,
• RENNAISANCE 2000
• RENNAISANCE TOWERS 87/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1878
•• AYALA
PACIFICTOWER
PLAZA1, Ayala Avenue,
TOWERS, Makati City
Fort Bonifacio (consultant: S.O.M.)
(arquitectonica)
• ICEC TOWER, manila (Kohn Petersen Fox Associates)
1879
• KINGSWOOD, Vito Cruz, Makati City
•• GT INTERNATIONAL
MANANSALA TOWER, TOWER, Ayala
Rockwell avenue,
center, Makati
Makati City City
1880 • OAKWOOD PREMIER RESIDENCE
• PBCOM TOWER, Ayala avenue, Makati City
• PETRON, MEGAPLAZA
1881
• JIN MAO TOWER
• ROCKWELL (S.O.M.)
1882
• FORBES TOWER, manila (RMJM London unlimited)
1883
• ONE SAN MIGUEL, ortigas
1884
• ESSENSA TOWERS (Pablo Antonio jr)
1885
Clasiao Church, Pangasinan
1886
Laoag Church, Ilocos Norte
1887
Las Pinas Church
1888
Loboc Church Bohol
1889
Manila Cathedral
1890
Miagao Church, iloilo
1891
Morong Church, Rizal
1892
Panay Church, Rizal
1893
Quiapo Church
1894
San Agustin Church
1895
World Trade Center –
1896
Jose Ma. Zaragosa
1897
Carlos Arguelles
1898
Edmundo Lucero
1899
Francisco Fajardo
1900
Gavino de Leon
1901
Cezar de dios
1902
Antonio Turalba - Architecture
1903
Cesar Concio - Environmental Planner
1904

1905

1906

88/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

1919

1920

1921

1922

1923

1924

1925

1926

1927

1928

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

1935

89/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1936

1937

1938

1939

1940

1941

1942

1943

1944

1945

1946

1947

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

1953

1954

1955

1956

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

1962

1963

1964

90/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE REVIEWER

1965

1966

1967

1968

1969

1970

1971

91/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses I

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix

Acroterion

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Roman

176

92/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

a. i, ii, iii

Octagonal

13..

Square

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Stylobate

Stereobate

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

Stadium

Callicrates and Ictinus

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Dapogan

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

93/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Doric

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Van Alen

Embrasures

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Canephora

Bartizan

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

William Cosculluela

Imhotep

Richard Josef Neutra

94/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jugendstijl

Eero Saarinen

Kenzo Tange

Khufu

Console

Chartres Cathedral

Octagonal

Tokonama

Hagia Sophia

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Exedra

Niche

Mudejar

Mnesicles

Pinacotheca

Odeion

Epidauros

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Opus Tesselatum

Louis Sullivan

95/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Buckminster Fuller

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Agrippa

Minoru Yamasaki

Bernini

Anthemius and Isidorus

George Ramos

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Iñigo Jones

Callimachus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

Mnesicles

Phidias

Welton Becket

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

96/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Shah Jahan

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Felipe Mendoza

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Morong Church

Panay Cathedral in Capiz

Bema

Naos

Amphi-Prostyle

Cella

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Forum

East

South

West

97/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cancelli

Little Metropole Cathedral, Athens

Nea Moni

Centralized

Liceo de Manila

Worms Cathedral

Bouleuterion

Prytaneion

Circus Maximus

Forum Romanum

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Vespasian / Domitian

Treasury of Atreus

Xerxes

Domus

Thalamus

Insulae

Villa

Atrium House

Balneum

Menhir

98/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Royal pyramids

Megaron

Order

Crepidoma

Naos

Thermae

Velarium

Insula

Baldachino

Narthex

Gymnaceum

Voussoirs

Cenotaph

West door

Rayonnant

Plough

Camber

Rustication

Sir Joseph Paxton

Antonio Gaudi

James Hoban

Carlos Baretto

Masjid

Muenzzin

Islamic

Kibla

99/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Shah-Jehan

Cluniac

sober & dignified

sixtite

pilaster strips

campanile

ambrogio

Altars

Castle

Alexander

Helm Roof

Church bldgs.

Portugal

Alocabaca, Portugal

Fortress

fortification

machicolations

battlement

merlons

bailey

100/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Steve church

domestic

crocket

buttress

transept

tudor

mouldings

tracery

presbytery

West minister abbey

pantry

cimborio

finial

retablo

kibla

Florence Cathedral

crypt

Renaissance

Palladian

antiquarian

mannerists

101/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rustication

Reliquary

Brunelleschi

Piano Noble

Donato Bramante

Mullion

transom

wreath

scroll

nymphaneum

rocaile

cherubin

newel

strapwork

intercolumnation

fretwork

pulpitum

polychromy

expressionism

eyebrow

skylight

reja

cella

Burma

102/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

viharas

shwe dagon pagoda

pitakat-taik

pailou

Alexandre Gustav Eiffel

Louis Henry Sullivan

Yamasaki and Roth

Charles Mackintosh

Tomas Mapua

Frank Gehry

Erich Mendelsohn

Kahn, Louis

Antonio Gaudi

Buckminster Fuller

Francisco Manosa

Gustave Eiffel

Francisco Manosa

Lucio Costa

Buckminster Fuller

Robert Adam

Peter Behrens

Francisco Manosa

984 ft.

103/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Buckminster Fuller

Le Corbusier

Mies van de Rohe

Richard Meier

Oscar Niemeyer

Nervi, Pier Luigi

Lucio Costa

Kenzo Tange

hierogyphics

Parthenon

Epidaurus Theater

Colosseum

Trajans forum

Agrippa

104/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Robert Mills

Reims Cathedral

Elysee Palace

Torogan House

Ivatan’s Rakuh

Manila Metropolitan Theatre

G.F.& Partners

Lao Tze

Plinth

Caryatid

105/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Finial

le Corbusier

Telamon

Crepidoma

Federico Ilustre

Archivolt

Eisodos

Obelisk

Aokum

Gargoyle

Monument

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Andrea Palladio

Ten books of Architecture by Marcus Vitruvius

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajan’s Column

Queen Anne style

106/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

Prytaneion

Kankanay

Decorated style

Cromlech

Mannerism

Bouleuterion

Great Temple of Ammon, Karnak

Firewall; Fireblock

Andrea Palladio

10 books of architecture by Vitruvius

Engr's & Archt. Law Act 2986

Tomb of Agamemnon

Trajans Column

Medieval Organic City

107/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Queen anne Style

Unite d Habitation

Sir Christopher Wren

Temenos

Walter Gropius

Le Corbusier

prytaneion

Kankanay

Cavaea

Decorated Style

Chromlech

Palladianism

Egyptian Architecture

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Rayonant

Flamboyant

Renaissance Architecture

Palladianism

108/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Mannerism

Baroque

Antiquarian

Rococco

Plateresque Architecture

Elizabethan Architecture

Jacobean Architecture

Gregorian Architecture

Picturesque Architecture

Sphinx

Mastaba

Obelisk

Pyramid

Batter

109/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stonehenge

Ziggurat

Hieroglyphics

Dolmen

Voussoirs

Exedra

Cella

Stupa

Eclectic

Soffit

Fortress

Pendentive

Mayan Temple Pyramid

Picturesqueness

110/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fresco

Stoa

Atlantes

Abacus

Entasis

Flutes

Caryatids

Daado

Arris

Fillets

Pediment

Plinth

Agora

Triumphal Arch

Thermae

111/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Colosseum

Aquaducts

Forum

Pinaccle

Sarcophagus

Mausolleum

Groins

Coffers

Butress

Vault

Narthex

baptisteries

Font

Dome

Bema

Arcade

Ambo

Mosaic

Baldachino

112/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Aisle

Nave

Apse

Kiosk

Mosque

Corbel

Minaret

Chamfer

Atrium

Squinch

Harem

Cenotaph

Ogee

Keystone

Iconostasis

Verandah

Piazza

Arabesque

113/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Spandrel

Turret

Mullions

Chateau

Fleche

Niche

Boss

Pilaster Strip

Chatris

Tracery

Podium

Transept

Rib & Panel

Cimborio

Larder

Spire

Steeple

Wardrobe

Camber

114/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Coisters

Pantry

Stellar Vault

Monastery

Oriel Window

Refectory

Scroll

Palazzo

Baluster

Rococo

baroque

Belfry

Entablature

Doge's Hall

Pavillion

Chancel

Quoins

115/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Console

Crypt

Newel

Doge's Palace

Cupola

Vestibule

Lantern

Wreath

Salon

Mansard

Nymphaeum

Finial

Pedestal

Dormer

116/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Hermes

Mullions

Patio

Modilions

Transom

Tabernacle

Ambulatory

Finial

Dais

Bay Window

Helm Roof

Gallery

Strapwork

Intercolumnation

Cherubs

Terracotta

Heraldic

117/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Plateresque Architecture

Pulpit

Belvedere

Churrigueresque

Candelabra

Fretwork

Wata Dage

Tudor Revival

Torus

Pagoda

Bungallow

Faience

Stambas / Laths

Great Wall

Art Noveau

118/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

bauhaus

Fenestration

Architectonic

Rarhs

Space Frame

Baloon Framing

Pai Lou

Bonsai

Antillan House

Belvedere

Tea House

Ken

Ifugao/ Bontoc House

Nipa House

maranao House

Ivatan House

Loggia

119/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Irrimoya Gable

Torii

Trompel o Eil

Country House

Art Deco

Gazebo

Stoa

Pinacle

Boss/ Groin

Quoins / Squinch

Serdab

Glypthoteca

Pinacotheca

Themenos

Lacunaria

Peroma

Dromos

Thalamus

The Great Temple of Arnak

120/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

God Horus

Egyptian Architects

Propylaea

Partenon

Theatre of Dionysus

Forum Romanum

Circus Maximus

Forum of Trajan

Prehistoric Period

Egyptian Architecture

Mesopotamian Architecture

121/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Mesopotamian Architecture

Pre columbian Architecure

Greek Architecture

Roman Architecture

Early christian Architecture

Byzantine Architecture

Islamic Architecture

Romanesque Architecture
122/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Romanesque Architecture

Gothic Architecture

Renaissance Architecture

Britain Architecture

Continental Europe

American Architecture

123/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

India / pakistan

Sri Lanka

Afghanistan, Nepal, Tibet

124/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Burma, Cambodia, Thailand, Indonesia

China

Japan

Philippines

Pre Historic Period - Structures


125/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pre Historic Period - Structures

Egyptian Buildings

Ancient near East (mesopotamia) Buildings

Pre Columbian Bldgs (Maya, Aztec, Peru, Mexico)

126/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Greek Buildings

127/803
Roman Buildings
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Roman Buildings

Early Christian Structures

Byzantine Structures

Islamic Buildings

128/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Romanesque Buildings

Gothic Buildings

Rennaissance Buildings

Britain Buildings

Continental Europe Buildings

129/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

American Structures

130/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

131/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

French Architecture

132/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

133/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

English architecture

134/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Modern International

135/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

136/803

Asian & Spain Architecture


PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Asian & Spain Architecture

137/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Real Fuerza de Santiago (Fort Santiago)

Intramuros

Late Spanish Period

American Period

Post War Architecture

Futurism

Functionalism

Utilitarianism

Constructivism

Neo-expressionism

The Great Mosque of Djenné in Mali,

Elisha Graves Otis

Ecclectism

The Arts & Crafts Movement

Pyramid

Cheops

138/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Rameses 1

Marble

Columnar trabeated

Propylaea

Parthenon

Arch and vault

Composite

Domical roof construction

St. Sophia, Constantinople

Sober and dignified

Marble

Pantheon

Pteroma

Gladiatorial Contests

Stoa

Acropolis

Antefix (Antefixae)

Acroterion / Acroterium

Anthemion

Apotheca

Anthemion

Marble

Pisa

Refectory

Baroque

Cortel

Tracery

Cha-sit-su

Masjid

139/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Stupa

Bale

Ziggurat

Doric

Pyramid

Tumuli

Apse

Dipteral

Prytaneion

Erich Mendelsohn

Walter Gropius

Art Noveau

Cambodian

Van Alen

Embrasures

Agra

Amenemhat I

Senusret I

Heb-sed

Pyramid of Zoser

Pyramid of Khufu

Groin Vault

Visayan

Greek

Canephora

Bartizan

Basilica

Greek

Helm Roof

140/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Masu-gumi

Cavetto

Carlos Santos Viola

Caesar Homer Concio

Pinnacle

William Cosculluela

Baroque for of Ornamentation

Richard Josef Neutra

Sarcophagus

Imhotep

Bouleuterion

U.S. / English Renaissance

Tussel House

Astylar

Jugendstijl

Ludwig Mies Van Der Rohe

Liceo de Manila

Crenel

Balance

Eclecticism

Eero Saarinen

Kaufman House

Juan Nakpil

Kenzo Tange

Felipe Mendoza

Palace of Persepolis

Saracenic Architecture

Echinus

S-tiles

141/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Agora

Entasis

Baroque

Pagoda

Roman

Crepidoma

Amphi-Prostyle

Cenotaphs

Cheops / Chefren/ Mykerinos

Aljibe

Impluvium

Naos

Crypt

Bema

Console

Villa

Atrium House

Romanesque

Romanesque

Alvar Aalto

Tomas Mapua

Forum

Welton Becket

Chartres Cathedral

176

Greek

Ziggurat

Acanthus

Arch

142/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Triforium

Clerestory

Module

Tympanum

Arcade

Architrave

Entablature

Cornice, Frieze, Architrave

Octagonal

13

Tokonama

Square

Hagia Sophia

Pediment

Pendentive

Narthex

Nave

Ambulatory

Cantharus

Exedra

Baldachino

Tabernacle

Niche

Minaret

Lacunaria

Bayon

Mudejar

Crocket

143/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Abacus

Capital

Plinth

Chancel

Frigidarium

Barasoain Church

Seraglio

Ziggurat

Mnesicles

Harem

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Great Temple, Abu Simbel

Palm, Lotus, and Papyrus

Mortuary and Cult Temples

Mortuary Temple

Ziggurat

Pyramid

Cult Temple

Persian

Atlantes

Exedra

Peripteral

Stylobate

Stereobate

Gymnasium

Pronaos, Naos, and Epinaos

Pinacotheca

Prostyle

Intercolumniation

144/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Eustyle

Areostyle

Systyle

1.5 Diameters

3 Diameters

Odeion

Circus

Colosseum

Wrestling

stadium

In Antis

Amphi-Antis

Gymnasium

Doric

Epidauros

Tuscan and Composite

Use of Concrete

Pantheon

Forum Romanum

Xerxes

Artaxerxes

Callicrates and Ictinus

Phidias

Lacus

Salientes

Circus Maximus

Vespasian / Domitian

Mnesicles

Clepsydra

145/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Treasury of Atreus

Theron

Libon

Cossutius

18

4-horse Chariot

Cyma Reversa

Key Pattern

Sculptured Reliefs

House #33

Bird's Beak

Peribolus

Domus

Podium

Bepidales

Opus Mixtum

Opus Incertum

Opus Recticulatum

Opus Quadratum

Basilica

Choragic Monument

Fret

Termini

Opus Tesselatum

Callimachus

Thalamus

Timber-enframed Portal

Etruscans

146/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Insula

Nymphaeum

Renaissance

Louis Sullivan

Iñigo Jones

Hypostyle Hall

Thothmes I

Ptolemy III

Buckminster Fuller

Rock-Hewn Tombs

George Ramos

Tepidarium

Calidarium

Frigidarium

Sudatorium

Apodyteria

Unctuaria

Forum

East

South

West

Cancelli

Ambo

Bema

Apse

Statues

Centralized

Anthemius and Isidorus

St. Sophia, Constantinople

147/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Little Metropole Cath., Athens

Nea Moni

Lantern

Cloisters

Ornamental Arcades

Worms Cathedral

Cathedral

Greek Cross

Latin Cross

Bernini

Dispensa

Falig

Minoru Yamasaki

Greek

Balteus

Roman

Agrippa

Prytaneion

Marcel Lajos Breuer

Felix Outerino Candela

Hypotrachelion

Doric

Ionic

Temple of Nike Apteros, Athens

Tower of the Winds, Athens

Acanthus and Dolphin

Greek

148/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Papyrus

Cult Temple

Balneum

Cella

Triglyph

Le Corbusier

Eliel Saarinen

Frank Lloyd Wright

Hennevique

Jose Herrera

Juan Nakpil

Guillermo Tolentino

Shah Jahan

Telamones or Atlantes

Herms

Terms

Madrassah

Moscow

Erich Mendelsohn

John Ruskin and William Moris

Eclecticism

Neo-Classism

Parti

Felipe Mendoza

George Ramos

Juan Nakpil

Juan Nakpil

Morong Church

Panay Capiz

149/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Antonio Sin Diong

Gabriel Formoso

George Ramos

Lamin

Zaguan

Bilik

Azotea

Dapogan

Louis Sullivan

Antonio Gaudi

Walter Gropius

Louis Khan

Le corbusier

Robert Mailart

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Adolf Loos

Frank Loyd Wright

EERo Saarinen

Kenzo tange

Marcus Vitruvius

Ludwig Mies Van De Rohe

Robert Venturi

Lao Tse

SOM

Willian Van Allen

Buckminster Fuller

Jorn Utzon

Frank Loyd Wright

150/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Lucio Costa & Oscar Niemeyer

Walter Gropius

Erich Mendelson

Le corbusuier

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Bobby Manosa

CC. de cstro

Manuel manosa

IM pei

Eero Saarinen

Philip Jhonson

Antonio Gaudi

Joseph Paxton

Philip Jhonson

Maurice de Sully

Antonio Gaudi

Bruce Graham & SOM

Cass Gilbert

Frank Loyd Wright

Barma & Posnik

Le corbusuier

Marcel Brever

Mies van de Rohe

151/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philip Jhonson

Le corbusuier

Louis Khan

152/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Perret Auguste

Frank Loyd Wright

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

153/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pier Luigi Nervi

Robert Charles Venturi

Kenzo Tange

Adolf Loos

Alvar Aalto

Auguste Perret

Antonio Gaudi

Benjamin Latrobe

Charles Rennie Macintiosh

Cesar Pelli

154/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Daniel Burnham

Daniel Libeskind

Eero Saarinen

Eliel Saarinen

Felix Candela

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

Frei Otto

Fumihiko Maki

Gustave Eiffel
Ieoh Ming Pei

Jorn Utzon

Joseph Paxton

Kenzo tange

Louis Sullivan

Louis Khan

Le corbusuier

Oscar Niemeyer

Mies van de Rohe

Michael graves

Moshe Safdie

Norman Foster

Philip Jhonson

Paul Rudolph

Philip Webb

Peter Eissenman

Pier Luigi Nervi

Renzo Piano

Richard Meier

155/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Reem Koolhaas

Robert Mailaart

Santiago Calatrava

Tadao Ando

Willian Van Allen

Wallace Harrison
Jacques Herzog and
Pierre de Meuron

Richard Rogers

Jean Nouvel

Eero Saarinen

DP Archts & Micheal Wilford

W.S. Atkins & partners

Lord Norman Robert Foster

SOM

Minoru Yamasaki

C.Y. lee & partners

Frank Gehry

Frank Loyd Wright

SOM

Cesar Pelli

IM pei

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

SHREVE, HARMON & LAMB

Dennis Lau & NG Chun Man

Bruce Graham

CESAR ANTONIO PELLI

IM pei

Shreve , Lamb & Harmon

IM pei

156/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Jacques Germain Souflot

Sir Christopher Wren

John Wood

Robert de Cotte

Bruce Graham / SOM

Puente Colgante

Masonic Temple, Escolta

Crystal Arcade, Escolta

San Sebastian Church

Philippine Normal School

Ambassador Hotel (4-Storey)

PSB Building (Picache Building)

Manila Hotel

Tomas Mapua

Carlos Barretto

Burke Building, Escolta (1910's)

Juan Arelleno

Roque Ruano

Pablo Antonio

Daniel Doane

Daniel Burnham

S. Rowland

Harold Keys

William Birt

1925

1930

1941

Rufino Tower

Chaco Building (Philtrust)

157/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Crystal Arcade (demolish)

Department of Health

Evangelista House

SM Megamall

VIP Building

Department of Finance

Department of Tourism

Leyte Capitol

Lyric Theatre (demolish)

Manila City Hall

Manila Hilton

Trader's Hotel (Holiday Inn)

Iglesia ni Cristo

Nuestra Señora de Guia

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help)

Insular Life Building

Union Church

UP Melchor Hall

UP Palama Hall

World Trade Exchange

Department of Foreign Affairs (ADB)

SM Makati

Ateneo de Manila University

Ateneo de Manila University

FEU Hospital

Mormon Temple

Ambassador Hotel

Manila Cathedral

158/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Philippine Women's University

Coconut Palace (Tahanang Pilipino)

Corregidor Island Landscaping

EDSA Shrine

Metrorail Stations (LRT)

Moonwalk Church

UE Chapel (Recto)

Metropolitan Museum

Glorietta

Greenbelt-3

Heritage Hotel

Manila Peninsula

Oakwood Towers

Prudential Bank Building

Bonifacio Monument

Manila Golden Mosque

Philippine Heart Center

Batasan Pambansa

Don Bosco Chapel

Meralco Building

Philippine Airlines Building

Sta. Catalina College

Sto. Domingo Church

Union Church (demolish)

Virra Mall

Court of Appeals

Metropolitan Theatre

National Museum / Legilative Building

Post Office Building

159/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sariaya Municipal Hall

SMS Building

Supreme Court

Tayabas Capitol

UP Villamor Hall

Capitan Pepe Building

Elena Apartments

Ever Theatre

Manila Jockey Club

Philippine Trust Building

Quezon City Hall

Quezon Institute

Quiapo Church

Rizal Theatre (demolish)

Rufino Building

San Carlos Seminary

San Lazaro …..

State Theatre

UP Administration Bldg

UP Library

Ayala Triangle Tower-1

CCP Theatre

Citibank Building

Cultural Center of the Philippines

Folk Art's Theatre

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Makati Stock Exhchange

Malacañang Palace

Mandarin Oriental Manila

160/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila International Airport

Philippine Stock Exchange

UP Chapel

Valle Verde Country Club

Makati Medical Center

San Miguel Corporation Center

La Fayette 1 & 2

Mehan Garden

National Bureau of Investigation

San Juan Municipal Hall

Bel-Air Apartment

Conception Theatre (demolish)

FEU Main Building

Forum Theatre

Galaxy Theatre

Ideal Theatre (demolish)

Manila Bulletin Building

Manila Polo Club

Forbes Tower

Rockwell Center

SM Centerpoint

SM Fairview

SM Southmall

Rizal Monument

College of St. Benilde

CEU Main Building

De La Salle University

Mapua Residence

PGH Nurse's Home

161/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

U.S.T. Engineering Building (Sun Breaker)

JAKA Tower

Robinson Tower /Building

Robinson's Galleria

Robinson's PCI Tower

Robinson's Place

SM Cebu

SM City EDSA

Tutuban Mall

Twin Towers

The World Center

World Trade Center

Army Navy Club

Manila Hotel

Normal School

PGH (Philippine General Hospital)

UP Manila

YMCA Arroceros

(PLDT) Ramon Cojuangco Building

LKG Tower

Manila Peninsula

Prudential Bank Ayala

RCBC Plaza (Yuchengco)

Ritz Towers

Pacific Plaza

Rufino Tower

Rufino Building

Shangrila Hotel Ayala

Ateneo Professional Schools Building

162/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Atrium

Greenbelt

Greenbelt 2

Greenbelt Chapel

Oakwood Hotel (now Ascott)

Philamlife Tower

BA Lepanto

China Bank Building

Asian Institute of Management

Citibank Tower

Doña Narcisa De Leon Building

New World Hotel (Renaissance)

Hotel Nikko Manila Garden (Dusit Hotel)

King's Court II

Makati Sports Club

PLDT Dela Rosa

Shangrila Grand Tower

RCBC Buendia

Metrobank Buendia

Pacific Star

The Columns Buendia

Development Bank of the Philippines

Le Metropole

St. Andrews Church

Amorsolo Square (Amorsolo East West)

Coco Bank Makati

Don Bosco Chapel

Manila Polo Club

Colegio de San Agustin

163/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Galleria De Magallanes

Magallanes Church

1322 Roxas

Admiral Apartments

Cultural Center of the Philippines

CCP Theater
Boulevard-Alhambra Building now Bel-Air
Apartments
Department of Finance

Department of Foreign Affairs ADB

Metropolitan Museum

Coconut Palace

PICC

Philippine Plaza (Sofitel)

Manila Film Center/ Film Center of the Philippines

Folk Arts Theater / Tanghalang Francisco Balagtas

GSIS Building CCP

National Arts Center

PHILCITE

Manila Hilton

Fort San Antonio De Abad

Nuestra Señora de Guia

Magsaysay Center

Central Bank of the Philippines

Grand Boulevard Hotel (Silahis Int'l)

Holiday Inn (Trader's Hotel)

Hyatt Regency Hotel

Museo Pambata (Elks Club Building)

Manila Hotel

Monterey Apartment

164/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Manila Midtown Hotel


Baclaran Church (Mother of Perpetual Help
Church)
Manila International Airport (NAIA 1)

Philippine Airlines Bldg

Galaxy Theater

Ideal Theater

Picache Building

Philippine Trust Building (Plaza Goiti)

Quiapo Church

PNB Escolta

Avenue Theater

Casino Español

Instituto Cervantes

Ambassador Hotel

Arguelles Building

Paterno Building Sta. Cruz

Army Navy Club

Assumption Convent

Capitol Theater

Ever Theater

Galaxy Theater

Lyric Theater

Ideal Theater

GSIS Building

Perez- Samanillo Building

Petrona Apartments

Captain Luis Gonzaga Building

Captain Pepe Building

Cebe Plaza Building

165/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Metropolitan Museum

Metropolitan Theater

Mehan Garden

Museo ng Maynila

Manila City Hall

National Library

Post Office Building

Planetarium

National Museum (Old Legislative Building)

Crystal Arcade

Regina Building
Philippine Normal School/ Philippine Normal
University
De La Salle University

Nurses Home (PGH)

PGH

National Burieau of Investigation

Manila Astral Tower

Department of Tourism (agriculture and commerce)

Manila Doctors Hospital

Philam Life UN Ave.

Ramon Roces Publications Building

FEU Building

FEU Hospital

PLDT España

Gota De Leche

Far East Bank Intramuros

Manila Cathedral

Manila Highschool

Palacio del Gobernador

166/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

National Press Club

San Agustin Church

Phoenix Building

Philippine Columbian Clubhouse

Manila Railroad Station Tutuban

Ali Mall

Araneta Coliseum

Ateneo De Manila University

Batasan Pambansa
Melchor Hall (College of Engineering and
Architecture)
Benitez Hall ( College of Education)

Quezon Hall (UP Admin)

Palma Hall (UP Arts and Science)

Bonifacio Monument

Central Bank of the Philippines

Philippine Heart Center


Children's Memorial Hospital / Lungsod ng
Kabataan Hospital
Philam Homes QC

Iglesia ni Kristo Commonwealth

Quezon City Sports Club

Quezon Institute

Quezon Memorial

Alexandra Condominium

Asian Development Bank

One Corporate Center

Tiendesita's

Robinson's Galleria

Benguet Center

Renaissance 1000

167/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Renaissance 2000

Development Academy of the Philippnes

One San Miguel

San Miguel Building

Discovery Suites

Our Lady of Lourdes Church

Tektite Towers

JMT Tower

SM Megamall

EDSA Plaza Hotel

EDSA Shrine

GT Tower

Wack-Wack Twin Towers

Medical City Hospital

Meralco Building

Loyola Memorial Chapel

Metro Rail Transit Stations (MRT)

Mormon Temple

Club Filipino

One Beverly Place


White Cross Orphanage also White Cross
Preventarium
Bellagio 1 and 2

Essensa Tower

Serendra

Alabang Golf and Country Club

Alabang 400

Insular Life Alabang

Las Piñas Church Restoration

Mary Immculate Parish Church

168/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Assumption College Antipolo

Corregidor Island

Istana Nurul Iman (Palace of Religious Light)

Maya-Maya Resort

Pearl Farm

Negros Occidental Provincial Capitol

Valley Golf Club

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates , with Phidias

Mnesicles

Polykleitos

Acrippa

Apollodorus of Damascus

Vespacian and Domitian

James Hoban

Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch

John Russel Pope

Robert Mills

Thomas Jefferson

Charles Bulfinch

James Renwick

Richard Upjohn

Thomas Jefferson

Pierre L'enfant

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

169/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Frank Lloyd Wright

Joseph Strauss

Peirre Lescot

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne

Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano

Maurice de Sully

Charles Garnier

Claude Mollet

Napoleon I

Gustave Eiffel

Le Corbusier

Le Corbusier

Gottfried Semper with Karl Von Hasenaver

Georg Wenzeslaus Von Knobelsdorf

Balthazar Neumann

Erich Mendelsohn

170/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Sir Robert Smirke

Inigo Jones

William Chambers

Sir Christopher Wren

Lord Burlington

Sir Charles Barry

Charles Rennie Mackintosh

Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios

Arnolfo di Cambio

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Antonio Gaudi

Emperor Shah Jahan

Antonio Estavillo

Benigno Fernandez

Genaro Palacios

Juan Macias

171/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Fray Marcos Anton

Fray Juan de Albarran

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

HOK

Kohn Pedersen Fox Recio Casas

Arquitectonica

Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Cesar Pelli & Associates

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

Shreve Lamb & Harmon

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man and Associates

I.M. Pei & Partners

NORR Group Consultants

Hellmuth, Obata & Kassabuam/Cy Lee

Edward D. Stone &

Skidmore, Owings and Merill

K.Y. Cheung Design

Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man

Tom Wright of WS Atkins

Plan Architect Co.

William Van Allen

Johnson/Burgee Architects

172/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Hijjas Kasturi Associates

Peter Ellis, SOM

Pei Cobb Freed and Partners

Baikdoosan Architects &Engineers

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

173/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Tomas Mapua

174/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Juan Nakpil

Pablo Antonio

Juan Arellano

Federico Ilustre

Antonio Toledo

175/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Antonio Toledo

Cesar Concio

Carlos Arguelles

William Parson

Fernando Ocampo

Daniel Burnham

William Parson

Arcadio Arellano

Pablo Antonio

Gabriel Formoso (GF)


176/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

Gabriel Formoso (GF)

Antonio Herrera

Fr. Roque Roano

Rufino Antonio

Jose Ma. Zaragosa

Carlos Santos Viola

Renato Punzalan ( 1995 UAP design Awardee


for Architecture)

Andres Luna de san Pedro

Leandro Locsin

Francisco Manosa

177/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
Francisco Manosa

Antonio Sidiong

Rogelio Villarosa

Luis Araneta

Ruperto Gaite

Tomas Mapua

Tomas Arguelles

Carlos Baretto

Alfredo Luz

William Coscolluela

Jorge Ramos

Jose Zaragosa

Fernando Ocampo
(PRS) PIMENTEL, RODRIGUEZ, SIMBULAN &
PATNERS

178/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

LOCSIN & PARTNERS

RECIO + CASAS

GABRIEL FORMOSO & PARTNERS

SOM

Palafox

Recto

PEI COBB FREED & PARTNERS

ROMAN Dalinao

Joseph Ruiz

Fr. Diego cera

Salazar

Comporedando & Gonzales

dela Madre

restored by Nakpil & zaragosa

Macias

Minoro Yamasaki

Hezagon Architects

PRC Awardee 1996

179/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

180/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

181/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES

182/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying


space frame. (NSCP 208.20)
2 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental
period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)
4 Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal
outside diameter of not less than (NSCP 307.7.3)
5
A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be
available for inspection during the progress of work and _______
years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the
inspecting engineer or architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars


(NSCP 407.30)
7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars
(NSCP 407.30)
8 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in a layer must
be db but not less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)
9 In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members,
clear distance between longitudinal bars shall not be less than?
(NSCP 407.7.3)
10
In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary
flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced farther apart than 3 times
wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

11 Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as


one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one bundle. (NSCP
407.7.6.1)
12 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams:
(NSCP 407.7.6.3)
13 Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of
flexural members shall terminate at different points with at least
____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)
14 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed
to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
15 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab:
(NSCP 407.8.1)
16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)
17 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for
shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)
18 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported
at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
20 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous
slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)
21
The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)
22 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)
23 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear
span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)
24 Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of
non-prestressed member shall not exceed: (NSCP 411.6.4.1)

183/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

25 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less


than: (NSCP 412.3.1)
26 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or
eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces: (NCSP 208.1)
27 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit
lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:
28
Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:
In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of
29
________% of floor live load shall be applicable for storage and
warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
30 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______%
slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)
31 Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the
excavation shall notify in writing the owner of the adjoining building
not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP
302.2.4)
32 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than
____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)
33 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)
34 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site
boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
35 In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not
embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be thoroughly
compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth?
(NSCP 305.7.3)
36 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column
not embedded in poured footings, the concrete shall have ultimate
strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
37 When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on
soils, they shall be completely embedded in concrete. Concrete cover
shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)
38 Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon
wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon the ground surface,
provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)
39 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 2 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
40 The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates
or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in zone 4 seismic area in the
Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)
41 Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to
seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties. Such ties shall be
capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal
force equal to _____% of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP
306.20)
42 Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
43 Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally
supported at _____M below the ground surface. (NSCP 306.20)
44 The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be
_____times the average diameter of the pile. (NSCP 307.2.1)
45 Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive
strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP 307.2.1)

184/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

46 Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength


Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP 304.7.1)
47 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast
concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)
48 Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified
compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
49 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be?
(NSCP 307.6.3)
50 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?
51 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to
what type of occupancy?
52 Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of
occupancy?
53 Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or
explosive chemicals or substances fall to what type of category?
54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)
55 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with
dead load and live load only.
56 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least
_______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
57 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least
______times the overturning moment. (NSCP 206.6)
58
As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane
load, if powered monorail cranes are considered, the max. wheel
load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine
the induced vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)
59 The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically
powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of the sum of the
rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley.
(NSCP 206.9.4)
60 The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge
cranes with hand geared bridges shall be calculated as _____% of the
max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5)
61 This is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of
frame members induced by vertical loads acting on laterally
displaced building frame.
62 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the
storey above is considered as __________.
63 Hospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are
necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations, are classified
as ___________.
64 A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical resisting system including the horizontal bracing
system.
65 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral
forces of a building.
66
Constructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily
be pumped. What type of admixture in concrete the contractor will
provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and
produce a flowing concrete that does not segregate and needs very
little vibration
67 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved
after the completion of the project for at least _________.

185/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

68
What is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?
69 A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with
aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed under high air
pressure of lining tunnels.
70 If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no
longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it has reached its
__________.
71 A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden
and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to reversals of stresses
applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.
72 The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression
assumes a deflected position.
73 It is a point within the structure at which a member
(beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending moment
in the member at that point.
74 It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the
other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
75 15. Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition
locations are subject to change shall be designed to support in
addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
76 The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of
a structure or road slab caused by the presence of water.
77 The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform
thickness with forged loop or head of greater width than the body,
with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in
the head and the body.
78 A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed
compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river from the eroding
effects of the flowing water.
79 A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses
are small compared to
their other dimensions.
80 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
other horizontal forces on a building.
81 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or
other horizontal forces on a building.
82 This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads
on a platform consisting usually of two layers of rolled steel joists,
one on top of other, at right angles.
83 Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to
reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not move. Common
methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction
84 A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to
collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid to the sewer
pipe.
85 It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges
in alternate spans, functions essentially as a cantilever beam.
86 An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the
ground with respect to a stationary point during an earthquake.
87 The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry
imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as earthquake
particularly when water table saturates this layer.
88 It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or
window to carry the wall over opening.

186/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

89 For any given granular material, the steepest angle with


horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal condition that
will not slide.
90 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____%
open. (NSCP 207)
91 Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean
roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP 207.20)
92 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is
equal to? (NSCP 207.50)
93 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal
to?
94 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy
structures is equal to?
95 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is
equal to?
96 Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
category for wind
loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)
97 Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than
9M. Falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
98 Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water
for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what exposure category for
wind loading?
99 Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with
numerous closely spaced obstructions having the size of single family
dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?
100
Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?
101
Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?
102
Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?
103 In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual
strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below fc’ by more than
_______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)
104 Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed
_______times the least width b of compression flange or face.
(NSCP 410.5.10)
105 For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it
shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration equal to
_______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is
being considered. (NSCP 410.12.20)
106 For members whose design is based on compressive force, the
slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not exceed ________?
(NSCP 502.8.1)
107 For members whose design is based on tensile force, the
slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed _________.
108 For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area
of the pinhole for pin connected members is _________.
109 Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress
shall not exceed _______ on the gross area. (NSCP 504.2.1)
110 For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the
pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall not be less than
_______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

187/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

111 For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to


provide for relative movement between connected parts while under
full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than
______mm greater than the diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)
112 The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent
welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact for a built up section
shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)
113 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not
exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)
114 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not
exceed ________.
115 For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members
with compact sections where the flanges continuously connected to
web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
116 For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non
compact section requirements of section 502.6, the allowable
bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)
117 Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be
spaced not more than ______mm on centers. (NSCP 507.5.3)
118
Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the
transformed composite section shall be used in calculating the
concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without
temporary shores, this stress shall be based upon loading applied
after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength.

119 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral


concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)
120 The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
121 The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along
the longitudinal axis of supporting composite beam is ____________.
122 Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag
bars and girts, shall be designed to support not less than ________Kn
of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)
123 The connections at ends of tension or compression members in
trusses shall develop the force due to the design load, but no less
than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a
smaller percentage is justified by engineering analysis that considers
other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)
124 When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the
spacing of stud shear connector along the length of the supporting
beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)
125 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater
than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
126 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is
________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)
127 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over
12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

188/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

128
A property of a material that enables it to undergo
plastic deformation after being stressed beyond the
elastic limit and before rupturing._____________is a
desirable property of structural material since plastic
material since plastic behavior is an indicator of
reserve strength and can serve as a visual warning of
impending failure.
129
In structural design ________________is considered
as wide shallow rectangular beam. The reinforcing
steel is usually spaced uniformly over its width. The
flexural reinforcement of a one way slab extends in
one direction only.

130 It is an external shear force at a cross section of a


beam or other member subject to bending. Equal to
the algebraic sum of transverse forces on one side of
the section.
131 The structural term which critical point at which a
column carrying its critical buckling load, may either
buckle or remain undeflected. The column is
therefore in the state of neutral equilibrium.
132 In concrete protection for reinforcement
___________mm is the standard minimum thickness
for concrete covering not exposed to weather or in
contact with ground, such as slabs walls and joists.
133 An instrument for measuring minute deformation in
a test specimen caused by tension, compression,
bending or twisting. It is also called EXTENSOMETER.
134 For structural properties of A36 steel the maximum
allowable stress (Fb) for bending is.
135
It is a part of a beam that is thickened or deepened
to develop greater moment resistance.
The efficiency of a beam can be increased by shaping
its length in response to the moment and shear
values which typically vary along its longitudinal axis.
136

What is the meaning of PERT-CPM?

137 They maybe categorized as building or non building.


It is an assembleage designed to support gravity
loads and resist lateral forces.
138 It is a vertical pipe, often sheet metal, used to
conduct water from a roof drain or gutter to the
ground. It is another term for down spout,
139
The area where water is pumped from within to
permit free access to the area. A temporary
watertight enclosure around an area of water or
water bearing soil, in which construction is to take
place, bearing on a stable statum at or above the
foundation level of new construction.

140 A membrane structure that is placed in tension and


stabilized by the pressure of compresses air.

189/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

141
A steel beam fabricated by the dividing the web of a
wide flange section with a lengthwise section zigzag
cut, then welding both halves together at the peaks,
thus increasing its depth without increasing its
weight.

142 A structure of cables suspended and pre-stressed


between compression members to directly support
applied loads.
143 One pair of vertical angles fastened to each side of
web plate to solidify it against buckling.
144 Integral part of a beam that forms a flat, rigid
connection between two broader, parallel parts, as
the flanges of the structural shape.
145 A high tension bolt having splined and twists off
when required torque has been reached.
146 The oscillating, reciprocating or other periodic
motion of an elastic body or medium when forced
from a position or state of equilibrium.
Is a horizontal structural member in a timber-framed wall. resist lateral loads from wind and support wall
147
cladding
materials.
148
A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length.
149
Is a structural element which divides adjacent window units, may also vertically divide double doors, acts as a
structural member, and it carries the dead load of the weight above the opening and the wind load acting on
the
window unit back to the building structure. The term is also properly applied to very large and deep structural
members in many curtain wall systems.

150 Is a quantity expressing the two-dimensional size of a defined part of a surface, typically a region bounded by
a
closed curve.
151
The stress at which material strain changes from elastic deformation to plastic deformation, causing it to
deform
permanently.
152 In engineering mechanics, (also known as flexure) characterizes the behavior of a structural element
subjected to an
external load applied perpendicular to the axis of the element.
153 Is a statue, building, or other edifice created to commemorate a person or important event. They are frequently
used
to improve the appearance of a city or location.
154
A loads are weights of material, equipment or components that are relatively constant throughout the
structure's
life.
155
Are analytical tools used in conjunction with structural analysis to help perform structural design by
determining the value of shear force and bending moment at a given point of an element.

156
Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)
157 Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces:
(NCSP 208.1)

190/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

158
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

159 In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the
concrete shall
have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)
160
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns is (
161
In engineering, buckling -is a failure mode characterized by a sudden failure of a structural member subjected
to high
compressive stresses, where the actual compressive stress at the point of failure is less than the ultimate
compressive stresses that the material is capable of withstanding. This mode of failure is also described as
failure due
to elastic instability.

162
What is known as the deformation in which parallel planes slide relative to each other so as to remain parallel?
163
periodic reversal of stresses
164 elongation of material subject to axial force
165 deformation that accompanies bending of a beam
166
A column that is subjected to both direct axial stress and bending stress is known as?
167 concrete column whose load capacity must be reduced, according
to code requirements, because of its slenderness
168 projected beyond it supports
169
state of a body in which the forces acting on it are equally balanced
170
What is known as an imaginary line in a beam, shaft, or other bending, where there is no tension nor
compression and where no deformation takes place?

171 Unit stress in a bar just before it breaks is called?


172
bending magnitude wherever the shear passes through zero
173
the product of the force and lever arms which tends to twist the body
174 – unit stress at which deformation increases without any increase in
the load
175 tendency of one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to
an adjacent part
176 in the design of structures, the maximum unit stress permitted
under working loads by codes and specifications
177
It is the tendency of a force to cause rotation about a given point or axis.
178
state of rest or motion
179 ratio of the force applied to a structure to the corresponding
displacement
180
It is a method of concrete building construction in which floor (and roof) slabs are cast usually at ground level
and then raised into position by jacking.

181 – concrete floor system which has no beam

191/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

1 It is a structural system without complete vertical local carrying space frame. (NSCP 208.20)

Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period less than or equal to 0.06 sec. (NSCP
2
208.20)

3 Is a component including its attachments having fundamental period greater than 0.60 sec. (NSCP 208.20)

Concrete filled driven piles of uniform section shall have a nominal outside diameter of not less than (NSCP
4
307.7.3)

A complete record of test of materials and of concrete shall be available for inspection during the progress of
5 work and _______ years after completion of the project and shall be preserved by the inspecting engineer or
architect for that purpose, (NSCP 403.20)

6 The minimum bend diameter for 10mm Ø through 25mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)

7 The minimum bend diameter for 28mm Ø through 36mm Ø bars (NSCP 407.30)

In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall
8
not be less than? (NSCP 407.7.3)

In walls and slabs other than concrete joist construction, primary flexural reinforcement shall not be spaced
9
farther apart than 3 times wall or slab thickness nor farther than? (NSCP 407.7.5)

Groups of parallel reinforcing bars bundled in contact to act as one unit shall be united to ___ pieces in one
10
bundle. (NSCP 407.7.6.1)

11 Bars larger than ___mm shall not be bundled in beams: (NSCP 407.7.6.3)

Individual bars within a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different
12
points with at least ____ stagger: (NSCP 407.7.6.4)

13 Minimum concrete cover cast against and permanently exposed to earth: (NSCP 407.8.1)

14 The minimum clear concrete covering for cast in place slab: (NSCP 407.8.1)

15 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for flexure without axial loads: (NSCP 409.2.1)

16 In ultimate strength design, the strength reduction factor Ø for shear and torsion: (NSCP 409.4.2.3)

17 The minimum one way slab thickness which is simply supported at the ends only is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

18 The minimum one way slab thickness for a ONE end continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

19 The minimum one way slab thickness for a BOTH ends continuous slab is: (NSCP 409.6.2)

192/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

20 The minimum cantilevered slab thickness is : (NSCP 409.6.2)

21 Deep continuous flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 410.8.10)

22 Deep simple span flexural members has overall depth to clear span ratio greater than: (NSCP 307.4.2)

Spacing of shear reinforcement placed perpendicular to axis of non-prestressed member shall not exceed:
23
(NSCP 411.6.4.1)

24 Development length Ld for deformed bars in tension shall be less than: (NSCP 412.3.1)

Is an essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type that is provided to resist lateral forces:
25
(NCSP 208.1)

26 Is a horizontal or nearly horizontal system activity to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements:

27 Is a frame in which members and joints are capable of resisting forces primarily by flexure:

In the determination of seismic dead load with a minimum of ________% of floor live load shall be applicable
28
for storage and warehouse occupancies. (NSCP 208.5.1.1)
29 The slope of cut surfaces shall be no steeper than _______% slope. (NSCP 302.2.2)

Before commencing the excavation work, the person making the excavation shall notify in writing the owner of
30
the adjoining building not less than _____days before such excavation is to be made. (NSCP 302.2.4)

31 Fill slopes shall not be constructed on natural slopes steeper than ____% slope (NSCP 302.3.1)

32 The minimum distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary line: (NSCP 302.4.3)

33 The max. distance that the toe of fill slope made to the site boundary: (NSCP 302.4.3)
In using sand backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the sand shall be
34
thoroughly compacted by tamping in layers not more than _____mm in depth? (NSCP 305.7.3)

In using a concrete backfill in the annular space around column not embedded in poured footings, the
35
concrete shall have ultimate strength of ____Mpa at 28 days. (NSCP 305.7.3)

When grillage footings of structural steel shapes are used on soils, they shall be completely embedded in
36
concrete. Concrete cover shall be at least _____mm on the bottom. (NSCP 305.8)

Temporary open air portable bleachers may be supported upon wood sills or steel plates placed directly upon
37
the ground surface, provided soil pressure does not exceed ____Kpa. (NSCP 305.9)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in
38
zone 2 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

The minimum nominal diameter of steel bolts when wood plates or sill shall be bolted to foundation wall in
39
zone 4 seismic area in the Philippines. (NSCP 305.60)

Individual pile caps and caissons of every structure subjected to seismic forces shall be interconnected by ties.
40 Such ties shall be capable of resisting in tension or compression a minimum horizontal force equal to _____%
of the largest column vertical load. (NSCP 306.20)

193/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Such piles into firm ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground
41
surface. (NSCP 306.20)

Such piles into soft ground may be considered fixed and laterally supported at _____M below the ground
42
surface. (NSCP 306.20)

The maximum length of cast in place piles/bored piles shall be _____times the average diameter of the pile.
43
(NSCP 307.2.1

Cast in place/bored piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than ______Mpa. (NSCP
44
307.2.1)

Pre-cast concrete piles shall have a specific compressive strength Fc of not less than _____Mpa. (NSCP
45
304.7.1)

46 The maximum spacing of ties and spirals in a driven pre-cast concrete pile center to center. (NSCP 307.5.1)

Pre-cast pre-stressed concrete piles shall have a specified compressive strength Fc of not less than ____Mpa.
47
(NSCP 307.5.1)

48 The minimum outside diameter of pipe piles when used must be? (NSCP 307.6.3)

49 Aviation control towers fall to what type of occupancy?

50 Private garages, carports, sheds, agricultural buildings fall to what type of occupancy?
Buildings used for college or adult education with a capacity of 500 or more students fall to what type of
51
occupancy?
Buildings or structures therein housing and supporting toxic or explosive chemicals or substances fall to what
52
type of category?
53 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with live load only. (NSCP 107.2.2)

54 The allowable deflection for any structural member loaded with dead load and live load only. (NSCP 104.2.2)

55 Retaining walls shall be designed to resist sliding by at least _______times the lateral force. (NSCP 206.6)
Retaining walls shall be designed to resist overturning by at least ______times the overturning moment.
56
(NSCP 206.6)

As per NSCP 2001 sect. 206.9.3 vertical impact force for crane load, if powered monorail cranes are
57 considered, the max. wheel load of the crane shall be increased by what percent to determine the induced
vertical impact? (NSCP 206.9.3)

The lateral force on a crane runway beam with electrically powered trolleys shall be calculated as ______% of
58
the sum of the rated capacity of the crane and the weight of the hoist and trolley. (NSCP 206.9.4)

The longitudinal forces on crane runway beams, except for bridge cranes with hand geared bridges shall be
59
calculated as _____% of the max. wheel load of the crane. (NSCP 206.9.5

60 An open building is a structure having all walls at least _____% open. (NSCP 207)

Low rise buildings is an enclosed or partially enclosed with mean roof height less than or equal to? (NSCP
61
207.20)

62 The wind load importance factor lw for essential facilities is equal to? (NSCP 207.50)

63 The wind load importance factor for hazardous facilities is equal to?

194/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

64 The wind load importance factor for standard occupancy structures is equal to?

65 The wind load importance factor for miscellaneous structures is equal to?

Large city centers with at least 50% of the buildings having a height greater than 21M. falls on what exposure
66
category for wind loading? (NSCP 207.5.3)

Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights less than 9M. Falls on what exposure category for
67
wind loading?

Flat unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least 2 km falls on what
68
exposure category for wind loading?

Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions having
69
the size of single family dwelling or larger falls on what exposure category for wind loading?

70 Zone 1 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

71 Zone 2 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

72 Zone 3 of the Philippine map has a wind velocity of ____Kph?

In testing concrete laboratory cured specimens, no individual strength test (average of 2 cylinders) falls below
73
fc’ by more than _______. (NSCP 405.7.3.3)

Spacing for a lateral support for a beam shall not exceed _______times the least width b of compression
74
flange or face. (NSCP 410.5.10)

For a rectangular reinforced concrete compression member, it shall be permitted to take the radius of gyration
75 equal to _______times the overall dimension of the direction of stability is being considered. (NSCP
410.12.20

For members whose design is based on compressive force, the slenderness ratio kL/r preferably should not
76
exceed ________?

For members whose design is based on tensile force, the slenderness ratio L/r preferably should not exceed
77
_________.

For pin connected members, the allowable stress on the net area of the pinhole for pin connected members is
78
_________. (NSCP 504.4.1.1)

Other than pin connected members, the allowable tensile stress shall not exceed _______ on the gross area.
79
(NSCP 504.2.1)

For pin connected plates, the minimum net area beyond the pinhole parallel to the axis of the member shall
80
not be less than _______of the net area across the pinhole. (NSCP 504.4.2.1)

For pin connected members in which the pin is expected to provide for relative movement between connected
81 parts while under full load, the diameter of the pinhole shall not be more than ______mm greater than the
diameter of the pin. (NSCP 504.4.2.3)

The maximum longitudinal spacing of bolts, nuts and intermittent welds correctly two rolled shapes in contact
82
for a built up section shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.4)

195/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

83 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in single system shall not exceed ________. (NSCP 505.5.80)

84 The ratio L/r for lacing bars arranged in double system shall not exceed ________.

For members bent about their strong or weak axes, members with compact sections where the flanges
85
continuously connected to web the allowable bending stress is _________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

For box type and tabular textural members that meet the non compact section requirements of section 502.6,
86
the allowable bending stress is ________. (NSCP 506.4.1.1)

Bolts and rivets connecting stiffness to the girder web shall be spaced not more than ______mm on centers.
87
(NSCP 507.5.3)

Ira composite beam section, the actual section modulus of the transformed composite section shall be used in
88 calculating the concrete flexural compressed stress and for construction without temporary shores, this stress
shall be based upon loading applied after the concrete has reached _____% of its required strength

89 Shear connectors shall have at least ________mm of lateral concrete covering. (NSCP 509.5.8)

The minimum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite
90
beam is ____________.

The maximum center to center spacing of stud connectors along the longitudinal axis of supporting composite
91
beam is ____________. (NSCP 509.5.8)

Connections carrying calculated stresses, except for lacing, sag bars and girts, shall be designed to support
92
not less than ________Kn of force. (NSCP 510.10.61)

The connections at ends of tension or compression members in trusses shall develop the force due to the
design load, but no less than _______% at the effective strength of the member unless a smaller percentage
93
is justified by engineering analysis that considers other factors including handling, shipping and erection.
(NSCP 510.2.5.1)

When formed steel decking is a part of the composite beam, the spacing of stud shear connector along the
94
length of the supporting beam or girder shall not exceed _______mm. (NSCP 509.6.1.2)

95 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness greater than 20mm is ________. (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

96 The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness 6mm is ________? (NSCP 510.3.3.2)

The minimum sizes of filler weld for plates with thickness over 12mm to 20mm is ________? (NSCP
97
510.3.3.2)

žThis is a secondary effect in shears and especially moments of frame members induced by vertical loads
98
acting on laterally displaced building frame.

196/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

99 A storey whose strength is less than 80% of the strength of the storey above is considered as __________.

žHospitals, Communication Centers, and others, which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake
100
operations, are classified as ___________.

žA horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting system
101
including the horizontal bracing system.

102 This is essentially a vertical truss system provided to resist lateral forces of a building.

žConstructing a high- rise building requires concrete that can easily be pumped. What type of admixture in
103 concrete the contractor will provide which can reduce the requirement of mixing water and produce a flowing
concrete that does not segregate and needs very little vibration

104 The records of test material and of concrete must be preserved after the completion of the project for at least

105 žWhat is the weight of 1 cu. m. of steel?

A type of gunite mixed with an accelerating admixture with aggregate larger than 10mm originally sprayed
106
under high air pressure of lining tunnels

If a structure is judged under the condition either to be no longer useful for its intended function or to unsafe, it
107 has reached its __________.

A phenomenon of failure or damage that may result in sudden and brittle fracture of a ductile material due to
108 reversals of stresses applied to a body repeatedly or a great number of times.

??? act parallel to each other (offset to each other, a distance “d” apart), of the same magnitude but ???
109

The load at which a perfectly straight member under compression assumes a deflected position.
110
It is a point within the structure at which a member (beam/column) can rotate slightly to eliminate all bending
moment in the member at that point.
111

It is a beam type supported by a hinge/roller at one end and the other end is projecting beyond a fixed support.
112

Floors in office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are subject to change shall be
113
designed to support in addition to all other loads, a uniformly distributed load equal to
The upward pressure against the bottom of the basement floor of a structure or road slab caused by the
114 presence of water.

The particular type of pin-connected tension member of uniform thickness with forged loop or head of greater
width than the body, with is proportioned to provide approximately equal strength both in the head and the
115
body.

197/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A revetment consisting of rough stones of various sizes placed compactly to protect the banks or bed of a river
116 from the eroding effects of the flowing water.

A three-dimensional spatial structure made up of one or more curved slabs or folded plateshose thicknesses
117 are small compared to their other dimensions.

It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building.
118

119 It refers to a piece or pair of diagonal braces to resist wind or other horizontal forces on a building

This is designed as special foundation for intense column loads on a platform consisting usually of two layers
120 of rolled steel joists, one on top of other, at right angles.

Referring to any artificial method of strengthening the soil to reduce its shrinkage and ensure that it will not
121 move. Common methods are mixing the soil with cement or compaction

A pit dug in the basement floor during excavation made to collect water into which a pump is placed the liquid
122 to the sewer pipe.

An instrument which measures the actual displacement of the ground with respect to a stationary point during
123
an earthquake

The behavior of sandy soil to weaken its capacity to carry imposed loads when subjected to vibration such as
124 earthquake particularly when water table saturates this layer.

It is a beam especially provided over an opening for a door or window to carry the wall over opening.
125

For any given granular material, the steepest angle with horizontal, a heaped soil surface will make in normal
126
condition that will not slide
It is a long, straight beam which by the inspection if two hinges in alternate spans, functions essentially as a
127 cantilever beam.

1. One of the constituent parts into which a structure may be resolved by analysis, having a unitary character
128
and exhibiting a unique behavior under an applied load.

A major spatial division, usually one of a series, marked or partitioned off by the principal vertical supports of a
129
structure.
Of a pertaining to a structure or structural member having a load-carrying mechanism that acts in one
130
direction only.

Any condition, as fracturing, buckling, or plastic deformation, that renders a structural assembly, element, or
131
joint incapable of sustaining the load-carrying function for which it was designed.

A point, surface, or mass that supports weight, esp. the area of contact between a bearing member, as a beam
132
or truss, and a column, wall, or other underlying support.

133 A structural member essential to the stability of a structural whole.

134 The load on a structural element or member collected from its tributary area.
A means for binding a structural member to another or to its foundation, often to resist uplifting and horizontal
135
forces.
A slender rod driven through holes in adjacent parts to keep the parts together or to permit them to move in
136
one plane relative to each other.
A structural support that allows rotation but resist translation in a direction perpendicular into or away from its
137
face.

198/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

138 A wall of treated timber, masonry or concrete for holding in place a mass of earth.

139 A wall supporting no load other than its own weight.

140 A finish or protective cap or course to an exterior wall, usually sloped or curved to shed water.

141 A foundation wall that encloses a usable area under the building.

142 Any wall within a building, entirely surrounded by exterior wall.

143 A beam supporting the weight above a door or window opening.

A retaining wall of reinforce concrete or reinforce concrete masonry, cantilevered from and securely tied to a
144
spread footing that is shaped to resist overturning and sliding.

145 A galvanize wire basket filled with stones and used in constructing an abutment or retaining structure.

146 Yard lumber 5” or more in the least dimension.

147 Softwood lumber intended for general building purpose, including boards, dimension lumber, and timber.

148 A check that extends completely through a board or wood veneer.

149 The presence of bark or absence of wood at a corner or along an edge of a piece.

A vertical laminated wood beam made by fastening together 2 or more smaller members with bolts, lag
150 screws, or spikes, equal in strength to the sum of the strengths of the individual pieces if none of the
laminations are spliced.

151 A building material made of wood or other plant fibers compressed with a binder into rigid sheets.

A pitched truss having tension members extending from the foot of each top chord to an intermediate point of
152
the opposite top chord.

153 Yard lumber less than 2” thick and 2” or more wide.

154 A plate for uniting structural members meeting in a single plane.

A structural frame based on the geometric rigidity of the triangle and composed of linear members subject only
155
to axial tension or compression.

A joint that physically separates two adjacent building masses so that free vibratory movement in each can
156
occur independently of the other.

The ability of a structure, when disturbed from a condition of equilibrium by an applied load, to developed
157
internal forces or moments that restore the original condition.

158 A cable anchorage that allows rotation but resists translation only in the direction of the cable.

159 Yard lumber from 2” – 4” thick and 2” or more wide.

199/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

160 The potential high-shearing stress developed by the reactive force of a column on a reinforce slab.

161 A butt splice made by arc-welding the butted ends of two reinforcing bars.

Any of the U-shaped or closed-loop bars placed perpendicular to the longitudinal reinforcement of a concrete
162
beam to resist the vertical component of diagonal tension.

163 The integral system of members connecting the upper and lower chords of a truss.

An imaginary line passing through the centroid of the cross section of a beam or other member subject to
164
bending, along which no bending stress occur.

The perpendicular distance a spanning member deviated from true course under transverse loading,
165 increasing with load and span, and decreasing with an increasing in the moment of inertia of the section or the
modulus of elasticity of the material.

166 The extent of space between two supports of a structure.

167 A projecting beam supported at only one fixed end.

The buckling of a structural member induced by compressive stresses acting on a slender portion insufficiently
168
rigid in the lateral direction.

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the bending moments present in a structure for
169
given set of transverse loads and support conditions.

170 A beam resting on a simple supports at both ends, which are free to rotate and have no moment resistance.

A point at which a structure changes curvature from convex to concave or vice versa as it deflects under a
171
transverse load: theoretically an internal hinge and therefore a point of zero moment.

A slight convex curvature intentionally built into a beam, girder, or truss to compensate for an anticipated
172
deflection.
173 The center-to-center distance between the supports of a span.

174 A rigid structural member designed to carry and transfer transverse loads across space supporting elements.
An upright, relatively slender shaft or structure, usually of brick or stone, used as a building support or standing
175
alone as a monument.

The lowest division of a building or other construction, partly or wholly below the surface of the ground,
176
designed to support and anchor the superstructure and transmit its load directly to the earth.

A long slender column of wood, steel, or reinforced concrete, driven or hammered vertically into the earth to
177
form part of a foundation system.

The part of foundation bearing directly upon the supporting soil, set below the frostline and enlarged to
178
distribute its load over a greater area.

179 A continuous or strip footing that changes levels in stages to accommodate a sloping site or bearing stratum.

200/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

A graphical representation of the variation in magnitude of the external shears present in a structure for a
180
given set of transverse load and support conditions

181 A thick, slablike footing or reinforced concrete supporting a number of columns or an entire building.

The actual pressure developed between a footing and the supporting soil mass, equal to the quotient of the
182
magnitude of the forces transmitted and the area of contact.

The gradual reduction in the volume of a soil mass resulting from the application of a sustained load and an
183
increase in compressive stress.

A reinforced concrete beam distributing the horizontal forces from an eccentrically load pile cap or spread
184
footing to other pile caps or footings.

A foundation system that extends down through unsuitable soil to transfer building loads to a more appropriate
185
bearing stratum well below the superstructure.

186 One of several piles or post for supporting a structure above the surface of land and water.

187 A load extending over the length or area of the supporting structural element.

188 The forces exerted on a structure by an earthquake.

189 A load acting on a very small area or particular point of a supporting structural element.

A reinforced concrete slab or mat joining the heads of a cluster of piles to distribute the load from a column or
190
grade beam equally among piles.

191 The moment of a force system that causes or tends to cause rotation.

A load applied slowly to a structure until it reaches its peak value without fluctuating rapidly in magnitude or
192
position.

193 A wall occurring below the floor nearest grade designed to support and anchors the superstructure.

194 An applied force producing or tending to produce shear in a body.

The twisting of an elastic body about its longitudinal axis caused by two equal and opposite torques, producing
195
shearing stresses in the body.

The maximum tensile, compressive, or shearing stress a material can be expected to bear without rupturing or
196
fracturing.

197 Length required for 180 deg Hook.

198 Curing temperature for concrete.

199 Who decides if Footing on Piles is needed for a building?

200 Minimum effective depth of pile cap?

201 Minimum controudment of pile on pile cap?

202 The following are how to determine the spacing of a tie bar of a column?

203 Minimum concrete cover of a column exposed in air / atmosphere.

201/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

204 Minimum concrete cover of column pedestal exposed in underground soil.

205 Length required for 90 deg hook.

206 ACI code: Minimum column dimension.

207 Induce cracking at preselected location.


The stress beyond which a marked increase in strain occurs in a material without a concurrent increase in
208
stress.
A joint between 2 parts of a building or structure permitting thermal or moisture expansion to occur without
209
damage to either part.
The breaking of a material resulting from the rupturing of its atomic bonds when stressed beyond its ultimate
210
strength.
The act of shortening or state of being pushed together, resulting in a reduction in size or volume of an elastic
211
body.
212 Length required for 135 deg hook

213 The deformation of a body under the action of an applied force.

214 Allow movement between slab and fixed parts of the building such as columns, walls, and machinery bases.

The resistance of a material to longitudinal stress, measure by the minimum amount of longitudinal stress
215
required to rupture the material.
The axial stress that develops at the cross section of an elastic body to resist the collinear compressive forces
216
tending to shorten it.

The property of a material that enables it to retain its appearance and integrity when exposed to the effects of
217
sun, wind, moisture, and changes in temperature.

A joint between two successive placement of concrete, often keyed or doweled to provide lateral stability
218
across the joint.
219 The elongation of a unit length of material produced by a tensile stress.

220 An internal force tangential to the surface on which it acts, developed by a body in response to a shear force.

221 A high-strength steel strand or bar for prestressing concrete.

222 A structural steel column thoroughly encased in concrete reinforced with both vertical and spiral reinforcement.

Any of the longitudinal bars serving as tension reinforcement in the section of a concrete beam or slab
223
subjected to a negative movement.

The depth of a concrete section measured from the compression face to the centroid of the tension
224
reinforcement.

A concrete section in which the tension reinforcement reaches its specified yield strength before the concrete
225
in compression reaches its assumed ultimate strain.

226 Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs

227 Maintenance and service of accelorographs shall be provided by the

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any
228
failure on the structure due to overloading

202/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of
229
the same load

230 Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced

231 Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied. Perpendicular to said
232
wall
Maximum deflection of flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
233
wall

234 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure of the level at which
235
the structure as a dynamic vibrator is supported

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of
236
the lateral force resisting system

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements it
237
includes horizontal bracing system

238 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure

239 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm

240 An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or accentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces

241 A essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads

242 A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced Frame

The form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
243
column girder joint

244 The entire assemblage at the Intersection of the members


The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam
245 -the major horizontal supporting member of the floor system

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load, which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to
246 vertical resisting elements of distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or
compression

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to
247
the flanges of a beam

248 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post earthquake operations

249 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces

250 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile behavior

251 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below

203/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this
252
document
253 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system

254 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm

255 An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provides support for
256
gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to
257
lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moments
258
resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

259 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that the story above

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a
260 ground motion time history. The structures time dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained
through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

The effect on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction of
261
resistance under consideration

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the
262
laterally displaced building frame

Material other than water aggregate or hydraulic cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to
263
concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties

264 Concrete that doesn’t not conform to definition of reinforced concrete

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than
265
three (3 m)

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of
material
266
-in the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for ___

267 In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons

268 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
269
superimposed loads

204/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical
270
section

271 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile

272 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate

273 Prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting

274 ASTM A36

275 True or False, bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams

276 Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcement

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio transverse strain to the
277
corresponding longitudinal strain

278 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration

279 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line

280 A type of concrete floor which has no beam

281 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part

282 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force

283 The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure

It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to stress


284 -Intensity of force per unit area

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon
285
the complete release of stress

286 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement

287 The measure of stiffness of a material

288 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes hole through it

289 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it

290 Nominal thickness of a timber

291 The sum of forces in the orthogonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made
292 available for inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the project for a period of
not less than ___

293 Wood board should have a thickness specification

205/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

294 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight

295 A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood

296 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake and ___

297 Dressed lumber is referred to ___

298 It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all

299 The other kind of handsaw other than rip cut saw

300 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks

301 An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them

302 The total of all tread widths in a stair

303 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces

304 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear
305
between elements
306 The force per unit area of cross section which tend to produce shear

307 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strain
Minimum spacing of bolts in timber connection measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain
308
loading is equal to ___

According to the provision of the NSCP on timber connection and fastening the loaded edge distance for
309
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times
310
bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP
311
specifications

312 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___

Nails and spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a
313
required penetration of not less than __

314 Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed

315 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the

316 Notches in the top and bottom of joist shall not exceed

317 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area

318 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area

319 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area

206/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

320 Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to
321
provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be

322 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___

323 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or
324
weather
Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
325
weather
Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for
326
at least the first ___ days after placement
If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and
327
shall be tested dry.

Cutting for high early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10 C and in moist condition for at least the
328
___days after placement

329 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___

330 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean

331 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller

332 Standard hooks for stirrups and thie hooks 20-25 mm bar

333 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depth greater than 200 mm

334 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall terminate at different points
335
with a stagger of at least

336 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands

337 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each of member shall to be less than ___ for wire

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed earth or
338
weather using bars larger than 36 mm

Commonly designed as a beam which bears directly on the column footing


339
a surface discontinuity caused by roughening or scratching
340

341 a narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane
bulges in plaster finish coat resulting from applying finish coat over to damp a base coat
342
concrete structures under construction, a space where concrete is not to be placed.
343
an iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength.
344

207/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

in a suspended acoustical ceiling, a groove cut into the edges of an acoustical tile to receive splines or
345 supporting members of the ceiling suspension system

a roofing tile which is the shape of an s when laid on its side


346
a metaphoric rock made up of mostly calcite or dolomite
347

the process of producing metal shapes of a constant cross section by forcing the hot metal through an orifice
348 in a die by means of a pressure ram

a body acted upon by a balanced force system is in equilibrium


349
is the action of one body upon another
350
is a single force, a couple, or a force and a couple which acting alone produces the same effect as the force
351 system

states that the external effect of a force on a body acted upon is independent of the point of application of the
352 force but the same for all points along its line of action

is an arrangement of any two or more forces that act on a body or on a group of related bodies
353

a sketch of a body showing the forces exerted by other bodies on the one being considered
354
is acting parallel to member axis
355
in uniform for homogenous sections
356
tends to elongate the body
357
tends to shorten the body
358

is an articulated structure composed of lines or bars assumed to be connected by frictionless pin at the joints
and arranged so that an area enclosed within the boundaries of the structure is subdivided by the bars into
359
geometric figures which are usually triangles.

are usually horizontal or nearly horizontal elements carrying a stress primarily due to shear and flexure, they
360 usually carry load directly from the floor.

is a structure in which the reaction components and internal stress cannot be solved completely using the
361 equation of static equilibrium

a system of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below
362 and the bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each step

a pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil.
363

a steel bolt usually fixed in building structures with its thread portion projecting
364
a narrow piece of lumber nailed to the side of a beam along its bottom edge which carries joist flush with the
365 upper edge of the beam

a flexible blanket type thermal insulation commonly used between studs or joists in frame construction
366

208/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

a system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to the roof supporting the second floor joists
367

the boxing in or covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam
368
allowable sag (NSCP)
369

that part of a building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
370

joints employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls


371
a process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimension
372
a commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
373
carries the roof load between trusses or rafters
374
usually a sloping beam carrying the reactions of purlins
375
carries the masonry across the opening made by a door or window
376
a closely spaced beam supporting the floor of a building
377

378 similar to a joist, it carries the flooring of a bridge


large sized beams usually carrying the floor beams
379
spans between columns and supports the floor and curtain walls
380
circular beam that transmits power to the machinery
381 it also carries torsion in addition to shear and flexure

large roughly molded sun-dried bricks of varying sizes


382

is a mixture of sand and gravel held together in a rock-like mass with a paste of cement and water.
383
is a combination of concrete and steel wherein the steel reinforcement provides the tensile strength lacking in
384 concrete

height is less than three times the least dimension


385
strength of column is significantly reduced due to slenderness
386
failure is initiated by material failure
387
a structural system without a complete vertical load-carrying space frame
388

a structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing supports for gravity loads
389

the method of stiffening floor construction by fitting solid blocks between joists
390

a shallow crack at closely spaced by irregular intervals on the surface of mortar or concrete
391

the stressing of un-bonded tendons after the concrete has cured


392

209/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

a ready means of determining the consistency of freshly mixed concrete


393
the permanent reformation of a material under a sustained load
394
a principal member of a truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
395
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
396
the horizontal distance from the face of a lock latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
397
a joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering and
398 brizing.
the tendency for one part of the beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part
399
any material change in shape when subjected to the action of a force
400
the maximum value of tension, compression or shear respectively which the material can sustain without
401 failure
a permanent roofed structure attached to and supported by the building and projecting over public property
402
is an extension or increase on floor area or height of a building structure
403
is a method of proportioning structural elements such that computed stresses produced in the elements by the
allowable stress load combinations do not exceed specified allowable stress (also called working stress
404
design)
is any change, addition to or modification in construction or occupancy
405
is any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy
406
a building erected prior to the adoption of NSCP, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued
407

is a method of proportioning structural elements using load and resistance factors such that no applicable limit
state is reached when the structure is subjected to all appropriate load combinations
408
the term used in the design of steel and wood structures

is a method of proportioning structural elements such that the computed forces produced in the elements by
the factored load combinations do not exceed the factored element strength
409
the term is used in the design of concrete and masonry structures

is that which is built or constructed, an edifice or a building of any kind, or any piece of work, artificially built up
410 or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner

is a resigned civil engineer with a special qualification in the practice of structural engineering as recognized by
411 the board of civil engineering of the professional regulation commission

is a structural unit, the integral parts of which have been built up or assembled prior to incorporating in the
412 building

in-place solid rock


413
is a relatively level step excavated into earth material on which fill is to be placed
414
is earth material acquired from an off-site location for use in grading on-site
415
is the densification of fill by mechanical means
416

210/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

is any rock, natural soil or fill or any combination thereof


417
is the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water or ice
418
is the mechanical removal of earth material
419
is a deposit of earth material placed by artificial means
420

421 is the vertical location of the ground surface

is the grade prior to grading


the elevation of the original ground surface before excavation or grading begins
422
also called natural grade

final grade of the site that conforms to the approved plan


the elevation of drives, walks, lawns, or other improved surfaces after completion of construction or grading
423
operations

the stage at which the grade approximately conforms to the approved plan
424
is any excavating or filling or combination thereof
425
is an inclined ground surface the inclination of which is expressed as a ration of vertical distance to horizontal
426 distance
is a designed compacted fill placed in a trench excavated in earth material beneath the toes of a proposed fill
427 slope

is naturally occurring deposits overlying bedrock


428

is a relatively level step constructed in the face of a graded slope for drainage and maintenance purposes
429

is an assembly consisting of panels mounted on pedestals to provide an under-floor space for the installation
430 of mechanical, electrical, communications or similar systems or to serve as an air supply or return air plenum

is a building or portion of a building for the gathering together of fifty or more persons for such purposes as
deliberation, education, instruction, worship, entertainment, amusement, drinking or dining or awaiting
431
transportation

is a shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of the building


432
is an exterior floor system projecting from a structure and supported by that structure with no additional
433 independent supports

consist of the weight of all materials and fixed equipment incorporated into the building or other structure
434
is an exterior floor system supported on at least two opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts,
435 piers, or other independent supports

are buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of extreme
436 environmental loading from wind or earthquakes

is a building or portion thereof in which motor vehicle containing flammable or combustible liquids or gas in its
437 tank is stored, repaired or kept

211/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

is a building or portion of a building, not more than 90sq.m in area, in which only motor vehicles used by the
438 tenants of the building or building on the premises are kept and stored

is a condition in which a structure or component is judged either to be no longer useful for its intended function
439 or to be unsafe
a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be no longer useful for its intended function
440
is a condition in which a structure or component is judged to be unsafe
441

loads produced by the use and occupancy of the building or other structure and do not include dead load,
construction load, or environmental load such as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load or flood
442
load

forces or other actions that result from the weight of all building materials, occupants and their possessions,
443 environmental effects, differential movements, and restrained dimensional changes

is the highest part of a bridge pier, on which the bridge bearings or rollers are seated. It may be of
444
stone, brick or plain or reinforced concrete, usually the last for heavy loads.

445 a wood, steel, or pre-cast concrete beam directly supporting a floor. Usually wooden joist.

load which may be removed or replaced on a structure, not necessarily a dynamic load excluding
446
wind and earthquake loads. Live loads are moving loads or movable loads.

a large beam, originally of wood or iron, now usually of steel or concrete, though light alloys have
447
occasionally been used. Apart from the bowstring girder its chords are parallel.

total bending effect at any section of a beam is called the bending moment. It is equal to thealgebraic sum of
all the moments to the right of the section (or to the left of the section, whichamounts to the same thing) and is
448
called M for short. Every bending moment can be expressed as aforce times a distance called the arm. units
are pound-inches, ton-inches, kg-m, N-m, tonne-m, etc.

gravel, sand, slag, crushed rock or similar inert materials which form a large part of concretes,asphalts or
449
roads including macadam.

212/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

in concrete or mortar, a substance other than aggregate, cement or water added in small quantity,normally less
than 5% of the weight of the cement, to alter the properties of the mix or the hardenedsolid. Some 80% of the
concrete made in North America, Australia, Japan and most of Europecontains an admixture, and more than
half contains air-entraining agent. Other admixtures are
450 accelerators, bonding admixtures, super plasticizers, water reducers, retarders, anti-freeze,corrosion inhibitors,
pore fillers and thickening agents. Shrinkage preventers, coloring (pigments),damp-proofing, expanding,
fungicidal, gas-forming, grouting and flocculating agents also exist. Forconcretes with high cement needed to
such an extent that the admixture pays for itself without harmto the physical properties. But this saving
probably never occurs with very lean concretes.

an admixture which hastens the hardening rate and/or initial setting time of concrete. Calciumchloride (CaCI2)
was widely used, but because it can corrode embedded steel it is now banned inthe UK except in unreinforced
451 concrete. Chloride-free accelerators that are safe with steel are based on inorganic chemicals including
formats, nitrates and thiocyanates. Sodium carbonate (washing soda) can be used to make a flash set for
quick repairs but It weakens the concrete.

an admixture which slows up the setting rate of concrete, sometimes applied to formwork so thatwhen it is
452
stripped the cement paste which has been in contact with it can be removed by light brushing.

453 making a hole in rock blasting, using a rotative or percussive drill.

454 piece of steel plate, usually roughly rectangular or triangular, w/c connects the members of a truss.

When a heavily loaded column punches a hole through a base, the base is said to fail by punching shear.
Punching shear is prevented by thickening the base or enlarging the foot of the column so that the shear
455
stress (assumed uniform) round the perimeter of the column does not exceed twice the allowable shear stress
in concrete.

456 for any material the ratio of the stress (force per unit area) to the strain (deformation per unit length).

457 the stress at which noticeable, suddenly increased deformation occurs under slowly increasing load

the stress beyond which further load causes permanent set. In most materials the elastic limit is also
458
the limit of proportionality.

the water content at the lower limit of the plastic state of a clay. It is the minimum water content at which a soil
459
can be rolled into a thread of 3 mm diameter without crumbling.

the elastic movement of loaded parts of a structure. The word often refers to the sinking of the midspan of a
460
beam which in British housing generally is not allowed to exceed 1/325 of the span.

the load acting across a bean near its support. For a uniformly distributed load or for any other symmetrical
461 load, the maximum shear is equal to half the total load on a simply supported beam, or to the total load on a
cantilever beam.

213/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

the force on a member divided by the area which carries the force, formerly expressed in psi, now in N/mm2,
462
MPa, etc.

a change in length caused usually by a force applied to a piece, the change being expressed as a ratio, the
463
increase or decrease divided by the original length.

464 a core wall.

test for the stiffness of wet concrete. A conical mold is filled with concrete, well rammed, and then carefully
inverted and emptied over a flat plate. The amount by which the concrete cone drops below the top of the
465 mold is measured and is called the slump. This test is valuable only when the aggregates are used all the time
and in the same proportions. It then gives a rough idea if the water content of the mix. This otherwise most
useful test cannot be applied to stiff concretes with slump of less than about 20 mm.

a structural member designed to resist loads which bend it. The bending effect at any point in a beam is found
466 by calculating the bending moment. Beams are usually of wood, steel, light alloy, or reinforced or pre-stressed
concrete.

467 a post carrying compressive force.

the bending moment at the support of a beam required to fix it in such a way that it cannot rotate, so that it has
468
a fixed end.

in concrete work, a break in a structure made to allow for the drying and temperature shrinkages (of concrete
469 or masonry) thus to prevent cracks forming at undesirable places. Since all materials containing cement' shrink
appreciably on drying, contraction joints are needed in every long structure.

470 a pre-stressing bar, cable, rope, strand or wire.

471 the US term for ground beam

concrete members are pre-cast, in a works, with the tensioned wires embedded in them. The wires are
anchored either against the molds or against permanent abutments in the ground. After hardening, the
concrete is released from the mold and the wires are cut at the anchorage. This method may give a larger loss
of pre-stress than with post-tensioning but is usually economical for small members and may produce better
472
concrete since it is always factory controlled. In long-line pre-stressing, used for the pre-casting of pre-
tensioned floor slabs or beams, the casting bed may be as much as 180 m long; enabling units may be 1.2 m,
and their thickness 15, 20 or 25 em. They usually have tubular voids running down the length and occupying
about 30% of the cross-section.

concrete beams, columns, lintels, piles, and parts of walls and floors which are cast and partlymatured on the
site or in a factory before being lifted into their position in a structure. Where many of the same unit are
473
required, pre-casting may be more economical than casting in place, may give a better surface finish, reduce
shrinkage of the concrete on the site, and make stronger concrete.

214/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

either a geophone, used in seismic prospecting, or a device for detecting earthquake shocks. An early
474 seismometer made in Japan about AD 136 consisted of balls dropping from a dragon's mouth into a frog's to
show the direction of the shock.

475 the waste glass-like product from a metallurgical furnace. which flows off above the metal.

476 ACI term for grip length.

477 the weight of a structure and any permanent loads fixed on it.

gradually increasing permanent deformation of a material under stress, well known in metals as
478
hightemperature creep.

479 the effective height of a column divided by its radius of gyration,

the strain energy stored in an elastic material per unit of volume.Steel can store 0.027 kg-m/cm3, rubber about
480
0.54 kg-m/cm3.

the ability of a metal to undergo cold plastic deformation without breaking, particularly by pulling in cold
481
drawing.

482 the ratio of the shear stress to the shear strain in a material.

the breaking stress of a cast-iron, wooden or mass concrete rectangular beam, calculated onthe assumptions
483
that the tensile strains in the beam are equal distances from the neutral axis.

484 A link around the main steel in a concrete column, beam or pile.

485 a pile (usually driven not bored) at an angle to the vertical.

a widening of any structure at the foot to improve its stability, in breakwaters, earth or other dams, or
486
simple walls.

487 the vertical plate joining the flanges of any beam or rail, of whatever material.

488 a weld of roughly triangular cross-section between two pieces at right angles.

489 a relatively fixed point whose level is known and used as a datum for leveling.

490 a flat roof or a quay, jetty or bridge floor, generally a floor with no roof over.

491 a long column, usually of wood or metal, not necessarily vertical.

for elastic materials strained by a force in one direction, there will be a corresponding strain in all
492
directions perpendicular to this, equal to p times the strain in the direction of the force.

493 The procedures and limitations for the design of structures shall be determined by the following factors.

494 Minimum number of stories recommended to be provided with at least 3 approved recording accelerographs.

495 Maintenance and service of accelerographs shall be provided by the___.

215/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Who shall be responsible for keeping the actual live load below the allowable limits and shall be liable for any
496
failure on the structure due to overloading.

The period of continuous application of a given load or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of
497
the same load.

498 Minimum area in square meters a member supports which the design live load may be reduced.

499 Minimum height of any wall requiring structural design to resist loads onto which they are subjected.

Maximum deflection of a brittle finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
500
wall.

Maximum deflection of a flexible finished wall subjected to a load of 250 Pascal applied perpendicular to said
501
wall.

502 Maximum floor area for a low-cost housing unit.

The level at which the earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the structure or the level at which
503
the structure, as a dynamic vibrator, is supported.

A member or an element provided to transfer lateral forces from a portion of a structure to vertical elements of
504
the lateral force resisting system.

A horizontal or nearly horizontal system acting to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements, it
505
includes horizontal bracing system.

506 The total designed lateral force or shear at the base of a structure.

507 An element at edge of opening or at perimeters of shear walls or diaphragm.

508 An essentially vertical truss system of the concentric or eccentric type which is provided to resist lateral forces.

509 An essentially complete space frame which provides supports for gravity loads.

A combination of a Special or Intermediate Moment Resisting Space Frame and Shear Walls or Braced
510
Frames.

That form of braced frame where at least one end of each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
511
column girder joint.

512 The entire assemblage at the intersection of the members.

513 The horizontal member in a frame system, a beam.

216/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

An element of a diaphragm parallel to the applied load which collects and transfers diaphragm shear to
514 vertical resisting elements or distributes loads within the diaphragm. Such members may take axial tension or
compression.

The boundary element of a diaphragm or a shear wall which is assumed to take axial stresses analogous to
515
the flanges of a beam

516 Those structures which are necessary for emergency post-earthquake operations.

517 That part of the structural system assigned to resist lateral forces.

518 Moment resisting space frame not meeting special detailing requirements for ductile

519 The displacement of one level relative to the level above or below.

The usable capacity of a structure or its members to resist loads within the deformation limits prescribed in this
520
document.

521 The lower rigid portion of a structure having a vertical combination of structural system.

522 Horizontal truss system that serves the same function as a diaphragm.

523 An assemblage of framing members designed to support gravity loads and resist lateral forces.

A structural system without complete vertical load carrying space frame. This system provide support for
524
gravity loads. Resistance to lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Resistance to
525
lateral load is provided by shear walls or braced frames.

A structural system with an essentially complete space frame providing support for gravity loads. Moment
526
resisting space frames provide resistance to lateral load primarily by flexural action of members.

527 Is one in which the story strength is less than 80% of that of the story above.

An elastic or inelastic dynamic analysis in which a mathematical model of the structure is subjected to a
528 ground motion time history. The structure's time-dependant dynamic response to these motion is obtained
through numerical integration of its equations of motions.

The effects on the structure due to earthquake motions acting in directions other than parallel to the direction
529
of resistance under consideration.

The secondary effect on shears and moments of frame members induced by the vertical loads acting on the
530
laterally displaced building frame.

Material other than water, aggregate, or hydraulic cement, used as an ingredient of concrete and added to
531
concrete before or during its mixing to modify its properties.

217/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

532 Concrete that does not conform to definition of reinforced concrete.

Upright compression member with a ratio of unsupported height to average least lateral dimension of less than
533
three.

Ratio of normal stress to corresponding strain for tensile or compressive stresses below proportional limit of
534
material.

535 In prestressed concrete, temporary force exerted by device that introduces tension into prestressing tendons.

536 Length of embedded reinforcement provided beyond a critical section.

Stress remaining in prestressing tendons after all losses have occurred, excluding effects of dead load and
537
superimposed loads.

Length of embedded reinforcement required to develop the design strength of reinforcement at a critical
538
section.

539 Friction resulting from bends or curves in the specified prestressing tendon profile.

540 Concrete containing lightweight aggregate.

541 prestressing tendon that is bonded to concrete either directly or through grouting.

542 ASTM A36

543 High-Yield Strength Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate, Suitable for Welding.

544 True or False, Bar larger than 32mm in diameter shall not be bundled in beams.

545 Minimum concrete cover for a Prestressed concrete for beams and columns for primary reinforcements.

In a material under tension or compression, the absolute value of the ratio of transverse strain to the
546
corresponding longitudinal strain.

547 In column, the ratio of its effective length to its least radius of gyration.

548 A quantity which measures the resistance of the mass to being revolved about a line.

549 A type of concrete floor which has no beam.

218/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

550 The tendency for one part of a beam to move vertically with respect to an adjacent part.

551 A change in shape of a material when subjected to the action of force.

552 The maximum value of tension, compression, or shear respectively the material sustain without failure.

553 It means that by which a body develops internal resistance to 'stress'.

The greatest stress which a material is capable of developing without permanent deformation remaining upon
554
the complete release of stress.

555 Intensity of force per unit area.

556 Loop of reinforcing bar or wire enclosing longitudinal reinforcement.

557 The measure of stiffness of a material.

558 The failure in a base when a heavily loaded column strikes a hole through it.

559 The deformation of a structural member as a result of loads acting on it.

560 Nominal thickness of of a timber.

561 The sum of forces in the othorgonal directions and the sum of all moments about any points are zero.

The complete records of tests conducted (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made
562 available for inspection during the progress of completion of the project for a period of not less than.
construction and after

563 Wood board should have a thickness specification of.

564 The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight.

565 A high-speed rotary shaping had power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood.

566 The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system.

567 Wood defects are: heart shake, cup shake, star shake, and___.

219/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

568 Dressed lumber is referred to ___.

569 The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw.

570 It refers to the occupancy load which is either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all.

571 The distance between inflection points in the column when it breaks.

572 The amount of space measured in cubic units.

573 In the formula e=PL/AE, E stands for___.

574 An expansion joint of adjacent parts of a structure to permit expected movements between them.

575 the total of all tread widths in a stair.

576 The force adhesion per unit area of contact between two bonded surfaces.

577 A structural member spanning from truss to truss or supporting a rafter.

578 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

A connector such as a welded strut, spiral bar, or short length of channel which resists horizontal shear
579
between elements.

580 The force per unit area of cross section which tends to produce shear.

581 Size of camber for a 25 meters steel truss.

582 The law that relates the linear relationship between stresses and strains

Minimum spacing of Bolts in timber connectionn measured from center of bolts parallel for parallel to grain
583
loading is equal to ___.

According to the provisions of the NSCP on timber connections and fastenings, the lodaed edge distance for
584
perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___.

NSCP specifies spacing between rows of bolts for perpendicular to grain loading shall be at least ___ times
585
bolt diameter for L/d ratio of 2.

220/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

Minimum diameter of bolts to be used in timber connections and fastening in accordance with NSCP
586
specifications.

587 Simple solid timber columns have slenderness ratio not exceeding ___.

Nails or spikes for which the wire gauges or lengths not set forth in the NSCP specifications shall have a
588
required penetration of not less than ___.

589 Notches in sawn lumber bending members in accordance with the NSCP specifications shall not exceed.

590 Notches in sawn lumber shall not be located in the ___.

591 Notches in the top and bottom of joists shall not exceed ___.

592 Allowable stresses for tension in structural steel in terms of gross area.

593 Allowable tensile stress of structural steel based on effective area.

594 Allowable stress for tension on pin connected members based on net area.

595 Allowable shear stress on structural steel on the cross sectional area effective in resisting shear.

For structures carrying live loads which induce impact, the assumed live load shall be increased sufficiently to
596
provide for same, for supports of elevators the increase shall be.

597 The slenderness ratio of compression members shall not exceed ___.

598 The slenderness ratio main members in tension shall not exceed ___.

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete exposed to earth or
599
weather.

Concrete cover for pipes, conduits, and fittings shall not be less than ___ for concrete not exposed to earth or
600
weather.

Curing of concrete (other than high-early strength) shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for
601
at least the first ___ days after placement.

If concrete in structure will dry under service conditions, cores shall be air-dried for ___ days before test and
602
shall be tested dry.

Curing for high-early strength concrete shall be maintained above 10°C and in moist condition for at least the
603
___ days after palcement.

221/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

604 The minimum clear spacing between parallel bars in layer shall be db (diameter of bar) but not less than ___.

605 Standard hooks used in reinforced concrete beam shall mean.

606 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 16mm bar and smaller.

607 Standard hooks for stirrups and tie hooks 20-25mmbar.

608 Allowable tolerance on minimum concrete cover for depths greater than 200mm

609 Allowable tolerance for longitudinal location of bends and ends of reinforcement.

Individual bars with a bundle terminated within the span of flexural members shall teminate at different points
610
with a stagger of at least ___.

611 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for strands.

612 Clear distance between pre-tensioning tendons at each end of member shall not be less than ___ for wire.

Minimum concrete cover provided for reinforcement of cast in place against permanently exposed to earth or
613
weather using bars larger than 36mm.

614

615

616

617

618

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

626

222/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

635

636

637

638

639

640

641

642

643

644

645

646

647

648

649

650

651

652

653

654

655

223/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER

656

657

224/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Bearing wall system

Rigid component

Flexible component

200 mm

2 years

6 db

8 db

25mm

1.50 db

450 mm

36 mm

40 db

75 mm

20 mm

0.90'

0.85'

L / 20

L / 24

L / 28

L / 10

0.40'

0.75'

d/2

225/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

300 mm

Braced Frame

Diaphragm

Moment resisting frame

25%

50%

10 days

50%

0.60m

6.00 m

200 mm

15 mpa

150 mm

50 kpa

12 mm

16 mm

10%

1.50m

3,0 m

30 times

17.50 mpa

226/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

20 mpa

75 mm

35 mpa

250 mm

Essential facilities

Miscellaneous occupancy

Special occupancy

Hazardous facility

L / 360

L / 240

2 times

1. 5 times

25%

20%

10%

P-delta effect

Weak Storey

Essential Facilities

Diaphragm

Braced Frame

Plasticizer

2 years

227/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

7850 Kg

Shotcrete

Limit state

Metal Fatigue

Buckling load

Hinge

Semi-continuous beam

1000 pa

Uplift pressure

Eyebar

Riprap

Thin shell

Overturning moment

Sway brace

Grillage foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump pit

Gerber beam

Seismometer

Liquefaction

Lintel beam

228/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Angle of repose

80%

18 m

1.15

1,15

0.87

Exposure A

Exposure C

Exposure D

Exposure B

250

200

125

3.50 mpa

50 times

0.30

200

300

0.45 fy

0.60 fy

2/3.

229/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

0.80mm

600 mm.

140 mm

200 mm

.66 fy

.60 fy

300 mm

75%

25 mm

6 d of connector

8 d of connector

26.70 kn

50%

900 mm

8mm

3mm

6mm

230/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

ductility

one way slab

transverse shear

bifurcation

20mm

stain gauge

24 ksi

haunch

Program Evaluation Review


Technique-Critical
Path Method

structure

rainwater leader

coffer dam

net structure

231/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

castellated beam

suspension structure

stiffener

web

tension control bolt

Vibration

Girt

Struts

Mullion

Area

Yield strength

Bending

Monument

Dead Load

Shear and bending moment


diagram

75mm

Braced frame

232/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear

15 mpa

Class "A"

Buckling

Shear

fatigue

strain

deflection

eccentrically loaded

long column

cantilevered

equillibrium

neutral axis

ultimate strength

maximum moment

Torque

yield point

vertical shear

working stress

moment

inertia –

stiffness

lift slab

flatslab

233/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Bearing wall system

Rigid component

Flexible Component

200 mm

2 years

6 db

8 db

1.50 db

450 mm

4 pcs

36mm

40 db

75 mm

20 mm

0.9

0.85

L / 20

L / 24

L / 28

234/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

L / 10

0.4

0.75

d/2

300 mm

Braced Frame

Diaphragm

Moment Resisting Frame

25%

50%

10 days

50%

.60 m

6 m.

200 mm

15 mpa

150 mm

50 kpa

12 mm

16 mm

10%

235/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

1.50 m.

3.0 m

30 times

17.50 mpa

20 mpa

75 mm

35 mpa

250 mm

Essential facilities

Misc. Occupancy

Special Occupancy

Hazardous Facility

L / 360

L / 240

2 times

1.5 times

25%

20%

10%

80%

18 m

1.15

1.15

236/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

0.87

Exposure A

Exposure C

Exposure D

Exposure B

250 kph

200 kph

125 kph

3.50 mpa

50 times

0.3

200

300

.45 fy

0.60 fy

2/3

0.80mm

600 mm

237/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

140 mm

200 mm

.66 fy

.60 fy

300 mm

75%

25 mm

6 dia. Of connector

8 dia. Of connector

26.7

50

900

8 mm

3 mm

6 mm

P- Delta Effect

238/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Weak Storey

Essential facilities

Diaphragm

Braced Frame

Plasticizer

2 years

7850 kg.

Shotcrete

Limit State

Metal Fatigue

Couple

Buckling Load

Hinge

Semi-Continous Beam

1000 pa

Uplift Pressure

Eyebar

239/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Riparap

Thin Shell

Overturning Moment

Sway Brace

Grillage Foundation

Soil Stabilization

Sump Pit

Seismometer

Liquefaction

Lintel Beam

Angle of Repose

Gerber Beam

Structural member

Bay

One way

Structural failure

Bearing

Primary Member

Tributary Load

Anchorage

Pin

Roller Support

240/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Retaining Wall

Non bearing Wall

Coping

Basement Wall

Interior Wall

Lintel

Cantilever wall

Gabion

Timbers

Yard Lumber

Split

Wane

Built up Beam

Fiber board

Scissors Truss

Boards

Gusset

Truss

Seismic Joint

Stability

Cable Support

Dimension Lumber

241/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Punching Shear

Welded Splice

Stirrup

Web

Neutral axis

Deflection

Span

Cantilever Beam

Lateral Buckling

Moment Diagram

Simple Beam

Inflection Point

Camber

Effective Span

Beam

Pillar

Foundation

Pile

Footing

Stepped Footing

242/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear Diagram

Mat

Soil Pressure

Consolidation

Tie Beam

Deep Foundation

Stilt

Distributed Load

Earthquake Load

Concentrated Load

Pile Cap

Torque

Static Load

Foundation Wall

Shear Force

Torsion

Ultimate Strength

4d

22.8 deg. C

Soil Mechanics

300 mm

100 mm
16d (rebar) , 48d (tiebar), least dim. Of
a column

40 mm

243/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

70 mm

12 d

200 mm

Control Joints

Yield Point

Expansion Joint

Fracture

Compression

6d

Strain

Isolation Joints

Tensile Strength

Compressive Stress

Weatherability

Construction Joint

Tensile Strain

Shearing Force

Tendons

Composite Column

Top Bar

Effective Depth

Under reinforced Section

14

Owner

Occupant of the Building

244/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Load Duration

14 sq.m.

1.50m

1/240 wall span

1/120 wall span

60 m2

Base

Collector

Diaphragm

Base Shear

Boundary Element

Brace Frame

Building Frame System

Dual System

Eccentric Brace Frame

Joints

Girder

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord

Essential facilities
Lateral Force Resisting
system
Ord. Moment Resisting Space
Frame
Story Drift

245/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Strength

Platform

Horizontal Bracing System

Structure

Bearing wall system

Building Frame System

Moment resisting Frame


system

Weak Storey

Time History analysis

Orthogonal Effect

p-Delta effect

Admixture

plain concrete

Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

246/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Development Length

Curvature Friction

Structural Lightweight
concrete
Bonded Tendon

Structural Steel

40 mm

Poisson Ratio

Slenderness Ratio

Torsion

Flat Slab

Shear

Deformation

Yielding Stress

Stress

Allowable Stress

Stirrup / Tie

Stiffness Ratio

Punching Shear

Deflection

6 inches

Equillibrium

2 years

not less than 1"x4"

247/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Run

Portable Hand Router

Knots

Smooth & Planed Lumber

Live Load

Cross cut Saw

Effective Length

Contraction Joint

Total Run

Bond Stress

Purlin

Shear Connector

Shear Stress

Hooks Law

4 x dia. Of bolt

4 x dia. Of bolt

2.5 times

12 mm

50

11 dia.

1/6 depth of member

middle third span

1/4 depth

.60 of specified yield strength


.50 of specified min. tensile
strength
0.45 fy

248/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

0.40 fy

100%

200

240

40 mm

20 mm

7 days

7 dyas

3 days

25mm

180 deg. Bend +4db extension but not


less than 65 mm at the end of bar

90 deg. Bend + 6db extension at


free end
90 deg. Bend + 12db extension at free
end

.-12mm

.+/- 50mm

40db

3db

4db

75 mm

Grade Beam

Abrasion

Batten

Blistering

Block out

Cast iron

249/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Kerf

Pantile

Marble

Extrusion

Static Equilibrium

Force

Resultant

Priniples of Transmissibility

Force System

Free body diagram

Load

Stress

Stress due to tension

Stress due to compression

Truss

Beam & Girders

Detrminate structure

Western Framing

Hydrostatic Pressure

Anchor Bolt

Ledger Strip

Batt insulation

250/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Balloon Framing

Beam Blocking

100 mm

Foundation Wall

Control Joints

Forging

Wrought Iron

Purlin

Rafter

Lintel

Joist

Stringer

Girder

Spandrel

Shaft

Adobe

Concrete

Reinforced Concrete

Pedestal or short
compression blocks
long or slender column

Short column

Bearing wall system

Building Frame System

Bridging

Checking

Post tensioning

251/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Slump Test

Creep

Chord

alloy

Backset

Lap seam

Shear

Deformation

Working Stress

Marquee

Addition

Allowable Stress Design

Alteration

Building

Existing Building

LFRD (Load & Resistance


Factor Design)

Ultimate Strength Design

Structure

Structural Engineer

Prefab / precast assembly

Bedrock

Bench

Borrow

Compaction

252/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Earth Material

Erosion

Excavation

Fill

Grade

Existing grade

Finish Grade

Rough Grade

Grading

Slope

Key

Soil

Terrace

Access floor system

Assembly Building

Awning

Exterior Balcony

Dead Loads

Deck

Essential facilities

Garage

253/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Private Garage

Limit state

Serviceaility Limit State

Strength Limit State

Live Load

Loads

Bridge Cap

Joist

Liveloads

Girder

Bending moment

Aggregates

254/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Admixture

Accelerator

Retarder

Boring

Gusset Plate

Punching Shear

Modulus of Elasticity

Yield Point

Elastic Limit

Plastic Limit

Deflection

Shear

255/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Stress

Strain

Shear Wall

Slump Test

Beam

Column

Fixed End Moment

Contraction Joint

Tendon

Grade Beam

Pre-tensioning

Pre cast Concrete

256/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Seismometer

Slag

Embedment Length

Dead Loads

Creep

Slenderness Ratio

Resillience

Ductility

Modulus of Rigidity

Modulus of rupture

Tie

Batter Pile

Footing

Web

Fillet Weld

Bench Mark

Deck

Strut

Poisson Ratio

Zoning, site characteristics


Occupancy, configuringstructural
system, and height

14

Owner

257/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Occupant of the building

Load duration

14 sqm.

1.50 mts.

1/240 of wall span

1/120 of wall span

60 sqm.

Base

Collector

Diaphragm

Base Shear, V

Boundary Element

Braced Frame

Building Frame System

Dual System

Eccentric Braced Frame (EBF)

Joint

Girder

258/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Diaphragm Strut

Diaphragm Chord

Essential facilities

Lateral Force Resisting


System

Ordinary Moment Resisting

Story Drift

Strength

Platform

Horizontal Bracing System

Structure

Bearing Wall System

Building Frame System

Moment Resisting Frame


System

Weak Story

Time History Analysis

Orthogonal Effect

P-delta Effect

Admixture

259/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Plain Concrete

Pedestal

Modulus of Elasticity

Jacking Force

Embedment Length

Effective Prestress

Development Length

Curvature Friction

Structural Lightweight
Concrete

Bonded Tendon

Structural Steel

ASTM A514

40 mm

Poisson's Ratio

Slenderness Ratio

Torsion

Flat Slab

260/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Shear

Deformation

Yielding Stress

Stress

Allowable Stress

Stress

Tie / Stirrup

Stiffness Ratio

Punching Shear

Deflection

6 inches

Equilibrium

2 years

not less than 1"X4"

Run

Portable Hand router

Girder

Knots

261/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

Smoothed or planed lumber

Cross-cut saw

Live load

Effective length

Volume

Modulus of Elasticity

Contraction joint

Total run

Bond Stress

Purlin

Size of Dead Load Defelection

Shear Connector

Shear Stress / Shearing Stress

Size of Dead Load Defelection

Hook's Law

4 X diameter of bolt

4 X diameter of bolt

2.5

262/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

12 mm

50

11 diameters

1/6 depth of member

Middle Third Span

1/4 the depth

0.60 of specified min. yield


stress

0.50 of specified minimum


tensile strength

0.45 Fy

0.40 Fy

100%

200

240

40 mm

20 mm

263/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

25 mm

180° bend + 4db extension but


not less than 65mm at free
end of bar

90° bend + 6db extension at


free end

90° bend + 12db extension at


free end

–12 mm

± 50 mm

40db

3db

4db

75 mm

264/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

265/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SANANDRES

266/803
STRUCTURAL REVIEWER
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1
2
3
4
5

6
7
8

10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

30

31
32
33
34
35
36

37

267/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
38
39
40

41

42
43
44
45

46

47

48

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74

75

76
77
78
79

268/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
80
81
82
83
84

85

87

88
89
90

91
92
93

94

95

95
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104

105
106

107

108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120

269/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
121
121

123

124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154

155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
167

270/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180

181

182

183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192

193
194
195

196

197
198
199
200
201
202

203
204
205
206
207

271/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

208
209
210
211

212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254

272/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
255
256
257
258
259
260

261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
270
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307

273/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322

323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353

274/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
354
355
356

357
358
359

360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376

377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393

394
395

275/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
396
397
398
398
399
400
401

402

403
403
405
406
408
409

410

411

412
413
414

415
416
417

418

419

420

421
422
423
424

425

426

427
428
429
430

276/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

431

432
433
434

435
436
437

438
439
440

441
442
443
444

445
446
447
448
449

450

451

452
453
454
455

456

457

458

459

460

461

462

277/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

463
464

465

466

467
468
469
470
471
472

473

474

475

476
477
478

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488

489
490
491
492
493

494

495
496
497
498

278/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
499
500

501
502

503
504
505
506

507
508

509
510

511
512
513

514
515
516

517
518

519
520

521

522
523
524
525
526

527

528
529
530

531

279/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

532

533

534

535
536
537
538
539

540
541

542
543
544

545
546
547
548
549
550

551

552
553
554
555
556

557

558

559
560
561
562

563
564
565

280/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

566

567

568

569

570
571

572

573

574

575
576

577

578
579
580
581

582

583

584

585

586
587
588

589

590

591
592
593

281/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

594

595

596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603

604
605

606
607
608

609

610
611
612

613
614
615

616

617
618
619
620
621
622
623

624

625
626
627
628
629
630

282/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

631

632

633

634
635

636

637

638

639
640
641
642
643

644

645

646

647

648
649
650

651
652
653
654

655

656
657
658
659
660

661

283/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
662
663

664

665

666

667
668
669

670

671

672

673

674

675

676

677

678
679

680

681

682

683

284/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
684

685
686
687

688

689

690

691

692

693

694
695

696

697

698
699
700

701

702

703
704
705

706
707

708

709
710
711
712

285/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
713
714

715

716
717
718
719
720

721

722

723

724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734

735

736

737

738
739

740

741

742
743
744

745

286/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

746

747

748
749

750

751

752

753

754

755

756

757

758

759

760

761

762

763

764
765
766

767

287/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776

777

778

779

780
781
782

783

784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791

792

793

794

795

796

797

798

799

288/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

800

801

802

803

804

805

806
807
808

809

810

811

812

813

814
815
816
817
818
819

820

821

822

823

824

825

289/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

826

827

828

829

830

831

832

833

834

835

836

837

838

839

840
841

842

843

844

845

846

847

290/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

848

849

850
851

852

853

854

855

856
857
858
859
860

861

862

863

864

865

866

867

291/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

868

869

870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883

884

885
886
887
888

889
890
891

892

893

894

895

896

897

292/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

898

899
900
901
902
903

904
905
906
907
908

909

910

911

912

913

914

915

916
917
918
919

920

921
922
923

924

925
926
927

293/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO
928
929

930

931
932
933

934

935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945

946

947
948
949
950
951
952
953

954

955

956

957
958
959
960

961

294/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

962

963
964
965

966

967

968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976

977

978

979

980

981

982

983
984

985

986

987

295/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

988

989

990

991

992
993

994

995

996

997

998

999

1000

1001

1002

296/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1003

1004

1005

1006

1007

1008

1009

1010

1011
1012

1013

1014

1015

1016

1017
1018

1019

1020

1021

297/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1022

1023

1024

1025

1026

1027

1028

1029
1030

1031

1032

1033
1034

1035

1036
1037

1038

1039

1040

1041

1042

1043

298/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1044

1045
1046
1047

1048

1049

1050

1051

1052

1053

1054

1055

1056

1057

1058

1059
1060
1061
1062

1063

1064

299/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1065

1066

1067

1068

1069

1070

1071

1072

1073

1074

1075

1076

1077

1078

1079
1080
1081

1082

1083

1084

1085

1086

300/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1087

1088

1089

1090

1091

1092
1093
1094
1095
1096

1097

1098

1099

1100

1101

1102

1103

1104

1105

1106

1107

301/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1108

1109

1110

1111

1112

1113

1114

1115

1116

1117

1118

1119

1120

1121

1122

1123

1124

1125

1126

1127

302/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1128

1129

1130

1131

1132

1133

1134

1135

1136

1137

1138

1139

1140

1141

1142

1143

1144

1145

1146

1147

1148

303/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1149

1150

1151

1152

1153

1154

1155

1156

1157

1158

1159

1160

1161

1162

1163

1164

1165

1166

1167

1168

1169

1170

1171

1172

1173

1174

1175

1176

304/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1177

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1186

1187

1188

1189

1190

1191

1192

1193

1194

1195

1196

1197

1198

1199

1200

1201

1202

1203

1204

305/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1215

1216

1217

1218

1219

1220

1221

1222

1223

1224

1225

1226

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

306/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

1244

1245

1246

1247

1248

1249

1250

1251

1252

1253

1254

1255

1256

1257

1258

1259

1260

307/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1261

1262

1263

1264

1265

1266

1267

1268

1269

1270

1271

1272

1273

1274

1275

1276

1277

1278

1279

1280

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

308/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1289

1290

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

309/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1317

1318

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1328

1329

1330

1331

1332

1333

1334

1335

1336

1337

1338

1339

1340

1341

1342

1343

1344

310/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CO

1345

1346

1347

1348

1349

311/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Short metal "T" beam used in suspended ceiling systems to bridge the spaces between the main beams
Roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side
Clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down
Groove cut into a board or panel intended to receive the edge of a connecting board
Part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
Part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
footing
Black, tar like waterproofing material applied to the exterior of a foundation wall
System of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to
roof supporting second floor joints
System of framing a building on which floor joists of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey

An exterior security lock installed on exterior entry doors that can be activated only with a key or thumb-turn
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
Principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending
Composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property
Horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
Vertical members in a railing used between a top rail and bottom rail or the stair treads
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
Ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging
tools
Commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Window or door in which two panes of glass are used with a sealed air space between
The wall of Intramuros
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance
Special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and multiple web
Beam that projects beyond one or both its support
Wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall
Modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring
Standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors
Dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices
Horizontal exterior roof overhang
Structural method used for longer span/ interval of columns

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls are minimized by providing:

Corrugated metal or concrete barrier walls installed around a basement window to hold back the earth
Type of slab when the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less than 0.50
Tar paper. Installed under the roof shingles
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably at the joints of the truss
The section of which the moment changes from positive to negative
Narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges of two parallel boards in the same plane

A wood or plywood piece used to fasten the ends of two members together at a

312/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


butt joint with nails or bolts
The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the appearance of a larger beam

Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building created by the presence of water in the soil
Window which projects outside the main line of a building and the compartment in which it is located extends to the
floor
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls
Joint used for adjoining existing building to new building
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it
Joint used when vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where concreting was stopped and continued
later
Joint that is a straight groove which is used on concrete floors to "control" where the concrete should crack

Joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing

Interior paint that contains a high proportion of pigment and dries to a flat/ lusterless finish
Filipino term for horizontal stud
Filipino term for floor joist
Filipino term for rabbet
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for purlin
Filipino term for eave
Filipino term for top chord
Filipino term for temper (metal work)
Filipino term for plumb line
Filipino term for projection
Filipino term for rafter
Filipino term for baseboard
Filipino term for alignment
Filipino term for bath tub
Filipino term for brace
Filipino term for cast iron
Filipino term for contractor
Filipino term for downspout
Filipino term for pattern
Filipino term for mortar
A steel plate attached to both sides at each joint of a truss
Climatic factor that is considered in the structural and architectural design of tall buildings
Dry walls are customarily finished
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is the use of

Manual method of squaring the corners of a building lines in building layout

The direction, size, arrangement, appearance, or quality of the fibers in wood


The most common materials used for roofing of urban residential houses
Block or panel type insulating material used in flat roof of commercial or industrial building
Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing

313/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts, etc.
Building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz, hornblende and mica
Form of brick bond which is composed of alternating courses of headers and stretchers
Form of brick bond which is composed entirely of stretchers
Form of brick bond which is a variation of a running bond with a full course of headers at regular intervals

Form of brick bond in which each course is alternately composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers

A notch cut in the end of a rafter to permit it to fit flat on a wall and on the top, doubled, exterior wall plate

A geological or ground condition considered in determining the size and type of foundation of the building
Materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing system of residential buildings
The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings
Material that holds less moisture, is very light, less water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of dwelling
units
The finished frame surrounding a door
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key

Door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the other, this leaves may operate independently or together

A twisting force
The appearance concrete makes when rocks in the concrete are visible and where there are void areas in the
foundation wall, especially around concrete foundation windows
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil to stabilize foundation
Refers to the term stone-cut
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and columns
Chord splice connectors for trusses
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints together
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines

Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or cast-iron core designed to support a part of load
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to
function as a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal diaphragms or floor-bracing system
The metal latch plate in a door frame into which a doorknob plunger latches
The appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces
Coating of commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, ga. 26, having standard corrugation
Wood flooring finishing material
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surface inward occurs
Time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete footing
Wall partition wooden framing
The appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing sheet
Hardware used to fasten corrugated asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
Hardware used to fasten an asphalt strip roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
Tool used for guiding and testing the work to a vertical and horizontal position

314/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Tool for testing and for framing work
Vertical surface on face of a stair step
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for
inspection during the progress of construction and after completion of the projects for a period of not less than
Nominal 1" - 2" thk members connecting opposite roof rafters to stiffen the roof structure
Thickness of a wood plank
Distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make smooth cutting and curving on solid wood
A mixture of sand and stone and a major component of concrete
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system
A wall supporting no load other than its own weight
A wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying
space frame
A non-bearing wall built on a concrete floor
It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the wall
The occupancy load which either partially or fully in place or may not be present at all
Distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The most important component to determine the strength of a concrete mix
The total of all the tread widths in a stair
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
The pre-construction of components as a part of a whole
An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
openings and near the base of the wall
Distance between two structural supports
Scientific name for wood
A small member which divides the glass or openings of sash or doors
Roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
The most common type of hinge where one leaf attaches to the door's edge, the other to its jamb
Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters
A large heavy nail
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to be done
Lumber specification S4S
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss

315/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent blade set
A beveled metal tongue operated by a spring-loaded knob or lever
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party wall
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of
a building
A short wood bracket or cantilever that supports an overhang portion of a roof
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the building
Wedge-shaped stone of an arch
Fireproof door with metal covering
The triangular, decorative and supporting member that holds a mantel or horizontal shelf
Lumber that is not squared or finished
A round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting,
shoes, beams plates and engine heads
Simplest type of fiber carpet weaving where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires” inserted
consecutively across the loom
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed
with flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to the surface to give a “tooth” for
excellent plaster adhesion
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used
to finish and topcoat wood flooring
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while
the cement matrix is depressed
An extension of a rafter beyond the wall line
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the
side jamb
Used to fill a joint with mastic or asphalt plastic cement to prevent leaks
Type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a French window
Water-mixed productwith a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface
A crosswise groove at the end of a board
Shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only
The act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving
Adjustable metal column used to support a beam or bearing point
One of a series of parallel framing members used to support ceiling loads and supported in turn by larger beams,
girders or bearing walls
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and
attractive rustic clay shade patterns
Steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand, or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to
concrete
The upper member of a column, pilaster, door cornice, molding, or fireplace
A trim board that is installed beneath a window sill
A unit of measure for lumber equal to 1 inch thick by 12 inches wide by 12 inches long
Frames of wood or metal enclosing part (or all) of a window sash
The replacement of excavated earth into a trench around or against a basement or crawl space foundationwall
Frame lumber installed between the wall studs to give additional support for drywall or an interior trim related item,
such as handrail brackets, cabinets, and towel bars
Window with hinges on one of the vertical sides and swings open like a normal door
Horizontal beam rafter that supports shorter rafters
Window space projecting outward from the walls of a building
Bonding together two or more layers of materials

316/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Bottom horizontal member of an exterior wall frame which rests on top a foundation, sometimes called sill plate
Small-diameter, pre-drilled hole that guides a nail or screw
A joist that runs around the perimeter of the floor joists and home
In a building frame, a structural element that is shorter than usual, as a stud above a door opening or below a window
sill
Carpentry joint by 2 uneven timbers,each of which is notched at the place where they cross
A step usually lowest in a flight, having one or both ends rounded to a semi-cricle and projecting beyond the face of the
stair string/s
A massive concrete wall that resists overturning by virtue of its own weight
n masonry, a hard stone or brick used to reinforce an external corner of a wall
A type of half lapped joint used to resist tension
One of a number of short vertical member often circular in section to support a stair handrail
The arrangement and design of window in a building
What concrete block that is used in making a corner of an anchor wall
Lateral ties used for 36mm main bars for column is
Portion of a beam where bending moment changes from positive to negative
A brick laid on its edge so that its end is visible
A short flat piece of lumber which is bolted, nailed or screwed to butting pieces in order splice them together
Diagonal bracing in pairs between adjacent floor joist to prevent the joist fro twisting
A bar used to hold the reinforcement on a beam
A small finishing nail is called
A roof wherein the four sides are sloping towards the center terminating at a point
A metal sheet used to connect girder and floor joist at the same level
A slender structural unit introduced onto the ground to transmit load to underground strata
Brick set on end with the narrow side showing is called
Finely divided solid particles added to the vehicle to contribute color and durability to paint
End lapping of corrugated G.I. roofing sheets
Inclined structural member that supports the steps of a stair
Structural steel shape having unsymmetrical balance
Hooked end of a 12mm stirrups
Which among the concrete block is the header block
A device used as a guide of the hand saw in cutting object to form a milter joint
The best and accurate tool for guiding the work in establishing a horizontal level
Minimum thickness of suspended R.C. slab
Total board foot of 10 pcs. 2"x2"x12'
Which among the brick work is a common flemish bond
Xyladecor is a product of
Wall that support weight from above as well as their own dead weight
The distance between inflection point in the column when it breaks
The amount of space measured in cubic units.
A bended rod to resist shear and diagonal stresses in a concrete
The most important component to determine the strength of concrete
Another term for plaster board
The face or front of a building
An opening in the roof for admitting light
Wood coming from trees with needle leaves, rather than broad leaves
A kind of brick used for high temperature
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around
opening and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports

317/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Hammer is a
Which among the finger joint is the hidden dove tail
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured concrete
A structural member spanning fron truss to truss or supporting rafters
Steel bent inserted in masonry construction for scouring wood or plates to concrete const
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
walls above the opening
The placing of glass in windows and doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard grade
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials
Lumber that still contains moisture or sap
The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is part of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
What is the scientific name of wood
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood usually 2"x2" laid over a concrete slab floor
A vertical structural member which acts as a supporting element in a wall or partition
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operated machine
Curing of concrete or mortar without the gain or loss of heat during the curing period
A floor tile composed principally of polyvinyl chloride
The permanent deformation of a materials under a sustained load
The vertical face of a stair
Groove extended along the edge or face of the wood member being cut parallel to grain
The stressing of unbonded tendons after concrete has cured
A brick whose face has been hacked to resemble roughly hacked stone
A type of tape used in finishing joints between gypsum board
Employed to reduce restraint by accomodating movement of masonry walls
A window sash which opens inward and is hinged at the bottom
Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric pattern
Anchor bolts and strap are molded out of
Common hardware fastener for truss braces
Sealer type of washer for G.I. roofing sheets
Trade name for anti-termite surface application on wood
Retarders or accelerators concrete setting
Coated with zinc
Technical term for earthquake
Vertical frame of paneled door
Fascia between floor and wall
Cement, sand, and water
Filipino term for framework
Filipino term for bottom chord
Filipino term for collar
Filipino term for plastered course
Filipino term for purlins
Filipino term for wainscoating tiles
Filipino term for wrought iron strap
Filipino term for ceiling joist
Filipino term for door fillet
Filipino term for girder
Filipino term for masonry fill
Filipino term for downspout

318/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Filipino term for cabinet hinge
Filipino term for brace
Filipino term for bathtub
Filipino term for temper (metal work)
Horizonatal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder
A principal member of a truss
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a hand operatingn machine
A roofing tile which has the shape of "S" laid on its side
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility
Joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed
Has high compressive strength but low tensile strength
Horizontal surfaces on which the stone units lie on course
That part of the foundation for a building which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade
The boxing in or covering a joist beam or girder to give appearance of a larger beam
A system of framing building in which floor joist of each storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
Pressure equivalent to that exerted on a surface by a column of a water at a given height
Fashion tone ceiling tiles manufacturer
Pre painted longspan roofing manufacturer
Combination of aluminum foil, installed beneath the ceiling under G.I. Roofing
Anodizing gives aluminum oxide coating by means of this
Use of aluminum sheets is not allow in this material
A brand name of asbestos roofing
Anchor bolts and column straps are made of this
Tradename for plastic materials
First group of wood used as shoring
Minimum thickness of footing according to NBC
A passageway of a chimney
A defects in softwood consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resin
Lumber defects caused by broken twigs
They are used for unpainted surfaces or those to be repainted after most of the original paint has been removed
Concrete mixed ideal for road pavement and waterproof structure
Lumber defects due to the effects of fungi
To coat steel or iron by immersing in a bath of zinc
A boring bit having a conical shaped cutter to accommodate the head of the screw
A metal plate attached to the face of a door, around the shaft for the door knob
The process of marking wood, metal bricks using pointed material
A brand of liquid solution of pigment in suitable vehicle of oil, organic solvent or water
A building material made of fused silica with alkaline bases, drawn up with a metal bar from a tank
A low wall around a chalet type house
Common hardware fastener for truss braces
A material which provides a seal as a result of pressure between he faces of a joint
The cross bar of a panic exit device; serves as a push bar to actuate the panic hardware
Rock volume to collect water in retaining wall
A horizontal timber which serves as a base for the stud in a stud partition
One of the outer structural member of a frame; as at the outer edge of a door or a window sash
A tradename for for anti-termite surface application on wood

319/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A roofing material having a galvanized steel as base with acrylic overglazedd
Concrete with low cement content
Pre-casted custom designed architectural panel with specially designed waterproof joints

A barrier or diaphragms formed to prevent the movement of the soil, to stabilize the foundations
A fireproof door with metal covering
Comes from decidous or broadleaf trees and are typically used for flooring, stairs, paneling, furniture and interior form

The evergreens and are used for general construction relatively soft and easy to cut and work
Used for posts, girder, jambs attached to concrete and also for wooden decks
Finest wood for furniture
Used for paneling and plywood veneer
Tanguile like for framing chests, jewel boxes, stair frames
Philippine mahogany for framing chests, stair, frame
Used for framing joist, truss
Most expensive used for furniture and paneling, flooring, door pnels, stairs
The most common lumber in the market; used generally for framing, joists, nailer, studs
Used for paneling
The hard cross grained mass of wood formed in a trunk at the place where a branch
A crack due to natural causes occuring in timber; includes ring shakes, cup shakes heart shakes, star shakes and wind
shakes
A defects in softwoods; consist of an opening in the grain that contains pitch or resins
A cracks that extends completely throug a piece of wood or veneer
A small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by shinkage during drying
Distortion in shape of parallel plane surface
A round edge or bark along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber; usually caused by sawing too near the surface of
the lag
The decay of seasoned wood caused by fungi of a type capable of carrying water into the wood they infest
1 inch x 12 inches x 1 foot of length
Thickness x Width x Length / 12
1" TO 1 1/2" thk and wider
2" to 4" thk
5" x 5" and larger
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finishes on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
together with industrial glues
Hip roof support
Another term for plaster board
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be plastered to act as a guide and support for finish trims around
openings and near the base of the wall
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
Strips or hardwods usually 2" x 2" laid over a concrete slab floor
Steel window section for muntins
A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill-up the gap of marble slabs during installatiuon of floor or wall finishes
A type of handless lockset key operatd to give double security
Admixture that impart color on concrete
Tension is placed on the reinforcing prior to the placing of the concrete

Subjecting reinforcement bars, tendons to tension on a stress bed prior to concrete pouring
The soil or rock directly beneath the footing

320/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Minimum time required for removing the form for sides of beams and girders
To improve the water repellant qualities of cement in concrete mixing
A paint defects causes by applying a finish coat over too damp a base coat
A type of concrete floor which has no beam
A 2" to 5" thick piece of lumber
A flat glass sheet possesing high quality polished, smooth surface
A protein; the chief nitrogenous ingredient of milk
A type of roofing materials made from semi solid mixture of complex hydrocarbons derived from coal of petroleum and
before installation dissolved in solvent, emulsified, heated to liquid

The tradename for flouroplastic which is transparent to opaque in character and is used primarily for electrical fixture
and pipe sealing
The chemical reaction between cement and water which produces hardened cement
The process of striking the concrete in order to bring the surface to the required grade
Temporary structure used to support a permanent structure during its erection and until its become self supporting
An excavation whose length greatly exceeds its width
A type of steel that develops a protective oxide coat on its surface upon exposure to the elements so that the painting
is not required for protection
A pattern bond with alternate strechers and headers in each with headers centered over stretchers in the course below

Such as barite, magnitite and steel punching and is used primarily for nuclear radiation shielding
A type of scaffold which has one line of standard to support the outside of the scaffold deck, while the inside edge is
supported from the wall being built
A portland cement specification
A clad aluminium sheet used for standrad corrugated, ribbed or V-beam section and various embossed pattrens for
industrial roofing and curtain wall sheets
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from the surfaces inward occurs
Inlaid wood flooring usually set in simple geometric patterns
A special coating system with high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish topcoat and wood flooring
A type of plastic rigid to flexible, translucent to opaque and is used in insulation, siding, wood imitation, flooring and
piping
The paint materials used for sealing, filling, correcting surface defects on wood surfaces
A type of cement that provides 190% of type I strength after one day curing and also produces about 150% of the heat
of hydration of normal cement during first seven days
The process of proportioning cement, water, aggregates and additives prior to concrete mixing
Minimum slump recommended for mass concrete
The placing of concrete using pneumatic pressure of dry mix concrete or mortars
A standing position of brick construction having length and height as the exposed surface

A process employed to reduce the amount of free water present in plastic concrete after the concrete has been placed
and screen
An electrolytic process in which the aluminum is emmersed in a specific acid solution through which a direct current is
passed between the aluminum and the solution
The substance in the paint which gives continuity and provides adhesion to the surface or subtrite
A more substantial framework progressively built up as tall building rises up
No. 5 designation of a bar
A water tight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundation or structures below water level

321/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A wood defect that is a small crack running parallel to the grain in wood and across the rings, usually caused by
shrinkage during drying
Bolts w/c incorporate torque control groove so that the stem breaks under a specified torque
A soil condition where the soil material is in the natural state before the disturbamnce
The process of increasing the density of a soil by mechanically forcing the soil particles closer together, thereby
expelling the air from the void spaces
A special form of cast in place concrete pile in which an enlarged based is formed during driving
A beam usually distributed horizontal forces to footings
A type of glass produced by heating annealed glass almost to the melting point and then chilling it rapidly which is 3 to
5 times stronger than ordinary glass
A type of paint that produces a very smooth and glossy surface and sometimes referred to as pigmented lacquer
A horizontal layer of mortar on which bricks are laid
Walls made up of two masonry wythes separated by an air space 2" (50mm) or more in width and tied together by
metal ties
A type of soft formwork with no shoring along its span and is supported instead of trusses frames along its span and
shoring on both ends
Class AA concrete mixture ratio
A column usually reinforced concrete, constructed below the ground surface
A defect in lumber which is round edge or bank along an edge at a corner of a piece of lumber, usually caused by
sawing too near the surface
A liquid component of a paint to increase its fluidity, they volatize or evaporated during drying and not became part of
the film
A plate usually wood used to anchor a stair to concrete
A type of settlement that cause the grade slab to bend upward due to wet soil expansion
A special type of paint made with varnish as the vehicle, applied in wood and metal
Whitish powder that forms on the surface of bricks or stone walls due to evaporation of moisture or containing salts

The most widely used type of building brick which is made of natural sand and clay or shale

A vertical joints between brick wythes

A paint defect coat by soft undercoat, forming shallow cracks at closely spaced but irregular interval
It is not a vehicle of paint
A double unit glass
A pattern consisting of stretcher or running bond six or seven courses with a course of headers laid perpendicular to
the stretcher course
Additive used to ensure that all particles of cement and water are mixed thoroughly in a concrete setting

Flouropolymers, powder coatings, siliconized acrylics and polyesters are these types of coatings for aluminium

A process of coating steel products by immersing them in a bath of motten zinc after cleaning them
Another term used for ASTM A572 high strength low alloy. It is a structural steel which uses a natural form of oxidation
for protective coating

A rigid frame which is done by welding together its two spanning members, both are connected homogenously to the
vertical column members fastened conventionally to the concrete pedestal

Steel plate under the end of a beam used to distribute the end reaction where the beam rests on a masonry or
concrete support
Used as a dry sheet to protect wood sheating from dripping asphalt, usually composed of combination of felted papers,
shredded wood fibers and asphalt saturated

322/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A type of surfacing in built-up roof where a flood coat of bitumens is applied over the top ply and a layer of aggregate is
applied while the flood coat is hot
Unitary roofing materials which are similar to shingles except that they are split out
PAINT DEFECTS
An incomplete form of peeling where the paint cracks into the large segments, the edges of which breakaway from the
surface while the center remains attached.Usually due to repeated application of new coats over old coats

Discoloration of coating caused by solube color in the underlying surface,may be prevented by applying an
impermeable undercoating
Formation of blisters or pustules in coating, may be due to underlying spots of grease,the sun during the process of
drying
Progressive powdering from the surface inward
Loss of luster, due to insufficient or defective undercoat, improper filling of wood
Clouding of the laquer film through precipitation of moisture in the film
Constant temperature and constant low humidity in the finishing will help
Rough appearance resembles very closely the peel of the orange, improper surface cleaning

Indicate imperfect attachment to the surface; due to dampness, greasy surface and moisture
As it called, changes in atmospheric conditions during application over sweating or incompletely dried undercoats,
spots of grease or soap
Irregularities of surface due to uneven flow of varnish or paint, too much varnish, inc brushing
Adhesive property of incompletely dried coating, it is caused especially in the refinishing of old work, over unclean or
greasy surface
Due to applications of few heavy coats for more thin ones, due to cold weather
The loss of color of a paint film through exposure to sunlight and weather
STANDARD WEIGHT OF PLAIN OR DEFORMED ROUND STEEL BARS
What is the standard weight of 8mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 10mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 12mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 16mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 20mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 25mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 28mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 32mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 36mm hot weld deformed bar
What is the standard weight of 40mm hot weld deformed bar
5 TYPES OF PORTLAND CEMENT
Is used for general concrete construction where the special properties are specified
Is for use in general concrete construction exposed to moderate surlfate action or where moderate heat of hydration is
required
is used where high early strength is required
is used where low heat of hydration is required
is for use when high sulfate resistance is required
TYPES OF DOORS
This is workhose of metal windows available in many combination of fixed and operating sash. Usually, the lowest light
will project in and the upper ends projects out for maximum comfort

Another version of the projected sash, this window provides an integral grill permitting ventilations but restricting the
size of an object that can pass through the window
Operating sash for ease of operation
It provide flush interior and exterior wall surfaces without the need for counter- balancing hardware intrinsic in the
double hung window
A larger amount of light than ventilation is desired

323/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Vertically proportioned sash that swing outward, somewhat like a door
It offers 100% ventilation combined with a degree of rain protection not attainable with casement sash
An awning window which is reduced in to an operating louver, with a profound effect on appearance and ability to
provide weatherstripping
Popular in multi-storey, AC commercial building. They usually rotate90deg up to 180deg
TYPES OF HINGES
A movable joint used to attached, support and turn a door about a pivot
Two rectangular metal plate which are joined with a pin
A hinge containing one or more spring, when the door is open the hinge returns it to the open position automatically
The axle or pin about which a window or door rotates
TYPES OF HINGES ACCORDING TO APPLICATIONS
A hinge designed for attachment on the surface of the door and jamb without mortising
Having one leaf mortised into the dge of the door and the other surface mounted on the door frame

A hinge, one plate of which is mortised in the door leaf, the other being surface mounted on the jamb leaf
A hinge which is applied to the surface of a door leaf and to a mortise jamb leaf
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
Structural elements that carry or support the superstructure of the building
Foundaion w/c transfers load to the earth at the base of column or wall of substructure
Transfer the load at a point far below the substructure
TYPES OF COLUMN FOOTING
A combined footing of prismatic shape, which supports two or more columns in a row
Large footing extending a wide area
Intended to transmit structural loads through the upper zone of poor soil to a depth where the earth is capable of
providing the desired support
Uses wide flange or I beam; A series of steel beams, bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute a
concentrated column over the top of footing
A footing which supports more than one column load
TYPES OF FOUNDATIONS
A footing which is especially wide, usually of reinforced concrete
A foundation cut in series of steps in a sloping bearing stratum to prevent sliding when subject to the bearing load

An arch in which intrados below the springing line use to distribute concentrated loads in foundations

A watertight structure or chamber within which work is carried on in building foundations or structures below water level
A continuous foundation under a full extent of the structure
A footing having a tie beam to another footing to balance a structural load not symmetrically located with respect to the
footing
A series of steel beam bolted together and placed over a footing used to distribute
A system of piles, pile caps and straps that transfers the structural load to the bearing stratum into which the piles are
driven
MIXING OF CONCRETE
About 10% of the mixing water is placed in the drum before drying materials are added
READY MIXED CONCRETE
Concrete is mixed completely in the truck mixer 1 1/2-3 minutes mixing
Concrete is mixed in a stationary mixer and delivered in the truck agitator
Concrete is mixed partially in a stationary mixer and mixing is completely in the truck mixer
PLACING OF CONCRETE
Concrete must be placed in position properly compacted within WHAT minutes after adding water, then cement setting
will start

324/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


MIXING OF CONCRETE
It shall be continued for at least WHAT minutes, after all the materials are in the drum
CURING OF CONCRETE
Concrete (other than high early strength) shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at least the
WHAT days after placement High early strength shall be maintained above 10 C and in a moist condition for at
least the WHAT days
HANDLING OF CONCRETE
General purpose concrete
Load bearing 4" CHB
Non load bearing 4" CHB
Cement mortar
Stacking of cement bags Maintain a clearance of WHAT feet (minimum) beteween G.I. Roofing and cement bag stack
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
Minimum bar size of footing
Spacing of rebars is WHAT of times the size of aggregate or 25mm
REBAR LIMITATIONS FOR FOOTINGS
Minimum size of column rebar
Minimum number of column rebar for square/rectangular coulumns
Sizes of column ties
BENDING AND BENDING POINTS OF REBAR
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for END span
Beams and girders which require bent bars from face of the support for INTERIOR span
Angle of inclination of bent bars from the horizontal
Column rebars to be embedded to footing should have an anchorage is
Distance of column rebars should be continued uninterrupted above the floor line
If rebars are to be spliced by welding, it should be cut at these distances from each point of cut
SPLICING OF REBARS
Splices at point of maximum tensile stress (bottom, center bars, at midspan) Or it should be lapped or welded
SIZES OF LAP SPLICES
24 times bar diameter
30 times bar diameter
36 times bar diameter BUT NOT LESS THAN 305mm
Both ENDS of BOTTOM bars should be BENT UPWARDS at this ANGLE
Aluminum-Concrete reactions

THEY SHALL NOT BE LARGER in outside diameter than 1/3 THE OVERALL THICKNESS OF SLAB, WALL OR
BEAM which they are EMBEDDED TOOLS FOR PLACING CONCRETE Or "STRIKE OFF" It is the first finishing tool
after the concrete is placed and is used to strike off the concrete surface to proper grade

JITTER BUG after the concrete has been struck off, it can be used to compact concrete in flatwork construction
A long flat rectangular piece of wood or aluminum from 3" to 4" wide with handle on top, used to float the surface of
concrete slab immediately
A tool or machine used to smooth uniformed surfaces of freshly placed concrete
A finishing tool used on the edges of fresh concrete or plaster to provide a rounded corner
A metal tool used to cut a joint partly through fresh concrete
THREE COAT PLASTER
First coat
Second coat
Third coat

325/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


A proportioned mixture of silaceous material and cement which after being prepared in plastic state with water hardens
into a stone-like mass
Refers to a piece of timber of either cylindrical or either geometrical cross section vertically placed to support a building

A vertical structure used to support a building made of stone, concrete, steel or combination of the above materials
COLUMN CLASSIFICATION TO TYPES OF REINFORCEMENT
Minimum of 6pcs. of 16mm diam. Reinforcing bar

Spiral column combined with WF steel column


A steel column used as a support for girders and beams
TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Such an expansion joint, between two adjacent structures which are not in physical contact

A grooved which is formed in a masonry structure to regulate the location and amount of cracking

A joint formed by the insertion of the tounge of one member into the corresponding groove of another

Used for floor of 5" thick and greater


Used of heat to prevent contractions
PRE STRESSING OF CONCRETE
Process using hydraulic jacks on fixed abutments

Done by tying jacks based together with wires located at end of a beam
Strands are stretch between massive elements
Steel is heated by means of electric power; cooling
Used of expanding cement restrained by steel strands
SITE CASTS
Is used chiefly with two way flat plate structures, almost eliminates formwork by casting the slabs of the building in a
stack on the ground, then using hydraulic jacks to lift the slabs up the columns to their finl position

Is fabricated in large sections supported on deep metal trusses; the sections are moved from one floor to the next by
crane, eliminating much of the labor
Useful for tall wall structures such as elevator shafts; stairwells and storage soils. A ring of formwork is oulled steadly
upward by jacks supported on a vertical reinforcing bars, while workers add concrete and reinforcing in a continuous
process
Is a floor slab cast on the ground and reinforced concrete wall panels are poured over it in a horizontal position, then
tilted into positions and grouted together
(Pneumatically placed concrete) is sprayed into placed from a hose by a stream of compressed air and can be
deposited without formwork ven on vertical surfaces
The concrete is formed in thin sections as thin as 2 1/2" or a large shell
Concrete or mortar which is pumped through a hose and projected at high velocity on surface

A construction method relying primarily on the used of standardized manufactured components


A method of concrete building construction in which floor and roof slabs are cast at ground level and then raised into
sa position by jacking
CLASIFICATION OF PILES
A pile which carries a vertical load
A pile that transfer its loads to the soil through friction with the earth surrounding it
A pile driven at an inclination to the vertical to provide resistance to horizontal forces

326/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


One of a number of piles, interlocked with similar units, to form a barrier to retain soil or to keep water out of
foundation
A heavy square timber which is driven vertically downward to guide steel sheet piling; used for the construction of
coffer dams, caissons
FLOOR SYSTEMS
A horizontal beam supporting a floor joist
A wood member placed on top of the foundation wall in wood frame construction
Any joist which carries a floor
A short beam, joist or rafter supported by a wall at one end and by the header at the other
A wood strip nailed to the lower side of a girder to provide a bearing surface for joist
In concealed construction, a material or member which fills or seals the open construction to prevent or retard the
spread of fire
A short transverse joist that supports the end of the cut-off joist at stairwell holes
A beam joist or rafter supporting one end of a header at the edge of the opening in the floor or roof frame
STANDARD HOOKS
180-deg bend plus WHAT db extension but not less than 65mm at free end of bar
90-deg bend plus WHAT db extension, at free end of bar
FOR STIRRUPS AND TIE HOOKS
16mm bar and smaller, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
20mm and 25mm bar, 90-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
25mm bar and smaller, 135-deg bend plus WHAT extension at free end of bar
MINIMUM BEND DIAMETERS
Inside diameter of bend for stirrups and ties shall be less than WHAT for 16mm bar and smaller
For bar larger than 16mm are the following:
10mm to 25mm
28mm to 32mm
36mm
SPACING LIMITS FOR REINFORCEMENT
Between parallel bars in a layer shall be WHAT db but not less than WHAT distance
Parallel layers two or more reinforcement, distance is not less than WHAT distance
In spirally reinforced or tied reinforced compression members, clear distance between longitudinal bars shall be not
less than WHAT db nor WHAT SIZE
In walls and slabs other than joist, primary flexural reinforcement shall space not more than WHAT TIMES the wall or
slab thickness OF WHAT distance
MINIMUM SIZE OF FILLET AND PARTIAL PENETRATION WELDS
To 6 inclusive
Over 6 to 12
Over 12 to 20
Over 20
Over 40 to 60
Over 60 to 150
Over 150
Along edges of the material 6mm thick, not greater than the thickness of the material 6mm thick or more; not greater
than the thickness of the material minus WHAT LENGTH OF FILLET WELDS
Minimum effective length of a fillet weld; not less than WHAT times the nominal size,
or not exceed WHAT of its effective length
The transverse spacing of longitudinal fillet welds used in end connections shallnot exceed WHAT
The minimum amount of lap joint shall be WHAT times the thickness of the thinner
part, but not less than WHAT
The effective length shall not be less than WHAT the weld size, with minimum of WHAT

327/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Size of fillet welds terminating at ends or sides; be returned continuously around the corners for a distance of not less
than WHAT times the nominal size of the weld

Roof insulation under purlins

Roof insulation over purlins

Damp Proofing / Moisture Barrier


Acoustical Installation
1999 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
An alternative fastening material that can be used for metal on ceiling joist other than metal screws

A masonry finish using pure cement mixed wit flexible synthetic latex based additive like Plexibond to a tacky
consistency then applied by an applicator roller to give a remarkable finish

A paint defect that occurs on inferior brands where the paints contains soluble pigments thus softens and dissolves by
water or by chemical after sufficient drying
What is the standard weight of a 25mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
A recommended method of joint by steel deck manufacturers
It does not comprise in the tie rod system of a steel deck scaffold
A paint defect by discoloration of coat caused by soluble color in the underlying surface
Glass block reinforcement in a spaced of 7/16" gap to accept it and the binder

System of measurement when utilising modular systems of construction and technology

A wood ceiling joist substitute for drop ceiling usually made of aluminium or pre-

painted GI used to hang lightweight boards such as fiber glass boards

Used to install brick plaqueta on to a scratch coat of a masonry wall in an evenly distributed manner

What is the standard weight of a 16mm diameter hot rolled weldable deformed or plain steel bar per meter length
What is not a brand of ceramic tiles
A ceramic tile is installed into a masonry wall over rough plaster by a uniform

Floor system by Jackbuilt


In lockset, this is the safest door lock recommended for main entry doors
Wood end joint requiring tensile strength
Natural coating which brings the natural beauty of wood

Coarse aggregates standard sizes

Mortise and tenon wood construction joint where tounge and grooves meet halfway making the connection clean of
joint traces
An accessory of tie rod scaffold system
Installation of Piedra tiles over mortar bed
A door type used between a dining and kitchen to allow a server to see through
Vertical location of a ground surface often used as a reference point with respect to the vertical height

Method of fastening jamb to concrete or masonry

328/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Not a wood parquet geometric design
A highly trained labor used to prepare rough to finish plastering, lay concrete hollow blocks, install tiles and pebble
washout

A kind of masonry finish which utilise a chamfer wood block out, usually 1"x1" distance at 2" o.c. which serves a s form
when removes gives design line texture is added by chisel

A system of mass production and industrilisation by prefabrication of furniture and cabinets

A type of glass use in constructing vision door which must be shutter proof to be accident free
A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-SECONDARY COLOR LIKE
ORANGE TURN TO BE YELLOW
A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal angles diagonally
Steel window section for muntins

Basic parts of stressing anchor

A hardener mixture mixed with marble dust to fill up the gap of marble slabs during installation of floor or wall finishes
A bi-product of wood where waste wood boards are compressed finish on both sides with a thin layer of wood, glued
together

What is wrong with the installation of steel scaffold

In air condittioning duct, what type of strap is used to insure that there is no air gap is left

Woodwork equipment to form the different wood mouldings for balusters and newel posts

Method recommended by manufacturers to join the steel deck and the rebars Steel deck that can be used for two slab

It precludes good construction practice for pipes and conduits embedded in concrete

A construction technique in color reproduction applying the Munsell color principle-HAS A DEGREE OF ITS
COLORFULNESS or INTENSITY
A type of handless lockset key operated to give double security

A type of insulation recommended in air conditioning duct warp

To secure the steel purlins properly to the steel cleat considering the axial, torsion and shear stresses present at the
joint

Minimum concrete cover for 20mm and larger for shell and folded plate members for cast in place

The purpose of inverted channel shape at bottom edge of metal door

329/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Structural member in steel truss framing to counter act compression in roof
1998 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant decorative surface
Concrete hollow block laying
CARPETS Is made of inserting face yarns or tufts through premanufactured backing by used of needles
Simplest type of all carpet weaves. Pile is form as loom loops over wires inserted across loom. Pile height is
determined by height of wire inserted
The loom is highly specialized and nearly as versatile as hand weaving. Color combinations and designs are limited
only by the number of tufts in the carpet
The loom operates like a velvet loom, except that it has a Jacquard mechanism with up to six color frames
This process produces complete carpet by imbedding pile yarns and adhering backing to a viscous vinyl face that
hardens after the curing

The process resembles weaving in that the face and back are made simultaneously. Backing and pile yarns are looped
togeher with a stitching yarns with three sets of needles

A pretreatment of poured concrete such as wall, beams and column where a thin layer of cement grout mixed with
flexible base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon on to the surface to give a tooth for excellent
plaster adhesion
Local species of wood used for studding, cabinet and flush door framing
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency of mortar mix is spray by mechanical or pneumatic
means. It is left to dry to give rustic finish
Terrazo floor described by its physical appearance, the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the cement
matrix is depressed
A type of window where the sash rotates 90 degrees to 180 degrees about the header or the sill or sides of the jamb
A door hinge at the left and the door leaf swings inside the room to the left
A water mixed product, mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime activity in new masonry surface. Without this mixture
will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
Indicates imperfect adhesion of the film to the surface, with the film getting strip off in relatively large pieces due to
application on damp or greasy surface
A threaded rod instead of masonry construction for anchoring the sill plate to the foundation

The finish board immediately below a window sill. Also the part of the driveway that leads directly into the garage
A series of arches supported by a row of columns
A curved structure that will support itself by mutual pressure and the weight above its curved opening

A recessed area below grade around foundation to allow light and ventilation into a basement window or doorway
A facing of squared stones

A concrete flooring and finish which transform ordinary plain concrete into an elegant and decorative trextured surface.
This is by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast color and imprinted with a patented pattern and
texture while the concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate or brick

An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and flushed with the cabinet sidings
A type of wood end joint where both woods are cut at equal angles diagonally
A type of terrazo floor described by its physical appearance whereby the stone or pebble is intenionally exposed while
the cement matrix is depressed
The most common type; relatively small chip sizes

330/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Larger chips with smaller chip filling the spaces between
Random fractured slab of marble up to approximately 15" greatest dimension 3/8 to 1" thk with smaller chips filling the
space
A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90deg to 180deg about the header and sill or about the side jambs

To prevent plaster from improper adhesion, the substrate must be rough end
and the cement plaster should be..
It is not a brand of house paint
Type of joint used to install in the glass of a French window
An equipment uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the underside of the ceramic tile during installation

A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow the natural light only
is the act of excavating or filling an earth or any sound material or combination thereof in preparation for a finishing
surface such as pavings
A floor finish commercially size 1"x1"x12" utilizing clay and fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive
rustic clay shade patterns
Standard distance measure from the center of the drain hole of a water closet to a finish wall
A beam that supports smaller beams in floor system
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the
walls above the opening
Pre-construction of components as part of the whole
Wood defects are heart shakes, cup shakes, star shakes
Lumber that is not squared or finished
hinges on left; open inward
hinges on right; open inward
hinges on left; open outward
hinges on right; open outward
A wall jointly used by two parties under easement agreement
Type hinge containing one or more springs, when a door is opened,
the hinge returns it to the open position automatically, may act in
one direction only, or in both directions.
A group of more-or-less transparent liquids which are used to
provide a protective surface coating at the same time they allow the
original surface to show but add a lustrous and glossy finish to it
A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which
gypsum plaster is made (by heating); colorless when pure used as a
retarder in Portland cement.
Basic ingredient in clay
A class of rock composed silica grains. Colors include gray, buff,
light brown and red
A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not
exposed to back up waste from drainage pipe
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air
between the drainage and vent system where the drainage system
might otherwise be air bound.
Written or printed description of work to be done describing the
qualities of materials and mode of construction.
Additional information contract documents
Given the span of the slab as 5.40 m of 18 ft. The depth of the
girder shall be __________.
Given the depth of the girder mentioned above, what shall be
the size of its breadth?

331/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Space in a building without a basement, an unfinished accessible


space below the first floor which is usually less than a full story
height.
The ability of a material to fix itself and cling to an entirely
different material.
The ability of particles of a material to cling tightly to one
another.
Which of the following is not a nonferrous metal?
A hard, brittle inorganic substance, ordinarily transparent or
translucent; produced by melting a mixture of silica, a flux and
stabilizer.
Materials used to reduce or stop the penetration of moisture
through the concrete. Reduces permeability.
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of
concrete. Such a material maybe added to the mix to increase the
rate of early-strength development for several reasons
A traditional building material, it is easily worked, has durability
and beauty. It has great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load. In
addition, has freedom from rust and corrosion, is comparatively light in weight, and is adaptable to countless variety of
purpose.
A mixture consisting of vehicles or binders, with or without
coloring pigments, adjusted and diluted with correct amounts and
types of additives and thinners, which when applied on a surface,
forms as adherent continuous film which provides protection,
decoration, sanitation, identification and other functional properties.
Is a cellular framework of squared steel, concrete, or timber
members, assembled in layers at right angles, and filled with earth
or stones.
Bigger than ceiling joist usually placed every 1.20m o.c.
Used for bearing walls of light buildings, the height usually
restricted to four stories. Structural load bearing wall tile are made
in 4, 6, 8, 10 and 12 in thickness.
What should be the maximum spacing of stirrups applied if the
depth of the girder is 0.40 m?
A wall which separates two abutting living units as to resist the
spread of fire.
Measures the density of granular soils and the consistency of
some clay.
Materials often added to the concrete or applied to the surface
of freshly placed concrete to produce some special result
Which of the following is not a Sheet Glass?
a. Picture Glass
b. Window Glass
c. Heavy Sheet Glass
d. Insulating Glass
A door made up of small horizontal interlocking metal slats which
are guided in a track; the configuration coils about an overhead drum
which is housed at the head of the opening, either manual or motordriven.
The minimum length of splice needed for column.
Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
Which are timber, steel, or pre-cast planks driven side by side to
retain earth and prevent water from seeping into the exaction?
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch
circuits are connected.

332/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


Are wooden sticks used as posts sharpened at once end driven
into the ground to serve as boundaries?
Identify the miter joint
Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
Identify which figure is flemish (double stretcher) brickwork
Identify which figure is a dado wood joint
Identify which figure is a blind and sub-mortise and tenon joint
Identify which letter in the target is a valley jack rafter?
A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a
That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent
retaining wall of the structure below grade is a
Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement
of masonry walls are known as
A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous
to roof supporting second floor joints is known as
Rough plaster finish obtained by flinging plaster on a wall with a
hand operated machine is
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to
the other primarily to resist bending is a
A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is
a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to
obtain a desired property
The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the
center of the knob or lock cylinder
A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its
corrosion resistance and ductility is
The Filipino term for horizontal stud is
The Filipino term for riser
The Filipino term for collar plate is
The Filipino term for temper (metal work)
The Filipino term for plumb line is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support
A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral parallel to the wallforces
Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser
equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two floors
having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?
A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden
boards sub-flooring is by
The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper
floors is
The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum Trunners
used for dropped-ceiling in offices is
The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch
(1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming that the
available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the
total board feet needed is
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called
In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required,
intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary by adopting a
structural method of construction called

Humidification and condensation in exterior walls can be


minimized by

333/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in


tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can be
minimized by the use of

A material used to remedy vapor flow

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and


they are customarily finished with
Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also
be applied over CHB masonry wall by using
To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar
materials come together, it is necessary to provide
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column footing is
A narrow strip of wood applied to cover a joint along the edges
of two parallel boards in the same plane is a
The stressing of unbounded tendons after concrete has cured is
The boxing in of covering a joist, beam or girder to give the
appearance of a larger beam is known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joists of each
storey rest on the top plates of the storey below and the bearing
walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey is known as
Pressure exerted against the underground portion of a building
created by the presence of water in the soil is known as
A window which projects outside the main line of a building and
the compartment in which it is located extends to the floor is known
as
A form of brick bond in which each course is alternately
composed of entirely of headers or of stretchers is known as
A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next
batch of concrete is placed against it is
An iron alloy usually including carbon and silicon which has high
compressive strength but low tensile strength is
The Filipino term for plastered course is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
The Filipino term for purlin is
M
The Filipino term for top chord is
The capacity of a wall to hold moisture is important in the
design of dwelling units. Select the best material which will
reduce moisture in a wall when used
Plaster or plywood ceiling on nailers or joists below a
ventilated roof space may show “pattern staining” on the
ceiling. This can be prevented by
Heat gain through the walls in buildings exposed to
afternoon sun intensifies discomfort of inhabitants because of
conductivity. However, this can be minimized by the use of

Sound or noise between bedrooms may be reduced by using


less expensive materials with the application of construction
techniques

The staircase of a house has a total run of 3 meters and a


total rise of 2.16 meters, the tread width is 11 inches and riser
is 7 7/8”, therefore, the stringer length is
Dry walls are customarily finished with

334/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The riser of a stair is 6 ½ inches. What is the run using
formula R/T = tan (R-3) x 8 degrees
One method of leveling batterboards without the transit is
the use of
A manual method of squaring the corners of a building
lines in building layout, is the use of

When dry conditions are demanded of asphalt tile floor


finishes on concrete over earth, apply the waterproofing (WP)
steps
Due to temperature effects in materials, concrete walls,
slabs of long buildings, new buildings adjoining existing
buildings should be provided with
A typical block or panel type insulating material used in
flat roof of commercial or industrial building
What is the height of the RC curtain wall surrounding a
water tank located at the penthouse whose capacity is 5000
U.S. gallons. The diameter of the tank is 2.5 meters (I.D.) and
freeboard of 0.30 meters. The wall shall be as high as the water
tank.
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Select the grouping one subject of which is a criterion used
by architects in planning and design of buildings
Narrow, high ceiling spaces where ceiling area is small
compared to wall area, will normally require acoustical
treatment of the
A ferrous metal that offers great resistance to abrassion and
finds important use in the cutting edges of heavy digging tools
is a
A building stone of igneous origin and composed of quartz,
hornblende and mica is a
A form of brick bond in which the course consists of
alternate stretchers and headers in known as
A system of framing a building on which floor joist of each
storey rests on the top plates of the storey below and the
bearing walls and partitions rest on the subfloor of each storey
is known as
The Filipino term for rabbet
The Filipino term for projection is
Given a riser equals six inches and using the stair treadriser
proportion formula 2R + T = 25, how many risers will
there be between two levels having a vertical distance of 9’-0”
A geological or ground condition considered in determining
the size and type of foundation of the building
These are materials excellent as vapor barrier in the roofing
system of residential buildings
The chief structural materials, used for tall buildings are
These are classified as good and less expensive insulating
materials used in buildings
This is a material that holds less moisture, is very light, less
water absorptive capacity and is very good in sidings of
dwelling units

335/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

The toilet bathroom floor finish is designed to be at least


one inch below the bedroom floor finish. What should be the
vertical distance between the bedroom floor finish and the top
line of the 2” x 6” yacal floor joists which carry the toilet bath
floor system assuming that ¼” thick mosaic vitrified tiles will be used in the toilet bathroom on 4” RC slab with
membrane
waterproofing, using standard acceptable measurement of
materials for residential houses

A Howe Truss is being considered to support the roofing


system of a residential building. The pitch of the truss is 1
vertical 3 horizontal. What is the total length of the top chord, if
the span of truss is 12 meters and the eave is 1.5 meters
horizontally?
The finished frame surrounding a door is a
A door lock with a spring bolt controlled by one or both
knobs and dead bolt controlled by a key is a
A door consisting of two separate leaves, one above the
other, this leaves may operate independently or together is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A joint formed by overlapping the edges of metal sheet or
plated and joining them by riveting, soldering or brazing is a
A clay roofing tile approximately semi cylindrical in shape
laid in courses with units having their convex side alternately
up and down is a
The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior
wall of the super structure and bears directly on the column footing is a
The wall of Intramuros is
The Filipino term for rafter is
The Filipino term for baseboard is
A climatic factor that is considered in the structural and
architectural design of tall buildings
This is a ground condition that determines the size, type
and shape of the building footing/foundation
What is the height of a curtain wall for a downfeed water
tank at the deck roof with 60,000 gallons capacity and diameter
of 3 meters, freeboard of 0.30 meters, shall be as high as the
water tank

Select the grouping one subject of which is a general


criterion used by architects in planning and design of buildings
The most common materials used for roofing of urban
residential houses
For very large roof spans (for auditoria, transport buildings,
exhibition halls) of over 150 ft these structures are suggested economical solutions

Rise is the vertical distance between the upper surface of


two consecutive steps. The horizontal distance between the
nosing of two consecutive steps is the
Noise inside the building is o two kinds, namely, airborne
noise and impact noise . Insulation must be provided against
both of these by internal walls and floors. Examples of better
sound insulation are

336/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

When the soil beneath the building is not exceptionally


well drained and it is necessary to exclude dampness, the best
material to be used which is installed beneath the concrete slab
is
This material holds less moisture, is very light with less
absorptive capacity and is very good in exterior sidings of residential
houses in tropical regions
Standard size overlap for corrugated G.I. roofing is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
A twisting force is
A barrier or diaphragm formed to prevent the movement of soil
to stabilize foundation, etc. is
The term stone-cut refers to a
Wood with metal cladding is called
The Filipino term for floor joist is
The Filipino term for bottom chord is
Standard concrete mix for beams, girders, slabs, stairs and
columns is
Chord splice connectors for trusses is
A vertical line check uses a
A specialized fastener used to pull on to hold mitered joints
together is
Most waterproofed type of mortar joints for wall is
Rafters laid diagonally from corner of a plate or girts to the
ridge
The horizontal boards nailed to corner post to assist in the accurate layout of foundation and excavation lines are
called
Columns in which a concrete core is reinforced with a steel or
cast-iron core designed to support a part of load is
The Filipino term for ceiling joist is
The Filipino term for concrete beam is
Instrument or tool capable of vertical and horizontal line check
is called
The vertical and horizontal surface is reinforced concrete where
concreting was stopped and continued later is called
A twisting force is
A continuous recess built into a wall to receive pipes, ducts,
etc. is called
It is a special type of plate girder consisting of tees, angles and
multiple web
When the ratio of short span to the long span of a slab is less
than 0.50, slab is a
Longitudinal beams which rest on the top chord and preferably
at the joints of the truss
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
A three-dimensional structural system without bearing walls
composed of interconnected laterally supported so as to function as
a complete self-contained unit with or without the aids of horizontal
diaphragms or floor-bracing system
Concrete slab should have a minimum clearance of

337/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


It is designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the plane of the
wall
The section of which the moment changes from positive to
negative is called
What is the appropriate painting material type for wood surfaces?
Commercially made corrugated G.I. sheets, of gauge 26, having
standard corrugation are coated both sides with
Wood flooring finishing material
What hardware/material is needed to fasten an asphalt strip
roof shingle on wooden sheets/planks?
The time required for the removal of a form works of a concrete
footing
Wall partition wooden framing is called
How many corrugation is required as the minimum side lap of an
ordinary standard G.I. sheet roofing?
What is the appropriate paint material for G.I. sheet roofing?
The paint finishing material of long-span pre-painted roofing
sheet is
What hardware/material is needed to fasten corrugated
asbestos cement roofing sheet on a steel purlin
A common paint film defect where progressive powdering from
the surface inward occurs. It is called
A joint where two successive placement of concrete meet is
called
A wall which supports vertical loads in addition to its weight
without the benefit of a complete vertical load carrying space frame
is called
A type of concrete floor which has no beam is called

A one-way concrete slab are used when

Level tool is a

Steel square is a
The vertical surface on face of a stair step is called
Tin shear is a
Auger bit is part of
The complete records of test conduction (slump, compression
test, etc.) shall be preserved and made available for inspection
during the progress of construction and after completion of the
projects for a period of not less than

Wood board should have a thickness specification of


Wood plank is a piece of lumber that is
The distance from the first to the last riser of a stair flight is
called
A high-speed rotary shaping hand power tool used to make
smooth cutting and curving on solid wood is called
The major horizontal supporting member of the floor system is
called
Wood defects are heart shake, cup shake, star shake and
Dressed lumber is referred to

338/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The other kind of handsaw other than rip-cut saw is
Walls that support weight from above as well as their own dead
weight
It refers to the occupancy load which either partially or fully in
place or may not be present at all is called
The distance between inflection point in the column when it
breaks is called
The amount of space measured in cubic units
An expansion joints adjacent parts of a structure to permit
expected movements between them is called
To find the volume of water in a cylindrical tank, multiply the
area of its base by its
The most important component to determine the strength of a
concrete mix is
A beam that projects beyond one or both its support is called
Jack rafter is used for
The total of all the tread widths in a stair is called
The face or front elevation of a building
A pit in a basement floor made to collect water into which a
pump is placed to pump the liquid to the sewer pipe
pre-construction of components as a part of a whole refers to
An opening in the roof for admitting light is called
Wood coming out from trees with needle leaves, rather than
broad leaves are called

The building frame construction system that uses one piece


structural stud from the foundation to the roof
A nailer strip incorporated in rough concrete wall to be
plastered to act as guide and support for finish trim around openings
and near the base of the wall
The distance between two structural supports
The scientific name for wood is
In designing a stair, to find the height of the riser, divide the
height of the stair by the number of
A kind of roof that has four sloping sides
Stone placed on a slope to prevent erosion
A tough used for carrying off water
The process of removing concrete forms from the cured
concrete
A structural member spanning from truss-to-truss or supporting
rafters
A threaded steel bent inserted of masonry construction for
securing wood or metal plates to concrete construction
A horizontal piece of wood, stone, steel or concrete across the
top of door or window opening to bear the weight of the walls above
the opening
The placing of glass in windows or doors
A rejected building material because of its below standard
grade is called
Another word for handmill on a stair construction
A joint produced by lapping two pieces of materials

Green lumber is

339/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


The internal angle formed by the two roof slopes of a roof is
called
A vertical board attached on the ends of the rafters. It is a part
of the cornice
A large heavy nail is referred to as
In designing a stair, to find the number of riser divide the
height of the stair by the height of each
Underwater watertight chamber to allow construction work to
be done

Stakes and batter board in a construction layouting procedure


refers to

Lumber specification S4S means


The term used to indicate top and lower principal member of a
roof or bridge truss
Strips of hardwood, usually 2x2” laid over a concrete slab floor
Miter square is a guiding and testing tool that has a permanent
blade set at
A wall that holds back on earth embankment
In structural steel section joints, it is recommended NOT to use
A wall that serves two (2) dwelling units, known also as party
wall
Pertaining to a material description that resembles glass
To allow concrete to dry by keeping it moist to attain maximum
strength
The hardware on a door to accommodate the knob and lockset
keyhole
The material used for the process of making watertight the roof
intersection and other exposed areas on the exterior of a building
vertical space in a building intended for ducts, pipes, wire and
cables
The term to describe the putting up of the skeleton of the
building
The zig-zag rule is a

Keystone is

Kalomein door is
Lumber that is not squared or finished
How is a 90 degree bend standard hook for concrete
reinforcement constructed

Good high-strength-bolted connection for steel should have the


following physical characteristic for good workmanship. Which of the following listed is NOT ideal?

What are piles at an inclination to resist forces that are not


critical?

340/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Which of the following criteria for bundle bars, do NOT apply?

What is a concrete beam placed directly on the ground to


provide foundation for the superstructure?
What is a round steel bolt embedded in concrete or masonry
use to hold down machinery, steel columns or beams, casting, shoes,
beams plates and engine heads?
A concrete flooring and finish which transforms ordinary plain
concrete into an elegant and decorative textured surface. This is
done by adding dust-on-color pigments to the concrete to give a fast
color and imprinted with a patented pattern and texture while the
concrete is still plastic to create the look and finish of stone, slate
or brick
Vernacular term for Concrete Hollow Block (CHB) laying
An installation method where the cabinet covers is recessed and
flushed with the cabinet sidings
Type of carpet weave important for an architect/designer to
know to guide him as to what type of construction and specification
should he recommend. What simplest type of fiber carpet weaving
where pile forms as the wrap yarns loop over removable “wires”
inserted consecutively across the loom?
A pretreatment of poured concrete such as walls beams and
columns where a thin layer of lean cement grout mixed with flexible
base additives is splattered by tampico brush or masonry spoon to
the surface to give a “tooth” for excellent plaster adhesion
Local species of wood commonly used for wall studding, cabinet
framing, and flush door framing, though scarcely available in the
market now due to forestry ban. This type of species is due to
cheaper cost than the other listed below
A special coating system with a high gloss shine while
maintaining the natural wood qualities, maintenance free, used to
finish and topcoat wood flooring
A common and cheap masonry finish wherein dry consistency
mortar mix is sprayed by mechanical or pneumatic means. The
sprayed cement is left to dry and give a rustic finish. Optional paint coat maybe required

What criterion conforms to good construction practice for the


earliest time to remove scaffolding for concrete flooring other than
early-strength concrete if no anticipated load is expected over
poured floor?

A type of wood end joint where both wood are cut at equal
angles diagonally
When utilizing “knock-down” modular system of cabinets and
furniture, an end user is constrain of using:
A type of terazzo floor described by its physical appearance
whereby the stone or pebble is intentionally exposed while the
cement matrix is depressed

341/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Which of the following concrete handling criterion impairs the


quality of concrete?

A type of window where the ventilating sash rotates 90 degrees


to 180 degrees about the header and sill or about the side jamb
To prevent cement plaster from improper adhesion, the
substrate must be roughened while observing the following:
A type of “hands of door” where the hinge is at the left and the
door leaf swings inside the room to the left
What type of joint is used to install a glass into a lite of a
French window?
An equipment to uniformly distribute tile adhesive at the
underside of a ________ tile during installation
A water-mixed product mixed to a ratio of 1:20 to stabilize lime
activity in new masonry surface. Without preparing the surface with
this mixture will cause the subsequent painting to be defective
A paint defect which indicates imperfect adhesion of paint to
the surface, with the film getting stripped off in a relatively large
pieces due to application on damp or greasy surface
A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door
with glass to allow natural light only
Vernacular term for rough plastering

Aggregates should conform to PNS or ASTM standards and must


be well graded, easy workability and method of consolidated are
such that the concrete can be poured without honeycomb or voids.
What is the nominal maximum size of a course aggregate when
working spaces between reinforcements for proper bonding>

What is the minimum concrete cover for primary reinforcement


of beams and columns not exposed to earth or weather for precast
manufactured under plant control conditions?
What is the act of excavating or filling of earth or any sound
material or combination thereof, in preparation for a finishing
surface such as paving?
A floor finish commercially size 1” x 12” x 12” utilizing clay and
fired in traditional manner making interesting and attractive rustic
clay shade patterns. Because of the rustic effect the floor is finished
rough and simply adhere by cement with some irregularities
What is a steel element such as wire, cable, bar, rod or strand,
or a bundle of such elements, used to impart prestress to concrete?
An admixture which is used to speed up the initial set of concrete
Class of rock changed from their original structure by the action of extreme pressure,heat, or combination of these
forces.

A soft mineral consisting of a hydrated calcium sulfate from which gypsum plaster is made; colorless when pure used
as a retarder in Portland cement
Is a traditional building material, easily worked, has durability and beauty has great ability to absorb shocks from
sudden load. It is rust and corrosion proof.

342/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A method of drying lumber where it is strip-piled at a slope on a solid foundation. This allows air to circulate around
every place while the sloping allows water to run off quickly.

Term used to describe a wooden member built up of several layers of wood whose grain directions are all substantially
parallel

It is made by bonding together thin layers of wood in a way that the grain of each layer is at right angles to the grain of
each adjacent layer.

In masonry, a joint or interstice between stones, to be filled with mortar or cement


A joint formed when a concrete surface hardens before the next batch of concrete is placed against it.

A three-pieced rigid structural frame in the shape of the upright capital letter `A’
To provide a hard, non-corrosive, electrolytic, oxide film on the surface of a metal, particularly aluminum, by electrolytic
action.

Squared building stone


Usually the lowest storey of a building, either partly or entirely below grade.
A slight convex curvature built into a truss or beam to compensate for any anticipated deflection so that it will have no
sag when under load

A mixture of water and any finely divided insoluble material such as clay or Portland cement and water

A brace or any piece of a frame which resists thrusts in the direction of its own length
A process for preserving wood by impregnating the cell with creosote under pressure
That part of the building, the ceiling of which is entirely below or less than 4 ½ feet above grade

What is the protective plate surrounding the keyhole


of a door
A type of bolt used to fasten upper and lower door
A type of catches for closing of cabinet doors in
place. A fastener which holds a door in place by
means of a projecting spring actuated steel hall
which is depressed when the door is closed
For finishing accessories, what is the term for a hand
grip installed in a shower, which may be used in
steadying or support one’s self.
For finishing accessories, a device attached above
screen door as automatic door closer.
A type of tape used in finishing joints between
gypsum board.
A threaded bolt having a straight shank and a
conventional head such as square, hexagonal,
button or countersank.
It is a type of thermal insulation and it is made from
fibrous materials such as mineral wool, wood fiber,
cotton fiber, or animal hair.

343/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

For the soil method of testing, it is a boring with


standard penetration tests can give indication of the
bearing capacity of the soil by the number of blows
of a standard driving hammer required to advance a
sampling tube into the soil by a fixed amount.
For the soil type classification, if the particle of soil
takes the whole hand to lift it is called.
For Construction tagalong term for Fascia board is
For brick work construction.what brick work with
alternate courses of headers and stretchers.
For control of concrete mix. It is prepared when
freshly mixed concrete and filled in the cone with
three equal layers. Being tamped and rodded 25
times with a standard 5/8” bullet nosed rod.
A type of wall in construction that laterally braced
that bears against an earth or other fill surface and
resists lateral and other forces.
It has been proven in construction that
_____________has durability and beauty. It has a
great ability to absorb shocks from sudden load and
light in weight which adaptable in a countless variety
of purposes.
In construction, it is a mixture of cement, sand and
water, used for laying brick or masonry. It is too
weak to be used by itself as a material for building.
In history of masonry,____________were apparently
first used around 3500 B.C. by the people who lived
in the flat, low laying plain between Tigris and
Eupharates rivers in what called now Iraq.
A valve controlling the flow of water or gas from
main to a service pipe. Also called corporation cock.
A shieve like device for mixing air with the water
flowing from the end of the spigot.
Any of a class of thermoplastics characterized by
extreme toughness, strength and elasticity and
capable of being extruded into filaments, fibers, and
sheets.

These lower the freezing point of paint to avoid the posibility of the paint freezing in storage.

These are chemicals which cause the latex particles in water-thinned paints to pack together to form a uniform film
during the time that the water is evaporating away from the surface.

These are silicon oils or fatty acid esters which help to keep the white hiding pigments and color particles from
separating from each others.
Tagalog term for "Corrugated G.I. sheet"
English term for " Sinturon"
A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a
A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

It is a timber that most widely used for wharf and bridge construction, ships, posts, foundation sills, railroad tiles and
other construction where strength and durability is required.

344/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

A Portland cement concrete to which chemical foam is added to generate gases in the process of deposition,
resulting in lightweight pre-cast or shop-made unit in both hallow and solid forms.

It is consist of a topping with a mixture of 1 part cement, 1 part sand and 1 part finely crushed stone. (

Equipment for Measure and Control Instrument for measuring the thickness of paint films and that is calibrated with a
nonferrous metal reference gauge, of a thickness close to the film to be measured.

A type of shutter proof opaque glass used to construct a door with glass to allow natural light only

Which caps the end of rafters outside a building, which can be used to hold the rain gutter.

An opening carried out or fitted in a work allowing the passage of a person in order to be able to reach at some parts of
this work. This opening is generally closed by an inspection cover.

A construction carried out by juxtaposition of elementary solid materials such as bricks, quarry stones, ashlars,
concrete blocks, etc., constituting a set of given shapes and sizes and mostly
bonded between them by a binder,By extension, this word also points to the works made of not reinforced concrete.

These are hollow units as opposed to bricks which is solid. They are made from the same Materials as brick, but all
are formed by extrusion in the stiff-mud process.

A hard Board made from relatively small materials. The materials are graduated from coarse at the center of the
board to fine at the surface to help produce a product with smooth dense surface. Both faces are sanded. Uses are
floor underlay and selvings common as a base for wood veneers, plastic laminates.

Filipino Term for "Ridge Roll"

is that part of woodworking that involves joining together pieces of wood, to create furniture, structures, toys, and
other items. Some wood joints employ fasteners, bindings, or adhesives, while others use only wood elements.

Filipino Term for "Terrace"

Two thicknesses of paper laminated together with a film of asphalt. Two kinds of paper is used-one is a kraft paper.
The other, a mixture of ground wood pulps. Treated by the sulfate and the kraft methods.

In general finishes, what do you call the finishing process applied to fabrics for the purpose of removing fuzz of
protruding fibers?
is the process of closing the weave and creating a heavy and compact
appearance
is a finish applied to wool fabrics, it is a pre-shrinking process
In special finishes, what do you call the finish that is given to loosely constructed fabric or fabric with low thread count?
is a mechanical finish of subjecting the surface of a fabric to a brushing
process to raise the fiber ends
is a chemical treatment designed to make a fabric bacteria
resistant
also known as wash and wear, it dries smoothly and need a little
or no ironing after washing
In fabric design, it is a kind of applied design in which the block is pressed down firmly by hand on the fabric until the
color and design are transferred.
is method of fabric painting in which the design is cut on a
cardboard wood or metal then color is applied, penetrating only the cut portions

345/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER


is a machine counterpart of block printing, designs are engraved
on rollers
is another method of fabric design wherein the color is
removed from the fabric using chemicals, thus, creating design
It is a kind of shade that consist of two rows of lightweight fabric seamed to fall into deep scallops.
– have smaller pleats and are usually made of a heavy
polyester fabric
are factory manufactured and can be insulated, also called
accordion shades
– have a flat surface when extended down, drawn upward by a cord
and the surface overlaps in horizontal folds
What do you call the horizontal bars separating the glass pane?
is the wide molding covering the casing and the framing
are the vertical bars separating the glass pane
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in
drywall construction
During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers,
this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width
of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
The following are examples of pre-fabricated acoustical units
except ______.
Which material would effectively reduce reflected noise and
reverberation time to produce safe and enjoyable surrounding?
This acoustical material is manufactured from rock wool, glass
fibers, wood fibers, hair felt, etc. generally installed on wood or
metal framing system.
Acoustical cotton fiber composite board is manufactured using
BAP. What does BAP stand for?
A type of gypsum board available in 1 1/2 inches or 5/8 inch
thickness and has improved fire resistance through the use of fibers
mixed with gypsum core.
Any of a variety of soft floor finishes made of synthetic materials
such as nylon or natural material such as wool. It is either glued
directly to the floor or installed over an underlayment of hair felt or
foam rubber. What is it?

Which of the following is a violation of all the provisionsWhich of the following is a violation of all the provisions in the
mechanical code on elevator design and installation?
a. 30mm is the diameter of hoisting and counterweight cables
b. 600mm is the depth of elevator pit measured from the bottom of
pit to the underside of the car platform
c. 3 ropes are required for traction type elevator
d. 4 ropes are required for drum type elevator

Pyramid is a type of commercially produced acoustical tile.


Which of the following is not a characteristic of this material?
a. Made of open celled polyurethane acoustical foam
b. Available in 2,3, & 4inch thickness
c. Tetrahedral in shape
d. Ideal for audio room application
Which material would exhibit the highest sound absorption
coefficient (SAC) value?

346/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

These consist of loose fibers or granules and is made from


cellulose, fiberglass, rock wool, cotton or other materials. These
materials come in bags and are usually blown into cavities using
special equipment. What are these?
Copper as a conductor has the property/properties of being ____.
a. Ductile
b. Malleable
What are the property(ies) of concrete as an acoustical material
are/is important?
a. Aerated concrete is fairly absorptive
b. Concrete provides virtually no absorption
c. Concrete accepts and transmits impact sound
d. All of the above
A roofing tile which has the shape of an “S” laid on its side is a

That part of the building foundation which forms the permanent retaining wall of the structure below grade is a

Joint employed to reduce restraint by accommodating movement of masonry walls are known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

A system of framing a building in which the studs are continuous to roof supporting second floor joints is known as

A principal member of the truss which extends from one end to the other primarily to resist bending is a

A protein: the chief nitrogenous ingredient in milk is

a composition of two or more metals fused together usually to obtain a desired property

The horizontal distance from the face of a lock or latch to the center of the knob or lock cylinder

A commercially pure iron of fibrous nature, valued for its corrosion resistance and ductility is

The Filipino term for horizontal stud is

The Filipino term for riser

The Filipino term for collar plate is

The Filipino term for temper (metal work)

The Filipino term for plumb line is

A beam that projects beyond one or both its support

A wall (bearing or non-bearing) designed to resist lateral forces parallel to the wall

347/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

Using stair tread-riser proportion formula RT = 75, given riser equals 6 ¼ “ how many risers will there be between two
floors having floor line to floor line distance of 7.8125 feet?

A modern method of installing wood parquet flooring on wooden boards sub-flooring is by

The standard height of window sills for office rooms in upper floors is

The dimension of commercial acoustic boards for aluminum T-runners used for dropped-ceiling in offices is

The total floor area 16 feet wide by 60 feet deep needs one inch (1”) x 4”(commercial size) T & G flooring. Assuming
that the available T & G is 1” x 4” x 16” and the effective width is 3.5” , the total board feet needed is

In the design of a large shopping centers where space is required, intervals of columns can be wider than the ordinary
by adopting a structural method of construction called

Heat gain through the structure of a habitable room occur in tropical region at walls and roofs by conduction. This can
be minimized by the use of

Dry walls do not require appreciable amount of moisture and they are customarily finished with

Wallboards or plywood maybe applied over studs. They can also be applied over CHB masonry wall by using

To turn back water whenever joints occur in which dissimilar materials come together, it is necessary to provide

The part of a foundation system which supports the exterior walls of a superstructure and bears directly on the column
footing is a

** 6” to 8” - distances of nails
** Every 4” - distances of rivet at ridge roll for roofing

348/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

349/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

350/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

351/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

352/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

353/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

354/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

355/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

BLDG. CONSTRUCTION REVIEWER

356/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Cross Tee

Pantile

Mission Tile

Dado

Foundation Wall

Grade Beam

Dampproofing
Balloon Framing
Balloon Framing

Western Framing

Dead Bolt

Tryolean Finish

Chord

Alloy

Backset

Baluster

Cast Iron

Nickel Steel

Wrought Iron
Double Glass
Fortification
15mm
Hybrid Girder
Cantilever Beam
Shear Wall
Gluing/ Pasting
0.90 m

24" x 48" x 1/2"

Eaves
Post-tensioning

Building paper sheathing and


space filled

Area Wells

One-Way Slab
Felt
Purlins
Inflection Point

Batten

Fish Plate or Gusset Plate

357/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Post-tensioning
Beam Blocking

Atmospheric Pressure

Bay Window

Control Joints
Expansion Joint

Cold Joint

Construction Joint

Control Joint

Lap Seam

Flat Paint
Trabe-Anzo
Soleras
Vaciada
Kusturada
Tirante
Reostra
Alero
Tahilan
Poleva
Hulog
Bolada
Kilo
Rodapis
Asintada
Baniera
Pie De Gallo

Pundido (parang manny)

Kontratista (yeah!)
Tubo de Banada
Plantilya
Paupo
Gang Nail Plate

Lightning

Lath and Plaster

1/4 Ø plastic hose filled w/ water

3-4-5 multiples with the use of


steel tape measure

Grain
G.I. Sheets

Corkboard

1 1/2 corr

358/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
Chase
Serpentine
English Bond
Running Bond

Common Bond / American Bond

Flemish Bond

Heel Cut

Soil Bearing Pressure

Aluminum Foil Sheets


Reinforced Concrete and High
Grade Steel

Asbestos-Cement Shingles

Door Jamb

Knob Bolt

Dutch Door

Torsion

Honey Combs

Sheet Piling
Wood Siding
AA
Split-Ring
Clamp Nail
Weathered
Hip Rafter

Batter Boards

Composite Column

Spirit Level

Space Frame

Keeper
Zinc Chromate

Aluminum Coating

7 & 6 Wood Planks

Chalking

24 hours
Studs
Acrylic Latex Paint
Acrylic Paint
L Hook Bolt
Staple Wire
Flat Slab
Level Tool

359/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
Steel Square
Riser

2 years

Collar Beam
2" to 5"
Run

Portable Hand Router

Aggregate
Girder
Nonbearing Wall
Load Bearing Wall
Retaining Wall

Bearing Wall

Floating Wall
Shear Wall
Live Load
Effective Length
Cement
Total Run

Sump Pit

Prefabrication
Skylight
Softwood
Firebrick

Plaster Ground

Span
Xylem
Muntin
Hip Roof
Rip-rap
Moat
Stripping
Purlin

Anchor Bolt

Lintel

Glazing
Banister
Lap Joint

Butt Hinge

Green Lumber
Valley
Facia
Spike
Caisson
Smooth on four sides
Chord

360/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
Wood Saddle
45
Latch
Common Wall
Escutcheon

Flashing

Lookout
Formworks
Keystone
Kalomein Door
Corbel
Milled Lumber

Foundation Bolt

Velvet

Scratch Coat

Polyurethane Floor Coating

Scarf

Standard Terazzo

Outrigger

Pivoted Window

Caulking
Rabbet
Masonry Neutralizer
Notch

Figured Wired Glass

Grading

Monopost

Ceiling Joist or Roof Joist

Vigan Tiles

Tendon

Cap
Apron
Boardfoot
Casement

Backfill

Backing

Casement Window
Barge
Bay Window
Laminating

361/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Mudsill

Pilot Hole
Rim Joist

Cripple stud

Cogged joint

Bull-nosed step

Gravity wall
Quoin
Scarf joint

Baluster

Fenestration
Fig. A-1
12mm
Inflection point
Rowlock

Scab

Cross bridging
Web
Brad
Pyramid roof
Stirrup

Pile

Soldier
Pigment
30cm
Carriage
Channel
6cm
Fig B-2
Miter box
Plastic hose w/ water
100mm
40 bd.ft.
Fig. C-3
Boysen
Load bearing wall
Effective length
Volume
Stirrups
Cement
Gypsum board
Façade
Skylight
Soft wood
Fire brick

Plaster ground

Span

362/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
Rip-rap
Striking tool
Fig. D-2
Stripping
Purlins

Anchor bolts

Lintel

Glazing
Cull
Lap joint
Green lumber
Valley
Fascia
Spike
Xylem
Retaining wall
Chord
Sleeper
Stud
Tyrolean finish
Adiabatic curing
Vinyl tile
Creep
Riser
Plough
Post-tensioning
Ashlar brick
Perforated tape
Control joint
Hopper
Parquet
Wrought iron
Lag screw
Lead
Solignum
Admixture
Galvanized
Seismic
Stile
Baseboard
Mortar
Balangkas
Barakilan
Sinturon
Kusturada
Reostra
Asolehos
Platsuela
Kostilyahe
Batidora
Guililan
Lastilyas
Tubo de banada

363/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
Espolon
Pie de gallo
Baniera
SUBAN

BACKSET

CHORD

TYROLEAN FINISH

PANTILE
WROUGHT IRON
COLD JOINT
CAST IRON
BED

FOUNDATION WALL

BEAM BLOCKING

WESTERN FRAMING

HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE

ACI INSULATION
JACINTO COLOR STEEL
THERMAL INSULATION
ELECTROLYTIC ACTION

HIGH TENSILE STRENGTH

PLACA ROMANA
STEEL
FORMICA
TANGUILE
250mm
FLUE
PITCH POCKET
KNOTS

PRIMER SEALER

AA
MOLDS AND STAINS
GALVANIZING
COUNTERSINK
ROSE
SCRIBE
DAVIES

GLASS

ZOCALO
LAG SCREW
COMPRESSION SEAL
CRASH BAR
BLEEDER MASS
SOLEPLATE

STILE

SOLIGNUM

364/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
COLOROOF
LEAN

FLOOR PANEL

SHEET PILE

KALAMEIN

HARDWOOD

SOFTWOOD

YACAL
TINDALO
DAO
KAMAGONG
WHITE LAUAN
APITONG
NARRA
TANGUILE
ALMACIGA
KNOTS

SHAKES

PITCHPOCKETS
SPLIT

CHECK

WARP

WANE

DRY ROT

1 BOARD FOOT
BOARD FOOT FORMULA
BOARDS
DIMENSION LUMBER
TIMBERS

PLYBOARD

JACK RAFTER
GYPSUM BOARD

TRIMMING GUARD

RIPRAP
SLEEPERS
Z BAR

POLYMER

DEAD BOLT LOCK


TRUSCON

PRE-TENSIONED CONCRETE

PRE STRESSING

FOUNDATION BED

365/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
3 DAYS
SAHARA
BLISTERING
FLAT SLAB
WOOD PLANK
FLOAT GLASS
CASEIN

ASPHALTIC

TEFLON

HYDRATION
SCREEDING

FALSEWORK

TRENCH

WEATHERING STEEL

FLEMISH BOND

HEAVYWEIGHT

PUTLOG SCAFFOLD

ASTM C 150

ALCLAD

CHALKING

PARQUET
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

PVC

GLAZING PUTTY

TYPE III HIGH EARLY STRENGTH

BATCHING

2 to 5 INCHES
SHOTCRETE

SOLDIERS

VACUUM DEWATERING

ANODIZING

VEHICLES

STAGING
16mm

CAISSON

366/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

CHECKS

TENSION SET BOLTS

BANK

COMPACTION

BULB PILE

TIE BEAM

TEMPERED GLASS

DUCO

BED JOINT

CAVITY WALL

FLYING FORM

1: 1 1/2 : 3
PIER

WANE

SOLVENTS

KICKER PLATE
EXPANSIVE SOIL HEAVING
ENAMEL

EFFLORESCENCE

KILN BURNED BRICKS

COLLAR JOINT

CHECKING

EMULSIFIERS
INSULATING GLASS

COMMON BOND

DISPERSAL AGENT

LAMINATED COATING

ANODIZING

WEATHERING STEEL

TWO HINGED FRAME

BEARING PLATE

TARRED FELTS

367/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

GRAVEL SURFACING

SHAKES

ALLIGATORING

BLEEDING

BLISTERING

CHALKING
DEADENING
MOISTURE BLUSH

ORANGE PEEL

PEELING

PINHOLING

RUNS AND SAGS

TACKINESS

WRINKLING
FADING

0.396 KILO
0.616 KILO
0.888 KILO
1.580 KILOS
2.466 KILOS
3.854 KILOS
4.834 KILOS
6.314 KILOS
7.992 KIOS
9.866 KILOS

TYPE I

TYPE II

TYPE III
TYPE IV
TYPE V

PROJECTED

SECURITY

DOUBLE HUNG

SLIDING

COMBINATION

368/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
CASEMENT

AWNING

JALOUSIE

PIVOTED

HINGE
BUTT HINGE

SPRING HINGE

PIVOT HINGE

FULL SURFACE

FULL MORTISE

HALF MORTISE

HALF SURFACE

FOUNDATIONS
SHALLOW FOUNDATION
DEEP FOUNDATIONS

CONTINUOUS
MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

PILE FOUNDATION

GRILLAGE FOOTING

COMBINED FOOTING

SPREAD FOOTING

BENCH FOUNDATION

INVERTED ARCH

CAISSON'S FOUNDATION

MAT/RAFT FOUNDATION

CANTILIVER FOOTING

GRILLAGE FOOTING

PILE FOUNDATION

DRUM MIXING

TRANSIT MIXED
CENTRAL MIXED

SHRINK MIXED

30 to 60 MINUTES

369/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

1 1/2 MINUTES

FIRST 7

FIRST 3

16 to 20 L of water
28 to 32 L of water
36 to 40 L of water
16 to 20L of water

4 FEET

NO. 5 or 16mm
1 1/3 times the size of
aggreagates or 25mm

NO. 5 or 16mm
4 PIECES
NO. 2 or NO. 4

L/7
L/5
45degrees
12TIMES BAR DIAMETER or
305mm
L/4

102mm,152mm,254mm

IT SHOULD BE AVOIDED

276MPa
345MPa
414MPa
15 degrees
ELECTROLYTIC REACTION

STRAIGHT EDGE

HAND TAMPER

DARBY

BULL FLOAT

EDGER

JOINTER OR GROOVER

SCRATCH COAT
BROWN COAT
FINISH COAT

370/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

MORTAR

POST

COLUMN

SQUARED TIED SPIRAL


COLUMN
COMPOSITE COLUMN
COMBINED COLUMN
LALLY COLUMN

ISOLATION JOINT

CONTROL JOINT W/ DOWEL

T&G CONTROL JOINT

BUTT-TYPE CONSTRUCTION

THERMAL EXPANSION

PRE-COMPRESSING METHOD

SELF CONTAINED METHOD

BOND FRICTION
THERMAL PRESSING

VOLUMETRIC EXPANSION

LIFT SLAB CONSTRUCTION

FLYING FORMWORK

SLIP FORMING

TILT-UP CONSTRUCTION

SHOTCRETE

THIN SHELLS

SHOTCRETE

PRE-FABRICATED

LIFT SLAB

BEARING PILE
FRICTION PILE
BATTER PILE

371/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

SHEET PILE

GUIDE PILE

GIRDER
SILL
FLOOR JOIST

TAILPIECE

LEDGER STRIP

DRAFTSTOP/ FIRESTOP

HEDGER

TRIMMER

4db
12db

6db
12db
6db

4db

6db
8db
10db

db; 25mm
25mm

1.5db nor 40mm

3x or 450mm

3
4.5
6
7.5
9
12
16

MINUS 1.5mm

4x
ONE FOURTH or 1/4

200mm

5x;25mm
25mm
4x;40mm

372/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

2x

ALUMINIZED BACKING & TAPE


G.I. STRAP LINER G.I. TIE WAR

ALUMINIZED BACKINGRUBBER
CEMENT (RUGBY)

ASPHALT

NON FLAMMABLE ALUMINUM

3/16' x 1/2" ALUMINUM BLIND


RIVETS

CEMENT TEXTURED FINISH

WRINKLING

3.853 KILOS

SEAM LOCK
SWIVEL PIPE CLAMP
BLEEDING

#16 EXPANDED METAL LATH

MODULAR COORDINATION

MAIN/CROSS TEE AND WALL

ANGLE SUSPENSION SYSTEM

3/4" THK CEMENT GROUT

1.578 KILOS

PIEDRA TILES
3/4" LAYER OF CEMENT
MORTAR
PRESTRESS CONCRETE T-
BEAM FLOOR SYSTEM
MORTISE LOCKSET
SCARF
OIL WOOD STAIN

1/5 SIDE FORMS, 1/3 DEPTH


SLABS, 3/4 CLEAR SPACING

BLIND AND STUB

FORM CLAMP
UNIFORM 10mm THKCEMENT
PLASTER
VISION DOOR

BENCHMARK

SCREW WITH EXPANSION PLUG

373/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
HEPTAGON

FINISHING MASON

CURDOROY or TOOL FINISH

MODULAR SYSTEM

LAMINATED

HUE SCALE

PLAIN MITER
Z-BAR
SHIMS, BEARING PLATE,
STRESSING WASHER, BOTTOM
PLATE

POLYMER

PLYBOARD

CROSS BRACE MUST BE


INSTALL IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTION

75mm WIDE PRESSURE


SENSITIVE ALUMINIZED DUCT
TAPE STRAP AT 600mm O.C.

WOOD LATHE MACHINE or


TORNO

CONDECK

ALUMINUM PIPES & CONDUITS


AT R.C. SHALL BE SECURED
NOT BY TIE WIRES BUT MUST
BE EFFECTIVELLY COVERED

CHROMA SCALE

DEAD BOLT LOCK

INSTALL POLYETHELYNE FOAM


W/ ALUM. FOIL BARRIER.
ADHERE BY INDUSTRIAL
ADHESIVE TO GALVANIZED AIR
DUCT

REVERSE THE LOCATION OF


THE "Z" PURLINS

20 mm

SPACE TO INSTALL CONCEAL


DOOR CLOSER

374/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
PURLIN SAG RODS

STUCCO FLOORING FINISH

ASINTADA

TUFTED

VELVET

AXMINSTER

WILTON

FUSHION

KNITTED

SCRATCH COAT

TANGUILE
POLYURETHANE FLOOR
COATING

SANDBLASTING

RUSTIC TERRAZO

PIVOTED

LEFT HAND

MASONRY NEUTRALIZER

PEELING

ANCHOR BOLT

APRON

ARCADE

ARCH

AREAWAY

ASHLAR

IMPRESSO CRETE

INSET or INTERIOR

SCARF

RUSTIC TERRAZO

STANDARD TERRAZO

375/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
VENETIAN TERRAZO

PALLADIANA TERRAZO

PIVOTED

KEEP THE CEMENT PLASTER

AS THIN AS POSSIBLE
ICI DULUX
RABBET

EDGE STRIP TROWEL

SMOKED GLASS

GRADING

VIGAN TILES

305 mm

GIRDER BEAM

LINTEL BEAM

PRE FABRICATION
KNOTS
UNDRESSED LUMBER
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
LEFT HAND REVERSE
RIGHT HAND REVERSE
Party Wall

Spring hinge

Varnishes

Gypsum

Brick

Sandstone

Dry Vent

Relief Vent

Specification

Bid Bulletin

16 inches or .46 m

9 inches o .23 m

376/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Crawl Space

Adhesiveness

Cohesiveness

Steel

Glass

Damproofers

Accelerators

Wood

Paint

Cribbling

Ceiling rafters

Load bearing wall tile

8 inches

Fire Block

SPT – Standard Penetration Test

Concrete Additives

Insulating Glass

Roll-up door

60 cm
35 degree

Sheet piles

Distribution Line

377/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Brace or the Diagonal

pantile

foundation wall

control joints

balloon framing

tryolean finish

chord

Casein

alloy

Backset

wrought iron

Pabalagbag
takip silipan
sinturon
poleva
hulog
cantiliver
shear wall

15..

gluing/pasting

0.90 meters

24” x 48” x ½”

1,098 bf

post-tensioning

post-tensioning

providing building paper


sheathing and space filled

378/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

wood

glossy surfaced asphalt


saturated paper, 50 lbs or more

lath and plaster

furring

flashing material

grade beam

batten

post-tensioning

beam blocking

western framing

atmospheric pressure

bay window

flemish bond

cold joint

cast iron

kusturada
estunyo
reostra
sopo
tahilan

1” thick V-cut wood boards

adequate insulation

combination of wood boards and


plywood with cavity between

double wall plywood on


horizontal and vertical studs with
absorbents

3.69 meters

lath and plaster

379/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

12.2247 inches

¼ Ø plastic hose filled with water

3-4-5 multiples with the use of


steel tape measure

felt paper below sub-slab then


WP on top of the sub-slab

expansion joints

corkboard

4.16 meters

columns, splices, materials, lot

columns, splices, materials, lot

ceiling only

nickel steel

serpentine

flemish bond

western framing

vaciada
bolada

18 risers

soil bearing pressure

aluminum foil sheets

reinforced concrete and high


grade steel
porous concrete, glass fibers,
guilt materials

asbestos-cement shingles

380/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

6 ¼ inches

7.906 meters

door jamb

knob bolt

dutch door

lap seam

lap seam

mission tile

grade beam

fortification
kilo
rodapis

lightning

soil bearing pressure

3.513 meters

concrete, steel and wood, type of


floor finish

G.I. sheets

space frames, light steel


skeleton structures

going

¼” double wall on 2” x 4” studs

381/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

pitch or bituminous felt

asbestos cement shingles

2 ½ corr.

chase

torsion

sheet piling

wood siding
kalamein
soleras
tirante

“AA”

split-ring
plumb bob

clamp nail

weathered

hip rafter

batter boards

composite

kostilyahe
biga

spirit level

construction joint

torsion

chase

hybrid girder

one-way slab

purlins

space frame

space frame

15 mm

382/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

shear wall

inflection point

zinc chromate

aluminum coating

7 & 6 wood planks

staple wire

24 hours

studs

acrylic latex type

acrylic paint

L hook bolt

chalking

construction joint

bearing wall

flat slab

the slab is being supported by


two parallel beams

tool used for guiding and testing


the work to a vertical and
horizontal position

tool for testing and for framing


work
riser
masonry tool
bearing tool

2 years

not less than 1” thick x 4” and up


wide
2” to 5” thick

run

portable hand router

girder

knots

smoothed or planed lumber

383/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER
cross-cut

load bearing walls

live load

effective length

volume

contraction joint

height

cement

cantilever beam
hip roof support
total run
façade

sump

Pre fabrication
skylight

softwood

firebrick

balloon framing

plaster ground

span
XYLEM

risers

hip roof
rip-rap
moat

stripping

purlin

anchor bolt

lintel

glazing

cult

banister
lap joint

lumber that still contains


moisture or sap

384/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

valley

facia

spike

risers

caisson

vertical and horizontal wood


sticks and lumber used to
determine the elevation and
ditances of the reference points
of the
proposed building

smooth on four sides

chord

wood saddle

45

retaining wall
oxy/acetyline welding

common wall

alabaster

stabilize

escutcheon

flashing

chase

formworks

carpenter measuring tool

wedge-shaped stone of an arch

a fireproof door with metal


covering
milled lumber

90 degree bend plus 12 db


extension, at free end of bar

Surface in contact with the bolt


head and nut shall have a
slope of not more than 1:10 with
respect to a plane normal to the
bolt axis

batter piles

385/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

group of parallel reinforcing bars


bundled in contact to act as
a unit shall be limited to three in
any one bundle

grade beam

foundation bolts

stucco floor finish

asintada

inset or interior

velvet

scratch coat

mahogany

polyurethane floor coating

sandblast

25% of scaffoldings can be


removed at slab area after 14
days
and 100% of scaffolds after 21
days after pouring

scarf

standard sizes, shapes and


forms

standard terazzo

386/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

concrete shall be carried on at


such a rate that concrete is at
all times plastic and flows readily
into space between
reinforcement

pivoted

keep the cement plaster as thin


as possible

left hand

rabbet

notch trowel

masonry neutralizer

peeling

figured wired glass

rebokada

Course aggregates shall be no


larger than ¾ the minimum
clear spacing between individual
reinforcing bars or wires,
bundles of
bars, or prestressing tendons or
ducts

db but not less than 30 mm

grading

vigan tiles

tendon

Accelerators

Igneous

Gypsum

Wood

387/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Air Drying

Glue Laminated Timber

Plywood

Joint Filler

Cold joint

A-Frame

Galvanize

Ashlar
Cellar

Camber

Cement Paste

Brace, Diagonal
Boliden salt process

Cellar

escutcheon

cremone bolt

bullet catch

grab bar

spring door closer

perforated tape

machine bolt

blanket insulation

388/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

test boring

Cobble

senepa

English Bond

Slump test

retaining wall

Wood

mortar

bricks

Corporation stop

Aerator

nylon

Stabilizers

Coalesting agents

Anti-flooding Agents

Liso galvanisado Kanallado

Collar plate
French Tile

Chord

Wrough Iron

Bansalagin

389/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Aerocrete

Granolithic finish

Magnetic Gauge

Figured wired glass

Fascia board

Manhole

Masonry

Structural tile

Particle board

Palupo

Joinery

Asotea

Vapor barrier

gassing

beetling

fulling

slip-resistant finish

napping –

antiseptic finish

drip-dry finish

block printing

stencil painting

390/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

roller printing

discharge printing

Austrian shades

honeycombed shades

pleated fabric shades

roman shades

mullions
frame
muntins

Rigid Board Insulation

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar

Hardwood panel

Melamine foam linear wedges

Acoustical tile

Bonded acoustical panel

Type x

Carpet

3 ropes are required for traction


type elevator

Tetrahedral in shape

carpet

391/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

Loose fill insulations

A and b

All of the above

Pantile

Foundation Wall

Control Joints

Baloon Framing

Tyrolean Finish

Chord

Casein

Alloy

Backset

Wrought Iron

Pabalagbag

Takip silipan

Sinturon

Poleva

Hulog

Cantilever

Shear

392/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

15

gluing/ pasting

0.90 m.

24"x48"x1/2"

1098 bf

Post tensioning

Wood

lath & plaster

furrings

Flashing material

Grade Beam

notes

393/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

394/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

395/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

396/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

397/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

398/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

399/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

400/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER N. SAN ANDRES
OCT. 2010

RUCTION REVIEWER

401/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

1 These constituted the barriers to migration since the earliest periods of civilization (mountains; deserts; seas…)

2 Visible architecture is composed of:

3 A plane extended in a direction other than its intrinsic direction. Conceptually it has three dimensions: length,
width and depth.

4 Primary shapes that can be extended or rotated to generate volume whose forms are distinct, regular and easily
recognizable

5 One of four basic possibilities for two forms to group together. This requires that the two forms be relatively close

to each other or share a common visual trait.

6 Defined geometrically as a line that is divided such that the lesser portion is to the greater as the greater is to be
the whole.
7 One type of cues used in depth perception where in one object appears to cut off the view of another

8 Is the primary identifying characteristic of a volume. It is determined by the shapes and interrelationships of the
planes that describe the boundaries of volume

9 Is the attribute that most clearly distinguishes a form from its environment.

10 It is a comparison showing differences, the opposite of similarity.

11 The most important kind of character in architecture is that which result from the purpose of the building or reason
of erection.
12 Most elementary means of organizing forms and spaces in architecture.

13 Characterized by an arrangement where all the part radiate from a center like the spikes in a wheel.

14 It means equality

15 It gives a feeling of grandeur, dignity and monumentality.

16 When lines, planes, and surface treatments are repeated in a regular sequence.

17 A kind of character that came from the influence of ideas and impressions related to or growing out of past
experience.

18 It is evident by a comparison which the eye makes between the size, shape and tone of a various object or part of
a competition.

19 Deals with the relationship between the different parts of the whole to the various parts.

20 It bears a certain relation to the same attribute to the life of an individual.

21 These systems are based on the dimension and proportion of the human body.

22 The size and proportion of an element appear to have relative to other elements of known or assumed size.

23 Kind of rhythm where equally spaced windows are introduced on the broken wall, then regular repetition is
presented.

402/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

24 The size of a building element or space relative to the dimensions and proportion of human body.

25 The art and science of building design and construction.

26 Who said that “The magnificent display of volume put together in the light”

27 That which the eye identifies, the mind perceives and interprets.

28 With respect to an observer.

29 A series of form arranged in sequence in a row.

30 A set of modular forms related and regulated by 3D grid.

31 Subtracting a portion of a forms volume to create another.

32 This refer to the manner in which the surface of a form come together to define its
shape and volume.
33 Who said “The will of the epoch translated into space’

34 A composition of linear forms extending outward from a central form in a radial manner.

35 Architecture is generally conceived, designed and realized.

36 A number of secondary forms clustered about a dominant, centra-perceive form.

37 One or more dimension are altered but will retain its identity.

38 A collection of forms grouped together by proximity or the sharing of a common


visual trait.
39 Can be regular or irregular, primary characteristic that identifies.

40 is a diagram, usually to scale, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at one level
of a
structure.
41 Describes the relationships between elements of a design.

42 Is a commercial building with several small scale entrepreneurs who sell their commodities in a limited space or
modules that provide them low rentals for the buyers to avail cheaper merchandize, both to retail and wholesale.

43 What do you call the study that deals with human measurements?

44 deals with space planning in relationship with man’s activities

45 human factor engineering

46 Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug”


(military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.
47
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super
building” that contained 337 dwellings in only acres of land. What is
the structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles?

48 It is the first Development Garden City where it is a combination


of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center.

403/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

49 A British pioneered in regional Planning for the Doncaster area


(1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan; Use of
open space as structuring element.
50
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with
street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a church,
palace or castle
51
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms
of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along established
lines of transportation.

52 Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops; or


Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work”.
53 Often enclosed and secluded the street, whose high density and
variety of planning conveys a garden image. It sometimes includes
flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of
seating possibilities.
54
A wide area of parks of undeveloped land surrounding a community.

55
The process in which a piece of land, referred to as the parent tract, is subdivided into two or more parcels.

56
Angles measured clockwise from any meridian, usually north; however, the National Geodetic Survey uses south.

57
Usually the last stage of the final site development process prior to issuance of building permit.

58
A 20th century problem emanating from rapid urbanization of areas surrounding a city which eats up the remaining adjacent
rural open spaces.

59
A type of planning which emphasizes that the proper role of the planner is not to serve the general public interest but rather to
serve the interests of the least fortunate or least well represented groups in society.

60
In the Philippines, this type of land use planning emphasizes the proper management of land resources to ensure that the
present generation can benefit from its continued use without compromising future generations.

61
This code mandates that all Local Government Units shall prepare their comprehensive

62
land use plans and enact them through zoning ordinances.

63
Reason for planning.

64
Phrase used to characterize development that meets the needs of the present generation without compromising the needs of
the future generations.

65
First Planner and developed the Gridiron.

66
A locale with a sizeable agglomeration of people having characteristics of an urban being.

67
The main reason why the nomadic existence of early man metamorphosed to village settlement and later to the birth of cities.

404/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

68
The rough equivalent of the present tenement cities that existed in ancient Rome, which resulted from the population growth of
the city and the congestion that existed in streets.

69
In urban geography, a concept where urban settlement is confined to the area within the legal limits of the city and the
congestion and virtually all of this area is occupied by urban residents.

70
A Land Development Decision is also what kind of decision.

71
The orderly arrangement of urban streets and public spaces.

72
He conceptualized the 'City Beautiful Movement'.

73
A tool used to control the manner in which raw kind is subdivided and placed on the marker for residential development.

74
A profession which falls between planning and architecture. It deals with the large-scale organization and design of the city, with
the massing and organization and the space between them, but not with the design of the individual buildings.

75
The science of human settlement.

76
By definition, settlement inhabited by man.

77
Planning for roads, bridges, schools, parking structures, pubic buildings, water supply, and waste disposal facilities.

78
The container of man, which consists of both the natural and man-made or artificial element.

79
A spatial organization concept a general view of the pattern of land use in a city developed by Ernest W. Burgess. The city is
conceived as a series of five concentric zones with the cores as the central business district and fanning out from which are the
residential and commuter zones.

80
The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

81
A habitable room for 1 family only with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

82
This is a type of a retaining wall made of rectangular baskets made of galvanized steel wire or pvc coated wire hexagonal
mesh which are filled with stones to form a wall.

83
A very steep slope of rock or clay.

84
A piece of grassy land, especially one used for growing hay or as pasture for grazing animals; low grassy land near a river or
stream.

85
A long, narrow chain of hills or mountains.

86
A long, deep, narrow valley eroded by running water.

87
On land, an encumbrance limiting its use, usually imposed for community or mutual protection.

405/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

88
Of land, a contiguous land area which is considered as a unit, which is subject to a single ownership, and which is legally
recorded as a single piece.

89
A wall that serves 2 dwelling units, known also as party wall.

90
Niemeyer believed that relating large areas to each other is freedom as in the planned city of___.

91
In architectural terms, it is the relationship of the number of residential structures and people to a given amount of space.

92
The government arm responsible for the development and implementation of low cost housing in the Philippines.

93
Housing provided for low-income groups generally through government intervention and characterized by substantial subsidies
and direct assistance.

94
A written agreement between parties, but it allows a specific period during which the buyer can investigate the property and
make a decision.

95
Sometimes called "subscription money", this is a deposit given to the seller to show that the potential buyer has serious
intentions.

96
A provision made in advance for the gradual liquidation of a future obligation by periodic charges against the capital account.

97
Written document to transfer the property to one person to another.

98
They develop or improve the land as well as construct houses.

99
Determines the value of the house and also is familiar with trends in the local market and in the industry.

100
Helps people find a place to live, specializing and matching wants of buyers with the local supply.

101
Are usually large concrete slabs or otherwise panelized units fabricated in a shop and assembled at the site.

102
Codes that deal with the use, occupancy, and maintenance of existing buildings.

103
Designed to regulate land use, to ban industry and commerce from residential areas and to separate different types of living
units.

104
Construct three-dimensional volumetric units in a plant on a production line then hauled to the site.

105
System building is the complete integration of all ___.

106
The improvement of slum, deteriorated, and underutilized areas of a city.

107
An area which is within the city limits, or closely linked to it by common use of public utilities and services.

406/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

108
Two major hindrances to the prefabrication industry.

109
Three general types of structures.

110
A piece of land with an economic use for farming.

111
Lands for well-being like parks, plazas, and of similar nature.

112
Similarly as the cost of the land, neighborhood character have this effect.

113
Minimum road width in a neighborhood development to ease traffic flow.

114
Which building component receives priority over the location to have the morning sun.

115
Urban Planning is defined briefly as the guidance of ___.

116
A lattice structure that serves as a summer house.

117
In landscaping, ground cover is represented by ___.

118
The art of arranging buildings and other structures in harmony with the landscape.

119
The study of the dynamic relationship between a community of organisms and its habitat.

120
Preparations of an accurate base map for urban planning starts with ___.

121
Appraisal of adequacy of a city's water and sewer systems needs of future land uses are embodied in the ___.

122
Also called the blood-stream of a city.

123
A form of absence of all the principles and organized development of a community.

124
The city of Washington conforms to the plan type of ___.

125
An efficient and rapid transport system for automobiles to circulate across urban to urban areas.

126
A monument, fixed object, or marker used to designate the location of a land boundary on the ground.

127
A narrow passageway bordered by trees, fences, or other lateral barrier

128
The projection of a future pattern of use within an area, as determined by development goals.

407/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

129
The part of the surface of the earth not permanently covered by water.

130
A line of demarcation between adjoining parcels of land.

131
A survey of landed property establishing or reestablishing lengths and directions of boundary line.

132
The study of an existing pattern of use, within an area, to determine the nature and magnitude of deficiencies which might exist
and to assess the potential of the pattern relative to development goals.

133
A study and recording of the way in which land is being used in an area.

134
In surveying, the North-South component of a traverse course.

135
An open space of ground of some size, covered with grass and kept smoothly mown.

136
A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for periodical
compensation called 'rent'.

137
A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

138
Early type of settlement in America taken after the “baug” (military town) and “fauborg” (citizen’s town) of the medieval ages.
(CDEP IX-15)

139
Under PD 1308, which of the following activities is not a part of the practice of environmental planning? (CDEP IX-45)

140
Le Corbusier planned a high density building that was a “super building” that contained 337 dwellings in only ten acres of land.
What is this structure that supposed to be located in Marseilles? (CDEP IX-18)

141
Among the cities in Manila , what is the smallest in terms of land area?

142
It is one of the school of thought who believed that the problems of the cities should be tackled one item at a time, beginning
with the improvement of health and sanitary system. (CDEP IX-15)

143
It is the rate at which water within the soil moves through a given volume of material (also measured in cm or inches per hour).
(CDEP IX-2)

144
It is a slope pattern for Elementary and High school campus where slopes are gentle to mild and have moderately difficult
terrain. (CDEP IX-3)

145
What is the optimum slope requirement for factories? (CDEP IX-4)

146
The multiple nuclei hypothesis is built around the observation that frequently there are a series of nuclei in the patterning of
urban land uses rather than the central single core used in other two theories. Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36,
which among the zones is the medium class residential? (PTIT 132)

147
It is a type of point of reference where the observer does not enter within them, they are external. They are usually a rather
simply defined physical object, buildings, sign, store or mountain. (PTIT 133)

408/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

148
In the book called “The Neighborhood Unit” he discussed the idea of organized towns into cohesive neighborhoods which was
applicable not only to new towns but to large city areas. (PTIT 113)

149
A British pioneered in regional planning for the Doncaster area (1920-1922) and East Kent; Involved in greater London Plan;
Use of open space as structuring element. (PTIT 109)

150
t is the first developed Garden City where it is a combination of landscaping, informal street layouts, and main axis focusing on
town center. (CDEP IX-16)

151
first conceptualized the “Garden Cities”; and author of “Tomorrow: A Peaceful Path To Social Reform”. (CDEP IX-16)

152
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 7. (PTIT 132)

153
Based on the illustration PTIT 21.589.213.36, identify zone no. 6. (PTIT 132)

154
These are points, the strategic spots in a city into which an observer can enter, and which are the intensive foci to and from
which he is traveling. (PTIT 133)

155
Often enclosed and secluded from the street, whose high density and variety of planting conveys a garden image. It sometimes
included flower planters and a water feature and usually supplies a variety of seating possibilities. (PTIT 137)

156
When was the first Land Use zoning in New York initiated particularly the Incentive zoning? (CDEP IX-31)

157
He is remembered for his “Ideal Cities” – star shaped plans with street radiating from central point, usually proposed for a
church, palace or castle. (PTIT 102)

158
An English Architect who prepared plan for London i.e., Ct. Peter’s and St. Paul Cathedral; Proposed a Network of avenues
connecting the main features of London. (PTIT 103)

159
The author of “The Death and Life of Great American Cities” – one of the most influential book in the history of planning. (PTIT
116)

160
Refers to the program of the NHA of upgrading and improving blighted squatter areas within the cities and municipalities of
Metro Manila pursuant to existing statutes and issuances. (R.A. 7279)

161
Whose theory is the explanation of residential land uses in terms of wedge-shaped sectors radial to the city center along
established lines of transportation? (PTIT 131)

162
Published the book called “Fields, Factories and Workshops: or Industry Combined with Agriculture with manual work. (PTIT
128)

163
Approaches town planning as a science which include planning and design with the contribution of other disciplines, all of those
are focused into one science known as____________. (PTIT 130)

129

95

409/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

61

27

-7

-41

-75

-109

-143

-177

-211

-245

-279

-313

-347

-381

-415

-449

-483

-517

-551

-585

-619

410/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

THEORY / PLANNING REVIEWER

-653

-687

-721

-755

-789

-823

-857

-891

-925

411/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Geography

Volume & Depth

Volume

Platonic Solids

Face to face contact

Golden section

Juxtaposition

Form

Color

Contrast

personal character

Balance

Centralized

Balance

Scale

Rhythm

Assoc. Character

proportion

balance

personal char.

anthropomorphic proportion

visual scale

unaccented rhythm

412/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

human scale

architecture

Le Corbusier

form

visual inertia

linear form

grid form

subtracting transformation

articulation of form

Adolf Hitler

Radial Form

design process

. clustered

dimensional trans.

grid form

color

Floor Plan

Balance

Tiangge

anthropometrics

ergonometrics

ergonomics

Medieval Organic City

Unite d’ Habitation

Letchworth

413/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Leon Battista Alberti

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

Garden Oasis

Greenbelt

Platting

Azimuths

Final Plat

Urban Sprawl

Advocacy Planning

Sustainable Land Use Planning

Local Government Code, 1991

R.A. 7160

Promote Human Growth

Sustainable Development

Hippodamus of miletus

City

Agricultural Surplus

414/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Insula

Truebounded City

Traffic.

City Planning

Daniel Burnham

Subdivision Regulations

Urban Design

Ekistics

Human Settlement

Capital Facilities Planning

Physical Settlement

Concentric Zone Concept

Buildable Area

Dwelling Unit

Gabion Wall

Cliff

Meadow

Ridge

Ravine

Restriction

415/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Parcel

Common Wall

Brasilia

Density

National Shelter Program

Social Housing

"Option to Buy"

Earnest Money

Amortization

Deed

Developers

Appraiser

Real Estate Broker

Total System

Housing Codes

Zoning

Prefabrication Manufacturer

Subsystems

Urban Renewal

Urban Area

416/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Code of Multiplicities and


Tradition

Primitive / Vernacular / Grand

Productive Use

Health and General Use

Social Implications

6.00 mts.

Bedrooms

Growth and Change

Gazebo

Grass and Plants

Site Planning

Ecology

Accurate Aerial Mosaic

Comprehensive Plan

Transportation System

Urban Blight

Star

Freeways

Landmark

Lane

Land-use Plan

417/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Land

Land Boundary

Land Survey

Land-use Analysis

Land-use Survey

Latitude

Lawn

Lease

Leasehold

Medieval Organic City

d. National Development Planning

Unite d’ Habitation

Pateros

Specialists

Permeability

10-15 %

2%

Landmarks

418/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Clarence Perry

Leslie Patrick Abercrombie

Letchworth

Ebenezer Howard

Outlying Business Districts

Heavy Manufacturing

Nodes

Garden Oasis

1916

Leon Battista Alberti

Sir Christopher Wren

b. Jane Jacobs

ZIP

Homer Hoyt

Peter Kropotkin

c. ekistics

419/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

420/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

421/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1 Minimum exit door width.

2 Minimum floor to ceiling height.

3 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

4 Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

5 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

6 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

7 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

8 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

9 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

10 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

11 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

12 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

13 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

14 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

15 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

16 Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

17 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

18 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

19 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

20 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

21 Minimum height of a guard rail.

22 Maximum height of a guard rail.

23 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

24 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

25 Minimum width of a class A ramp.

26 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

27 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

28 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

29 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

422/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

30 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

31 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

32 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

33 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

34 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

35 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

36 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

37 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

38 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.


Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for
39
institutional use.
40 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

41 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

42 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

43 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

44 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

45 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

46 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

47 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

48 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

49 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

50 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

51 Occupant load per person for laboratories.

52 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

53 Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

54 Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

55 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

56 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

57 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

58 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

423/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air
59
distribution system.
60 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

61 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

62 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

63 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then
64
cooling and condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an
65
explosion.
66 Temperature rating at flash point.

67 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

68 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

69 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

70 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.


The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable
71
mixture with air.
72 A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

73 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

74 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

75 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

76 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

77 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

78 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

79 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

80 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

81 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

82 Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

83 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

84 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

85 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

86 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

87 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

424/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

88 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.
Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in
89
dimension.
90 Maximum height of a handrail.

91 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

92 The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.
Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in
93
temperature of the immediate surrounding.
94 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

95 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

96 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

97 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

98 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

99 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

100 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

101 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

102 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

103 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

104 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

105 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

106 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

107 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

108 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

109 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

110 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

111 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

112 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

113 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

114 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

115 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

116 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

425/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

117 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

118 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

119 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

120 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

121 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

122 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

123 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

124 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

125 Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

126 Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the
127
purpose of coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents
128 or medium and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its
automatic detecting device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

129 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

130 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

131 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

132 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

133 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

134 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

135 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

136 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

137 Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

138 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

139 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

140 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

141 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

142 Occupant load per person for classrooms.

143 Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the

426/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

144 outside and shall be spaced ___ meters apart. (Educational)

145 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

146 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

147 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

148 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.
Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many
149
square meters?
Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
150
accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether
151
designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment, or by any other name.

152 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

153 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

154 Fuel + Oxidizer used to set off explosives

155 Highly combustible/explosive cmpd. (nitric aid + cellulose)

156 Any plastic substance with cellulose nitate

157 Materials easily set on fire

158 Free burning fiber (cotton, oakum, hay, straw, etc.)

159 Liquid w/ flash pt. ^37.8 deg.C (100deg.F)

160 Liquid w/c causes fire when in contact w/ organic matter/chemicals

Vertical panel of non-combustible/fire-resistive materials attached and extending below the bottom chord of roof
161 trusses; divide the underside of the roof to several compartments so that heat and smoke will be directed
upwards to a roof vent.

162 Any material w/c produces rapid drop of temperature to its immediate surroundings.

163 Device installed inside an airduct w/c automatically closes to restrict smoke or fire.

164 Raising temperature, cooling & condensing to produce a nearly purified substance

165 Continuous passageway for transmission of air

166 Finely powdered substance when mixed w/ air and ignited will cause explosion.

Extremely hot, luminous bridge formed by the passage of electric current across a space between 2 conductors
167
due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor

168 Hot piece or lump partially burned, still oxidizing w/o the manifestation of flames

169 Active principle of burning

427/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

170 Building unsafe in case of fire

171 Visual/audible signal, device or system; warn the occupants or fire fighting elements of presence/danger of fire

172 Fire resistive door


condition/act which increase probability of fire; delay/hinder/interfere fire fighting, safeguarding of life &
173
property.
174 Portion of road/publicway kept opened/unobstructed for fire fighting units.

Built-in protection system (sprinklers, automatic extinguishing system, heat/smoke detectors, warning system)
175 - Personal protective equipment (fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves)

Design & installation of walls, barriers, windows, vents, means of egress; treatment of building components
176
with flame retardant chemicals; to minimize danger of fire and safe evacuation of people.

177 Minimum temperature a material gives off vapor to form ignition

178 Metal is heated prior to changing shape/dimension

179 Stable explosive compund; explodes by percussion

180 manufacturing, fabrication, conversion w/c uses/produces materials that cause fires or explosions.

181 Passageway from one building to another or through or around the wall in approximately same floor level.

182 Box/cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment ware stored.

183 Cylindrical device where fire hose is wound and connected

184 Rocket or liquid propellant

Industrial process of heating materials to remove solvents/moisture, and fuse certain salts to form uniform
185
glazing on the surface of treated materials
186 Piece of metal or conductor used to bypass a safety in an electrical system
187 Intended use/purpose of a building
Any person occupying/using a building (or portions) by virtue of lease contract/permission with the
188
owner/administrator

Strong oxidizing organic compound w/c causes fire when in contact w/ combustible material under condition of
189
high temperature.

190 Use of electrical appliances/devices beyond the designed capacity of existing electrical system.

191 Person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building/property
192 Yields oxygen; stimulates/supports combustion

Type of burner where pressurized fuel is discharged to combustion chamber which includes fans for
193
introduction of air.

194 building/structure; 50 or more people congregate/gather/assemble

195 street, alley, strip of land unobstructed from ground to sky intended for public use

196 Ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

197 partial distillation & electrolysis; removing impurities/deleterious materials from mixture

428/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


198 Automatic closing doors; confines smoke & heat; delays spread of fire.
199 Melting/fusing metal ores; separate impurities from pure metals.
Integrated network of hydraulically designed piping with outlets w/c automatically discharges water when
200
activated by heat.
Vertical pipes to which firehoses can be attached on each floor; includes system where water is made available
201
to outlets as needed.

202 Passage hall/antechamber between outlet doors and interior parts of building

203 Vertical space/passage extending from floor to floor, base to top of the building

Integrated system of underground or overhead piping connected to extinguishing agent actuated by automatic
204
detecting device to suppress fire.

205 Temperature at which liquid is transformed to vapor


206 Combustible materials (wood, cloth, paper, rubber & plastics)
207 Flammable liquids and gases
208 Electrical
209 Combustible metals (magnesium, sodium, potassium, etc.)
Pipeline system filled with water and connected to a constant water supply for the use of Fire Service and
210
occupants of the building solely for suppression purposes.

211 Isolated structure where loose fibers are stored.

Tank, vat, container of flammable/combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose
212
of coating, finishing, treating, or similr processes.

213 pipes not filled with water; water is introduced thru Fire Service connections

214 Building, structure or facilities used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile and ammunition

215 Fire alarm system transmitted to designated locations instead of sounding a general alarm to prevent panic

An assembly incorporated in a structure designed to prevent the spread of fire (dampers, curtain board, fire
216
stoppers)

217 Time duration a material can withstand the effect of hundred fire test

A wall designed to prevent the spread of fire w/ fire resistance rating of not less than 4 hours and structurally
218
stable.

219 Time w/c flame will spread over the surface of a burning material.

220 Compound/mixture w/c improves fire resistant quality of fabrics and other materials

Land covered with dry grass, cogon, reeds, brush and other highly combustible growth that fires are likely to
221
occur and hard to suppress.

222 Buildings, structures, facilities 15 meters or more in height.

223 Continuous unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building, structure or facility to a public way.

224 Maximum number of persons that may occupy a building, structure or facility or portions thereof.

Liquid mixture of binders (alkyd, acrylic…) w/c when spread on surface becomes protective and decorative
225
finish.

429/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Mechanical device consisting of linkages and a horizontal bar across a door, which when pushed from the
226
inside will cause the door to open and facilitate exit from a building, structure or facility.

227 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials are segregated into desired sizes or groups.

228 Air compartment or chamber w/ one or more ducts are connected to form part of an air distribution system.

229 density and volume of smoke developed within a certain period of time.

230 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 3 STORIES OR LESS

231 PROTECTIVE ENCLOSURE OF EXITS - 4 STORIES OR more


TRAVEL DISTANCE TO EXITS
INDIVIDUAL ROOM (Not more than 6 Occupants) –
232
MAX. ______ from any point of the room to exit door.

Lot Occupancy Corner Lot – 90%


Inside Lot – 80%
*at least 2m from property line
Sanitation At least one (1) sanitary toilet & adequate washing & drainage
Foundation Footings – 250mm thick & 600mm below ground
Floor Live Load
1st Floor – 200 kilograms per sq.m
233 2nd Floor – 150 kilograms per sq.m
*minimum
Roof Wind Load – 120 min. kilograms per sq.m for vertical projections
Stairs Clear width – 750mm
Rise – 200mm
Run – 200mm
Entrance & Exit At least 1 entrance & 1 exit

min. horizontal dimension – not less than 2.00m / - inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard, or by a
234
passageway – 1.20m min.
a. Natural Ventilation – min of 2.70m
Artificial Ventilation (min.)
1st storey 2.70m
235 2nd storey 2.40m
3rd storey 2.10m
b. Mezzanine – min. of 1.80m

1. Rooms for Human Habitations – 6 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 2m (2x3m)


2. Kitchens – 3 sq.m w/ a least dimension of 1.5 (1.5x2m)
236
3. Bath & Toilet – 1.20 sq.m w/ at least of 0.90m (0.90x1.3m)

1. School Rooms – 3.00 cu.m w/ 1.00 sq.m of floor area per person
2. Workshops, Factories, Offices – 12.00 cu.m of air space per person;
237
3. Habitable rooms – 14.00 cu.m of air space per person.

– eaves over required windows not less than 750mm. minimum over from the side & rear property lines / – sum
238
of areas of openings must not exceed 50 % of sum of areas of walls

239 at least 10% of floor area (not provided w/ artificial ventilation system)

430/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

a. Ventilation or vent shafts – horizontal cross-sectional area not < 0.10 sq.m per meter height of shaft
240 b. Air Ducts – 0.30 sq.m w/ at least dimension of 300mm

1. Office, Administrative purposes – not < 3 changes of air per hour


2. Bakeries, Hotel, Restaurants, Kitchens – not < 10 changes of air per hour
241 3. Auditoriums, Assembly purposes – not < 0.30 cu.m of air per minute
4. Wards, Dormitories of Institutional Bldgs. – not < 0.45 cu.m of air per minute, supplied each person

a. Footings – at least 2.40m below grade along national roads, may project not > 300mm beyond Property line.
242 b. Foundations – not < 600mm below the grade, may encroach 500mm into public sidewalk areas

243 Min. of 3.00m above the established sidewalk grade

a. Definition – a permanent roofed structure above a door attached to and supported by the building and
projecting over a wall or sidewalk
b. Projection & Clearance – outermost edge of the marquee and the curb line shall be not < 300mm, vertical
244
clearance bet pavement or GL & undersurface of marquee shall not < 3.00m
c. Construction – incombustible materials not < 2 hrs fire-resistive

a. Definition – a movable shelter supported from an exterior wall of a bldg. w/c can be retracted, folded,
collapsed against the face of a supporting bldg.
b. Clearance
245
Awning to curb line – not < 300mm
Vertical Clearance (undermost surface of the awning or GL) – not < 2.40m

– not less than 2.40m above pavement or GL shall not, when fully opened, project beyond PL except fire exit
246
doors

a. Public Street or alley less than 3.60m in width shall be truncated at the corner “Chaflan”
247 b. If arcaded bldg, no chaflan reqtd notwithstanding the width of public street, 12.00m

a. Temporary walkway – 1.20m wide (during construction


248 b. Capable of supporting a uniform live load of 650 kg per sq.m

a. Railings – street side of the sidewalk – at least 1m in height


b. Fences – not < 2.40m above grade
249
c. Canopies – 2.40m above the railway, live load 600 kg per sq.m.

250 a. Removal – protective fence or canopy shall be removed _______ after protection no longer required.

251 1. Excavation made on public property - restored immediately to its former conditions w/in ______

Escalator – draft curtain – at least 200mm on all sides


Automatic Sprinklers – provided around perimeter of the opening w/in 600mm of draft curtain. Distance bet
252
sprinklers - max of 1.80 center to center

1. Access – not < 600mm sq. or in diameter, min clear headroom of 800mm
2. Area Separation – enclosed attic space of combustible construction shall be divided into horizontal area max
253
of 250 sq.m. area, 750 sq.m. in area for attic with Fire-extinguishing system.

431/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1. Number of Exits STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Above 1st storey – 10 occupant – 2 exits
Mezzanine – 185 sq.m area or more than 18m in dimension – 2 exits
500-999 – 3 exits
2. Exits – if only 2 exits required, shall be placed distance apart not < 1/5 of the perimeter area.
3. Distance of Exits – w/o sprinkler – 45m from exterior exit door, w/ sprinkler 60m
4. Doors
a. Swing – exit door shall swing to exit travel in hazardous areas w/ 50 or more occupant load
b. Double acting doors – view panel of not < 1,300 sq. cm.
c. Width and Height – not < 900mm in width, not < 2.00m in height, opening – 90 degrees and exit way clear
width not < 700mm
5. Door Leaf Width – max of 1.20
6. Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies
a. Width – not < 1.10m
b. Dead Ends – max 6.00m in length
7. Stairways
a. Width – serving an occupant load of more than 50 shall not be < 1.10m, occupant load of 50 or less may be
90m (900mm) wide, private stairways serving an occupant load of < 10 may be .75m (750mm)
b. Rise and Run. Rise – max 0.20m (200mm), Run - 0.25m (250mm)
254 c. Winding Stairways – narrower side of the thread 150mm – 300mm
d. Circular Stairways – used as exit w/ min width of run not < 250mm
e. Landings – straight run – max of 1.20m, vertical
f. Distance bet landings – max of 3.60m vertical distance landings.
g. Handrails – not < 800mm nor more than 900mm.
h. Stairway to Roof – if 4 or more storeys in height
i. Headroom – clearance 2.00m
8. Ramps – width – 1.10m min
9. Exit Outlets, Courts, Passageways
a. Slope – exit courts max of 1:10, exit passageway max of 1:8
b. Openings – on exit court not < 3.00m protected by fire assemblies not < ¾ hour fire resistive. Except
openings > 3.00m may be unprotected
c. Exit signs illumination – not < 10.7 lux at the floor level
10. Aisles
a. Width – not < 800mm if serving one side, not < 1m if serving both sides, side aisles shall not < 1.10m
b. Exit Distance
1. Groups H, I occupancies w/o seats, line of travel to exit door by an aisle is not > 45.00m
2. Exit doors clear width 1.70m if 30 seats bet aisles and 1m distance of seat back to back
c. Slope – max of 1:8

a. Shall be constructed w/ metal frames Except Group A and J. Glass is set an angle of < 45 degrees, if
located above 1st storey, set at least 100mm (0.10m) above the roof.
b. Space bet supports
- flat wire glass – not exceed 625mm
255 - corrugated wire glass - 1.5m
- glass no wired – 2.5m in diameter w/ mesh not larger than 25mm
c. Ordinary Glass – if ridge doesn’t exceed 6.00m above the grade
d. Glass for Transmission of Light – not < 12.5mm thick, glass over 100 sq.cm. area have wire mesh

1. Every storey, basement or cellar w/ 200sq.m or more w/c is used for habitation, etc. w/c has an occupant
load of more than 20.
2. Dressing, rehearsal rms., workshops or factories w/ occupant load of more than 10 or assembly halls w/
256
occupant load of more than 500, if the next doors of rooms are more than 30.00m from safe dispersal area.
3. Photographic x-ray, nitrocellulose films and inflammable articles

432/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1. Construction and Test – shall be wrought iron of GS w/ fittings, connections to withstand 20 kg per sq.cm of
water pressure
2. Size – 900 liters water per minute
3. Number Required – every bldg 4 or more storeys where any floor above 3rd floor is 950m or less, equipped
w/ 1 dry standpipe.
4. Siamese Connections:
257 2 way 100mm dry standpipe
3 way 125mm
4 way 150mm
Siamese inlet (located on street front) Not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above grade
5. Outlets – standpipe 63mm outlet not more than 1.20m above each floor level, with 2 way standpipes 63mm
outlet above the roof (all with gate valves)

1. Size – Interior wet standpipes deliver 190 liters/water per minute under 2.0 kg per sq.cm water pressure
2. Outlets – 38mm valve each storey located not < 300mm nor more than 1.20m above the floor.
3. Water Supply – street main not < 100mm in diameter
258 4. Pressure and Gravity Tanks – 1500 liters/water per minute for not < 10 minutes
5. Fire pumps – capacity not < 1000 liters per minute w/ pressure not < 2 kg per sq.cm connected to street
main w/ not < 100mm diameter

1. Sheds, greenhouses, and the like not exceeding 6sq.m. in floor area
2. Addition of open terrace/patios not exceeding 20sq.m
3. Window Grilles
259
4. Garden pools for water plants/aquarium not exceeding 500mm in depth.
5. Erection of garden walls other than walls not exceeding 1.80m

1. Structural member, such as replacement of roofing sheets, etc.


2. Non load-bearing partition walls.
3. Interior portion of a house
4. Replacement of windows
260 5. Replacement of flooring
6. Perimeter fence & walls
7. Replacement of sanitary & plumbing fixtures
8. Replacement of faulty & deteriorated wiring devices, fixtures, safety devices

any letter, word, numeral, illustration use to announce or advertise


Specific Provisions:
1. Business Signs – max width 1.20m & length not exceeding the frontage of the bldg.
2. Ground Signs – shall not exceed 6.00m in height from the street crown, self supporting outdoor signs
10.00m away from PL
3. Projecting Signs - Sign Boards 1m to electric & telephone wires
261 4. Wall Signs – not extend more than 300mm & not < 3m above the sidewalk. W/ combustible materials shall
not exceed 4.00sq.m. area
5. Temporary Signs
a. Steamers – lowest pt. of bottom edge have min clearance 4.30m above the pavement
6. Administrative Provisions
a. Exemptions – sign not exceeding 0.20sq.m. of display surface.

433/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1. Width
1.1 Sidewalks of 2m w/ planting strip of 800mm in width separating curb & sidewalk
1.2 Arcades shall be cantilevered from bldg. line, horizontal distance bet the curb line & the outermost face of
bldg not < 500mm
1.3 Combined open & arcaded sidewalks w/ planting strip not < 800mm in width separating bet arcaded portion
262
and open portion of sidewalk
2. Driveways, Entrances and Exits
2.1 Entrances and Exits of Building abutting sidewalks shall be made of either ramps or steps
2.1.1 Steps shall have treads not < 300mm. Min no. of steps shall be (2), w/ risers not exceeding 100mm

1.1. Primary Lines – min vertical clearance of 10m from the crown of road pavement, 7.5m from the top of the
shoulder/sidewalk
263
1.2. Secondary Lines – min vertical clearance of 7.5m from the crown of road pavement

a. Fire Hydrants – not < 5m


264 b. Curbs – not < 150mm from curb away from the roadway

265 a. Clearances Over Roof – Conductors have clearance not< 2.5m from highest pt. of roofs

4.1 New Building – load demand 200KVA or above provided w/transformer vault
4.2 Location – ventilated to outside air
4.3 Walls, Roof and Floor. Reinforced concrete not < 150mm, masonry/brick not less than 200mm, 300mm
266
load bearing hollow concrete blocks. Inside wall and roof surface constructed of HCB shall have a coating of
cement/gypsum plaster not < 20mm. Concrete floor not < 100mm thick.

5.1 Ventilation Openings


5.1.1. Size – not < .006sq.mm per KVA of transformer capacity in service, except the net are shall not be <
267 0.1sqm for any capacity under 50KVA
5.1.2. Drainage – vaults w/ more than 100KVA transformer capacity shall be provided w/ drain

268 6.1 Transformers Used w/ Capacitors – KVA rating shall not be < 135% of capacitor rating

1.1 Hoistway pits clearance of not < 600mm remains bet the underside of car & bottom of pit.
1.2 Min number of hoisting ropes shall be 3 for traction elevators and 2 for drumtype elevators.
1.3 Min diameter of hoisting & counterweight ropes shall be 30mm
269 1.4 Elevators w/ over-load relay and reverse polarity relay.
1.5 In high rise apts. or residential condos of more than 5 stories, at least 1 passenger elevator shall be kept on
24 hour constant service.

434/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

2.1 Angle of inclination shall not exceed 35 degrees from the horizontal
2.2 Width bet balustrades shall not be < 558 mm nor more than 1.20m. The width shall not exceed the width of
270 the steps by more than 330mm.
2.3 Rated speed, not more than 38mpm.

3.1 Location
3.1.1 Main Bldg. is not made up of fire resistive materials, boilers shall be located outside w/ distance not <
3.00m outside the wall of main bldg. & bldg. housing the boiler
3.1.2 No part of the boiler shall be closer than 1m from any wall
3.2 Smokestacks - shall able to withstand a wind load of 175km per hour & shall rise at least 5m above the
eaves of any bldg. w/in a radius of 50m.
271 3.3 Boilers more than 46sq.m. heating surface shall be provided w/ 2 means of feeding water, 1 steam driven
and 1 electrically driven, 1 pump and 1 injector.
3.4 2 check valves shall be provided bet any feed pump and boiler
3.5 Boilers rms. shall have at least 2 separate exits.
3.6 Each boiler shall at least 1 safety valve. Having more than 46.sq.m pressure of water heating
surface/generating capacity exceeding 97kg. per hour, 2 or more safety valves are required.

4.1 68-74 degrees F temperature and humidity for comfortable cooling, 4.57 to 7.60 MPM temperature at an air
movement.
4.2 Not more than 136kgs of refrigerant shall be stored in a machine rm.
4.3 Where ammonia is used into a tank of water at least 1 gallon of water shall be provided for every .04536kg
272
of ammonia in the system.
4.4 Refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any bldg. shall not < 2.3m above the floor.
4.5 Window type AC (Air Con) shall not be < 2.13m from the ground

5.1 To maintain water pressure in all floors of a bldg./structure, the ff. systems may be used:
5.1.1 Overhead tank supply – may be installed above the roof w/ a vent and an overflow pipe leading to a
273 storm drain and be fully covered.
5.1.2 Pneumatic Tank – unfired pressure vessel

6.1 Piping 100mm in diameter and above shall be flanged. Small diameter pipes – may be screwed
6.2 Color coding of Piping:
Steam Division High Pressure – White
Exhaust System – Buff
Water Division Fresh Water, low pressure - Blue
Fresh Water, high pressure - Blue
Salt water piping – Green
274 Oil Division Delivery – Brass or Bronze
Discharge – Yellow
Pneumatic Division All piping Gray
Gas Division All piping – Black
Fuel Oil Division All piping – Black
Refrigerating Division Pipes – Black
Fittings - Black

275 erected @ sidewalks/walkways not < 2.40m in height above curb line.

435/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

4.1 Protective canopy - 2.40m above the walkway


4.2 Railings – not < 1m high and solid toe boards not < 300mm placed along the street and ends of the canopy.
276 Canopy safely sustaining a load of 800kg per sq.m.
4.3 Underside of canopy properly lighted not < one (1) 100 watt bulb every 6m of its length

277 G.I wire gauge 16,38mm mesh nylon net; canvas

6.1 Temporary walkway adjacent to the street line not more than 1.20m wide (for the use of pedestrians).
Where the road right of way is 5m or less, no temporary walkway shall be allowed
6.2 Width of walkway shall not < 1.20m but more than 1/3 the width of the sidewalk.
278
6.3 Walkways capable of supporting uniform live load of 650kg per sq.m.
6.4 Railings – not < 1m in height

279 7.1 Every Trench, 1.50m or more in depth, provided w/ means of exit at least 7.50 of its length

8.1 No materials piled/stacked higher than 1.8m except in yards/sheds. When Piles exceed 1.2m height,
280
material be arranged that the sides & ends of the piles taper back.

9.1 All buildings – 1 standpipes outlet @ each floor.


9.2 In every construction – at least 1 approved handpump, tank or portable chemical or dry fire extinguisher.
281 9.3 No material/construction equipment shall be placed w/in 3m of such hydrant/connection bet it and the
center of the street.

10.1 Where more than 200 workers are employed, a properly first-aid room shall be provided w/ a
282
physician/nurse.

11.1 Passageways, stairways and corridors – average light intensity not < 2 foot candles.
283 11.2 Locations where tools & or machinery are used – 5 foot candles.

284 shall be screened/protected on all sides not < 1.80m height

13.1 Stairways shall be erected as the bldg. exceeds 18.00m in height


13.2 No single ladder shall exceed 6.00m in length. Ladder landings at least 1.20m w/ handrails & toe boards.
Ladder rungs shall be spaced uniformly as near to 30mm.
13.3 Ladders leading to floors, stagings/platforms shall be at least 900mm above level of such floors
13.4 Ladders serving traffic in both directions simultaneously at least 1m wide.
285
13.5 Ladders shall not be painted, inspected at least once every 30 days.
13.6 Stairs and Stairways shall be support a load at least 490kq./sq.m
13.7 Temporary stairs – (the sum of the 2 risers and width of 1 tread shall not < 160mm nor more than 660mm)
2R+T=160mm-660mm. Not < 915mm wide. Landings not < 762mm long

14.1 At least (3) three 250mm planks


14.2 Slope not steeper than 1:3
14.3 When riser is steeper than 1:6, or more than 1.8m and steeper than 1:8, runways/ramps shall be provided
286
w/ cleats spaced not more than 200mm apart
14.4 Total rise of more than 1.80m passing over/near floor openings

436/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

15.1 Support at least 4 times the max load.


15.2 Planks used in construction shall be not < 50mm nominal thickness, overlap at the end shall not < 150mm
15.3 Ropes, cables and blocks used in support shall be sufficient size & strength to sustain @ least 6 times the
287 max load
15.4 Platform level of w/c is more than 1.80m above the ground
15.5 Substantial overhead protection not more than 3m above the scaffold platform

16.1 Used as hoistways/elevator shaftways be protected all sides, expect the side used for loading &
unloading. Protection shall be in barricades not < 1.20m high near the edges of openings, guard rails not <
288 910mm high placed not < 600mm.
16.2 Solid barriers not < 910mm high

17.1 Guard Rails - Top rail not < 910mm high above the platform level. An intermediate rail shall be provided
bet the top rail & the platform. Guard rails shall have supports not more than 2.40m apart, shall be constructed
to withstand a horizontal force of 30kgs. per meter
289 17.2 Toe Boards – shall extend not < 150mm above the platform level. Toe Boards of Wood shall not < 25mm
nominal thickness w/ supports not more than 1.20m apart, Metal shall not < 3.175mm thick w/ supports not
more than 1.20m apart.

18.1 Chutes for removal of materials & debris shall be provided in demolition operations w/ are more than 6m
above pt. of material to be removed
18.2 Intervals of 7.60m or less w/ substantial stops to prevent descending matl’s
18.3 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal be enclosed on all 4 sides
290
18.4 Chutes w/c at an angle 45 degrees from the horizontal may be left open on the upper side
18.5 Openings into matl’s/debris are dumped are dumped at the top of a chute shall be protect by a substantial
guardrail extending @ least 1.90m above the level of the floor

Private Open Space Requirements


% OF OPEN SPACE
TYPE OF LOT A & B (Residential) All Other
a. Interior Lot (accessible from a public street/alley by means of a private access road) 50% 25%
291
b. Inside Lot (non-corner/single frontage lot) 20% 15%
c. Corner and/or Through Lot 10% 5%
d. Lots bounded on 3 or more sides by public open space (streets, alleys, easement of seashores, etc) 5% 5%

unoccupied space bet bldg. lines & lot lines other than yard: free, open and unobstructed from the ground
upward.
a. Inner court – bounded on all sides/around its periphery by bldg. lines.
b. Open court – bounded by 3 sides by bldg. lines w/ 1 side bounded by another open space
c. Through court – bounded on 2 opposite sides by bldg. lines w/ the other opposite sides bounded by other
292 open space.
• Every court shall have a width not < 2.00m for 1 and 2 storey bldgs. This may reduced to not < 1.50m in
cluster living units (quadruplexes, rowhouses) for 1 or 2 storeys in height w/ adjacent courts w/ area not <
3.00m. Irregularly shaped lots like triangular shall be < 3.00m
• Bldgs more than 2 storeys in height, min width of the court shall be increased at the rate of 300mm

437/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Yards for Commercial, Industrial, Institutional & Recreational Buildings


ROAD RIGHT OF WAY FRONT SIDE REAR
30M & above 10m 3m
25-29m 8m 3m
293
20-24m 6m
10-19m 4m 2m
Below 10m 2m

2.1 Mixed occupancies, parking requirements shall be the sum of 100% dominant use & 50% of each of the
non-dominant
294
2.2 20% of parking requirements may be provided w/in premises

295 Average automobile parking size

296 Truck or bus

1.2 Low Income Single Detached living units in housing project areas w/ individual lots not more than 100sq.m
Pooled parking at 1 slot/10 living units
1.3 Multi family units w/ unit floor of: a. Up to 50sq.m 1 slot/8 living units
b. Above 50sq.m to 100sq.m 1 slot/4 living units
c. More than 100sq.m 1 slot/living unit
1.4 Hotels 1 slot/10 rooms
1.5 Residential Hotels & Apartels 1 slot/5 rooms
1.6 Motels 1 slot/unit
1.7 Neighborhood shopping center 1 slot/100 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.8 Markets 1 slot/150 sq.m of shopping floor area
1.9 Restaurants, fast-food centers, bars and beerhouses 1 slot/30 sq.m of customer area
1.10 Nightclubs, supperclubs and theater-restaurants 1 slot/20 sq.m of customer area
1.11 Office Bldgs 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
297 1.12 Pension/Boarding/Lodging houses 1 slot/20 beds
1.13 Other Bldgs in Business/Commercial Zones 1 slot/125 sq.m of gross floor area
1.14 Public assembly bldgs such as theaters, cinemas, etc. 1 slot/50 sq.m spectator area
1.15 Places of Worship & Funeral Parlors 1 slot/50 sq.m of congregation area
1.16 Schools Elementary, Secondary, Vocational & Trade schools 1 slot/10 classrooms
College & Univ. 1 slot/5 classrooms
1.17 Hospitals 1 slot/25 beds
1.18 Recreational Facilities Bowling Alleys 1 slot/4 alleys
Amusement Centers 1 slot/50 sq.m of gross floor area
Clubhouses, beach houses and the like 1 slot/100 sq.m of gross floor area
1.19 Factories, manufacturing establishments, mercantile bldgs, warehouses and storage bins 1 car slot/1,000
sq.m of gloss floor area
1.20 Tourist bus parking areas 2 bus slots/hotel or theater restaurant

1. A Filipino citizen and Good Moral Character


2. Duly registered Architect or Civil Engineer
298 3. Member of Accredited organization of not less than 2 years
4. At least 5 years diversified experience in building design and construction

1. Public Buildings
2. Traditional Indigenous Family
299 Dwellings – native materials
Cost doesn’t exceed P15,000

438/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Null & Void – not commenced in a period of 1 year


300 Abandoned work for 120 days

301 P.D.. 1096

302 Maximum height of a combustible stand.

303 Minimum spacing for seats in a chair type measurement from back to back.

304 Maximum line of travel to an exit of an aisle.

305 Maximum slope of an aisle.

306 In standard seating, the minimum spacing of rows measured from back to back.

307 Minimum width of any seat.

308 Minimum area of a double acting door view panel.

309 Minimum clear width of an exit doorway.

310 Maximum width of an exit door leaf.

311 Minimum width of an exit corridor.

312 Minimum number of exit for floors above the first storey having an occupant load of more than 10

313 Number of exit for occupant load of 599-999.

314 Minimum downward projection of a draft curtain

315 Maximum floor area for an attic made of combustible materials.

316 Maximum center to center spacing of a draft curtain sprinkler.

317 Maximum floor area for an attic made of incombustible materials.

318 Standard gauge for metal hoods in barbeques.

319 Minimum height of a Siamese connection above grade.

439/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

320 Standard maximum distance of a standpipe from an opening in a stairway.

321 Minimum wall thickness of a fireplace.

322 Minimum number of exit for a projection room.

323 Minimum extended portion of a chimney above the roof.

324 Minimum air space between walls of a masonry chimney above the roof.

325 Minimum thickness of glass used for floors.

326 Maximum rise of one row of seat to the next.

327 Minimum number of exit for stands within a building serving an occupant load of 300.

328 Minimum height of a guard rail located in front of the grandstand.

329 Minimum width of a run in a stand stair.

330 Minimum spacing for seats with backrests measured from back to back.

331 Minimum spacing for seats without backrests measured from back to back.

332 Minimum width of an exit door in an aisle.

333 Minimum intensity of lights for exits.

334 Minimum width of side aisles.

335 Minimum increase in width of aisles for every linear meter.

336 Minimum width of an aisle serving only one side.

337 Open space requirement for an interior lot.

338 Open space requirement for a corner lot or a through lot.

339 Bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

340 Minimum stair width for a residence.

440/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

341 Standard minimum area of a toilet.

342 Minimum dimension of a kitchen.

343 Minimum area for vent shafts.

344 Air space requirement for a school room per person.

345 Air space requirement for a habitable room per person.

346 Minimum area of opening of an air duct.

Maximum projection beyond the property line of a footing along the national road and at least 2.40 mts. In
347
depth.

348 Minimum clearance of a canopy or a marquee from the sidewalk.

349 Minimum stair width for occupant load of less than 50.

350 Minimum width of a temporary walkway.

351 Minimum clearance of an arcade above sidewalk.

352 Vacant space left between the building and lot lines less than 2.00 mts in width.

353 Minimum horizontal dimension of a court.

354 Minimum width of a passageway connecting a street and a court.

355 Standard air space requirement per person for factories.

356 Minimum headroom clearance for a mezzanine.

357 Air supply per person per minute for auditoriums.

358 Minimum total area of a window or an opening for a room without artificial ventilation.

359 Minimum dimension for a vent shaft.

360 Minimum horizontal clearance of the curb line to the outermost edge of the marquee.

361 Minimum clearance of the lowest portion of an awning to the ground.

441/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

362 Minimum height of a construction fence.

363 Minimum live load bearing capacity of a construction canopy.

364 Minimum height of a protective railing in a construction.

365 Minimum wind load capacity for roofs for vertical projection.

366 Maximum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

367 Minimum ceiling height for naturally ventilated rooms.

368 Minimum height of a handrail above the stair thread.

369 Maximum dimension of a stair landing.

370 Maximum slope of an exit court.

371 Minimum width of run for circular stair.

372 Minimum headroom clearance for any stair.

373 Maximum slope for an exit passageway.

374 Maximum height of a Siamese connection above the ground.

375 Maximum distance of any portion of a building from the nozzle of a 23 mts fire hose.

376 Minimum number of exit for any stage.

377 Minimum extension of a proscenium wall above the roof.

378 Minimum width of a stair in a stage egress.

379 Minimum thickness of glass for jalousies.

380 Maximum length of glass for jalousies.

381 Minimum width of exit in a stage.

382 Minimum lateral spacing for plastic skylights.

442/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

383 A store window in which goods are displayed.

384 Maximum width of a business sign.

385 Minimum distance of a sign from any electrical post or telephone wires.

386 Minimum open space requirement for a corner lot.

387 Minimum size of thread for an entrance or exit step.

388 Maximum slope for an entrance or exit ramp.

389 Minimum number of steps for an entrance or exit stair.

390 Standard turn circle of a wheelchair.

391 Office building parking ratio.

392 Standard size of a perpendicular parking slot.

393 Hotel building parking ratio.

394 Hospital building parking ratio.

395 Maximum distance of a handicapped parking from the facility being served.

396 Colleges and university parking ratio.

397 Theaters, cinemas, auditoria, and stadia parking ratio.

398 Minimum number of wheelchair seating space for 51-300 seating capacity for auditoriums.

399 Minimum width of a dropped curb.

400 Minimum Dimensions of an accessible elevator.

401 Maximum distance of an accessible elevator from the entrance of a building.

402 Minimum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortable.

403 Minimum door width for an accessible elevator.

443/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

404 Minimum dimensions for an accessible water closet stall.

405 Maximum height of signs on walls and doors for the disabled to see comfortably.

406 Minimum width of a parking slot for the disabled.

407 Minimum run of a stair for Group A dwellings (residential)

408 Minimum ceiling height from 3rd floor to succeeding floors with artificial ventilation.

409 Minimum area of rooms for human habitation.

410 Least dimension of rooms for human habitation.

411 Least dimension of an air duct.

412 Maximum encroachment into a public sidewalk of a foundation at least 600 mm below the grade line.

413 Minimum width of an exit door.

414 Maximum width reduced by handrails and doors fully opened to balconies and corridors

415 Minimum width of stairs serving more than 50 occupants.

416 Minimum width of stairs serving less than 10 occupants.

417 Maximum reduction in width of a stair due to trims and handrails.

418 Minimum run of a winding stair.

419 Maximum run of a winding stair.

420 Allowable tolerance in the rise and run of every step.

421 Width of stair requiring an intermediate handrail.

422 Minimum width of an aisle serving both sides.

423 Maximum number of seats between the wall and the aisle.

424 Maximum distance between the back of each seat to the front of the seat behind it.

444/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

425 Maximum width of seat in a stand.

426 Maximum projection of a penthouse or other projections above the roof.

427 Maximum ratio of a penthouse area to that of the supporting roof.

428 Minimum thickness of masonry chimney for residentials.

429 Minimum thickness of rubble stone masonry chimney for residentials.

430 Minimum firebox wall thickness.

431 Minimum thickness of smoke chamber back walls.

432 minimum thickness of front and side smoke chamber walls.

433 Minimum number of storeys requiring one (1) or more dry standpipes.

434 Minimum volume of water a dry standpipe should provide.

435 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a two-way Siamese connection.

436 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a three-way Siamese connection.

437 Diameter of a dry standpipe requiring a four-way Siamese connection.

438 Minimum volume of water an interior wet standpipe should provide.

439 Minimum diameter of a wet standpipe.

440 Standard diameter of a dry standpipe opening.

441 Standard length of a fire hose.

442 Maximum distance of a hose nozzle to any portion of a building.

443 Standard diameter of a wet standpipe valve.

444 Maximum projection into a sidewalk of a sign 4.50 mts. above grade.

445 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to an arcaded sidewalk.

445/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

446 Minimum vertical clearance from the bottom of a signage to non-arcaded sidewalk.

447 Number of days of work abandonment of stoppage for a building permit to expire.

448 Width of planting strip for sidewalks 2.00 mts in width.

449 Minimum horizontal distance of the curb line to the outermost face of an arcade.

450 Maximum vertical clearance of an arcade above grade.

451 Slope of ramp of road-way to sidewalk.

452 Slope of driveway to sidewalk where the height of curb is 200 mm and above.

453 Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from the crown of the pavement when crossing the highway.

454 Minimum vertical clearance of primary lines from top of sidewalk when installed along the side of the highway.

455 Vertical clearance of secondary lines from sidewalks along or crossing the street.

456 Minimum clearance of conductors from the highest point of a roof.

457 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

458 Maximum area of a dumbwaiter.

459 Minimum clearance of conductors from any platform or ground or projection from which they might be reached.

Minimum vertical clearance of service drop of communication lines above ground at its point of attachment to
460
than building or pedestal.

461 Vertical clearance of a service drop communication line when crossing a street.

462 Maximum capacity of a dumbwaiter.

463 Minimum width of an access road to a cul-de-sac.

464 Unit area per occupant for dwellings.

465 Unit area per occupant for Hotels.

466 Unit area per occupant for offices and garages.

446/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

467 Unit area per occupant for class rooms.

468 Unit area per occupant for stores - retail sales rooms upper floors.

469 Unit area per occupant for nurseries for children.

470 Unit area for stores -retail sales room for basement and ground floor.

471 Unit area for hospitals and sanitaria.

472 Unit area per occupant for aircraft hangars without repairs.

473 Unit area per occupant for warehouses and mechanical equipment room.

474 Unit area per occupant for theaters and the like.

475 Parking requirement for Hotels.

476 Parking requirement for public assembly buildings such as cinemas, auditoria, theaters, and the like.

477 Parking requirement for multi family living unit of 50 sqm floor area.

478 Parking requirement for multi family living unit above 100 sqm floor area.

479 Parking requirement for multi family living unit for 50-100 sqm floor area.

480 Parking requirement for clubhouses, beach houses, and the like.

481 Parking requirement for motels.

482 Minimum parking requirement for the handicapped.

483 Parking requirement for colleges and universities.

484 Parking requirement for elementary, secondary, and vocational schools.

485 In BP344, the required width of a corridor.

486 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards the street.

487 Maximum slope of a drop curb towards adjoining curb.

447/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

488 Maximum spacing for wheelchair turnabouts.

489 Maximum slope of a ramp.

490 Maximum distance of handicapped parking from the structure served.

491 Preferred width of corridor for the disabled.

492 Maximum height of a water closet from the floor.

493 Preferred height of switches from the floor.

494 Minimum height of a switch from the floor.

495 Maximum height of a switch from the floor.

496 Least dimension for a parking slot for the disabled.

497 In BP344, the minimum height of a handrail.

498 Maximum length of a ramp for wheelchair.

499 Minimum length of a ramp landing for wheelchairs.

One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or designated to be occupied by one
500
family with facilities for cooking , sleeping, living, and eating.

501 That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the ground or soil.

502 A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for , or occupied by one family for living,
503
sleeping, eating, and cooking purposes.

504 A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation.

A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raised 1.20 mts or more above
505
the level of the main floor.

506 The pipe which connects a flue-burning appliance to a chimney.

A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and which is built in
507
conjunction with a chimney.

508 A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joists or walls over opening.

448/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

509 Same as heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs, or storage of helicopters is permitted.

510 The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or traditional type of construction.

Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or any fire-proof construction intended for the
511
storage of valuables.

512 A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.

513 The unit area per occupant for hotels.

514 The unit area per occupant for dining establishments.

515 The unit area per occupant for theaters.

A building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or suspended at any time after commencement
516
for a period of.

Front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road-right-of-way of 25-29 meters shall have a minimum width
517
of

518 Offices shall be provided how many cubic meters of air per person?

Multiple living units of up to 6 units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly connecting said
519
building to a public street a width of.

Sidewalks of 2 mts or more in width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than how many
520
millimeters in width?

Arcades shall be cantilevered from the building line over the sidewalk and the horizontal clearance between
521
the curb line and the outermost face of any part of the arcade shall not be less than.

522 Printing plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

523 Power plants shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

524 Convents shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

525 Repair garages shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

526 Reformatories shall be classified under what type of occupancy.

527 Turnabout should also be provided at or whithin how many meters of dead end.

528 In B.P. 344, the maximum slope a ramp is.

529 Under B.P. 344, a level area of not less than how many meters shall be provided at the

449/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

530 top and bottom of any ramp.

531 Under what classification of occupancy does Mental Hospitals fall?

532 Under what classification of occupancy does Monasteries fall?

533 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft hagars fall?

534 Under what classification of occupancy does cold storage and creameris fall?

535 Under what classification of occupancy does private garage fall?

536 Minimum loading slot requirement for Hospitals and hotels.

537 Minimum travel distance from handicapped parking to facility being served.

538 Percentage required for number of parking if parking garages are available within 200 meters of structure.

539 Parking requirement for amusement centers.

540 Parking requirement for markets.

541 Parking requirement for neigborhood shopping centers.

542 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of more than 100 sqm of living unit area.

543 Parking requirement for multi-family living units of up to 50 sqm of living unit area.

544 Parking requirement for places of worhip.

545 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of over 3 meters but not more than 6 mts.

546 Maximum projection of a balcony over a street of 10 mts to less than 11 mts in width.

547 Maximum height of 1st the floor for a 2-story wood structure with a height of 7 mts.

548 Maximum spacing of posts for 2-story wooden structure with a height of 8 mts.

549 Under what classification of occupancy does fences of over 1.80 mts in height fall?

550 Under what classification of occupancy does Aircraft repair hangars fall?

450/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

Under what classification of occupancy does factories and workshops using incombustible and non-explosive
551
materials.

552 Under what classification of occupancy does wood working establishements fall?

553 Under what classification of occupancy does police and fire stations fall?

554 Standard length of a Wheelchair.

555 Standard width of a wheelchair.

556 How many meters above the floor is the comfortable reach of persons confined to a wheelchair.

557 How many meterd is the comfortable clearance for knee and leg space under tables for wheelchair users.

Accessibility, reachability, usability, orientation, workability and efficiency, and ___ are the basic planning
558
requirements of BP344.

559 Number of wheelchair seating for an assembly seating capacity of 51-300.

560 R.A. 7277

561 A long interior passageway providing access to several rooms.

562 A raised rim of concrete, stone or metal which forms the edge of street, sidewalk, etc.

The purpose of the NBC is to provide for all buildings and structures, a framework of
563 standards and requirements which is the

564 Under the NBC abutment on lot lines are allowed only in

Under the NBC, every corridor and exterior exit balcony servings as a required exit for
565 an occupant load of more than ten width shall not be less than

566 Under the NBC, the vertical distance between landings shall not be more than

567 Under the NBC, open spaces for corners and through lots is

568 Under the NBC, open spaces inside lots is

569 Under the NBC, space required for interior lots is

Under the NBC, the minimum dimension for court or near yard from the property line
570 to the face of the building is

Under the NBC, a building in R-1 zone shall comply with the open space requirement
571 in the form of

451/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, clearance between established grade of the street and/ or sidewalk
572 and the lowest under surface of any part of the balcony shall not less than

573 Under the NBC, the interior lots shall have an access road with a minimum width of

Under the NBC, gasoline filling and service stations shall classified under what
574 occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, display windows or wall signs within how many meters above the
575 sidewalk

Under the NBC, areas where adequate parking lots/ multi-floor parking garages are
available within 200 mts. of the proposed building / structures only what percent of
576
the parking requirements maybe provided within the premises?

Under the NBC, general units of measurement on consonance with the current
577 worldwide practice follow the

578 Under the NBC, the minimum requirements for a parking space is

579 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a clear width of at least

Under the NBC, mezzanine floors shall have a clear ceiling height not less than how
580 many?

581 Under the NBC, hospitals shall have one parking slot for every how many beds?

Under the NBC, all inner courts shall be connected to a street or yard either by a pass
582 with a minimum width of

Under the NBC, a dwelling shall occupy not more than how many percent of an
583 inside non-corner single frontage lot?

584 Under the NBC, prisons shall be classified under what occupancy classification

585 Under the NBC, cold storage shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, factories using not highly combustible materials shall be classified
586 under occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, window openings shall equal to at least of what percent of the floor
587 area of room?

Under the NBC, parking areas for the physically handicapped shall be within how
588 many meters in length?

Under the NBC, of only two exits are required, they shall be placed a distance apart
589 of not less than what fraction of?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms with natural ventilation shall have a minimum air
590 space per person of

591 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of offices is

452/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, a mezzanine floor use other than for storage purposes shall have at
592 least two stairways to an adjacent floor is the area greater than?

Under the NBC, residential hotels and apartels shall be provided with one parking slot
593 for every how many units?

594 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have

595 Under the NBC, rooms for human habitation shall have a minimum size of

596 Under the NBC, reformatories shall be classified under what occupancy classification

Under the NBC, repair garages shall be classified under what occupancy
597 classification?

598 Under the NBC, convents shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

599 Under the NBC, power plants shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, printing plants shall be classified under what occupancy
600 classification?

Under the NBC, multiple living units of up to six units built on the same lot shall have an access road directly
601
connecting said building to a public street a width of

602 Under the NBC, offices shall provide how many cubic meters of air space per person?

Under the NBC, front yards for commercial buildings abutting a road right-of-width
603 of 25-29 m shall be

Under the NBC, a building permit shall expire if work authorized is abandoned or
604 suspended at any time after commencement or a period of

605 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupants of theaters is

606 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of dining establishments is

607 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of hotels is

Under the NBC, the fire station shall be classified under what occupancy
608 classification?

609 Under the NBC, monasteries shall be classified under what occupancy classification?

Under the NBC, air craft repair hangers shall be classified under what occupancy
610 classification?

Under the NBC, in mixed occupancies the parking requirements shall be the sum of
611 100% of the dominant use and what percent of the dominant uses?

Under the NBC, habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation for buildings of
612 more than one-storey shall have a minimum ceiling height of the first storey at

453/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER


Under the NBC, multiple living units of 16 to 25 units built on the same lot shall have
613 an access road directly connecting said buildings to a public street a width of

Under the NBC, the entry ramp of the driveway connecting the roadway surface to
614 the sidewalk shall have a slope ranging from

Under the NBC, every room intended for any use and not provided with artificial
ventilation system shall be provided with a window with a total free area of opening equal to at least how
615
many percent of the floor area of the room?

616 Under the NBC, for Group A Dwellings, stairs shall have a minimum run of

617 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of laboratories is

618 Under the NBC, the unit area per occupant of apartment is

Under the NBC, the term that shall mean the total number of persons that may occupy a building or a portion
619 thereof at any one time is

620 Accessible parking should have a minimum width of _________

621 Perpendicular and diagonal parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum _________

622 Parallel parking for average auto mobile should have a minimum __________

623 Jeepney / shuttle parking slot should have a minimum __________

624 Standard truck / bus parking slot must have a minimum __________

625 An articulated truck slot must be computed at a minimum of __________

626 Parking slot ratio of Bowling Alley

627 Parking ratio of Private Hospital

628 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Through Lot?

629 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Corner Lot?

630 Mezzanine floor shall have a clear ceiling height not less than ________ above and below it.

631 What is the minimum Kitchen size?

632 What is the least dimension for Room (Human Habitations)?

454/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

633 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for Inside Lot?

634 What is the minimum requirement for Total Open Spaces for End Lot?

635 Least dimension for Toilet and Bath?

Habitable rooms provided with artificial ventilation shall have ceiling height not less than __________ measured
636
from the floor to ceiling.

637 What is the minimum dimension for Accessible Elevator?

Accessible elevator should be located not more than __________ from the entrance and should be easy to
638
locate with the aid of signs.

639 Accessible water closet stalls shall have a minimum dimension of __________.

640 Passenger train shall have at least __________ designated seats for disabled person.

641 How many risers shall be constituted as a stairway?

A bar which extends across at least ½ the width of each door leaf, which will open the door if subjected to
642
pressure.

643 Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

644 Contractor’s License law

Who shall be the responsible for carrying out the provision of the Building Code as well as the enforcement of
645
orders?

646 A court bounded on all sides or around its periphery by building lines.

The physical development within a lot or property that is under-utilized, unfit / unsafe for habitation / use or
647
within other lots / properties that are similarly situated.

The fully enclosed component of the building / structure situated between the establishment grade and the first
648
of a typical floor of the building / structure’s tower component.

649 The stone or marker at the head of a grave.

650 How many storey is considered as High-Rise Building?

651 How many storey is consider as Low-Rise building?

A portion of a yard for which the permitted limit of paving / hardscaping shall not exceed 50% of the area of the
652
yard.

455/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

653 What pipe color is for Hot Water?

654 What pipe color is for Cold Water?

655 The angle of inclination of an escalator shall not exceed __________ form the horizontal.

The rate and speed, measured along the angle of inclination, shall be not more than __________ meters per
656
minute.

657 Comfortable cooling shall be maintained at __________

Hoistway pit for elevators shall be of such depth that when the car rest on the fully compressed buffers, a
658
clearance of not less than __________ remains between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit.

659 How many storey shall a dry stand pipe be equipped with it?

660 . What is the maximum total projection of balcony if the width of the streets are over 14.00 meters

661 Water Code of the Philippines

662 What is the minimum road right-of-way width to be able to construct a basement?

663 Escalators width shall not be less than __________

664 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for glass and shrubs) for each side of the RROW?

Sidewalks of 2.00 meters or more width shall include on its outer side a planting strip of not less than
665
_________ in width.

666 What is the minimum radius for Cul-de-sac?

667 Escalators width shall not exceed the width of the steps by more than __________

668 What is the minimum clear opening of a window to be able to consider as a mean of egress?

Firewall with a minimum 2 hour fire-resistive rating constructed with a minimum height clearance of
669
__________ above the roof.

670 What is the minimum setback for residential-1?

671 What is the minimum setback for Commercial buildings if the RROW is 30.00m and above?

672 What is the minimum width of planting strip (for trees) for each side of the RROW?

456/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

673 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Corner-through lot?

674 What is the minimum Total Open Space for Interior Lot?

675 Roof – The wind load for roof shall be atleast __________ kg/m2 for vertical projection.

Footing shall be of sufficient size and strength to support the load of the dwelling and shall be at least
676
__________ thick and __________ below the surface of the ground.

677 What is the required distance of ingress / egress of vehicles for commercial lot near major intersections?

678 A store window in which goods are displayed.

A building permit issued under the provision of the Building Code shall expire and become null and void if the
679
building or work authorized therein is not commenced within a period of _________

A certificate of Occupancy shall be issued by the Building Official within __________ if after final inspection and
680
submittal of a Certificate of Completion.

681 What is the Air Space requirement for a Habitable Rooms?

Any portion of building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the first-storey wall used as
682
protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

683 That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to the soil or the pile.

684 All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon which the structure rests.

685 A horizontal structural piece which supports the end of the floor beams or joist or walls over opening.

686 The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance, repairs or storage of helicopters is permitted.

687 A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

688 The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction above.

A Lodging House is any building or portion thereof, containing not more than __________ guest rooms where
689
rent is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.

690 The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

691 The underside of a beam, lintel or reveal.

692 . A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.

457/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

693 The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an enclosing wall between piers.

694 What is the Wheelchair Seating Capacity for an Auditoriums that has 51 -300 seating capacity?

695 Pertaining to the measurement of the human body.

696 An exit, or a means of going out.

697 Ramps should have a minimum clear width of __________

698 All doors should have a minimum clear width of __________

699 Corridors should have a minimum clear width of __________

700 The Fire Code of the Philippines

Dropped curbs shall be sloped toward the road with a maximum gradient of __________ to prevent water from
701
collecting at the walkway.

702 The minimum width of a curb cut-out should be __________

703 Curb cut-outs should not have a gradient not more than __________

704 What is the minimum dimension for Rest Stops on busy or lengthy walkways?

705 Minimum walkway headroom should be __________

706 Ramps shall be equipped with curbs on both side with a minimum height of __________

The railing should incorporate a tapping rail to assist the blind; this should not be greater than __________
707
above the adjacent surface.

Blighted Area; Eyesore; An area where the value of real estate tend to deteriorate because of the dilapidated,
708
obsolescent, and insanitary condition of the building within the area.

709 What is the minimum length of a chaflans?

710 Entrance with vestibules shall be provided a level area with at least a __________ depth and a 1.50m width.

The length of ramp should not exceed __________ if the gradient is 1:12, and shall provided with landing not
711
less than 1.50m

712 What is the incremental setback per storey above the second floor level?

458/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

713 Arcade pedestrian walkways shall have a clear height of __________

All pipe materials to be used in buildings/ structures shall conform to the standard specification of the
714
__________ of the Department of Trade and Industry.

715 The live load at first floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

716 The live load for the second floor shall be at least __________ kg/m2

Multi-floor parking garages may serve the 20% parking requirements of the building / structure within
717
__________ meter radius.

What is the minimum required parking slot for offices, commercial or mixed-use condominium buildings /
718
structures if the unit gross area is 18 – 40 m2?

719 In BP 344, Handrails that required full grip should have a minimum dimension of __________cm – 50 cm

720 In BP 344, The lowest point of a dropped curb should not exceed _________ height above the road or gutter.

721 Which does the building code regulate and control?

Which is not part of the general powers and functions of the secretary of the Public Works, Transportation and
722
Communication pertinent to the National Building Code?

723 Who is responsible in carrying out the provisions of the National Building Code?

What are the two cases which invalidates the building permit. I - when construction does not commence with in
one year from the date of its issue; II - when construction is suspended for more than one year; III - when
724
construction is suspended for six months; IV - when construction is suspended or abandoned for a period of
120 days :::

725 Which is a reason or ground for non-issuance, suspension or revocation of a building permit?

726 What document is necessary in order to legally occupy a building?

727 Where is the measurement of site occupancy taken?

728 Which is not a determinant in the limitation of maximum site occupancy?

729 What is the minimum height of ceilings for spaces that are naturally ventilated

459/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

730 What is the minimum head room clearance for the third floor that is artificially ventilated?

731 The minimum window area for a 12 square meter naturally ventilated room.

732 An off premise sign.

733 In order to positively drain a sidewalk, its slope shall be about ___.

734 When means of exit is insufficient.

735 Any new construction which increases the height or area of an existing building or structure.

736 Change from residential to commercial use of a building.

737 Construction of partitions and roofing on the roof deck in order to make it habitable.

738 Comfortable cool temperature is _____

739 What is the minimum access road that is provided by the National building code?

Which office issue certificate of height clearance for buildings located within approach and departure zones of
740
airports?

741 Which is not required in applying for a building permit?

742 Which is the most important basic need of human settlement?

743 What is the minimum slope for accessible ramps for disabled?

Is a set of rules that specify the minimum acceptable level of safety for constructed objects such as buildings
744 and
nonbuilding structures.

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the sectary to enforce the provision of the code in
745 the field
as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

This wall is sometimes constructed over the center of the property line dividing two terraced flats or row houses
746 so
that one half of the wall is on each property. They are sometimes two abutting walls built at different times.

Usually gives us architect problems, we have to verify with the barangay or homeowner association for
747 preliminary
approval to avoid conflict with our design and to avoid delay in our application of permits.

Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for


748
downspouts.

460/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

749 Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable


750
window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

751 Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of water closets for males for an


752
auditorium serving 16-35.

Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving


753
10-50.

Required number of water closets for females for a


754
theater serving 51-100.

Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary


755
and secondary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population for


756
elementary and secondary school.

757 Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal


758
Worship Places.

Minimum required number of water closets for female for


759
office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for employees.

Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to


760 poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to number of
occupants

Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the


761
car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.

Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and


762
counterweight rope.

Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an


763
escalator.

Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator


764
along the angle of travel.

765 Defining open space in residential subdivision

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake


766
low and middle income mass housing production

461/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

A ____________ is a ___________ which extends vertically from


lowest portion of the wall which adjoins two living units up to a
767 minimum height of 0.30 meters above the highest portion of the roof
and extends horizontally 0.30 meters beyond the outermost edge of
the abutting living units?

768 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.

This means, an entities, agencies, organization & the like that


have been accredited/registered with the Board of Architecture of
the Professional Regulation Commission to deliver seminars, lectures,
769
& other continuing Professional Education Modules for Architects,
other than the IAPOA which is automatically accredited by the Board
of Architecture?

770 BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium


771 Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be more how may
meters away from the building it serves?

PD 1185: Which of the following denotes a fire involving


772
flammable liquids and gasses?

773 Minimum exit door width.

774 Minimum floor to ceiling height.

775 Maximum stair rise height for a class A stair.

776 Maximum height between landings for class A stair.

777 Minimum headroom for class A & B stairs.

778 Unit area per person for waiting areas or standing rooms.

779 Number of exits for place of assembly for 1000 occupants

780 Travel distance to an exit without fire sprinkler system.

781 Travel distance to an exit with fire sprinkler system.

782 Minimum spacing of rows of seats from back to back for a public assembly building.

783 Maximum number of seats in a row in between aisles.

784 Maximum number of seats in a row opening on to an aisle at one side.

785 Standard width of a seat without dividing arms for places of assembly.

786 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60.

462/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

787 Minimum headroom created by any projection from the ceiling.

788 Minimum clear width of turnstiles.

789 Minimum dimension of landings in direction of travel for class A & B stairs.

790 Minimum number of risers in any one (1) flight of stairs.

791 Minimum height of a handrail above the upper surface of the tread.

792 Minimum clearance of a handrail from any wall.

793 Minimum height of a guard rail.

794 Maximum height of a guard rail.

795 Minimum inner radius of a monumental stair.

796 Minimum width of any balcony or bridge.

797 Minimum width of a class A ramp.

798 Maximum rise of any floor from the balcony floor to which an access door leads.

799 Maximum vertical height in floors for an escalator.

800 Minimum width of a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

801 Minimum width of landing for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

802 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

803 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for a small building.

804 Maximum rise of fire escape stair for existing stairs.

805 Maximum height between landings for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

806 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

807 Minimum headroom clearance for a fire escape stair for small buildings.

808 Number of exits for place of assembly for 600-1000 occupants.

809 Maximum occupant load for a class C public assembly.

810 Minimum number of exit for an Institutional type of structure.

463/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

811 Maximum travel distance between room door intended as exit access and exit with sprinkler system for institutional use.

812 Maximum travel distance from the door of any room to exit for hotels with sprinkler.

813 Maximum travel distance from the main entrance door to exit for apartments with sprinkler.

814 Minimum increase in width for an aisle per linear meter.

815 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving one side for a public assembly building.

816 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of 60 or more serving two sides for a public assembly building.

817 Minimum width of an aisle serving an occupant of below 60 for a public assembly building.

818 Minimum width of an aisle for an educational use building.

819 Minimum width of an aisle for hospitals or nursing homes.

820 Minimum width of an aisle for custodial care institutions.

821 Minimum width of an aisle for business use structure.

822 Minimum width of an aisle for an industrial building.

823 Occupant load per person for laboratories.

824 Jails are classified under what classification of occupancy.

825 Courtrooms with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy.

826 Armories with an occupant load of more than 100 are classified under what classification of occupancy

827 Libraries are classified under what classification of occupancy.

828 Rooms where baled, bundled or piled materials segregated into desired sizes or groups.

829 Buildings or structures 15 meters or more in height.

830 Buildings or structures used for the storage of explosives, shells, projectile, etc.

831 An air compartment or chamber to which 1 or more ducts are connected and which form part of an air distribution system.

832 A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

833 Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

834 A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to stimulate or support combustion.

464/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

835 A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape and dimension.

The process of first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less volatile parts and then cooling and
836 condensing the result vapor so as to produce a nearly purified substance.

837 A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ignited will cause an explosion.

838 Temperature rating at flash point.

839 A class of fire with flammable liquid and gasses.

840 The temperature at which a liquid is transformed or converted into vapor.

841 Minimum fire resistance rating for a firewall.

842 A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.

The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with
843 air.

844 A gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects, fungi, vermin, germs, rodents or other pests.

845 Minimum width of any driveway in and around a lumber yard / piles.

846 Minimum height of fence for a lumber yard for exterior storage of lumbers.

847 Maximum width of sumps for the retention of oil and petroleum products.

848 For Refineries, distilleries, and chemical plants, the minimum height for a fence.

849 Minimum travel distance from any individual room subject to occupancy by not more 6 persons.

850 Maximum distance of travel from the high hazard area to an exit.

851 Minimum distance of an incinerator from any structure used other than a single family dwelling.

852 Maximum reduction in width of a stair by a handrail.

853 Minimum door width of a single door in a door way.

854 Maximum change in elevation between the interior of a door to the outside of it other than a balcony.

855 Maximum force in kilograms required for a panic hardware.

856 Maximum height required for a panic hardware installation.

857 Minimum height required for a panic hardware installation.

858 Maximum number of occupant for a subdivided room or space by a folding partition.

465/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

859 Minimum width of a door for family day care homes.

860 Minimum stair width for a class B stair serving an occupant load of less than 50.

861 Length of a nosing or effective projection over the level immediately below it for tread below 25 cms in dimension.

862 Maximum height of a handrail.

863 A combustible liquid is any liquid having a flash point at or above.

864 The time duration that a material or construction can withstand the effect of standard fire test is known as.

Any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction with other elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the
865 immediate surrounding.

866 Classified as mercantile occupancies, the travel distance from exits shall be.

867 Under what classification of occupancy does pool rooms fall.

868 Under what classification of occupancy does home for the aged fall.

869 Under what classification of occupancy does court houses fall.

870 Under what classification of occupancy does refineries fall.

871 Under what classification of occupancy does drugstores fall.

872 Minimum width of an aisle in a store for mercantile occupancies.

873 Minimum number of aisles for Class 'A' stores.

874 Minimum clear width of aisles for a Class 'A' store.

875 Minimum clear width of an exit access through a covered mall.

876 Minimum height of buildings requiring automatic sprinkler protection.

877 Standard inner radius of a curved stair in business occupancies.

878 Maximum height of riser for Class 'A' stairs.

879 Maximum height of riser for Class 'B' Stairs.

880 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving more than 50 persons.

881 Minimum width of stair for Class 'B' stairs serving 50 persons and below.

882 Maximum horizontal projection of a handrail over a stair.

466/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

883 Minimum width of a stair width for Class 'A' stairs.

884 Maximum height between landings for a Class 'B' stairs.

885 Minimum width of landings in direction of travel for Class 'A / B' stairs.

886 Minimum width of Class 'A' ramp.

887 Minimum width of Class 'B' ramp.

888 Standard slope of Class 'B' ramp in percentage.

889 Maximum height between landings for Class 'A' ramp.

890 Maximum height between landings for Class 'B' ramp.

891 Minimum width of ramps of 3 stories or more in height.

892 Minimum width for fire escape for existing stairs.

893 Minimum horizontal dimension of any landing of platform for existing stairs for fire escape.

894 Maximum rise for a fire escape for very small buildings.

895 Maximum height between landings for fire escape for existing stairs.

896 Minimum distance travel to an exit for storage occupancies of high hazard commodities.

897 Class of fire involving combustible metals, such as magnesium, sodium, potassium, and other similar materials.

898 Class of fire involving ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, papers, cloth, rubber, and plastics.

A tank, vat or container of flammable or combustible liquid in which articles or materials are immersed for the purpose of
899 coating, finishing, treating or similar processes.

An integrated system of under ground or overhead piping or both connected to a source of extinguishing agents or medium
900 and designed in accordance with fire protection engineering standards which when actuated by its automatic detecting
device, suppresses fire within the area protected.

901 A continuous and unobstructed route of exit from any point in a building to a public way.

902 Minimum distance of an incinerator containing kindled fire or rubbish fire or bonfires.

903 Under what classification of occupancy does museums fall?

904 Under what classification of occupancy does town halls fall?

905 Maximum width of a single door in a doorway.

467/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

906 Minimum tread for a fire escape stair for existing stairs.

907 Maximum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

908 Minimum spacing of rungs for a fire escape ladder.

909 Class III combustible liquids shall mean any liquid having a flash point at how many degrees Celsius?

910 In standard seating, the minimum spacing from back to back.

911 Minimum space from the back of chair to the front of the chair behind.

912 Maximum slope for aisles for public assembly structures.

913 Size of standpipe provided for each stage for public assembly building.

914 Occupant load per person for classrooms.

Where exterior corridors or balconies are provided as means of exit, they shall open to the outside and shall be spaced ___
915 meters apart. (Educational)

916 Minimum dimension of a rescue window for educational occupancies.

917 Maximum height from the floor for a rescue window for educational occupancies.

918 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in hospitals and nursing homes.

919 Minimum width of corridors, aisles, and ramps for exits in residential-custodial care.

920 Any room for sleeping in institutional occupancies if subdivided shall have a maximum area of how many square meters?

Includes buildings or groups of building under the same management in which there are more than 15 sleeping
921 accommodations for hire.

Includes buildings containing three or more living units independent cooking and bathroom facilities, whether or by any other
922 name.designed as rowhouse, apartment house, tenement, garden apartment,

923 Minimum number of stories of apartment buildings requiring fire alarm system.

924 Minimum number of apartment units requiring fire alarm system.

925 An Act to Ordain and Institute the Civil Code of the Philippines

926 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Civil Engineering in the Phils.

927 An Act to Regulate the Practice of Architecture in RP

928 Sanitary Engineering Law

929 An Act To Regulate the Trade Of Master Plumber

468/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

930 Ammended Civil Engineering Law

931 Contractor's License Law

932 Condominium Act

933 Predecessor of PD 1096 (NBC)

934 Magna Carta for Disabled Persons

935 Urban Development Housing Act of 1992

936 Intellectural Property Code of the Philippines

937 Interior Design Law

938 PRC Modernization Act of 2000

939 Philippines Landscape Architecture Act of 2000

940 The Architecture Act of 2004 (January 2004)

941 Professional Regulation Commission (June 1973)

942 Regulating the sale of Subdivision Lots and Condominiums

943 National Building Code

944 Philippine Environmental Policy (June 1977)

945 Fire Code of the Philippines

946 Defining Open Spaces in Residential Subdivisions

947 Regulating the Practice of Environmental Planning

948 Government Infrastructure Contracts

949 Architectural Guidelines for Intramuros

950 Economic and Socialized Housing

951 Accessibility Law

952 set offs explosives

953 explosive compound produced by the reaction of nitric acid w/ cellulose material

469/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

954 plastic substance having cellulose nitrate as base

955 flash point above 37.8 C or 100 F

956 liquid causes fire when contact with organic matter

957 produces a rapid drop of temperature in immediate surroundings

958 in air duct system; device to restrict the passage of smoke or fire

959 first raising the temperature to separate the more volatile from the less

960 extremely hot luminous bridge of an electric current

961 a hot piece or lump after a material is burned

962 active principle of burning

963 minimum temperature at which materials give off vapor to form ignitable mixture with air

964 a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shapes or dimensions

965 stable explosive compounds which explodes by percussion

966 a rocket or liquid propellant when fuels and oxiders combined

967 materials that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to support combustion

968 descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air

969 impurities or deleterious material remove from a mixture to produce pure element

970 melting or fusing of metallic ores to separate impurities from pure metals

971 interior lot

972 inside lot

973 corner/through lots

974 3 sides public open space

975 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 150 HECTARES BELOW

976 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 151 - 225 HECTARES BELOW

977 REQUIRED AREA FOR PARKS 225 HECTARES ABOVE

470/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

978 minimum open space requirement from density 60-100

979 minimum size of pocket parks

980 potable water supply per capita per day

981 if independent from the developer

982 far away from pollution or source of contamination

983 difference between developed and undeveloped area on circulation

984 not necessary in suitability of site of economic socialized housing

985 minimum lot area- single detached

986 minimum lot area- semi detached corner lot

987 minimum lot area- semi detached rowhouse

988 minimum lot frontage- single detached

989 minimum lot frontage- semi detached corner lot

990 minimum lot frontage- semi detached rowhouse

991 maximum block length

992 provide an alley

993 maximum block length provided by an alley

994 maximum block length provided by pathwalk

995 height limitation

996 minimum horiizontal dimension of courts

997 minimum size of passageway or street

998 floor area requirement for single family dwelling unit

999 minimum ceiling heights

1000 minimum ceiling heights of mezzanine

1001 mezzanine shall not cover the floor area in %

471/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1002 minimum door clear height

1003 minimum door clear height for mezzanine and bathroom

1004 opening of main door

1005 service door/bedroom

1006 bathroom

1007 window opening and floor area

1008 window opening and floor area of bathroom

1009 stairway clear width

1010 maximum riser height

1011 minimum tread width

1012 headroom clearances

1013 maximum height between landings

1014 maximum number of risers w/o handrail

1015 handrail measurement

1016 minimum clearance of handrail to wall

1017 minimum tread of winding stair from 300 mm side

1018 maximim variation in tread and risers

1019 maximim distance between landings required of ladder

1020 electrical requirements

1021 2 units abut each other is re required of

1022 non residential shall not exceed from residential

1023 minimum distance between two dwelling units

1024 minimum distance of roof eaves between two dwelling units

1025 minimum distance between two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

472/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1026 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (3-4 storeys)

1027 minimum distance between two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1028 minimum horizontal distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1029 minimum roof eaves distance of two dwelling units (more than 4 storeys)

1030 minimum parking requirement

1031 minimum floor area for multi family dwellin units

1032 exit width w/ occupant load of 50 or less

1033 for every additional occupant load of 25

1034 maximum exit of travel

1035 maximum exit of travel if there is fire extinguisher

1036 maximum dead end corridors

1037 maximum corridor of an interior corridor

1038 maximum allowable slope ramps with 300mm changes in elevation

1039 clear width of stair w/ 2 or more living units

1040 maximum landing width; equal to run

1041 with 3.00 m width of stair

1042 with 3.00 m-3.50 m stair width

1043 above the nosing or tread

1044 maximum distance of travel when above one storey

1045 for 4 or more building storey in height w/ roof slope not greater than 1:3

1046 headroom clearances

1047 lifespan of indigeneous materials

1048 a public way intended to serve for pedestrians and emergency vehicles

1049 a parcel of land bounded on the sides by the streets or alleys o pathways

473/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1050 a single family attached dwelling containing 3 or more separate living units

1051 a wall w/c seperates two abutting living units as to resist the spread of fire

1052 a fireblock which extends vertically from the lowest portion of the wall

1053 a wall jointly used by two parties under easements agreement

1054 shall cover of each phase

1055 min. lot sizes rowhouse

1056 min. lot sizes duplex

1057 min. lot sizes single detached

1058 Frontage Model A and B

1059 Frontage Model C

1060 Frontage irregular lot

1061 Frontage rowhouse

1062 Frontage minimum width of alley after 250m block

1063 Frontage maximim length of blocklength

1064 DESIGN STANDARDS FOR CONDOMINIUM PROJECTS

1065 dwelling unit (household)

1066 occupancy unit (single)

1067 parking slot

1068 not more than the building it serves

1069 parks and playground

1070 4 floors

1071 5-6 floors

1072 7 floors and up

1073 required area of playgrounds/parks for every 1,000 sqm

474/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1074 features that enable the disable person to make use of the primary function

1075 a small recess space in a room or a wall

1076 a break in the sidewalk or traffic island provided w/ an inclined surface to facilitate mobility of wheelchair

1077 the degree of inclination of the sloped surface expressed in ratio

1078 a sloped surface connecting two or more surface at different levels

1079 a paved footwalk at the side of the street

1080 a strip fastened to the floor usually required to cover the joint where two types of floor materials meet

1081 an exterior passage for walking along

1082 width of walkway to permit a person in wheelchair to traverse it w/ safety

1083 maximum dimension of turn about spaces

1084 maximum distance between restop

1085 width of corridor for person to traverse w/ wheelchair

1086 entrance depth w/ vestibule

1087 structural opening of door entrances

1088 clear opening of door entrances

1089 minimum dimension of floor area of toilet

1090 minimum dimension of floor area of elevator

1091 minimum width of door elevator

1092 centerline height of topmost buttons of elevator and floor switches

1093 maximum gradient of ramp

1094 maximum length for 1:12 ramp

1095 minimum length of landing for the 1:12 ramp

1096 level area at the top and bottom of any ramp

1097 handrail level on both edges

475/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

1098 length of extension in a handrail from ramp

1099 height of curbs in a ramp

1100 parking slot width

1101 maximum height of tresholds

1102 provision of one fountain

1103 height of the rim of the fountain from the floor

1104 unobstructed clear space for public telephones

1105 height of dialling from floor of a telephone booth

1106 clear opening of telephone booths

1107 regular buses

1108 air conditioned bus

1109 passenger trains

1110 passenger airplanes

1111 4-50 seating capacity

1112 51-300 seating capacity

1113 301-500 seating capacity

a written authorizaton granted by the building official to an applican allowing him to him proceed with the
1114
construction
all on site work done from site preparation, excavation, foundation, installation in place of components of a
1115
building or structure

1116 any new construction which increases the height or the area of an existing bulding

1117 installation of all components of a building or structure

construction in a buiding/structure involving, changing in the materials used partitioning, location, size of
1118
openings, structural parts, existing utilities and equipment but does not increase its overall area thereof

1119 any physical change made on a building to increase its value, utility or to improve its aesthetic quality

1120 a change in the use or occupancy of the building or any portion thereof which has different requirement

1121 remedial work on any damaged or deterirated portion of a building to restore its original condition

476/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

the transfer of any building structure portion thereof from its original location or position to another, either on the
1122
same lot or to either one

1123 sytematic dismantling or destruction of a building in whole or part

1124 a secondary building located within the same premises the use of which is incidental to that of the main building

477/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

478/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

STANDARD CODES REVIEWER

479/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.71 mtr.

2.30 mts.

0.19 mtr.

2.75 mts.

2.00 mts.

0.28 sqm.

46.00 mts.

61.00 mts.

0.83 mtr.

14

60 cms.

91 cms.

2.00 mts.

56 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

38 mm.

91 cms.

106 cms.

7.50 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

20.3 cms

1floor

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

480/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

15.25 cms.

30.5 cms.

22.9 cms.

3.66 mts.

2.13 mts.

1.98 mts.

50-300

30 mts.

30 mts.

31 mts.

2.5 cms.

91 cms.

1.00 mtr.

76 cms.

1.80 mts.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

4.60 sqm.

Institutional

Assembly

Assembly

Business

Picking rooms.

High rise building

Explosive magazine

481/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Plenum

Fulminate

Phyrophoric

Oxidizing material

Forging

Distillation

Dust

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Class B

Boiling Point

4 hrs.

Duct System

Flash Point

Fumigant

4.50 mts.

1.80 mts.

3.70 mts.

1.50 mts.

15.00 mts.

23.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

9 cms.

71 cms.

20.5 cms.

7 kgs.

112 cms.

76 cms.

20

61 cms.

482/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

91 cms.

25 mm

86.5 cms.

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Fire resistance rating

Cryogenic

30.50 mts.

Assembly

Institutional

Business

Industrial

Mercantile

71 cms.

1.50 mts.

3.66 mts.

15 mts.

763 cms.

19 cms.

20 cms.

112 cms.

91 cms.

38 mm.

25 mm.

3.70 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

10-17%

483/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

No limit

3.66 mts.

1.20 mts.

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

3.66 mts.

23 mts.

Class D

Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress

5.00 mts.

Assembly

Business

1.22 mts.

22.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

25 cms.

60 oC

0.83 mtr.

30 cms.

(1:8) 12.5%

63.5 mm.

1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.
484/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

76.25 mts.

55 cms.

82 cms.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

465 sqm.

Hotel

Apartment Buildings

12
BLASTING AGENT
CELLULOSE
NITRATE/NITRO
CELLULOSE

PYROXYLIN
COMBUSTIBLE,
FLAMMABLE OR
INFLAMMABLE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID

CORROSIVE LIQUID

CURTAIN BOARD

CRYOGENIC

DAMPER

DISTILLATION

DUCT SYSTEM

DUST

Electrical Arc

Ember

Fire

485/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fire Trap

Fire alarm

Fire Door
FIRE HAZARD

Fire Lane

FIRE PROTECTIVE & FIRE


SAFETY DEVICE

FIRE SAFETY
CONSTRUCTIONS

Flashpoint

Forging

Fulminate
HAZARDOUS
OPERATIONS/PROCESS

HORIZONTAL EXIT

Hose BOX

Hose Reel
HYPERGOLIC FUEL

INDUSTRIAL BAKING &


DRYING

JUMPER
OCCUPANCY

OCCUPANT

Organic Peroxide

Overloading

Owner
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
PRESSURIZED/FORCED
DRAFT BURNING
EQUIPMENT

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
BUILDING

Public Way
PYROPHORIC

Refining

486/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

SELF-CLOSING DOORS
Smelting
Sprinkler system

STANDPIPE SYSTEM

VESTIBULE

VERTICAL SHAFT

AUTOMATIC FIRE
SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

Boiling Point
Class A Fire
Class B Fire
Class C Fire
Class D Fire
COMBINATION STANDPIPE

COMBUSTIBLE FIBER
LOOSE HOUSE

Dip Tank

Dry Standpipe

EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE

FIRE ALERTING SYSTEM

FIRE PROTECTIVE
ASSEMBLY

FIRE RESISTANCE RATING

FireWall

Flame Spread Rating

FLAME RETARDANT

HAZARDOUS FIRE AREA

HIGHRISE BUILDING

MEANS OF EGRESS

OccupantLoad

ORGANIC COATING

487/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PANIC HARDWARE

PICKING ROOMS

plenum

SMOKE DEVELOPED
RATING

1 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING
2 HOUR FIRE
RESISTANCE RATING

15 m

Minimum Requirements for


Group A Dwellings

Size & Dimensions of


Courts

Ceiling Heights

Size and Dimension of


Rooms

Air Space Requirements in


Determining the Size of
Rooms

Location on Property

Window Openings

488/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Vent Shafts

Minimum Reqt’s in Air


Changes

Projection into Alleys or


Streets

Arcades

Canopies (Marquees)

Movable Awnings or Hoods

Doors & windows

Corner Bldgs. with


Chaflans

Temporary Walkway

Pedestrian Protection

3o days

48 hrs.

Enclosure of Vertical
Openings

Roof Construction and


Covering

489/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Skylights

Fire-Extinguishing Systems

490/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

b. Dry Standpipes – for


bldgs. w/ 4 or more storeys

c. Wet Standpipes

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
a. Minor Constructions:

2. Building Permits
(Exceptions)
b. Repair

Signs

491/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Arcades & Sidewalks

1. Location of Poles and


Clearances of Power Lines
along Public Roads.

2. Clearance of Supporting
Structures such as Poles,
Towers and others

3. Clearance of Service
Drops

Provisions for Transformer


Vaults

Ventilation Openings

Capacitors

Elevators

492/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Escalators

Boilers & pressure Vessels

Refrigeration and Air


Conditioning

5. Water pumping for


Bldg./Structures

Pipings

Fence

493/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Canopy

5. Protective Nets/Screen

6. Walkways & Railings

7. Precautionary Measures

8. Storage of Materials

9. Fire Protection

10. Sanitation & First Aid

11. Temporary Light &


Power

12. Hoist Towers

13. Ladders & Temporary


Stairways

14. Runways & Ramps

494/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Scaffolds

Floor Openings

17. Guard Rails & Toe


Boards

18. Chutes

Private Open Space


Requirements

Courts

495/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2. Parking Requirement
Computation:

2.40x5.00m perpendicular
or diagonal, 2.00x6.00m
for parallel

Min of 3.60m by 12.00m

Parking & Loading Space


Requirements

QUALIFICATIONS OF
BUILDING OFFICIAL

Exemptions of Bldg. Permit

496/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Validity of Building Permits

National Building Code

2.70 mts.

0.85 mtr.

45.00 mts.

One is to Eight (1:8)

0.84 mtr.

0.45 mtr.

1,300 sqmm / 1.30 sqm.

0.70 mtr.

1.20 mts.

1.10 mts.

0.30 mtr.

250.00 sqm

1.80 mts.

750.00 sqm.

Ga. 18

300 mm

497/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

300 mm

200 mm

600 mm

2" / 50 mm

12.5 mm

400 mm / 0.40 mtr.

0.90 mtr

0.28 mtr.

0.75 mtr.

0.60 mtr.

1.70 mts.

10.70 lux

1.10 mts.

30 mm

800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

50% of lot area

10% of lot area

Inner court

750 mm / 0.75 mtr.

498/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20 sqm.

1.50 mts.

1.00 sqm.

3.00 cum.

14.00 cum.

300 sqmm / 0.30 sqm

300 mm

3.00 mts.

0.90 mtr.

1.20 mts.

3.00 mts.

Setback

2.00 mts.

1.20 mts.

12.00 cum.

1.80 mts.

0.30 cum

10% of flr. Area

0.60 mtr.

300 mm

2.40 mts.

499/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.40 mts.

600 kgs./sqm.

1.00 mtr.

120 kgs./sqm.

0.90 mtr.

2.70 mts.

0.80 mtr.

1.20 mts.

One is to ten (1:10)

250 mm

2.00 mts.

One is to Eight (1:8)

1.20 m

6.00 mts.

1.20 mts.

750 mm

5.60 mm

1.20 mts.

900 mm

2.50 mts.

500/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Show window

1.20 mts.

1.00 mtr.

10% of lot area

300 mm

One is to ten (1:10)

1.50 mts.

1:125 sqm. Of gross floor


area

2.40 X 5.00 mts.

1:10 bedrooms

1:25 beds

60.00 mts.

1:5 classrooms

1:50 sqm. Of spectators'


area

0.90 mtr.

1.10 X 1.40 mts.

30.00 mts.

1.40 mts.

0.80 mtr.

501/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.70 X 1.80 mts.

1.60 mts.

3.70 mts.

200 mm

2.10 mts.

6.00 sqm.

2.00 mts.

300 mm

500 mm

0.90 mts.

200 mm

1.10 mts.

750 mm

100 mm

150 mm

300 mm

5 mm

3.00 mts.

1.00 mts.

300 mm

502/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

480 mm

8.40 mts

one third (1/3)

100 mm

300 mm

250 mm

150 mm

200 mm

900 liters/minute

4" (100mm)

5" (125mm)

6" (150mm)

190 liters/minute

2" (50mm)

2 1/2" (63mm)

23.00 mts

6.00 mts.

38 mm (11/2")

1.00 mtr.

5.00 mts.

503/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts.

120 days

0.80 mtr.

500 mm

6.00 mts.

1/3 - 1/4

One is to Eight (1:8)

10.00 mts.

7.5 mts.

7.5 mts.

2.50 mts.

1.20 mts.

3,861 sqcms.

3.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

5.50 mts.

277 kgs.

3.00 mts.

28.00 sqm.

18.6 sqm.

9.30 sqm.

504/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.80 sqm.

5.60 sqm.

3.25 sqm.

2.80 sqm.

8.40 sqm.

46.50 sqm.

28.00 sqm.

0.65 sqm.

1 slot/5 rooms

1 slot/50 sqm. Of
spectators' area

1slot/8 units

1 slot/unit

1 slot/4 units

1 slot/100 sqm of gross


flr.area

1 slot/unit

1 slot/50 parking slots

1 slot/5 classrooms

1 slot/10 classrooms

1.20 mts.

1:20

1:12

505/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

12.00 mts.

1:12

60.00 mts.

1.50 mts.

0.50 mts.

1.10 mts.

0.90 mts.

1.20 mts.

3.70 mts.

0.70 mtr.

6.00 mts.

1.50 mts.

Dwelling unit

Footing

Course

Apartment

Barbecue

Balcony

Chimney connector

Fireplace

Girder

506/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Helistop

Suportales

Vault

Cross wall

18.60 sqm.

1.40 sqm.

0.65 sqm.

120 days / 4 mos.

8.00 mts.

12.00 cum.

3.00 mts.

800 mm / 0.80 mtr.

500 mm

Business and mercantile

Industrial

Residentials, hotels and


apartments.

Storage and hazardous

Institutional

3.50 mts.

1:12

1.80 mts.
507/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.80 mts.

Institutional

Residentials, hotels and


apartments.

Business and mercantile

Industrial

Accessory

1 truck loading slot

60 mts.

20%

1/50 sqm of gross floor


area

1/150 sqm of shopping flr


area

1/100 sqm of shopping flr


area

1/living unit

1/8 living units

1/50 sqm of congregation


are

0.60 mtr.

1.00 mtr.

4.50 mts.

4.50 mts.

Accessory

Storage and hazardous

508/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Industrial

Storage and hazardous

Business and mercantile

1.10 - 1.30 mts.

0.60 - 0.75 mts.

0.70 - 1.20 mts.

0.74 mts.

Safety

Magna Carta for Disabled


Persons

Corridor

Curb

minimum

. Fire zones

1.20 mts

3.60 mts

a. 10%

20%

50%

2.00 mts

5.00 mts

509/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts

3.00 mts

business & mercantile

3.00 mts

20%

System International

750 mm

2.50x5.00

1.80 mts

25

2.00 mts

80%

institutional

storage& mercantile

industrial

10%

6.00 mts.

1/5.

14 cu. mts.

9.3 m2

510/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

185 sm.

5 units

750 mm

6 m2

business & mercantile

storage & hazardous

residential, hotels and


apartments

storage & hazardous

3.00 mts.

12 cu. mts.

8 mts.

120 days

65 m2

1.4 m2

18.6 m2

business & mercantile

residential, hotels &


apartments

storage & hazardous

50%

2.40 mts.

511/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00 mts.

1/3 to ¼

10%

200 mm.

4.6 m2

28 sm.

occupant load

3.70 mts.

2.50m x 5.00m

2.15m x 6.00m

3.00m x 9.00m

3.60m x 12.00m

3.60m x 18.00m

1 car : 4 alley

1 car : 12 beds

10% open space

10% open space

1.80m

3.00m2

2.00m

512/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

20% open space

50% open space

0.90m

2.40m

1.10m x 1.40m

30 m.

1.70m x 1.80m

2 or more

Panic hardware

Alter / Alteration

RA 4566

Building Officials

Inner court

Redevelopment

Podium

Headstone

16 – up storey

1 – 5 Storey

Courtyard

513/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Yellow

Green

30 degree

38 m./min.

20 deg C – 24 deg C

600 mm.

4 Storey

1.50m

PD 1067

10.00m

560mm

200mm

800mm

9.15 m.

330 mm

820mm x 1000mm

400mm

4.50 x 2.00 x 2.00

8.00 x 5.00 x 5.00m

300mm

514/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

. 5% open space

50% open space

120

250mm & 600mm

50.00m

Show Window

12 months

30 days

14.00m3

Arcade

Footing

Foundation

Girder

Helistop

Common Hall

Lintel

Masonry Socalo

Soffit

Bearing Wall

515/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Curtain Wall

Anthropometrics

Egress

1.20m

0.80 m.

1.20m

PD 1185

1:20

0.90m

1:12

12.00m

2.00 mts

0.10 m

0.35 m

Slum

4.00m

1.80m

6.00m

0.30m

516/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3.00m

Bureau of Product
Standards

200 kg/m2

150 kg/m2

200

1 car : 2 units

30 cm.

25 mm.

Construction

formulate guidelines on
land-use planning and
zoning

Building Officials

I & IV

errors found in plans and


specifications

certificate of occupancy

gross floor area

Use

2.7 m.

517/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.10 m.

1.2 m2

advertising sign

1:50

Fire Hazard

Addition

Concersion

Addition

20-23 centigrade

3 m.

Air Trans. Office

Bussiness Permit

Water

1:12

Building Codes

Building official

Party Walls

Local Ordinances

GA 26

518/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

15 cms.

0.90 mtr.

1:30

1:25

1:75

1:75

1:5

600 mm

30 mm

558 mm

38 Meters/Min

PD 1296

Home Insurance &


Guarantee Corporation
(HIGC)

519/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Firewall; fireblock

PD 957

CPD Provider

1 slot/family dwelling

100 meters

Class B Fire

0.71 mtr.

2.30 mts.

0.19 mtr.

2.75 mts.

2.00 mts.

0.28 sqm.

46.00 mts.

61.00 mts.

0.83 mtr.

14

60 cms.

91 cms.

520/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.00 mts.

56 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

38 mm.

91 cms.

106 cms.

7.50 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

20.3 cms

1floor

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

15.25 cms.

30.5 cms.

22.9 cms.

3.66 mts.

2.13 mts.

1.98 mts.

50-300

521/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30 mts.

30 mts.

31 mts.

2.5 cms.

91 cms.

1.00 mtr.

76 cms.

1.80 mts.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

4.60 sqm.

Institutional

Assembly

Assembly

Business

Picking rooms.

High rise building

Explosive magazine

Plenum

Fulminate

Phyrophoric

Oxidizing material

522/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Forging

Distillation

Dust

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Class B

Boiling Point

4 hrs.

Duct System

Flash Point

Fumigant

4.50 mts.

1.80 mts.

3.70 mts.

1.50 mts.

15.00 mts.

23.00 mts.

3.00 mts.

9 cms.

71 cms.

20.5 cms.

7 kgs.

112 cms.

76 cms.

20

523/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

61 cms.

91 cms.

25 mm

86.5 cms.

37.8 oC (100 oF)

Fire resistance rating

Cryogenic

30.50 mts.

Assembly

Institutional

Business

Industrial

Mercantile

71 cms.

1.50 mts.

3.66 mts.

15 mts.

763 cms.

19 cms.

20 cms.

112 cms.

91 cms.

38 mm.

524/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

25 mm.

3.70 mts.

112 cms.

112 cms.

76 cms.

10-17%

No limit

3.66 mts.

1.20 mts.

55.9 cms.

55.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

3.66 mts.

23 mts.

Class D

Class A

Dip Tank

Automatic Fire
Suppression System

Means of Egress

5.00 mts.

Assembly

Business

1.22 mts.

525/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

22.9 cms.

30.5 cms.

25 cms.

60 oC

0.83 mtr.

30 cms.

(1:8) 12.5%

63.5 mm.

1.8 sqm.

76.25 mts.

55 cms.

82 cms.

2.44 mts.

1.83 mts.

465 sqm.

Hotel

Apartment Buildings

12

RA 0386

RA 0544

RA 0545

RA 1364

RA 1378

526/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

RA 1582

RA 4566

RA 4726

RA 6541

RA 7277

RA 7279

RA 8293

RA 8534

RA 8981

RA 9053

RA 9266

PD 0223

PD 0957

PD 1096

PD 1151

PD 1185

PD 1216

PD 1308

PD 1594

PD 1616

BP 220

BP 344

BLASTING AGENT

CELLULOSE NITRATE

527/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PYROXYLIN

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID

CORROSIVE LIQUID

CRYOGENIC

DAMPER

DISTILLATION

ELECTRIC ARC

EMBER

FIRE

FLASH POINT

FORGING

FULMINATE

HYPERGOLIC FUEL

OXIDIZING MATERIAL

PYROPHORIC

REFINING

SMELTING

50%

20%

10%

5%

3.50%

7%

9%

528/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30%

100 sqm

43 li.

75 li

25 mts.

TYPE OF PAVEMENT

SLOPE

72 sqm

54 sqm

36 sqm

8m

6m

3.5 m

250 m

250 up to 400 m

150 m

100 m

2 STOREY

2.00 m

1.20 m

20 sqm

2.00 m

1.80 m

50%

529/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.00 m

1.80 m

.80 m

.70 m

.60 m

10 % opening

1 over 20

.60 m

.25 m

.20 m

2.00 m

3.60 m

4 steps

.80 m - 1.20 m

38 mm

150 mm

5 mm

1.80 m

1 light and 1 conv. outlet

4" thk fireblock

25%

4.00 m

1.5

6.00 m

530/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2.00 m

10.00 m

6.00 m

1.00 m

1 for every 20 units

36.00 sqm

.80 m

plus .15 m

45.00 m

60.00 m

12 m

25%

15%

.90 m

1.20 m

one handrail

two handrails

.80 m - 1.00 m

24.00 m

one stairwell

2.00 m

25 years

ALLEY

BLOCK

531/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CLUSTER HOUSING

FIREBLOCK

FIREWALL

PARTYWALL

10 hectares

50 sqm

150 sqm

100 sqm

10 m

8m

6m

4m

4.00 m

400 m

40 sqm

31 sqm

1 slot / unit

100 m

50 sqm/10 units 3
sqm/additional unit

optional

1 elevator

2 elevators

100 sqm

532/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ACCESSIBLE

ALCOVE

CURB CUT OUT

GRADIENT OF RAMP

RAMP

SIDEWALK

THRESHOLD

WALKWAY

1.20 m

1.50 m

3.00 m

1.20 m

3.00 m

1.00 m

.80 m

1.70 m x 1.80 m

1.10 m x 1.40 m

.80 m

.90 m - 1.20 m

1:12

6.00 m

1.50 m

1.80 m

.70 and .90

533/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

.30 m

50 mm

3.70 m

2.5 mm

1 for 2,000 sqm

0.85 m

1.50 m x 1.50 m

1.10 m

.80 m

5 seats

4 seats

6 seats

2 seats

2 seats

4 seats

6 seats

BUILDING PERMIT

CONSTRUCTION

ADDITON

ERECTION

ALTERATION

RENOVATION

CONVERSION

REPAIR

534/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MOVING

DEMOLITION

ANCILLARY BUILDING

535/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

536/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

537/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Defining open space in residential subdivision


1

A key house agency that assist private developers to undertake low and middle income mass housing production
2

3 The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the owner

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on the needs and financial capability of “program
4 beneficiaries and appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).

5 Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that falls under

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more activities


6

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services,
7 it shall constitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


8

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and professionally qualified, & with exceptional or
9 recognized expertise or specialization in any branch of architecture;

10 BA full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the supervision of the work

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate
11 of completion after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known
defect of 60 days
In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager performs regular architectural services for the
12 same project, he is compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP Documents?

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from date of Final Payment?
13

Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law.


14

This services giver full meaning to what the professional calls comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the
15 whole range of architectural services.

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor
16
to execute the work in accordance with terms of the Contract

BP 220: The parking requirement for multi-family dwelling is


17

PD 957: In Design Standards for Residential Condominium Projects, offsite parking is allowed but must NOT be
18 more how may meters away from the building it serves?

538/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the
19
field as well as the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto

Contract Documents shall be the property of the


20

It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, & general conditions of the contract.
21

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for the architect’s approval
22

23 are set of requirements for an itemized or generalized construction work, materials, methods, or systems.

shows the general requirements without consideration of a specific type or brand for materials. Open specs may be
24
subject to reasonable changes and equivalencies.

– establishes the exact and specific quantity, types, color, texture, and other properties. Such can not be changed
25
or subjected to equivalencies without prior concent from the specs writter or the architect

26 specifies the manufacturers and producers or the brands of materials and products be used for each specific work.

27 Combines two or more techniques.

Division 01 — General Requirements


Division 02 — Site Construction
Division 03 — Concrete
Division 04 — Masonry
Division 05 — Metals
Division 06 — Wood and Plastics
Division 07 — Thermal and Moisture Protection
Division 08 — Doors and Windows
28
Division 09 — Finishes
Division 10 — Specialties
Division11 — Equipment
Division 12 — Furnishings
Division 13 — Special Construction
Division 14 — Conveying Systems
Division 15 — Mechanical
Division 16 — Electrical

an organization that maintains and advances the standardization of construction language as pertains to building
specifications.provides structured guidelines for specification writing in their Project Resource Manual, formerly
29
called the Manual of Practice (MOP).

The most widely used standard for organising specifications and other written information for commercial and
institutional building projects. It provides a master list of divisions, and section numbers and titles within each
30
division, to be followed in organizing information about a facility’s construction requirements and associated
activities

539/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Classes
A – wood, cloth, paper, rubber and plastics
B – flammable liquid and gases
31
C – fire involving energized electrical equipment
D – involving combustible metals (such as magnesium, sodium, potassium)

32 not normally filled with water (water is introduced by fire service connection when needed)

33 air compartment or chamber to which ducts are connected

34 – neutralize or remove a fire hazard

35 it is normally open, closes automatically to prevent passage of fire or smoke

36 the lowest temperature at which the material will give sufficient vapor to ignite when exposed to flame

37 an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device

38 stairway enclosure so designed that products of combustion is prevented from moving in

39 not allowed as a form of escape

signed on docs. that one has not prepared or supervised


paid illegal amount in the application
40 impersonation
aided an illegal practice

develop levels of standards and technical requirements for economic and socialized housing projects
for socialized and economic housing
housing units that are affordable to average and low-income earner (30% of the gross family income)
41
it is a law that relaxes the provisions of the NBC for the purpose of making the dwelling units more affordable
without compromising health, safety and enviromental protection

42 Sale of Subd Lots / Condo buyers protection

43 defining open space

44 Condominium act

540/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

comprehensive and continuing urban development and housing program, establish the mechanism for its
implementation, and for other purposes
a. Uplift the conditions of the underprivileged and homeless citizens in urban areas and in resettlement areas by
45
making available to them decent housing at affordable cost, basic services, and employment opportunities;
b. Provide for the rational use and development of urban land in order to bring about the following:

Environmental Impact Statement


prepare, file and include in every action, project or undertaking which significantly affects the quality of the
environment a detailed statement on:
the environmental impact of the proposed action,
any adverse environmental effect which cannot be avoided should the proposal be implemented;
46 alternative to the proposed action;
a determination that the short-term uses of the resources of the environment are consistent with the maintenance
and enhancement of the long-term productivity of the same
whenever a proposal involves the use of depletable or nonrenewable resources, a finding must be made that such
use and commitment are warranted.

47 Philippine Environmental Code

a book containing all contract and non-contract documents for a construction project except the drawings
Organization of the Project Manual
bidding requirements
48 parts of the contract (agreement and bond forms)
general and supplementary conditions of the contract
technical specifications

invitation, prequalification forms, instruction to bidders, information to bidders, bid forms


49

bid security, subcontractor list, substitutions


50

agreement (owner-contractor), performance bond, labor and materials payment bond, certificates of insurance
51

general conditions
52

(also called “closed”), specifies brand names, product,


proprietary specification – the most restrictive
53
“approved equal” language,

(also called “open”), specifies results that are to be achieved but gives the contractor the choice on how it will be
achieved; used in public projects in order to promote competition
54 descriptive – like a “recipe” to be followed, quantities and qualities of ingredients
reference standard – reference to ASTM, AISC, NBC

541/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

complete, accurate and unambiguous


up to date references (standards)
do not specify the results and at the same time the method (this may conflict)
use standards than can be measured
55
avoid exculpatory clauses (broad way of shifting responsibility)
avoid “and/or”, etc.,
keep it short

56 one general contractor

major portions are contracted separately (e.g. mechanical, electrical), specialty contractors favor this but make
57
coordination difficult

used for fast track construction, some work can proceed as soon as its drawings and specs are available, other will
58
have to wait, this overlaps the design process

graphic presentation of work to be done


59

written and verbal description of work


60

changes in the work, time, protection of persons and property, insurance and bonds, correction of work, termination
61 or suspension of the contract

compensation, description of work, date of commencement, completion, liquidated damages, payment


62

changes before contract execution


63

changes after contract execution


64

Architect reviews processes, shop drawings, submittals, observes construction making sure it is consistent with the
contract, evaluates contractor accomplishment and request for payments and administers the project closeout
65
procedure

66 illustrations showing how the contractor proposes to supply and install the required work, very detailed

67 physical example of the portion of work, they become standards of appearances and workmanship

68 brochure, charts, instructions

authorizing the variation from the original that involves changes in cost and/or time. Architect prepares it, the owner
69
issues it to the contractor. All must approve this.

when the building is made ready for occupancy


70

542/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

71 when the building can be used, it is also the termination of the contractors schedule

72 – a result of architect’s inspection, identifies the work to be completed or corrected

73 formulates policies and objectives as well as over-all strategies for housinc

formerly Human Settlements Regulatory Commission; to foster growth and renewal of urban and rural communities,
74
optimum land-use, adequate shelter and environmental protection

75 provident savings fund for housing

76 generate continuous source of funds for housing through secondary mortgage market system

77 undertake housing development and resettlement

78 develop, standardize, and mass produce housing materials

1902 - Academia de Arquitectura y Agrimensura de Filipinas; 1st President Guillermo Gardiner


National Assembly 1921 - 1st Engineers and Architects Law Act No. 2985 (master buildings were registered as
architects)
1933 - Philippine Architects Society (adopted a code of ethics and standardized fees)
1945 Sept. 2 - PAS became PIAP the became Philippine Institute of Architects (PIA)
79
1950 - League of Philippine Architects, AR 545 was enacted
1958 - Association of Philippine Government Architects
1973 - creation of PRC; APGA, LPA and PIA negotiated
1974 - approval of the constitution and by-laws by the 3 organizations
1975 - United Architects of the Philippines

543/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

responsibilities toward the public


constructive civic service
preservation of heritage
uphold interest of its professional organization
80
abide by the code of ethical conduct
refrain from paid advertisements of self-laudatory, misleading publicity
refrain from taking part in paid advertisement

introduce oneself by sample (no free design)


ascertain nature and scope of project, define charges
honest advocate (even that would mean loss of project)
explain character of estimate
consider needs and stipulation of the client
81
charge the client
not undertake fixed contract sum
not accept payment from other source
refrain from business that would discredit oneself

make contractor understand the contract (avoid mistakes)


architect’s error should not be absorbed by the contractor
promptly act on non-conformance of the contractor
82
not accept free engineering services or other “freebies” that would make him obligated
promptly act on request for payments

no “freebies”
83 avoid commissions, discounts, gifts that places one under reciprocal frame

no free architect’s services except small civic and charitable projects


not knowingly compete with other architects on basis of fee
not seek commission on a project when another architect is currently negotiating
not be part of a competition where there is conflict of interest
not invade or conquer another architect’s project
notify original designers when undertaking renovation works
84 not maliciously talk about another architect
protect ones name from being used maliciously
sign only on plans one has prepared
treat well employees and subordinates
share technical information and experience
serve ones professional association

feasibility studies (viability), financing, programming (problem seeking), site selection or analysis, site studies, space
85 studies, promotional services (marketing)

schematic design, design development, contract document, construction


86

interior design, landscape, physical planning (site planning), comprehensive planning (starts with data base
87 gathering end culminates with master development plan)

implements construction
88 hires workers, negotiate with contractors, authorize payment of accounts

544/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER
involves the use of a revolving fund
savings and excesses are shared with conditions
50/50 split on savings
89
50/50 split on excess up to 110% of the guaranteed cost
architect pays for the excess beyond 110% of the guaranteed cost.

full-time supervision (quality control, evaluation of contractor’s work, record keeping)


90 construction management (coordination and supervision, cost and time control, quality control and record keeping)

building and equipment maintenance (trouble free use)


building and grounds administration (billing, security, operations)
91
post construction evaluation (have the goals been achieved)

all in one
92

Stipulated sum (fixed fee, lump sum))


cost plus fee = actual expense plus reasonable fee for profit
multiple of direct personnel expense = salaries are determined then multiplied by a factor, this is increased by a
multiplier for overhead and profit
93
percentage of construction cost
unit cost method = based on definable unit (housing unit, square meter, room)
per diem plus reimbursable expense

94 revised RA 6541

BO issue permit within ______ from the date of payment


95

fill-up a form
lot ownership / possessory right (TCT, sale, lease, contract)
96 drawings, specifications and estimates
lot plan

permit becomes null and void if:


construction does not commence within _______
97
suspended/ abandoned for ________

no building can be occupied without such certificate


98 no change in occupancy allowed
issued within 30 days after final inspection

Type I - wood construction


Type II - wood with protective fire-resistance and one-hour fire resistive throughout
99 Type III - masonry and wood construction, and one-hour fire resistive throughout
Type IV - steel, iron, concrete, masonry
Type V - fire resistive

100 time in hours a material or assembly can be expected to withstand exposure to fire without collapsing, develop any
openings which permit the passage of flame or hot gases, or exceeding specified temperature on the side away
from the fire

545/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Category I - residential
Category II - commercial and industrial
101 Category III - educational, social and institutional
Category IV - agricultural
Category V - ancillary

102 classified to belong to the most restrictive requirement

103 size of room relative to window size (____ of floor area and not less than 1 m2; ___ for toilets but not less than 0.24
m2)

104 ceiling heights (min):


2.7m, 2.4m and 2.1m

105
2.7m ceiling height

106
1.8m Ceiling height

min. sizes and dimension of rooms


107
human habitation

108 Kitchen

109 bath/ toilet

110 installation in place

111 increasing height or area

112 changes in materials, partitioning, size of openings, structural parts, utilities without increasing area

113 physical change to increase value, utility, aesthetics

114 Change in use

115 remedial work on damaged portion, restore

116 transfer of building or part

117 systematic dismantling

546/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

118 secondary building

119 permit not required (shed, outhouse, detached from building)

120 of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, buttresses or division walls

121 the remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open space

122 area which is equal to the total capacity of the building it serves (0.28sm per person)

123 area between bottom of window sill and the ground

124 underside of a beam, lintel

125 an opening through two or more floors that is closed on the top

refers to fire assembly, sucha as door, that normally remains in the open position but that closes when subjected to
126
increase in temperature of 165 deg F. or on actuation of a smoke detector.

three parts: exit access (leads to the exit), the exit (between exit access to the discharge, must be fully enclosed
127
and protected, 1 – 2 hour rating) and the exit discharge (outside the building). These must lead to public way.

128 no part of may ignite or burn when subjected to fire

door latching assembly using an unlatching device that has an activating portion t hat extends across at least ½ of
129
the the width of the door

an evaluation of all the costs of the elements of a specific project


can be prepared in various phases of the architect’s regular design services
area method
130 detailed
architects cannot give guarantee since they are not the ones who will execute the work, they do not have control
over the prices

131 sum of all cost, inherent in converting a design plan into a project ready for operation

the cost of installed equipment, materials and labor directly involved in the physical construction of the permanent
facility
directly based on building plans and specifications
132
elevator belongs to the direct cost
crane does not

547/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

all cost which do not become a final part of the installation, but which is required for the orderly completion of the
133
installation (field administration, direct insurance, taxes)

134 under the general contractor, to provide a portion of the work

135 inherent in the performing on operation which cannot be charged to or identified with a part of the work

specific provision for unforeseeable elements of cost within the defined project scope; events that will increase the
cost and will likely occur; expected to be spent
misinterpretations
errors (oversights, take-off, pricing)
136
insufficient information (site, weather, access, peace and order)
labor and material (productivity and availability)
not RISKs related factors (uncertainties: excessive escalation, excessive changes in conditions, abnormal weather)

the provision in actual or estimated cost for an increase in the cost of equipment, material, labor, etc. over those
137
specified in the contract due to continuing price level changes over time.

138 earnings from an on-going business after direct cost of goods sold have been deducted from sales of revenues

139 earnings after all operating expenses have been deducted from net operating revenues

estimated by quantities and pricing


140

by labor productivity charts (8man-hours/1 cu.m)


141 as a percentage of the cost of materials

acquisition, depreciation, rental,


142

143 10 to 20% of the sum of the cost of labor, materials and equipment

144 usually 5 - 20% of the cost of the job (takes about 15 - 40 percent of the construction cost)

145 indicates the start and end point of activities but does not show sequence and dependencies

graphically depicts all the tasks required to finish the project, the sequence in which they must occur, duration,
146
earliest or latest possible starting time, and the earliest and latest possible finishing time

548/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

** 5 days – means immediately


** 7 days – NTP ‘ notice to proceed’
** 10 days – request for materials and drawings
– notice (stop, begin or resume)
** 15 days – money matters (request for inspection, payments, salary and wages)
** 30 days – arbitration
** 90 days – government stoppage
147 ** 120 days – Building Permit (stoppage)
** 365 days – Building Permit (without construction)
– 3 consecutive board examination failures
– guaranteed bond
– reinstatement
** 3 years – renewal of license
** 15 years – liability of architect to his project

148 15 % of contract amount

15% of Contract amount


149 - valid until replacement of Guarantee Bond

30% of contract amount


150 - valid up to 1 yr from date of acceptance

151 completion of work, the contractor should present certificate of non financial obligation

substantial completion of contract work, the architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion after
152
certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during period of making good of all known defects of 60 days.

Doc 201 Pre- design Services

Doc 202 Design services

Doc 203 Specialized Allied Services

Doc 204 Construction Services

153 Doc 205 Post- Construction Services

Doc 206 Comprehensive Architectural Services


Doc 207 Design- Build Services

Doc 208 Selection of Architects & Methods of Compensation

Doc 209 Competition Code


Doc. 210 - Logbook of Diversified Experioence

549/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Simple 6%
Moderate 7%
Exceptional 8%
Residential 10%
Monumental MBF + 50%
154 Repetitive 80%, 60%, 40%
Housing 60%, 30%
Extensive Detailing 15%
Alteration and Renovation 150%
Consultation P200

PD 1185 Fire Code


PD 1096 Building Code
PD 957 Condominium & Subdivision, Bridges Protective Law
PD 23 Law that Created the PRC
PD 49 Intellectual Property Law
155
RA 545 The Architects Law

BP 344 The Law Enhancing the Mobility of Disabled


BP 220 The Socialized Housing Law

1. Performance Specifications
- the result of the product, rather than the product itself are specified
2. Descriptive Specifications
- gives a description of the product
3. Brand Name Specification
- the desired product is specified by the name given and model number
“or an equal approved by the architect”
4. Closed Specification
-there are two types of closed specifications, the single product and the multi product. Closed specifications are
156 usually brand name specifications. The multi product is the same as a single product except that more than one
product is used. “no other brand will be accepted”
5. Open Specifications
- open because all manufacturers whose product meet performance or description specified may bid. All
performance and descriptive specifications are open. Brand name specifications are open if the phrase “or equal”
6. Reference Specification
- the item desired is referred to by a number corresponding to a number published in a specification.
7. Combination Specification
-it is possible to have combinations of performance, description and reference specification.

1. M-achines
2. M-oney
3. M-anpower
157
4. M-aterial
5. M-inutes

1. R-eference – Horizontal, Vertical


2. E-xcavation – min. depth .60m until stable – w/ signature of the Architect, must have a permit
3. R-ebars
158
4. C-oncreting
5. F-inishes – Mock up (samples)

550/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Schematic Design – 15%
3. Design Dev’t - 15%
159
4. Contract Docs - 50%
5. Retention - 15% = Liability 10%, Supervision 5%

1. Proposal Fee – 5%
2. Prelim Drawings - 25%
160 3. Final Drawings - 50%
4. Retention - 20% = 3 months after the acceptance of the Architect

1. G-eneral Conditions – Execution, Intent – satisfaction to finish the proj., Correlation


2. A-greement
3. S-pecifications
161
4. S-pecial Provisions
5. D-rawings

UAP – degree of difficulty/complexity of design


FCP – risk of occurrence of Fire
162
NCP – use and occupancy

1. DBA Design-Build Services by Administration - 7% of Proj. Const. Cost

Proj. Const. Cost. in addition to Architects fee for Regular Design Services (UAP 202) 10% (if residential proj.) + 7%
= 17%

163 2. DBGMC Design Build by Guaranteed Maximum Cost

a. Lump Sum
b. If the cost is exceeded by not more than 10% it is divided = bet. Architect and Client. However if the excess is
more than 10% the Architect pays for all extra cost of the 10%

164 pays for the Building Permit (cannot be reimbursed, not included in Estimates)

validity 120 days, valid 12 months if constructed has not commenced; exception government structure; excepted if
165
P15,000 proj. cost

166 affectivity of a Construction contract from receipt of Notice of Final Payment

is a "promise" or an "agreement" made of a set of promises. Breach of this contract is recognized by the law and
167
legal remedies can be provided.

168 limits what things can be taken into account when trying to interpret a contract.

is the legal process by which an arbiter or judge reviews evidence and argumentation including legal reasoning set
forth by opposing parties or litigants to come to a decision which determines rights and obligations between the
169
parties involved.

551/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

There must be an express or implied agreement. The essential requirement is that there be evidence that the
170 parties had each from an objective perspective engaged in conduct manifesting their assent, and a contract will be
formed when the parties have met such a requirement.

171 is an agreement in which each of the parties to the contract makes a promise or promises to the other party.

172 only one party to the contract makes a promise.

173 is one in which the terms are expressed verbally, either orally or in writing

174 is one in which some of the terms are not expressed in words.

is one in which the circumstances imply that parties have reached an agreement even though they have not done
175
so expressly.

A contract which is implied in law because it is not in fact a contract; rather, it is a means for the courts to remedy
176
situations in which one party would be unjustly enriched were he or she is not required to compensate the other.

If no reasonable person hearing this statement would take it seriously, it is a puff, and no action in contract is
177
available if the statement proves to be wrong

A representation is a statement of fact made to induce another person to enter into a contract and which does
induce them to enter into a contract, but it is one that the maker of the statement does not guarantee its truth. If the
178
statement proves to be incorrect, it cannot be enforced, as it is not a term of the contract, but it may prove to be a
misrepresentation, whereupon other remedies are available.

A ___ is similar to a representation, but the truth of the statement is guaranteed by the person who made the
179
statement. The test is an objective test.

180 is concerned with knowing the probable total cost of a project.

is a preliminary estimation technique that aims to establish the quantity of each material for a project, not yet
181
considering their cost.

is concerned with the determination of probable cost of labor by logical assumptions of the productivity of the
182
workers

183 is a list of materials needed for a project. It usually presents the probable cost for each item.

is a review of the plan and design of a project so as to coordinate with the sizes and specifications of construction
184
materials. It’s aim is to avoid wastage and maximize the use of each material

is an estimate that breaks the subject down into as many items or components possible. Each component are often
185
described with specifications

552/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

186 is an estimate that is computed in general and vague. It is often an assumption by area, volume, or bulk.

187 is an assumption of the totality of an item without consideration of its specific components .

188 The amount to be paid for every delay in the contract time

189 The ____ ethically can order a “change” during construction anytime

190 ____ is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation

191 An architect is a person who is ____ & technically qualified to practice architecture

The ____ are printed documents stipulating the procedural & administrative aspects of the contract
192

193 The ____ contains additional information on Contract Documents:

The ____ is a list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be
194 prepared

195 There are two ways of undertaking a Design-Build service, one of which is:

Normally, an architect is paid on Percentage of Construction cost method, another method of compensation is:
196

197 Building Administrators are compensated on a monthly salary basis or:

198 For non-creative architectural services, compensation is by:

Architects, employed by the government, are not allowed to engage in the ____
199 practice architecture

200 PD ____ institutionalized the profession of Environmental Planning

____ Mandates government support only to PRC accredited bonafide professional


201 organization.

The ____ shall have the power, upon notice of hearing, to suspend & revoke any
202 certificate of registrations

The _____ pays for the structural, utilities & other tests as may be required for the project.
203

553/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

An act of God such as earthquakes, typhoons, etc. which human prudence cannot foresee or prevent
204

205 If not clearly specified, a material could be installed:

The duties & responsibilities of the architect with the regards to his motives, conduct & sense of moral values are
206 formulated under the:

Re-examination (for the Board exam) can be allowed ____ times & shall not be
207 allowed to take another exam after one year has elapsed after the last exam:

208 As Project Manager, the architect is compensated on a percentage basis of:

209 The entity who can order changes at any time during construction is the:

210 ____ includes labor, materials, & other equipment necessary to construction

211 ____ shall mean furnish and install

212 The contract time is computed based from the receipt date of the ____

213 PD 223 specifies the function of the Board of Architecture to Supervise & ____.

214 The retention is released how many months after the date of final payment:

A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for


215 substitution is:

The architect shall not render free professional services except for Small Civic &
216 ____ projects

The ____ shall issue certificates of payment after inspection & acceptance of the
217 project

The ____ is the person, firm or corporation who provides the guarantee for the
218 contractor’s bonds.

219 The contractor is responsible for the ____ of building permit fees.

Within what Period may the Contarctor after giving written notice to owner/architect suspend work/terminated
220
contract?

The value of extra work or change in construction plans by the


221
owner.

554/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

Refers to the most reasonable price of land and shelter based on


222 the needs and financial capability of “program beneficiaries and
appropriate financial schemes” (RA 7279).

Architectural programming is one of the architect’s services that


223
falls under:

In a PERT CPM. ____________is a starting node to two or more


224
activities

It refers to contracts or arrangements involving the transfer of


225
systematic knowledge for the manufacture if a product

It was the first law passed by the national assembly in 1921


226 where the maestros de obra or the master builders are required to
register as architects?

When the owner hires an Architect of a firm to coordinate the


227 whole range of Comprehensive Architectural Services, it shall
constitute?

Which article is NOT included in the Building Contract?


a. Time of Completion and Liquidated Damages
228 b. Performance & Payment Bonds
c. Cost Records
d. Payments

He is a registered & licensed architect, who is academically and


229 professionally qualified, & with exceptional or recognized expertise
or specialization in any branch of architecture;

After ___________ substantial completion of contract work, the


architect shall inspect the project & issue certificate of completion
230
after certification, the contractor will finish outstanding work during
period of making good of all known defect of 60 days.

Which of the following is NOT the architect’s responsibility in


231
relation to the contractor?

25. In methods of compensation, if the Architect as Project Manager


performs regular architectural services for the same project, he is
232
compensated separately for these services as stipulated in what UAP
Documents?

The Contractor shall submit the following before Final Payment is


233
to be released except for:

Within how many months shall be the release of Retention from


234
date of Final Payment?
This services give full meaning to what the professional calls
235 comprehensive Architectural Service. It wraps-up the whole range of
architectural services.

The approved form of security furnished by the Contractor as a


236 guarantee of good faith on the part of the contractor to execute the
work in accordance with terms of the Contract.

555/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

The architect of a housing project was give Php 300,000.00 for


237 the first unit he designed. How much will he receive for the tenth
housing unit?

Under PD 1096 the executive officer of OBO appointed by the


238 secretary to enforce the provision of the code in the field as well as
the enforcement or orders and decisions made pursuant thereto.

Which of the following situation would trigger the owner to


suspend work?
a. Bankruptcy-Declared by BIR
239 b. Insubordination
c. Non-payment of contactors debt/non superintendence of
contractor
d. All of the above

240 Contract Documents shall be the property of the


It is instructions that supplement or modify drawings, specs, &
241
general conditions of the contract.

Boiler Plate is essential to the production of good construction


documents as are the drawings or the specifications. All are included
forms except
242 a. Invitation to Bid
b. Wage Scales
c. Bond Form
d. Building Permit

The _________ shall submit ________ copies of shop drawings for


243
the architect’s approval

A full time construction inspector hired by owner assisting in the


244
supervision of the work.

245 The third phase of an architect's regular services.

246 Project financing falls under what kind of service of the architect.

247 Comprehensive planning falls under what service of the architect.

The fee of the architect for design-build services on a guaranteed maximum cost aside from his fee for regular
248
design services.

249 What percentage of an architect's work is liability under the civil code.

For interior design services, the architect shall be paid what percentage of the fee upon submission of the final
250
design.

When the owner fails to implement the plans and documents for construction as prepared by the architect, the
251
architect is entitled to receive what percentage of his fee.

252 The minimum fee per appearance of an architect when rendering service as an expert witness shall be.

556/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

253 The minimum basic fee for specialized decorative building.

254 The minimum basic fee for industrial buildings with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

255 The minimum basic fee for hospitals with a project cost below 50 million pesos.

In design-build services, the single-point-responsibility of project delivery puts the legal liability for both the design
256
and construction on the.

257 The release of 10% retention by the owner shall be done after how many months from the date of final payment.

258 Printed documents stipulating the procedural and administrative aspect of the contract.

259 An outline specification enumerating the type and trade names of materials to be used.

260 A price given by a contractor, sub-contractor, material supplier or vendor to furnish materials, labor or both.

261 A statement from the architect confirming the amount of money due the contractor for work accomplished.

A bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to execute the work in accordance with the terms
262
of the contract.

263 An offer to perform the work prescribed in a contract at a specified cost.

264 The fee of the architect for design-build services by administration.

265 A stipulation of the use of specific products or processes without provision for substitution.

266 A list of instructions stipulating the manner on which bids are to be prepared.

The performance and Payment Bonds shall be released by the owner after the expiration of how many months from
267
the final acceptance of the work.

268 The Guarantee Bond is released how many months after the date of final payment.

269 How many days shall the Building Official issue a certificate of occupancy after final inspection of the project.

270 A statute specifying the period of time within which legal action must be brought for alleged damage or injury.

557/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

271 A bond, the form or content of which is prescribed by statute.

A rule that certain kinds of contracts are enforceable unless signed and in writing or unless there is a written
272
memorandum of their terms signed by the party to be charged.

A contract transferring the right of possession of buildings, property, etc., for a fixed period of time, usually for
273
periodical compensation called 'rent'.

274 A tenure by lease; real estate held under a lease.

275 The person receiving a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

276 The person granting a possessory interest in buildings, property, etc., by lease.

277 Range of the multiplier for Multiple of Direct Personnel Expense.

278 This type of compensation is only applied to non-creative work.

279 Supervision Work is a non-creative work, true or false.

280 A world-wide used method of compensation for architectural services.

This method of compensation is applied only to pre-design services, supervision work, and other works which the
281
Architect may perform other than the regular and specialized allied services.

282 This type of compensation is similar to the concept being charged by realtors, developers, and lawyers.

For reimbursable expenses, how many kilometers from the Architect's office shall a work be located to allow
283
reimbursable expenses.

284 This method of compensation is frequently used where there is continuing relationship on a series of projects.

285 The full-time construction inspector shall be under the technical control and supervision of the ___.

286 Submission of shop drawings shall be accompanied by a ___ in duplicate.

287 How many sets of shop drawings for approval shall the contractor submit to the Architect?

288 Who shall have the responsibility of securing, but not liable for non-issuance, of the final occupancy permit.

558/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

True or false, can the owner relegate to the contractor the responsibility of establishing the lot lines, boundary lines,
289
easements, and benchmarks provided that the owner pays the contractor for such works?

290 Who shall have the responsibility for establishing lot lines, boundary lines, easements, and benchmarks?

Who shall pay for the services of a licensed surveyor for confirmation and certification of the location of column
291 centers, piers, walls, pits, trenches, pipe work, culvert work, utility lines, and other similar works required by the
contract.

292 Professional Fee for the Architect as a full-time supervisor.

293 Professional fee for the Construction Manager.

294 Under PD 1096, what should be the proportion of sidewalk width to that of the road right- of-way?

At what interest rate per month should a client pay the architect should the former fail to pay the latter beyond 30
295
days from receipt of billing?

296 What code holds the architect responsible for the building/structure he designed for a certain period of time.

What type of compensation is applied to cases where the architect's personal time is required, such as
297
conferences, joint venture activities, etc.?

298 What type of bond guarantees payment on all obligations arising from the contract?

What type of compensation is applied to most of Gov't projects and entails more paper works and is advantageous
299
to both client and architect.

300 Professional Fee for the Project Manager.

301 If the Project Manager is hired by the owner, who shall have the responsibility of hiring the Construction Manager?

True or false, based on the Civil Code, the Project Manager has no legal responsibility insofar as design and
302
construction is concerned.

His primary responsibility is the exercise of overall cost control which relieves the owner of many of the anxieties
303
that usually beset , particularly those concerned with forecasting cost and completion dates.

In the architect's code of ethics, to whom does the architect has responsibility to seek opportunities for constructive
304
service in civic and urban affairs?

305 What PD created the PRC which regulates the practice of various professionals.

Architect XYZ uses paid advertisements without sanction by professional consensus and years of experience. His
306
action is unethical with respect to his relation to whom?

559/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

307 Additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding.

The offer of a bidder to perform the work described by the contract documents when made out and submitted on
308
the prescribed proposal form, properly signed and sealed.

The cashier's check or surety bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidder, as a guarantee that the
309
bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the construction of the work, if the contract is awarded to him.

Instructions which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and/or modify drawings, specifications, and/or
310
general conditions of the contract.

311 Written or printed description of work to be done describing qualities of material and mode of construction.

Means information, advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered in person or sent by registered mail to
312
the individual, firm or corporation at the last known business address of such individual, firm or corporation.

Includes labor or materials or both as equipment, transportation, or other facilities necessary to commence and
313
complete the construction called for in the contract.

314 Means to build-in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended use.

315 Means to purchase and/or fabricate and deliver to jobsite.

316 Means to furnish and install.

No further retention shall be made on the balance of the contract when how many percent of the contract has been
317
completed?

318 No payment shall be made on contracts in excess of how many percent of the contract price.

319 The guarantee bond is equal to how many percent of the contract price?

How many percent of the architect's fee is payable to the architect upon completion of the preparation of the
320
schematic design phase and up to final design development phase?

321 Standard factor computed for changes and/or revisions made on completed contracts.

Approximately, how many square meters of office space for the architect is built by the contractor as temporary
322
facilities for the project.

All trees and other plants that need to be transplanted elsewhere within ___ meters shall be done by the ___ at his
323
own expense.

324 If there is a variance/discrepancy between the drawings and specifications, what shall be followed?

560/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

How many days prior to bidding shall the contractor seek the architect's clarification as to the particular areas of
325
work which requires evaluation of the architect?

326 How many days upon written notice can a contractor terminate a contract with a valid reason?

Suspension of work for ___ days by order of any court or other public authority through no act or fault of the
327
contractor gives the him the right to terminate contract.

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to pay the contractor any sum within 15
328
days after its award by arbitration

True or false, the contractor can terminate contract if the owner should fail to act upon any request for payment
329
within 30 days after its certification by the architect.

330 Who declares bankruptcy as a valid reason for the termination of a contract?

True or false, upon termination of contract and upon the decision of the architect that materials and equipment left
331
by the contractor which do not belong to him can be used and rent of such shall be borne by the failing contractor.

True or false, in case of suspension of work, all unpaid work executed including expenses incurred during
332
suspension shall be evaluated by the architect and charged to the owner.

True or false, the owner has no right to claim liquidated damages if he takes over the work from the contractor for
333
failure to complete the project.

334 How many days prior to canceling an insurance be given to the owner stipulating the intention to cancel?

335 How many percent of the contract amount is the Performance Bond?

336 How many percent of the contract amount is the Payment Bond?

337 A contract provision setting forth the damages a party must pay in the event of his breach.

Basic Fee for Physical Planning Type 1 or site such as industrial estates, commercial centers, sports complex,
338
resorts, etc.

339 Predecessor of PD 1096

340 What presidential decree institutionalized the profession of environmental planning?

341 It is a right enforceable against specific property to secure payment of an obligation.

561/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

342 Minimum basic fee for simple projects.

343 Minimum basic fee for alterations/renovations.

When the architect is engaged to render opinion or advise, clarification or explanation on technical matters
344
pertaining to his profession, the minimum basic fee shall be ___.

345 When rendering service as an expert witness, the architect is compensated ___/ hr.

346 Minimum basic fee for Group 5 Projects (monumental).

347 What is Group 6 Project classification?

348 Minimum Basic fee for housing projects.

349 Under what classification of Project does Hospitals and Medical Buildings fall?

350 Under what classification of Project does Stadium fall?

351 Minimum Per diem paid to the architect if work is beyond 50 kms. From office.

352 On the remaining 15% work fee of the architect, where does the 5% go.

Repairs and corrective works at the expense of the contractor should be done within how many days after written
353
notice by owner?

Failure on the part of the contractor to remove condemned work shall give the owner right to remove said work at
354 contractor's exepense and contractor shall pay the owner the expenses incurred within how many days from
removal by the owner of said work?

355 Contract time reckoning shall commence on the ___ from receipt of ___.

356 An area of a city where municipal buildings are grouped.

357 Any article of property not consisting of or affixed to land plus any interest in land that is less than a freehold.

No person who is not a citizen of the Philippines may take the board exams or practice the profession unless the
358
country of his relation allows the same ___.

359 AGREEMENT / GENERAL CONDITIONS / SPECIAL PROVISIONS / SPECIFICATIONS / DRAWINGS

562/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

360 full time construction inspector

361 offer of the bidder to perform the work

362 cashier's check or surety bond with proposal submitted by the bidder that he will enter in the contract with the owner

363 approved form of the contractor and his surety to execute the work

364 approved form of the contractor and his surety to pay all obligations

365 guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed

contract between the owner and the contractor; including all supplemental agreements thereto and all general and
366
special provisions

367 invitaton issued to prospective bidders, giving information to the project

368 additional information on contract documents

369 list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of contract

370 graphical representation of the work involved in the project

371 printed materials stipulating the procedural and adminitrative aspects of contract

instruction which may be issued prior to the bidding to supplement and or modify drawings, specifications and
372
general conditions

written or printed description of work to be done describing the qualities of materials and mode of construction
373
additional information which may be issued as an additon or ammendment to the provisions of specifications

374 outline specification enumerating the type or trade names of materials to be used

listing of the different parts of the work indicating in each part the corresponding value in materials and labor;
375
including allowance for profit and overhead

376 information advice or notification pertinent to the project delivered.

377 earthquake, flood, typhoon, catalysmic phenomena of nature

563/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

378 duration of time allowed by the contractor for the completion of the project

379 labor or materials or both as well as equipment, transportation or other facilities

380 purchase or fabricate

381 build in, mount in position, connect or apply any object specified ready for the intended used

382 furnish and install

the cashier's check or bidders bond accompanying the proposal submitted by the bidders as a guaranty that the
383 bidder will enter into a contract with the owner for the works if the contract with the owner for the works if the
contract is awarded to him.

a bond furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guarantee to the execution of the work in accordance with
384
the terns of the contract

385 as a guarantee to the quality for all obligations arising from his contract.

386 for life and property

as a guarantee to the quality of materials and equipment installed and the workmanship performed by the
387
contractor.

are graphical presentations of the work involved in the project. They include all supplementary details and shop
388
drawings.

389 are written or printed description of work to be done prescribing qualities of materials and modes of construction

is the contract covering the performance of the work described in the contract documents including all
390
supplemental agreements thereto all general and special provisions pertaining to the work materials therefore

drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts and other data prepared by the contractor which
391
illustrates how specific portions of the work shall be fabricated and/or installed.

392 precise drawings

393 the binding resolution of disputes by one or more neutral persons as a substitute for judicial proceeding.

the notice published by the owner & the invitations issued to prospective bidders giving information as to the nature
394
of the proposed project condition for the issuance of contract documents & date of bidding

564/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

395 is additional information on contract documents issued to bidders before date of bidding

the list of instructions stipulating the manner on how bids are to be prepared and conditions for the award of
396
contract

397 are instructions which maybe issued to supplement draeings & general conditions of the contract

398 a contract provision setting forth the damagesa party must pay in the eventof a breach of the contract

399 the offer of a bidder to kperform the work describbed by the contractc

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

407

408

409

410

411

412

413

414

415

416

417

565/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROFL.PRACTICE REVIEWER

418

419

420

421

422

423

424

425

426

427

428

429

430

431

432

433

434

435

436

437

438

439

440

566/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PD 1296

Home Ins. & Guarantee Corp.


(HIGC)

Actual Cost + 10%


(profit,overhead & tax)

Affordable Cost

Pre design

Burst node

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

Project representative

98%

UAP doc. 202

3 months

PD 957

Post Construction Services

Performance Bond

1 slot/ family dwelling

100 meters

567/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

City Engineer

Architect

Special Provisions

Contractor / 2

Specifications

Open Specifications

Closed Specifications

Brand Name Specifications

Combination Specifications

Division of Master Format


Specifications (1995 - Nov
2004)

CSI - Construction
Specification Institute

Master Format Specifications

568/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classes of Fire

Dry Standpipe

Plenum

Abatement

Damper

Flash Point

Jumper

Smokeproof Tower

Fire escape ladders

Grounds for suspension and


revocation of license

BP 220

PD 957

PD 1216

RA 4726

569/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

R.A. 7279 - Urban


Development and Housing Act

P.D. 1151 - Philippine


Environmental Policy

PD 1152

Project Manual

Bidding Requirements

supplements to bid forms

contract forms

general and supplementary


conditions

Prescriptive Specification

Performance Secification

570/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Writing Specifications

single prime contract

multiple prime contract

many prime contracts

Drawings

Specifications

General Conditions

Agreement

addenda

Modifications

Construction Administration

shop drawings

Sample

Product data

Change Orders

Project Closeout

571/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Substantial Completion

punchlist

Housing and Urban


Development Coordinating
Council (HUDCC)

Housing and Land Use


Regulatory Board (HLURB)

Home Development Mutual


Fund (Pag-ibig Fund)

National Home Mortgage and


Finance Corporation (NHMFC)

National Housing Authority


(NHA)

National Housing Corporation


(NHC)

History of Archl. Organization


in Phils.

572/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

architects responsibilities in
relation to
people

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Client

architects responsibilities in
relation to
Contractor

architects responsibilities in
relation to
agents, dealers

architects responsibilities in
relation to
colleagues & subordinates

Pre-Design

Design

Specialized Allied

Design-Build
by administration

573/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Design Build by guaranteed


maximum cost

Construction Services

Post Construction Services

Comprehensive Architectural
Services

Compensation Method

PD 1096

15 days

Bldg. permit Requirements

one year / 120 days

Certificate of Occupancy

Types of Construction

fire resistance rating

574/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Classification of Buildings by
Use

mixed occupancy

10% & 5 %

(artificially ventilated)

if naturally ventilated

mezzanine

6 m2 (least side 2m)

3m2 (least side 1.5m)

1.2 m2 (least side 0.9m)

erection

addition

alteration

renovation

Conversion

repair

moving

demolition

575/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

ancillary

minor const.

bay or panel

buildable area

dispersal area

socalo

soffit

Atrium

automatic closing

egress system

non combustible

panic hardware

Estimates

Construction Cost

Direct Cost

576/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

InDirect Cost

Subcontract

Overhead

Contingencies

Escalation

Gross Profit

Net Profit

Materials

Labor

Equipment

Overhead

Profit

bar chart

critical path method (cpm)

577/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Notes

Performance Bond

Payment Bond

Guarantee Bond

After 65%

After 98%

578/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee

Laws in Architecture

Types of Specification

5 M’s of Construction

Important Milestones of
Construction

579/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Architects Fee for RDS

Architects Fee for SAS

Architectural Contract
Documents

PROJECT CLASSIFICATION

Design Build Services Fee

Contractor

Building Permit

7 Days

Contract

parol evidence rule

Adjudication

580/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Mutual agreement

Bilateral Contract,

Unilateral Contract

Expressed Contract

Implied Contract

Implied in fact or implied in


law

Quasi-Contract

Puff statement (sales talk):

Representation statement

Term Statement

Cost Estimate

Quantity Survey

Productivity Estimates

Bill of Materials

Value Engineering

Detailed Estimate

581/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Rough Estimate

Lumpsum

Liquidated Damages

Owner

Liens

Legally

The General Conditions

Bid Bulletin

Instructions to Bidders

By Guaranteed Maximum
Cost

Salary

Percentage of Gross monthly


Rentals

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expense

Private

PD 1308

UAP

PRC

Owner

582/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Force Majeure

only after the approval by the


architect

UAP Doc. 200

one

2%-5% of Project cost

Architect

Work

Provide

Notice to Proceed

Regulate

3 months

Close Specifications

Charitable

Architect

Surety

Payment

10 days

b. Actual direct cost plus 10


percent for profit, overhead
and tax

583/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Affordable cost

Pre Design

Burst node

Technical Transfer

Engineers and Architect’s Law


Act no. 2986

Project Management

Cost Records

Consulting Architect

98%

The Architect shall consider the needs


and stipulation of the
Contractor and the effect of his work
upon the life and well-being of
the public and community as a whole

UAP Doc 202

Guarantee Bond equivalent to 40% of


the Contract Price covering
a period of one year after the Final
Acceptance of the Work.

3 months

Post-Construction Services

Performance Bond

584/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Php 480,000.00

City Engineer

All of the above

Architect

Special Provisions

Building Permit

Contractor/2

Project Representative

Contract documents phase

Pre-design services

Specialized allied services

10%

10%

50%

85%

PHP 500.00

585/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

12%

6%

8%

Architect

3 months

General conditions

Schedule of material and


finishes

Quotation

Certificate of payment

Performance bond

Bid

7%

Closed specification

Instruction to bidders

2 months

12 months / 1 yr

30 days

Statute of Limitation

586/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Statutory Bond

Statute of Frauds

Lease

Leasehold

Lessee

Lessor

2-2.5

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expenses

Percentage of Construction
Cost

Multiple of Direct Personnel


Expenses

Percentage of Construction
Cost

50 kms.

Professional Fee Plus


Expenses

Architect

Letter of transmittal

Contractor

587/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Owner

Contractor

1-1.5%

1.5-3%

(1/6)

2%

Civil Code

Per Diem+Reimb. Expenses

Payment Bond

Lump Sum / Fixed Fee

2-5%

Project Manager

Project Manager

Public / People

PD 223

People / Public

588/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

Bid Bulletin

Proposal

Proposal Bond

Special Provisions

Specifications

Written Notice

Work

Install

Furnish

Provide

50%

65%

30%

30%

2.5

12 sqm.

50 / Contractor

Specifications

589/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

15 Days

15 Days

90 Days

False (30 days)

False (15 days)

Contractor

10 days

15%

15%

Penalty Clause

5,000 for First 50 Hectares

R.A. 6451

PD 1308

Liens

590/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

6%

50%

200 / hr

500

12%

Repetitive Construction

10% of 1st unit / 60% 2nd-10th


Unit / 30% 11th and above

Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)

Group 3 (Exceptional
Character)

PHP 750.00

Construction Phase Service

5 days

10 days

7th day / Notice to Proceed

Civic Center

Chattel

Reciprocity

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

591/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

PROJECT REP.

PROPOSAL

PROPOSAL BOND (5%)

PERFORMANCE BOND (15%)

PAYMENT BOND

GUARANTEE BOND

AGREEMENT

INVITATION TO BID

BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

DRAWINGS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SPECIAL PROVISIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

SCHED. OF MATERIALS AND


FINISHES

BREAKDOWN OF WORK AND


CORRESPONDING VALUE

WRITTEN NOTICE

ACT OF GOD OR FORCE


MAJEURE

592/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

TIME LIMITS

WORK

FURNISH

INSTALL

PROVIDE

PROPOSAL / BID BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND

PAYMENT BOND

INSURANCES

GUARANTEE BOND

DRAWINGS

SPECIFICATIONS

AGREEMENT

SHOP DRAWINGS

AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

ARBITRATION

ADVERTISEMENT OR
INVITATION TO BID

593/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

BID BULLETIN

INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

SPECIAL PROVISION

PENALTY CLAUSE

PROPOSAL

594/803
PREPARED BY
ALEXANDER SANDRES

595/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

1
An instrument for measuring the rate of flow of electricity, usually expressed in amperes

2
. The current carrying capacity of a wire or cable, expressed in amperes

3
On a theatre stage, a master switch that distinguishes all stage lights simultaneously.

4
The portion of an electric wiring that extends beyond the final over current device protecting the circuit

5 An underground structure used in pulling or splicing electric cables which are laid underground.

6
The luminous intensity of a light source, expressed in candelas.
7
Flow of electricity in a circuit; the unit of measurement is the ampere.
8 In an electric circuit, a current that flows in one direction only
9 In electric wiring a metal plate, water pipe, or other type of conductor buried in the earth in manner ensuring a good
conductive path to the ground.

10
A unit of illumination equal to 1 lumen per square foot.
11
A movement or flow of electrically charged particles, typically measured in amperes.
12 What is a utilization equipment which is generally industrial built in?
13 a generator of alternating current
14
device used to measure rate of flow of electricity
15
device for storing electric energy
16
What is a surface, material, device, or object that scatters light or sound from a source?
17 device used to transform AC to DC
18
device that indicates light intensity in Footcandle

19 What is a flexible armored conduit used to encase electrical wiring?


20 controls the flow of current to the distribution elements
21 cap that receives the service drop
22 box used for maintaining light control devices
23
What is an electromagnetic force flowing between the positive and negative terminals?
24
electromotive force
25
number of AC that flow in a conductor
26 rate or measure of power used or consumed
27 What is an electric device having a resistance which can be adjusted?
28
controls the flow of current to the distribution elements

596/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

29
instrument used to measure the resistance of a conductor
30 materials that resist the flow of electric current
31
What is the unit for quantity of electricity?
32 unit of resistance
33
unit of electromotive force
34
unit of candlepower
35 Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

36 PABX or PBX means.

37 Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

38 Another name for distribution panel.

39 Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

40 Standard size of wire for a switch line.

41 A device for converting alternating current to direct


current.
42 Another name for a Rectifier.

43 Interrelationship between value of voltage and current


with the same frequency.
44 Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch
circuit with a 30 ampere rating using Type THW stranded
copper conductor in a raceway.
45 Standard frequency of power supplied by the local
power utility company like Meralco.
46 The overhead service conductors from the last pole or
other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the
building.

47 The simplest type of building automation system.

48 Resistance in alternating current system.

49 The reciprocal of conductance.

50 A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors


insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.
51 A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper
bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large electric
currents, also called a busbar.
52 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting
and conductor terminations in completely enclosed ventilated
protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to
carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic forces of such
current.

597/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

53 A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of


joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the
enclosed conductors.

54 This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders,


switches, switchboards, and major components are shown up
to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical
version of a vertical section taken through the building.

55 In a lightning protection system, the combination of a


metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.
56 TW in electrical wire specification means.

57 XHHN in wire specification means.

58 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is defined as _______.

59 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower. What is electrical


power?
60 Who said these prophetic words: “Let the future tell the truth
and evaluate each one according to his work and accomplishment.
The present is theirs, the future for which I really worked for is
mine.”?
61 A type of raceway specially constructed for the purpose of pulling
in or the withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place.
62 The trade name for an insulated conductor with type letter THHN
is ______.
63 What is / are the advantage/s of a circuit breaker over a fuse?
a. It can act as a switch
b. Its position can be easily detected (close/open)
c. It can be used again after fault has been corrected
d. All of these

64 What switch combination may be used in order to control a lamp


or group of lamps in three different locations?
65 It characterizes short circuit

66 A unit or assembly units or sections and associated fittings


forming a rigid structural system used to support cables.
67 Fusible material in a fuse may be made of any of the following
except___.
68 It affects the resistance of a conductor.
a. Length
b. Area
c. Temperature
69 It is also known as electric panel or load center.

70 A cylindrical conduit or conductor, the wall thickness is sufficient


to receive a standard pipe.
71 A factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually
insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocking metal
tape, or a smooth corrugated metallic tube.
72 It is analogous to pressure in water flow.

598/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

73 Alternating current is characterized as having _____.


a. Positive and negative polarity
b. Average value is zero c. Has frequency
d. All of these
74 A circuit type where components are electrically connected end
to end.
75 The over-all covering of underground feeder and branch circuit
cables shall be ____.
76 The basic elements of an electric circuit are the following except

77 A factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having an


outer sheath of moisture-resistant, flame retardant, non metallic
material.
78 Cables are conductors that are ____.
a. Larger than wires
b. Stranded (no.6 AWG and larger)

79 Which of the following metallic materials is considered as the


best conductor of electricity?
80 Example/s of conductors-on-insulator wiring is are ______.
a. Concealed knob and tube
b. Open wiring on insulators
81 A type of surface flush raceway designed to receive conductors
and receptacles assembled in the field or in the factory.
82 A type of switch used for transferring one or more load conductor
connections from one power source to another.
83
The part of the cut out that is design to open or break an electrical current under an excessive load
84
Unit of power
85
The unit used in the measure of the rate of flow of electricity

86
This is where an electric service conductor can be installed
87
A type of electric switch consisting of one or more movable copper blades which are hinged and which make
contact with stationary forked contract jaws being forced between them

88
Provision for building with an expected electric load demand of 200KVA
89 The conversion of alternating current (AC) to direct current (DC)
90
A kind of flourescent lamp that does not use starter element

91
An iron box or casing by which electrical conduit branches are formed

92
A passenger elevator with a constant 24 hour service for residential condominum
93
Minimum service drop of connection line above the ground and from the ground
94
Minimum distance of poles and transformer support located from the road right of way
95
A vertical flow of air used to separate different function of spaces

96
Original name of P-Trap
97
The main feed line of an electrical circuit to which branch circuits are connected

599/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

98
The minimum width of door in hospital housing unit
99
Another type of circuit breaker element other than bolt-on

100
The most practical conductor of electricity

101
A channel system in carrying electrical wire
102
An electric conductor consisting of a group of smaller diameter conductor strands twisted together

103
Another name for power panel

104
A device used to convert voltage from higher to lower or vise versa
105
Metal containing no iron such as copper, brass and aluminum
106
The minimum allowance clearance from the highest point of the roof to the service drop conductor from NBC

107
To bring down voltage
108
Wiring not concealed by the building sructure
109
Transferring the power load from the building circuitry to standby generator or during brownout

110
One with contacts that separate in air

111
The voltage across the welding arc
112
Cable provided in wrapping of metal usually steel wires or tapes, primarily for the purpose of mechanical protection

113 A synthetic non-flammable insulating liquid which, when decomposed by an elctric arc evolves only non-explosive
gases
114 Is combination of all or a portion of component parts included in an electric apparatus, mounted on a supporting
frame or panel and properly interwined
115
Minimum load over a given period of time
116
That portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the current

117 Is a conductor, or group of conductors, in switchgear assemblies which serves as a common connection for two
or more circuit
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
118
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of the current
119 System of conductor forming an essentially continuous conducting network over the object protected and
including any conductors necessary for interconnections of the object protected and an adequate ground
120
A device design to open under abnormal conditions a current carrying circuit without injury itself
121
A wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another suitable for carrying electric current
122
A device or group of devices which serves to govern in some predetermined manner, the electric power delivered
to the apparatus to which it is connected

600/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

123 A luminous discharge due to ionization of the air surrounding a conductor caused by voltage gradient exceeding a
certain critical value
124
A metal housing that houses the circuit breaker or fuses; surface mounted
125
Is the ratio of the maximum demand of the system or part of the system to the total connected load of the system

126
A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy
127
A single enclosed runway for conductor cables
128 Machine which transforms electric power into mechanical power
129
The circuit conductors between the service equipment or the generator switchboard of an isolated plant and the
branch circuit overcurrent device

130 Unit of illumination when the foot is taken as the unit of length. It is the illumination on a surface one square foot in
area in which there is uniformly distributed flux of one lumen
131 An overcurrent protective device with a circuit opening fusible member which is heated and severed by the passage
of the overcurrent through it
132
Types of lighting that deals with lighting relatively large area covered

133
Density of the luminous flux on a surface

134
Is a form of air switch in which the moving element is a hinge blade wedge between stationary contact blades when
closed
135
Artificial source of light

136
Device for mechanical support of light
137
A radiant energy
138
Protective device for limitting surge voltage on equipment by discharging or by-passing surge current
139
Is a transient electric disturbance in an electric circuit caused by lightning
140
Is the radial branch connection to a main line
141
Is the ratio of the average load over a designated period of time to the peak load occuring in that period
142
Unit of luminous flux
143
A unit of illumination equal to one lumen per square meter
144
Point of the wiring system at which current is taken to supply utilization equipment
145
A metal box at an outlet which encloses one or more receptacle
146
Maximum load consumed by a unit in a stated period of time
147
Device or equipment which is supended from overhead either by means of the flexible cord
148
Auxillary conductor used in connection with remote measuring devices for operating apparatus at a distant point
149
Box with a blank cover which is inserted in one or more runs of raceway to facilitate pulling in the conductors and
the distributing of the conductors

601/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

150
Any channel for holding wires, cables or busbars
151
Convinience Outlet; Contact device installed at an oulet for the connection of an attachment plug
152 A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the conduit
is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thicknesswithdrawing of wires or cables after the
153 Enclosure of porcelain or other insulating material fitted with terminals and intended for connecting the flexible cord
carrying a pendent to permanent wiring
154
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices if any connecting
to the service entrance conductors at the building

155
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors
156 Cable designed for service under water
157
Is a transient variation in the current potential or power

158
Minimum wire size of THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit in a 30 ampere rating

159
This connetions is used where the load is comparatively small and the length of the secondary circuit is short

160
This connections is used in most urban distribution circuits

161 The 120/240 volt winding is connected in series serving 240 volts on a two wire system, this connection is used for
small industrial applications
162
Consist merely of two single phase transformers operated 90deg out of phase, the common wire must carry /2
times the load current
163
This is used to supply a single phase lighting load and three phase power load simultaneously

164
This connection is used when single phase lighting load is large as compared with the power load

165 Often it is desirable to increase the voltage of a circuit form a 2400 to 4160 volts to increase its potential
capacity
166
This connection is similar to the delta-delta bank with only the primary connection changed The primary neutral
should not be grounded or tied into the system neutral, since a single phase ground fault may result in extensive
blowing of fuses throughout the system This connection requires special watt-hour metering

167
When operating Y delta and one service is disabled, service maybe maintained at reduced load

168
The single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting in unblanced primary currents in any one bank

169
The primary voltage was increased from 2400 to 4160 volts to increase the potential capacity of the system

170 When the ratio of transformation from the primary to secondary voltage is small, the most economical way of
stepping down the voltage
171
In some localities two phase power is required from three phase system
172
If it should be necessary to supply three phase power from a two phase system, the special tap must be provided
on the secondary side

602/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

173
Thermoplastic
174 Moisture Temperature Resistant
175
Underground Feeder
176
Flourinated Ethylene Propylene Moisture Resistant
177
Heat Resitant Rubber
178
Heat and Moisture Resistant Rubber
179
Heat Resistant Latex Rubber
180
Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic
181 Heat and Moisture Resistant Thermoplstic with Nylon
182 Moisture and Heat Resistant Cross Link Polymer
183 Armored Cable
184
THERMOPLASTIC HEAT RESISTANT
185 POLYETHELENE
186
SILICON ASBESTOS
187 ASBESTOS AND VARNISH CAMBRIC
188
Use low melting point solders or metal the expand when exposed to heat to detect fire

189
135deg-197deg F
190
Use of the scattering of light by smoke into view of photo cell through incandescent or diode
191
It responds to the high-frequency radiant energy from flames. Alarm is only triggered when IR energy flickers at
rate which is chracteristics of flame

192
Uses the interruption of small current flow between electrodes by smoke in ionized sampling

193
chamber to detect fire
194 Fabricated assembly of insulated conductors enclosed in flexible metal sheath. It is used both on exposed and
concealed work
195
A factory assemble cable of one or more conductors each individualy insulated and enclosed in a mettalic sheath of
interlocking tape of smooth or corrugated tube. This type of cable is especially used for service feeders, branch
circuit and for indoor, outdoor work

196
Is a factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with highly compressed refractory mineral insulation
enclosed in a liquid and gas tight continous copper sheath. This type of cable is used in dry, wet or continously
moist location as service feeders or branch circuit

197
Is a also a factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors having a moisture resistant, flame retardant and
non metallic material outer sheath. This type is used specifically for one or two family dwellings not exceeding 3
storey building

603/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

198
This type of cable is factory assembly of two or more insulated conductors in an extruded core of moisture resistant
and flame retardant material covered within an overlapping spiral metal tape. This type is used in hazardous
locations and in cable trays or in raceways

199
Is a moisture resistant cable used for underground connections including direct burial in the ground as feeder or
branch circuit This is factory assembled two or more insulated conductors with or without associated bare or
covered or grounding under a mettalic sheath, This is used for installation of cable trays, raceways, or it is
supported by messenger wire

200
Is an assembly of parallel conductors formed integrally with insulating material web designed especially for field
installation in metal surface or raceways

201
Consist of three or more flat copper conductor placed edge to edge separated and enclosed with an insulating
assembly. This type of cable is used for general purposes such as: appliance branch circuit, and for individual
branch circuits, especially in hard smooth continous floor surfaces and the like

202
Is a single or multi conductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated at 2,000 volts or higher. This type is used for
power system up to 35,000 volts

203
Part of the facility which accept the house cable riser and house the terminal block at each floor and at the highest
or end of a feeder riser cable

204
Is the simplest type of building automation system, which intercoms, PABX, microwave links, analog and digital
telephone system, video conferencing, satellite links, structured cabling and similar devices

205

Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at three points

206
Factory assembled of two or more insulated conductors w/ or w/o associated bare cover ground conductor under a
non metallic sheath approved forr installation in cable trays, in raceways or in supported by a messenger wire

207
Heat Resistant Rubber / 75 degrees

208
Light source used in lighting fixtures best specified in areas such as those requiring high illumination levels for
detailed work such as needle work

209
A transformer location required in some localities, where a three phase power is required from a two phase system

210
Moisture Resistant Thermoplastic / 60 degrees
211
Type of switch where pilot light inside a lit to guide the person inside

604/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

212
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE

213
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)

214
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW

215

Best suited for Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit like PVC for underground installation in buildings

216
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

217
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current

218
A raceway especially constructed for the purpose of physical protection of conductors, the pulling in or the
withdrawing of wires or cables after the conduit is in place and made of metal pipe of standard width and thickness

219
System of voltage used for computing branch circuits and feeder load
220
Natural energy source derived from force of wind acting on oblique blades that radiates froma shaft attached to a
dynamo to produce electricity

221
A point in th electrical system where the electrical load of a given area is assumed to concentrate

222
Alternating current generated by the alternator where its wave rises to the peak, sinks to zero, drops to the
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each second depending on the frequency for which the
machine is designed

223
Alternating current where the alternator comprises of windings mounted at right angles to each other and provided
with separate external connections current waves will be produced and each of which will be at its maximum when
the other is zero

224
Minimum conductor size for for overhead service drop for copper wire or cable
225
Underground Feeder, 60-75 degrees C
226
Moisture and Heat Resistant Thermoplastic used for dry and wet locations
227
Vertical vent pipes take in front of the last fixture and connects to its soil stack which acts as a vent
228
A device designed to open and close a circuit by non automatic means and to open the circuit automatically on
predetermined over current without damaged to itself when properly applied within its rating

605/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

229
The raceway that encloses the service entrance conductors
230
A transformer connection which is ideal in the event of change of primary voltage from 2400 volts to 4160 volts to
increase the potential capacity of the system

231
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch circuit
for lighting or utilization equipment

232
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating
233
Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground

234
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire feeder
but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

235
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 20 ampere rating

236
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 8 sq.m cross sectional
area in size for THW

237
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and a
grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

238
A type of water coolant operates at a pressure of about 150 atmospheres

239
A unit of electrical system which is intended to carry but not utilize electrical energy
240
Approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in a completely enclosed,
ventilated protective metal housing where the system is design to carry fault current and to withstand the magnetic
forces of such current

241
Standard frequency of water supply by the company like Meralco

242
Underground Service Entrance / 75degrees
243
The overhead service conductor from the last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if any
connecting to te service entrance conductors at the building

244
A type of nuclear reactor where the water coolant is permitted to boil within the core by operating at somewhat low
pressure

245
In a 240V, a three phase 3-wire service, branch cicuits are loaded and distributed to each of the three phase with
this objective to attain

246
Unit or assembly of unit sections and associated fittings forming a rigid structural system used to support cables

606/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

247
A transformer connection where the secondary load is a combination of lighting and power. This connection is used
when the single phase lighting is large as compared with the power load

248
A useful transformer connection applied when single phase lighting load is all on one phase resulting into
unbalanced primary

249
Type of flexible cable which is a fabricated assembly of insulated conductors which permit its use at exposed
weather or excessive moisture

250
A type of alternating current where the alternator comprises the three armature windings set at 120 degrees to each
other, current will be produced in the form of triple wave

251
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance

252 Type of sound absorbent best for lower band frequencies


253
Unit of frequency which is equal to one cycle per second

254
A type of alternating current generated by alternator, where its wave rises to its peak, sinks to zero, drop to a
negative peak and rises again to zero a number of times each seconds depending on the frequency of the machine
is designed

255
Use to accept the P-trap assembly of the lavatory

256
A parameter in sizing horizontal branch pipe
257
Two lights in a long hallway connected in parallel are to be controlled simultaneously at

258
three points

259
Main power supply and wiring system for 110/220 volt line; which wiring diagram fits (drawing)
260 A CLEARANCE OF NOT LESS THAN 76mm SHALL BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND NOT
LESS THAN 26mm
261
A branch circuit consisting of two or more grounded conductors having a potential difference between them, and
a grounded conductor having equal potential difference between it

262
What is the maximum horizontal range between two or more air terminal for lightning arrest for an effective disaster
prevention in building

263
Required minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground over residential and
comercial properties and driveways not subjected to truck traffic and over 600 volts to ground

264 Minimum vertical clearance of an overhead service drop measured from the ground, at the electrical service
entrance or above areas or sidewalks accesible only to pedestrian lanes, measure from final grade line or other
accesible surface only for service drop cabled together with a grounded bare messenger wire and limited to 300
volts to ground
265
Maximum allowed ampere rating of one chord or plug utilization equipment connected in a 30 ampere branch
circuit for lighting or utilization equipment

607/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

266
Minimum ampacity of feeder conductor with a load of more than two wire branch circuit supplied by a 3-wire
feeder but not exceed the computed branch circuit load

267 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 22 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for USE
268 Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30 degreesw/a 8.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for THW
269
Ampacity of an insulated copper conductor, based on ambient temperature of 30degrees w/a 2.0 sq.m cross
sectional area in size for TW

270
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type THW stranded copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with 30 ampere
rating

271
Minimum wire size in sq.mm type TW copper conductor in raceway for a branch circuit with20 ampere rating
272
Minimum branch circuit rating for household ranges and cooking appliance
273
A device that is basically a double throw switch of generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer the
power from the standby generator to the building circuitry during electrical power failure.

274
TW in electrical wire specification means.

275
A type of lighting that provides illumination to special objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.

276
XHHN in wire specification means.

277
Standard length of an electrical metal conduit.

278
The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet type.

279
PABX or PBX means.

280
Farad is the unit capacity of a ___.

281
Another name for distribution panel.

282
Standard size of wire for a circuit line.

283
Standard size of wire for a switch line.

284
Interrelationship between value of voltage and current with the same frequency.

608/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

285
Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften when
reheated.

286
Minimum wire size in square millimeter for a branch circuit with a 30 ampere rating using

287
Type THW stranded copper conductor in a raceway.

288
Standard frequency of power supplied by the local power utility company like Meralco.

289
The overhead service conductors from the last pole or other aerial support to and including splices, if any,
connecting to the service entrance conductors at the building.

290
The simplest type of building automation system.

291
A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which uses low melting point solders or

292
metal that expands when exposed to heat to detect a fire.

293
A private telephone system that interconnects with public telephone systems.

294
Resistance in alternating current system.

295
The reciprocal of conductance.

296
A rigid metal housing for a group of heavy conductors insulated from each other and the enclosure, also called
Busduct.

297
A heavy conductor, usually in the form of a solid copper bar, used for collecting, carrying, and distributing large
electric currents, also called a busbar.

298 An approved assembly of insulated conductors with fitting and conductor terminations in completely enclosed
ventilated protective metal housing where the assembly is designed to carry fault current and to withstand the
magnetic forces of such current.
299
A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat range of body temperature.

300
A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of light beam.

301
A type of perimeter detector which detects change in sound wave pattern.

609/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

302
A box with a blank cover which serves the purpose of joining one different runs of raceways or cables and provided
with sufficient space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.

303
A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

304
This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive infrared and Ultrasonic or

305
Microwave system.

306
This type of perimeter detector detects a change in capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.

307
A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

308
A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors, uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means
of an electric discharge in mercury vapor.

309
A type of lamp which produces light by means of the reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.

310
A type of lamp generally used for roadways and sidewalks, uses sodium gas.

311
Building with fire alarm and suppression system.

312
In a lightning protection system, the combination of a metal rod and its brace or footing, on the upper part of a
structure.

313

314

315

316

317

318

319

320

321

322

323

610/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

324

325

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

333

334

335

336

337

338

339

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

348

349

350

351

352

611/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ELECTRICAL REVIEWER

353

354

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

372

612/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Ammeter

Amperage

Blackout Switch

Feeder Line

Cable Vault

Candlepower

Current

Direct Current

Grounding Wire

Footcandle

Electric current

appliances
alternator

ammeter

capacitor

diffuser

rectifier

illumeter –

greenfield

regulator
entrance cap
utility box

flux

voltage

phase

watt –
rheostat

regulator

613/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ohmmeter

insulator

coulomb

ohm

volts

candela

10 ft.
Pvt. Automatic Branch
Exchange
Capacitor

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Rectifier

D.C. Generator

Phase

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

Busway

614/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pull Box

Riser Diagram

Air Terminal

Moisture resistant, in wet and


dry location
Moisture and Heat Resistant-
Cross-Linked
Thermosetting

the reciprocal of ohm

Watt

Nikola Tesla

Rigid metal conduit (RMC)

Heat resistant thermoplastic

All of these

2-s3w and 1-s4w

Low resistance, high current

Cable tray

Silver

All of the above

Panelboard

Conduit

metal clad cable (type MC)

Current

615/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

All of these

Series circuit
a. Fungus resistant
b. Corrosion resistant
Switch

Non metallic sheathed cable


(type NM and NMC)

Both a and b

Gold

Both a and b

Multi-outlet assembly

Transfer switch

CIRCUIT BREAKER

WATTS

AMPERE

TOWER OR FLATFORM

KNIFE SWITCH

TRANSFORMER VAULT

RECTIFIER

RAPID START FLOURESCENT


LAMP

JUNCTION BOX

5 STOREYS

3.00 m

500 mm

AIR CURTAIN

GOOSENECK

DISTRIBUTION LINE

616/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

1.20m

PLUG IN TYPE

COPPER WIRE

RACEWAY

CABLE WIRE

DISTRIBUTION PANEL

TRANSFORMER

NON FERROUS METAL

2.50m

STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER

OPEN WIRING

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

AIR SWITCH

ARC VOLTAGE

ARMORED CABLE

ASKAREL

ASSEMBLY

BASE LOAD

BRANCH CIRCUIT

BUS

BUSWAY

CAGE

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CONDUCTOR

CONTROLLER

617/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CORONA

CUT OUT BOX

DEMAND FACTOR

DEVICE

DUCT

ELECTRIC MOTOR

FEEDERS

FOOTCANDLE

FUSE

GENERAL LIGHTING

ILLUMINATION

KNIFE SWITCH

LAMP

LAMPHOLDER

LIGHT

LIGHTNING ARRESTER

LIGHTNING SURGE

LINE TAP

LOAD FACTOR

LUMEN

LUX

OUTLET

OUTLET BOX

PEAK LOAD

PENDENT

PILOT WIRE

PULLBOX

618/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

RACEWAY

RECEPTACLE

RIGID METAL CONDUIT

ROSETTE

SERVICE DROP

SERVICE RACEWAY

SUBMARINE CABLE

SURGE

5.5 mm2

SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY 120 V


LIGHTING LOAD

SINGLE PHASE TO SUPPLY


120/240 3-WIRE LIGHTING AND
POWER LOAD

SINGLE PHASE FOR POWER

TWO PHASE CONNECTIONS

DELTA-DELTA FOR POWER AND


LIGHTING

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

Y DELTA FOR POWER

Y DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

OPEN Y DELTA

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

Y-Y AUTO TRANSFORMER

SCOTT CONNECTION 3PHASE TO


2PHASE

SCOTT CONNECTED 2PHASE TO


3PHASE

619/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

TW

UF

FEPW

RH

RHW

RUH

THW

THWN

XHHW

BX

THHN

PE

SA

AVA

FIXED TEMPERATURE

HEAT DETECTOR

PHOTO ELECTRIC DETECTOR

INFRARED FLAME DETECTOR

IONIZATION SMOKE HEAT

DETECTOR

ARMOR CABLE (AC)

METAL CLAD CABLE (MC)

MINERAL INSULATED CABLE (MI)

NON METALLIC SHEATED CABLE


(NM)

620/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

SHIELDED NON METALLIC


SHEATED CABLE (SNM)

UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND


BRANCH CIRCUIT (UF) POWER
AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE (TC)

FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLY (FC)

FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE (FCC)

MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE (MV)

TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINET

TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,


3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND
SINGLE POINT SWITCH AT END

POWER AND CONTROL TRAY


CABLE TYPE

RH

METAL HALIDE

SCOTT CONNECTION 2 PHASE


TO 3 PHASE

TW

ILLUMINATED SWITCH

621/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

85 amperes

DRAWINGS

15 amperes

PVC IS ALLOWED FOR AS LONG


AS BOTH BURIAL DEPTH OF NO
LESS 460mm AND CONCRETE
ENCASEMENT IS PROVIDED

5.500 mm

BUSWAYS

RIGID STEEL CONDUIT

120/240 VOLTS

WINDMILL

PANEL BOARD

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

TWO PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2.2, 30, 8, 14

UF

THW

CIRCUIT VENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER

622/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

SERVICE RACEWAY

Y-Y FOR LIGHTING AND POWER

24 AMPERE

5.5 sq.mm

3500mm

30 amperes

3.5 sq.m

45 Amperes

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

PRESSURIZED WATER REACTOR

DEVICE

BUSWAYS

60 CYCLES

USE

SERVICE DROP

BOILING WATER REACTOR

BALANCE LOADING

CABLE TRAYS

623/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

OPEN DELTA FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

DELTA Y FOR LIGHTING AND


POWER

ARMOR CABLE TYPE ACL

THREE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

30 amperes

POROUS ABSORBENT

HERTZ

SINGLE PHASE ALTERNATING


CURRENT

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


COMBINATION

NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

SINGLE POLE SWITCH AT START,

3-WAY SWITCH AT MIDPOINT AND

DRAWINGS

Pre requisite in use of split knob


and tube wiring

MULTI WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT

6000mm to 7600mm

5500 mm

3500mm

24 amperes

624/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30 amperes

85 amperes

45 amperes

15 amperes

5.5 sq.mm

3.5 sq.m

30 amperes

Automatic Transfer Switch


(ATS)

Moisture resistant, in wet


anddry location

Specific Lighting

Moisture and Heat Resistant-


Cross-Linked Thermosetting

10'

Infra Red

Pvt. Automatic Branch


Exchange

Capacitor

Power Panel

No. 12

No. 14

Phase

625/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Thermosetting

5.5 sqmm

5.5 sqmm

60 Cycles

Service Drop

Telecommunication System

Fixed Temperature

Heat Detector

PABX

Impedance

Resistance

Busway

Bus

Busway

Passive Infrared

Light Beam

Ultrasonic

626/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Pull Box

Microwave

Passive Infrared with

Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Intelligent Building

Air Terminal

627/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

628/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

629/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

1 What ancient roman term refers to an individual who worked in


the sanitary field of ancient Rome?
2
What is the title given to a person who is a skilled worker in the
field of sanitation?

3
NPCP refers to:

4
Its complete RA no:

5
What is the meaning of BOD?
6 Each fixture directly connected to the drainage system shall be
equipped with __________.
7 Plumbing is defined as the art and science of ___________ pipes,
fixtures and other apparatus.
8
What is the general role of Sanitary and Environmental
Engineering?

9 This promulgated the design and layout of a plumbing system that


is governed by set of rules
10 In the 17th century, the English parliamentary passed the first
___________ laws.
11 What period was plumbing revived? It is the period when Europe
was plagued with epidemics.
12 Plumbing shall be installed with due regard to presentation of the
strength of ___________ and prevention of damage to walls and
other surfaces through fixture usage.
13
In what civilization did the concept and importance of plumbing
became more defined and appreciated?

14 The ability of an area resource system to support the activities of


a given population.
15
____________ is a part of ecosystem and is the major contributor to pollution of the environment.
16 ____________, including fixtures, shall be maintained and properly
usable
17 This the pollutant that affects the quality of water due to impact
of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) discharges, that rises when
temperature rises.
18 An act which regulate the Practice of Sanitary Engineering in the
Philippines.
19
In 1907, a division of plumbing construction and inspection, with
the city of Manila as a model, was headed by whom?

20 This act is known as __________ that was approved on June 18,


1955.
21 The liquid and water borne waste derived form the ordinary living
process, free from industrial wastes, and of such character as to
permit satisfactory disposal without special treatment into the public
sewer or by means of private disposal system.
22
When was the Rep. Act No. 1378, also known as the National
Plumbing Code of the Philippines approved?

23
When was the practice of Plumbing in the Philippines initiated?

630/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

24
What is the act for Water Quality Management?
25 TRUE OR FALSE : Sanitation is the field of public health dealing
with environmental degration and prevention and control of diseases
26 TRUE OR FALSE : The design and layout of plumbing system is
governed by a set of rules promulgated by the National Standard
Plumbing Code (NSPC)
27
Plumbarius is to individual who worked in the sanitary field, while
Plumbum is to ___________.

28
Solid waste, from water closet
29
Liquid only, fixtures other than WC
30
is the most satisfactory means of water distribution.

31 In this method of distribution, the excess water pumped during


periods of low consumption is stored in elevated tanks or reservoir.
32 In dual main systems, ____________ are added on the south and
west sides of streets and piping is generally placed beneath
sidewalks.
33 ____________, sometimes called arterial mains, for in the
skeleton of the distribution system.
34
____________ is used for city water pipes.
35 ____________ is used for pipelines, truck mains and inverted
siphon where pressures are high and sizes are large.
36 ____________ a stronger and more elastic type of cast iron used in
newer plumbing installation.
37 A chemical reaction which involves the removal of metallic
electrons from metals and formation of more stable compounds.
38 Consist of a cylinder in which a piston or a plunger moves
backwards and forwards.
39 Used to raise water from shallow depths and used most frequently
for individual houses.
40 ____________ is a pump that increases the pressure within the
distribution system or raise water to an elevated water storage tank.
41 Pump that lifts surface water and move it to a nearby treatment
plant.
42
Pump that discharge treated water into arterial mains.
43
Used to supply or remove water from a building.
44 Centrifugal casting on metal moulds is sometimes called
____________ .
45 Necessitates a large pipe or conduit so that velocities will be low
but not low enough to allow sedimentation.
46 Generally, the equalizing volume of a water thank that is about
____________ of the total daily demand.
47 In residential areas having houses up to 4 storeys high, the
pressure in the pipes should be between _____________.
48 High service system is high lying areas; while _____________ is to
low lying areas
49 TRUE OR FALSE : Water distribution is a network of pumps,
pipelines, storage tanks and appurtenances.
50 It is a special type of underground water that is found on islands
or in the coastal regions near the sea.

631/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

51 This should be supplied with water in sufficient volume or at


adequate pressure to enable them to function properly.
52 Flush tanks which are directly connected to the potable water
supply system should be equipped with approved ___________.
53 _____________ is a junction between water supply systems
through which water from doubtful or unsafe sources may enter an
otherwise safe supply.
54
What are the 3 main sources of water supply?

55 _____________ is required to be installed so as to register the


amount of water supplied to a building.
56
_____________ is used to prevent back siphonage.

57 ______________ permits water drawn into a fixture tank or similar


devices to flow back into the supply line by gravity or siphonage.
58 ______________ is when water contains visible material in
suspension
59
______________ is caused by material in solution or a colloidal
state should be distinguished from turbidity.

60 The carbonate and bicarbonate of calcium, sodium and magnesium


are the common impurities which cause ______________.
61 _______________ in water causes hardness, and in small amount it
will cause taste, discoloration of clothes and plumbing fixtures and
incrustations in water mains.
62 Excavation for the installation of underground water supply piping
should be _____________.
63 The proportional change in length corresponding to 1°F change in
temperature is known as the _______________.
64
________________ is water bearing stratum.
65
There are two types of well____________ & ____________.

66 The recommended slope for the house drain.


67 A type of house drain that receives the discharges of sanitary and
domestic waste only.
68 A drainage pipe that carries on is designed to carry human
excretement.
69 A drainage pipe that carries liquid waste that not include human
excretement.
70 Water that is safe to drink, pleasant to the taste and usable for
domestic purposes.
71 A communicable disease which may be transmitted by water
include bacterial, viral and protozoal infections.
72 A water is _____________ when it contains visible material in
suspension.
73
MCL means

74 A type of house drain that receives discharges of sanitary as well


as storm water.
75
This type of drain is now considered obsolete and not advisable.

632/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

76 In large buildings, _____________ are usually suspended from the


basement ceiling.
77 A cleanout shall be provided on the house drain as near as
possible the ______________ of the building.
78 A kind of drain that should terminate into a separate drainage
system.
79
The house drain should be provided with adequate number of

80
The complete PD No. of CODE OF SANITATION OF THE PHILIPPINES.
81 Boating, shooting or fishing should not be allowed within
____________ of the water intake.
82 TRUE OR FALSE : In changing house drain directions, the branch
shall be run at right angle as a floor drain.
83 TRUE OR FALSE : A cleanout extended above the floor can also be
utilized as floor drain.
84 TRUE OR FALSE : All changes of direction shall be done with short
radius fittings.
85 A concrete vault constructed for the collection of raw sewage
sealed with a wooden shelter.
86 A receptacle in which liquids are retained for sufficient period to
the deposit settle able material.
87 A hole in the ground with stone and bricks laid in such manner as
to allow raw contaminated sewage to leach under the surface of the
ground.
88 The main sewer is financed and maintained by ____________.
89 ____________ is the liquid conveyed by a sewer.
90
____________ is water which enters sewers from surface sources
such as graces in manholes, open cleanouts, perforated manhole
covers and roof drains or basement sumps connected to the sewer.

91
A pipe venting acid waste system.

92
A watertight container of sewage.
93 A permanently installed mechanical device for removing sewage or
liquid waste from a sump other than ejector.
94
This bacteria functions in absence of free oxygen.
95
Considered as the oldest type of sewer.

96
Minimum width for septic tank.
97 That portion of the horizontal drainage system which starts from
the outer face of the building and terminate at the main sewer in
the street or septic tank.
98 Sometimes referred to as “the collection line of a plumbing
system.”
99 The septic tank should be double compartment and should be
capable of holding how many times of daily waste water flow.
100 The complete RA No. of ECOLOGICAL SLOID WASTE MANAGEMENT
ACT 2000.
101 How many percent of the total sewage solids is organic and
subject to rotting.
633/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

102
TRUE OR FALSE : The minimum depth for septic tank is 1.20m

103
TRUE OR FALSE : No septic tank shall be installed within under a
house.

104 TRUE OR FALSE : Septic tank should be located not less than 15m
away from potable water to prevent contamination.
105 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?
106 An element composed of an atom of Oxygen and two atoms for
Hydrogen, otherwise known as H2O.
107 What is the immersion in a fluid for a definite period of time,
usually expressed as a percent of weight of the dry pipe?
108 This type of storm drain is used in buildings located in congested
business areas.
109 It is that unit of the plumbing system which conveys storm water
to a satisfactory terminal.
110
It is often referred to as conductor or downspout. It is also the
portion of the storm drainage system which extends between storm drain & the roof terminal

111 This type of storm drain is advisable on buildings where an ample


amount of ground space between buildings is available.
112
A type of storm drain that is suspended from the basement ceiling
by substantial hangers, placed at close intervals, and generally is
adapted to buildings where public storm sewer is not sufficiently
deep in the street.
113 This is the type of storm drain located under the basement floor
within the walls of the building and is used in buildings located in
congested business areas.
114 What do you call that unit of the plumbing system which conveys
storm water to a satisfactory terminal?
115
Rainwater piping should not be used as:
116
Roof drains shall not be made of __________.

117
The outside roof leader is located on the _____
118
The inside roof leader is installed ___________
119 What do you call the drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of the drain pipe?
120
All storm drains should be graded at least
121 This type of terminal should be used only where the public sewer
discharges its contents into a terminal other than a disposal plant.
122 The roof leader is extended _________ through the floors of the
building to a point just below the roof & is then extended _________
to reduce the danger of breakage which may result because of
expansion and contraction of the roof.
123
Conductor is to vertical; __________ is to horizontal
124 Catch basin is a receptacle in which _________ are retained for a sufficient period of time to allow settle able
material to deposit

634/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

125 TRUE OR FALSE : The discharge capacity of the pipe varies


according to its length and grade per foot.
126 TRUE OR FALSE : One factor which makes the sizing of storm drain
difficult is the matter of grouping rainfall over a given period.
127 TRUE OR FALSE : Another element to consider in determining the
size of the drain is the depth of the building.
128
TRUE OR FALSE : The storm drain is connected to the sewer at
right angles by means of a 45° Y and curve assembled in exactly the
same manner as a sanitary house sewer connection.

129
TRUE OR FALSE : The change of direction at the highest point of
the conductor should be made by means of an elbow & 45° fitting.

130 TRUE OR FALSE : The base of the roof leader must be provided
with a concrete or stone foundation.
131 TRUE OR FALSE : If the roof leader is constructed of galvanized
steel, it must be supported at every floor with a pipe rest.
132
TRUE OR FALSE : Horizontal runs may not be suspended from
band iron hangers or steel ring hangers anchored in the structure

133
TRUE OR FALSE : The roof leader is extended vertically through
the floors of the building to a point just below the roof and is then
extended horizontally to reduce the danger of breakage which may
result because of expansion and contraction of the roof.

134
TRUE OR FALSE : A cast-iron strainer basket is attached to the
drain to prevent stones, leaves and other materials from entering the
conductor.

135
TRUE OR FALSE : Roof drains are provided with a copper flashing,
or in some instances, with a cast-iron clamp so that the joint
between the roof and the conductor will be water-tight.

136
TRUE OR FALSE : A roof leader may be terminated by placing a
hub of cast-iron soil pipe flush with the roof.

137
Do appurtenances need direct connection to water supply?
138
What type of plumbing material is a water heater?
139 What do you call a faucet opened or closed by the fall or rise of a
ball floating on the surface of water?
140
What is the most expensive type of all pipes?
141 What type of pipe is durable and has extreme resistance to
corrosion?
142
What type of plumbing material is a water closet?
143 What type of pipe is the most specified material need for drainage
installation in buildings?
144
What plumbing material receives water-bourn wastes?
145
What type of plumbing material is a soap dispenser?
146
CISPI stands for:

635/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

147
“U” in UPVC stands for
148 The use of cast-iron pipes should be limited to buildings
______stories in height.
149
It is a non-metallic plumbing material?

150 Acid-resistant pipe usually is an alloy of cast-iron and


____________.
151 A gate valve whose body and bonnet are held together by a “u”
bolt clamp.
152 A device that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to
fixtures for flushing purposes.
153 Pipes that are used to underground public sewers, house sewer
and drains. It is made up of clay and also resistant to acids.
154 This type of trap is used in many localities where venting is not
required by local ordinances. This device permits the waste to flow
through it rapidly.
155
A pit for the reception or detention for sewage
156 A sewer or other pipe or condult used for conveying groundwater, surface water, storm water, waste water or
sewage

157
The lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or condult that is not vertical

158
An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement

159
The solid organic materials being more dense than water, tend to settle to the bottom of the tank

160 A pipe or opening used for ensuring the circulation of air in a plumbing system and for reducing the pressure
exerted on trap seal

161
A pipe or condult for carrying sewage and liquid waste
162
All horizontal piping shall be run in practical alignment and at a uniform grade of not less than ____ percent

163
All Changes in direction shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 deg.

164 In plumbing the vent pipe which is connected to the crown


165
A pipe fitting to join two straight lengths of pipes.

166
Level 3 types of water service refers to:
167 A faucet fitted with nozzle curving downward used as a draw-of trap:
168
One of the first steps in the selection of a suitable water supply source is:
169
The minimum size of a swimming pool drain:
170
Fluoride as an addictive in water supply is a chemical for:

171
The quality of Galvanized Iron pipes are rated by:
172
A pipe fitting to change in one single direction (course) the flow of water:

636/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

173
Women’s urinal fixture:
174 The minimum distance (in meters) of a well from a septic tank.
175
Apiece of pipe threaded outside all through out to connect short runs of two pipe fittings:
176
Prevents water hammer:
177
Theater or movie house’s water requirement is determined or estimated at 5 galloons of water per day :
178
. Water well yield is a factor considered to determine the size of:

179
The reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of the trap:

180
A pipe fitting shape like letter “S”:
181
The part of a vent line which connects directly with an individual trap underneath or behind the fixture and
extends to the branch or man pipe at any point higher than the fixture trap:

182
The minimum number of water closet unit required for the female population of an elementary school:

183
The minimum size of trap and waste branch for a bidet:

184
A pipe which conveys only liquid waste, free of fecal matter
185
A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste, or vent piping:

186
The minimum slope of a building drain:
187
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal:
188
The minimum size of a trap and waste branch for a shower stall:

189
The minimum sized of a trap and waste branch for a size of foot bath:
190
Black steel pipe with galvanized malleable fitting is ideal for:
191 The minimum number of a urinal fixture required for the male population of both elementary and secondary
school:
192
The prescribe color coding of piping under refrigerating division of all pipes and fittings:

193
A type of coupling or joining device having internal screw threads or nuts with opposite screws at the end. By
turning the internal screws, it is possible to connect two metal rods and regulate the length and tension of this
rods:

194 The first section of water supply piping in a


building after the water meter.
195 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by
means of a circular disk that fits against the
valve seat. The plane of movement of the disk
is parallel to the normal direction of flow of
water, which is turned through a tortuous
passage to direct the flow normal to the face of
the disk.

637/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

196
The receptacle in which liquid is retained for deposition of sediment is called?
197
lowest portion of a trap
198
pipe for wastewater
199
liquid waste
200
These are vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets.

201
vertical pipe used for the storage of water
202
receptacle for organic discharge
203
accumulated or settled solid waste

204
It is a loud thumping noise that results from a sudden stoppage of the flow in water lines.
205 a flange used on a pipe to cover a hole
206
end of a pipe that fits into a bell

207
backflow due to negative pressure

208 What do you call a vertical pipe installed primarily for the purpose of providing circulation of air to and from any
part of the drainage system?
209
gas, fume or vapor used for the destruction or control of insects
210
vertical pipes which receive discharge from water closets
211
It automatically closes to prevent the flow of fluid in a reverse direction.
212
reservoir for liquid
213 valve for controlling the flushing of fixtures
214
It is the method of rendering a pipe fitting waterproof by using oakum or lead
215
process of injecting chlorine gas into the water
216 Minimum width of a septic tank.

217 Minimum length of a septic tank.

218 Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.

219 Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

220 Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary


compartment of a septic tank.
221 Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic
tank.
222 Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a
septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.
223 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic
tank.
224 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a
seepage pit or cesspool.

638/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

225 Minimum distance of a water supply well from a


disposal field.
226 Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

227 Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

228 Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.

229 Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

230 Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

231 Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and


polybutylene.
232 A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the
connection at the water main.
233 A vent with a function to provide circulation if air
between drainage and vent system
234 Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a
floor or wall which the pipe pass.
235 Length along the centerline of the pipe and fitting.

236 A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of


fixture.
237 Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable
matter in suspension or solution.
238 Component of fire extinguisher.

239 Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.

240 Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.

241 A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.

242 Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

243 Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type


water closet.
244 Term applied to the interconnection of the same
fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.
245 A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case
of a back to back vent.
246 Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which
the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
247 Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more
than 15 meters from the source.
248 Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is
venting.
249 It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary
field of ancient Rome.
250 In Latin, it means 'lead'.

251 A specially designed system of waste piping


embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more
sinks or floor drains by means of a common waste and
vent pipe adequately sized to provide free movement of
air above the flow line of the drain.

639/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

252 Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged


directly to the nearest ___.
253 Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water,
water-carried waste into a drainage
system with which they are connected.
254 Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located
at each floor.
255 A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.

256 A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.

257 Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

258 Best type of fire detection that can detect fire during
the incipient stage.
259 A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used
as a draw-off tap.
260 Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a
trap.
261 A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.

262 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower


stall.
263 Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal
urinal.
264 Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each
section of plumbing for water test.
265 How many days, at least, shall be given before any
plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
266 Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in
the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to satisfy
said testing.
267 Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings
safe for humans.
268 Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes
to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same trench on
top of the other.

269 Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating


equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and similar
equipment requiring union fittings.
270 Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.

271 Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

272 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for


pipes 51mm or less in diameter.
273 Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for
pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.
274 Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any
access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.
275 Maximum length of a tailpiece.

276 Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

277 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the


roof
278 Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above
any other vertical surface.
640/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

279 Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any


openable window or opening.
280 Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck
where it is protruded.
281 Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a
roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.

282 Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack


requiring a parallel ventstack.
283 An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating
inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
284 The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits
in water.
285 Women's urinal fixture.

286 A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to


clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action through a
small irregular passageway.

287 This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet


except that it has a smaller trap passageway and smaller water
surface area, moderately noisy.

288 A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient.


Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with flush
valve, requires higher pressure.
289 Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is
directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into jet;
siphon.
290 A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet.
Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.
291 A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the
flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion or
vortex which scours the bowl.
292 A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through
the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet draws the
contents of the bowl through the trapway.
293 A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a
smaller water surface and trapway.
294 This type of water closet is prohibited by some health
codes
295 The concussion and banging noise that results when a
volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or loses
momentum.
296 A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate
across the passage.
297 A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an
internal wall.
298 Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or
sewage treatment plant.
299 The centerline of pipe.

300 The interior top surface of a pipe.

301 The interior bottom surface of a pipe.

302 Color code for pipes containing acid.

641/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

303 One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du


pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-adhesive
polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

304 a. Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5


meters in length unless such line is serving sinks or urinals.
b. no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be
used underground and shall be kept at least 15 cms above
ground.
c. 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for
water supply.

305 a. number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage


pipe.
b. brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a
reducer or adapter.
c. 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a
true vertical position.

306 Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes


referred to as.
307 Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory
faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a ___.
308 Treats hard water.

309 What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base


of a soil stack?
310 The first section of water supply piping in a building after the
water meter.
311 A bathroom containing a water closet, a lavatory, and a bathtub.

312 A valve in which the flow of water is cut off by means of a


circular disk that fits against the valve seat. The plane of movement
of the disk is parallel to the normal direction of flow of water, which
is turned through a tortuous passage to direct the flow normal to the
face of the disk.

313 A receptacle attached to a plumbing system other than a trap in


which water or wastes may be collected or obtained for ultimate
into the plumbing system.
314 Any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which
discharge into a common horizontal waste or soil branch.
315 The abbreviation DWV stands for ______.

316 A p-shaped trap commonly used on most plumbing fixtures


except for fixture have integral trap.
317 An outhouse or structure used for the deposition of excrement.

318 A water supply pipe that extends vertically one full storey or
more to convey water to fixture branches or group of fixtures.
319 A general term used for any vertical line of soil, waste or vent
piping.
320 The water supply pipe provided by the water utility company
where local individual connection is done.
321 A loosely lined excavation in the ground which receives the
discharge of a septic tank and designed to permit the effluent from
the septic tank to seep through the bottom and sides of the pit.

642/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

322 The art and science of installing in buildings the pipes, fixtures
and other apparatus for bringing in water supply and removing water
and waterborne waste.

323 That part of the drainage system that extends from the end of
the building drain and conveys its discharge to the public sewer,
private sewer, individual sewage disposal system or other appropriate
point of disposal.
324 A valve in which the flow of liquid is controlled by a rotating
drilled ball that fits tightly against a resilient (flexible) seat in the
valve body.

325 A vertical length of soil or waste stack at least 8 feet in height (a


storey high), within which the horizontal branches from one storey or
floor of the building or structure are connected to the stack.
326 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack below the
floor and below the horizontal connection to an adjacent vent stack
at a point above the floor and higher than the highest spill level of
fixtures for preventing pressure changes in the stack.

327 A kind of return bend of small-sized faucet, one end of which is


about one foot long and the other end is about three inches. It is
commonly used as a faucet for pantry sink and drinking fountain. Also
the lead connection between the service pipe and the water main.
Also a p-trap.

328 A watertight receptacle which the discharge of sanitary plumbing


system or part thereof, designed and constructed to retain solids,
digest organic matter through a period of detention and to allow the
liquids to discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system
of open jointed subsurface piping or seepage pit.

329 A common measure of the probable discharge into the drainage


system by various types of plumbing fixtures on the basis of one unit
of this being equal to a discarge rate of 7.5 gallons per minute or
one cubic foot of water per minute.

330 The installation of parts of the plumbing system which can be


completed prior to installation of fixtures or finishing. This includes
drainage, water supply and vent piping and necessary fixture
supports.
331 A fitting or device designed and constructed to provide, when
properly vented, a liquid seal which prevents backflow and passage
of foul air and gases without materially affecting the flow of sewage
or wastewater through it.

332 A suction created by the flow of liquids in pipe, a pressure less


than the atmospheric pressure.
333 A vertical pipe which conveys only wastewater or liquid waste
free of fecal matter.
334 A pipe which conveys potable water from the building supply
pipe to the plumbing fixtures and other outlets.
335 Any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closet, urinal or
fixtures having similar function, with or without the discharges from
other fixtures to the building drain or building sewer

336 In a building consists of the water service pipe, water supply


line, water distributing pipes and the essential branch pipes, valves
and all other appurtenances for the supply of potable water.
337
A vent connecting one or more individual vents with a vent stack or stack vent

643/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

338 A branch vent that serves two or more traps and extends from in front of the last fixture connection of a
horizontal branch to the vent stack
339
A vent connecting at the junction of two fixture drains and serving as a vent for both fixtures
340
A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
341
A vertical vent that is the continuation of the drain to which the vents connect
342 A vent that does not serve as drain and is located where if is not exposed to back up of waste from a
drainage pipe
343
See common vent
344
A branch vents that performs its functions for two or more traps
345 A pipe installed to vent, a fixture trap and w/c connects with the vent system above the fixture served or
terminates in the open air
346
A circuit vent which loop backs to connect with a stack vent instead of a vent stack
347 Any vent connecting a horizontal branch or fixture drain with the stack vent of the originating waste or soil
stack
348
Is a pipe on the fixture side of the trap through which vapor or foul air is removed from a room fixture
349
The principal artery of the venting system to which vent branches may be connected
350
A vent installed so as to permit additional circulation of air between the drainage and vent systems where the
drainage systems might otherwise be air bound

351
An arrangement of venting so installed that that one vent pipe will serve two traps
352
The extension of a soil or waste stack above the highest horizontal drain connected to the stack horizontal
drain, the uppermost end above the roof

353
A vent which also serves as a drain
354 A pipe connecting upward from a soil or waste stack to a vent stack for the purpose of preventing pressure
changes in the stack
355
Is the flow of water or other liquids, mixtures or substances into the distributing pipes of a supply of water from
any source other than its intended source

356
Is the backflow of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture due to negative pressure
357 Refers to any group of two or more similar adjacent fixtures which discharge into a common horizontal waste
or soil branch
358
A flange that is not drilled
359
A flange that closes the end of a pipe line used to discharge water
360
Is plugging an opening with oakum, lead or other materials
361
A short internally threaded section of pipe, used to join two pipes of conduits
362
Used to connect the two ends of two pipes, neither of which can be turned
363
A short length of pipe with threads at each end; used to join couplings or fittings
364 Is the extended portion of a pipe that is closed at one end to which no connections are made on the extended
portion

644/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

365
The length along the center of the pipe and fitting
366
Includes all piping within public or private which conveys sewage, rain water or often liquid waste to a legal
point of disposal but does not include the main of a public sewer system or private or or public sewerage
treatment

367
Is a pipe connecting several fixtures
368
Is a device located at the bottom of the tank for the purpose of flushing water closets and and similar fixture

369 A metallic sleeve, join to an opening of pipe, into which a plug is screwed that can be removed for the purpose
of cleaning
370
Is the lowest portion of the inside of any pipe or conduit that is not vertical
371
Includes water supply and distribution pipe; plumbing fixture and traps, soil waste and vent pipes; house drain
and house sewers including their respective connections

372
Installation of all parts of the plumbing system which can be completed prior to the installation of fixtures

373 A wye connections used on fire lines so that two lines of hose maybe connected to the hydrant or to the same
nozzle
374
Is any pipe which conveys the discharge of water closets of fixture having similar function w/ or w/o the
discharge of other fixtures to the building drain

375
Is the maximum vertical depth of liquid that a trap will retain measure between the crown weir and the top of
the dip of the trap
376
Install to be able to meet the water requirements during peak demands from a low yielding water well

377
The device being used to eliminate the noise cause by water hammer
378
The location of water well to nearest septic vault
379
Slope of house sewer connected from the building to the main sewer

380
A passage under a road, embankment or canal which allow for the flow of water

381
The third kind of water after the storm water and area water
382
The type of bathtub oher than sunken, square, free standing
383
Color coding of high pressure steam
384
Color coding for fuel oil division
385
The water column that seals the escape of unhealthy gases in the sanitary drainage system

386
Service drop conductor clearance over the roof
387
A valve which in the water flow is shut off by a flat disk that is screwed down onto its seat

388
An underground tank reservoir to store water

645/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

389
Another classification of storm drain, besides from inside drain and outside drain
390
Tap used in high pressure water system with an interval valve to control the flow of water
391 A valve which maintains uniform pressure on its outlet side regardless of its pressure fluctuations on the inlet
side above the pressure level
392 A pipe fitting within the interconnection of pipes for the purpose of easy dismantling of the connection when
needed
393 A device that discharge a predetermined volume of water to fixture for flushing purposes and is activated by
direct water pressure
394
Another name for corporation cock
395 A U-shaped pipe filled with water and located beneath the plumbing fixtures to form a seal against the
passages of gases and odors
396 A trench containing course aggregate and a distribution tile pipe through which septic tank effluent may flow
covered with earth
397
The luminous flux density incident on a surface
398
An underground structure for drainage into which water from the roof or floor will drain through sewer
399
A type of fitting for yoke bent
400
Minimum discharge pipe and fitting for bath tub
401
Minimum size of building sewer; it should not be less than the building drain
402
BATH FOOT
403
BATH SHOWER STALL
404
BATH SITZ
405
BATH TUB
406
BIDETS
407
COMBINATION FIXTURE
408
DRINKING FOUNTAIN
409
FLOOR DRAIN
410
FOUNTAIN CUPSIDERS
411
LAUNDRY TRAYS
412
SINKS (DISHWASHER)
413
SINKS (HOTEL OR PUBLIC)
414
SINKS (KITCHEN OR RESIDENCE)
415
SINKS (SMALL PANTRY OR BAR)
416
SLOP SINKS (ORDINARY)
417
SLOP SINKS (WITH COMBINE TRAP)

646/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

418
URINAL (PEDESTAL)
419
URINALS (LIP)
420
URINALS (STALL)
421
URINALS (THROUGH)
422
WASH BASIN (LAVATORIES)
423
WATER CLOSETS
424
Quiet, extermely sanitary. Like the siphon jet but having the flushing water directed through the rim to create
a vortex that scours the bowl

425
Sanitary, efficient very quiet. A toilet bowl into which the flushing water enters through the rim and siphonic
action initiated by a water jet draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway

426
Moderately noisy. Similar to siphon jet except that trap passageway and water surface area are smaller

427
Minimum cost. Least efficient subject to clogging, noisy. Simple washout and emptying through small
irregular passageway, prohibited by some health codes

428
Noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into leg forces contents out
429
A basin like fixture design to be struddled for bathing the genitals and posterior parts of the body
430
1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/4", 1 1/2", 2, 2 1/2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", 12"
431
No building supply pipe shall be less than WHAT size in diameter
432
Minimum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor
433
Maximum height of Fire Service Connection from the grade/floor
434
Minimum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
435
Maximum height of Dry Standpipe Outlet from the floor line
436
Considered extension of bulding drain outside the building wall
437
Fitting for base or soil stack and building drain
438
Wet standpipe for a riser not more than 15m
439
Wet standpipe for riser more than 15m
440
Dry standpipe for a riser below 23m
441
Dry standpipe for a riser more than 23m
442
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school
443
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school
444
Ratio of urinals for elementary schools

647/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

445
Ratio of water closets for female population for principal worship places
446
Ratio of lavatory to number of occupants
447
Minimum number of water closet required for female office and public buildings
448
Minimum head of water required in section of plumbing for water test
449
It should not be used for steam
450
High Pressure
451
Exhaust Fan
452
Fresh Water, low pressure
453
Fresh Water, high pressure
454
Salt water piping
455
Oil Delivery
456
Oil Discharge
457
PNEUMATIC DIVISION
458
GAS DIVISION
459
FUEL OIL DIVISION
460
REFRIGERATING DIVISION
461 A full open type valve is used in several locations in a water distribution system, which of the following does
NOT require it?
462
A fireline system without a constant water supply and is equipped with a fire service inlet and outlet connection
installed exclusively for the use of Fire Service

463
Term used to main water pipe delivering portable water to a building
464 Which poor design in the plumbing system causes water supply drop when the fixture is simultaneously
opened?
465
KITCHEN SINK TRAP SIZE
466
LAVATORY TRAP OR BRANCH SIZE
467
OUTLET OF DRY STANDPIPE
468
OUTLET OF WET STANDPIPE for riser of more than 15 mts
469 Not needed in sizing the vent pipe for individual branch and circuit vent based on the total linear footage of
the pipe making up the vent?
470
A hot and cold water supply pipes, where it is mix manually in desired water temperature temperature and
direct the mixed water either at the shower head or at the fooe spout

471
Principle where a single lever valve used in kitchen sink and lavatory, they are beautiful and maintenance free

648/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

472
Minimum water delivery in liters per minute for an outlet of a wet standpipe at a residual pressure or 1.8 kilos
per sq.mts

473
A female GI threaded pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch pipe at an angle
474
General term used to described the fitting in the drawing
475
GI fitting used to accept the P trap assembly of the lavatory (drawing)
476
Type of vent applied on installations with multi branch interval where the vertical vent pipe takes off in front of
the first fixture and connects to a main vent stack

477 Stage in water purification which removes mineral deposits, slats, heavy metal, totally dissolves solids while
some useful minerals are retained
478
Fire detector installed in a fire alarm system, which uses low melting point
479
solders or metals that expand when exposed to heat to detect a fire, 135deg-197deg F

480
GI fitting to join two threaded fittings as close as possible but not exceeding three inches

481
A device used to control an incoming high water pressure into the water distribution system by mechanical
means so as to bring it to a working pressure of 80 psi

482
A poor venting system caused by a slow draining of water from a fixture down a plumbing system

483
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where

484
water of high pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe
485
Which is not a standard size of GI pipe for water supply? 2 1/2", 3",4",5"
486
Device in control valve which work by discharging instantaneous volume of water at higher pressure
487
Term used for pipe extension of not more than 2 feet in length install in any stack or branch of a plumbing
rough in for the purpose of future trap
488
A full open valve located in a supply pipe to every water heater
489
Parking management system for two types of vehicular deterrent either articulated arm type or straight beam
type. It can be activated by means of radio frequency remote control, push push button switch, photocell,
magnetic loop or acces control

490
Exception of fixture to be connected into a single trap
491
The presence of Fire Service Connection
492
Pipes and fittings which can exclusively be used for cold water lines for potable main distribution water
service, sprinkler and irrigation system. It could be ½", ¾", 1", 1 ½", 1 ¼" and 2"

493
Orange or brown in color with sizes of 4" and 3 meter in lengths of pipes
494
and fittings, ASTM 2729 standards

649/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

495
Least popular and not recommended use as potable water distribution pipe
496
SINGLE LEVER BATH FAUCET WITH HAND SHOWER-TELEPHONE SHOWER
497
Pipe not used as water service pipe
498
A cut off valve installed in the service piping system
499
Minimum size of wet standpipe for a riser more than 15 meters from the source
500
Minimum height of dry standpipe outlet from the floor line
501
Device used to prevent water hammering
502
Rule of thumb in sizing an individual vent
503
It ventilates a house drainage system and prevent siphonage and back pressure
504
It is the size of supply valve tank type for water closet
505
The maximum horizontal developed length between the trap seal and the vertical vent inlet at the trap
506
Combination fitting between the vertical waste branch and the horizontal waste branch
507
A female GI pipe reducer fitting used in straight connection, both are threaded inside
508
A vent use in battery of plumbing fixture where the vent is installed in front of the last fixture of the battery
509
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface
510
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod toactivate a submerge piston
511
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern,
best suited as fire or transfer pump.

512
Minimum height of Fire Service station from the grade
513
A female GI pipe reducer fitting use to connect a reducing branch from a main water distribution
514
PE
515
General term for hot or cold water pipes containing portable water supplying different plumbing fixture
516
Standard size of wet standpipe outlet for each floor
517
A type of pipe fitting for yoke vent
518
The minimum horizontal clearance of vent branch immediately above the flood level rim of the fixture
519
The minimum size or trap of a bidet
520
Supply valve tank type for water closet
521
A threaded fitting to join two threaded fittings as closed as possible but not exceeding 3 inches
522
Location that does not require installation of clean out
523
Interconnection of the same fixture in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent

650/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

524
A single vent that ventiliates multiple traps, in the case of back to back fixture
525
A parameter in sizing the drainage pipe
526 Conveys a discharge of solid and liquid wastes closets with or without the discharged from other fixture to the
house drain
527 Minimum size of standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 m or less from the Fire service
Connection
528
In water distributon system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe apply only if the main
fixture is supply continously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure

529
System of building which includes the water supply distribution pipes the fixture and fixture traps, the soil
waste and the vent pipes, the house drain and the house sewer, the storm water drainage with their devices

530
Minimum size of wet standpipe for riser of more than 15 mts from source
531
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting
532
Common term for a two way service connections
533
Single level valve used in kichen sink, lavatory faucets or at shower valve
534
A parameter in sizing a horizontal soil branch pipe
535
Fitting installed at the base of the soil stack and a building drain
536
Guide for initial estimate of Ton of refrigeration
537
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4" or 6' casing to deliver
538
35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height
539
Passing on it can treat hardwater
540
A type of pump for driven well from 150 to 200 ft which work by a principle of venturi where water of high
pressure is pump into the well to draw water upwards through the return pipe

541
A pump motor installed on the surface attached to a lift and push a rod to activate a submerge piston

542
A water pump for a 200ft driven well to deliver 10gpm against 200ft. It is located at the surface

543
A pump which delivers high water discharge with high water pressure drawn from a shallow source like cistern,
best suited as fire or transfer pump. The motor is placed at the surface with shaft to turn the impellers below

544
A suitable type of water pump for deep well 4' or 6' casing to deliver 35gpm against 450 ft. total develop height

545 A system of devices, usually installed below ground level, to scatter or spray water droplets over a lawn, golf
course, or the like.
546
Minimum width of a septic tank.

547
Minimum length of a septic tank.

651/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

548
Minimum liquid depth for a septic tank.

549
Maximum liquid depth for septic tank.

550
Minimum capacity, in cubic meters, of the secondary compartment of a septic tank.

551
Minimum dimension of a manhole access to a septic tank.

552
Minimum length of the secondary compartment of a septic tank with a capacity of more than 6 cubic meters.

553
Wooden septic tanks are allowed, true or false.

554
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a septic tank.

555
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a seepage pit or cesspool.

556
Minimum distance of a water supply well from a disposal field.

557
Minimum Gauge of galvanized sheet used for downspouts.

558
Minimum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

559
Maximum height of a water seal for each fixture trap.

560
Maximum length of the tailpiece from any fixture.

561
Minimum extension of the VSTR above the roof.

562
Minimum extension of the VSTR above an openable window, door opening, air intake, or vent shaft.

563
Minimum trap diameter for a bathtub

564
Minimum trap diameter for a shower stall.

565
Required number of water closets for females for an auditorium serving 16-35.

566
Required number of water closets for males for an auditorium serving 16-35.

567
Required number of urinals for an auditorium serving 10-50.

568
Required number of water closets for females for a theater serving 51-100.

652/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

569
Classifications of copper pipes.

570
A rough or sharp edge left on metal by a cutting tool.

571
Collection line of a plumbing system is sometimes referred to as.

572
Type of plastic pipe other than polyvinyl chloride and polybutylene.

573
A vent with a function to provide circulation if air between drainage and vent system.

574
Flange used on a pipe to cover a hole or opening in a floor or wall which the pipe pass.

575
A valve used in a flush tank controlling the flushing of fixture.

576
Any liquid waste containing animal or vegetable matter in suspension or solution.

577
Component of fire extinguisher.

578
Conveys storm water and terminates into a natural drainage such as lakes or rivers.

579
Standard size of a wet standpipe outlet for each floor.

580
A type of pipe fitting for a Yoke Vent.

581
Minimum size of trap or branch for a bidet.

582
Minimum fixture supply pipe diameter for tank type water closet.

583
True or false, 1 3/4" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.

584
True or false, 3" diameter is 'not' a commercial size of G.I. Pipe for water supply.

585
Term applied to the interconnection of the same fixtures in one soil or waste branch with one branch vent.

586
A single vent that ventilates multiple traps in the case of a back to back vent.

587
Minimum size of a standpipe for a building in which the highest outlet is 23 meters or less from the fire service
connection.
588
Minimum size of a wet standpipe for a riser of more than 15 meters from the source.

589
Single lever valves used in kitchen sink and lavatory faucets or at shower valves works by the principle of a
___.

653/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

590
Treats hard water.

591
Minimum height of a branch vent above the fixture it is venting.

592
It refers to an individual who worked in the sanitary field of ancient Rome.

593
In Latin, it means 'lead'.

594
A specially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizontal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor
drains by means of a common waste and vent pipe adequately
595
sized to provide free movement of air above the flow line of the drain.

596
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.

597
Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions of spaces.

598
Sanitary sewage from buildings shall be discharged directly to the nearest ___.

599
Receptacles intended to receive and discharge water, water-carried waste into a drainage system with which
they are connected.
600
Standard size of an outlet for a dry standpipe located at each floor.

601
A vent pipe connected to a vent stack.

602
A vent pipe connected to a stack vent.

603
Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure.

604
Bets type of fire detection that can detect fire during the incipient stage.

605
Condensing unit is a part of a ___.

606
A faucet fitted with a nozzle curving downward used as a draw-off tap.

607
Reference in measuring the depth of a trap seal of a trap.

608
A pipe fitting shaped like 'S'.

609
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a shower stall.

610
Minimum size of trap and waste branch for a pedestal urinal.

654/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

611
Ratio of water closets for male population for elementary and secondary school.

612
Ratio of water closets for female population for elementary and secondary school.

613
Ratio of urinals for elementary school.

614
Ratio of water closets for female population for Principal Worship Places.

615
Minimum required number of water closets for female for office and public buildings serving 55 occupants for
employees.
616
Where there is exposure to skin contamination due to poisonous materials, what is the ratio of lavatory to
number of occupants.
617
Minimum head of water, in meters, required for each section of plumbing for water test.

618
How many days, at least, shall be given before any plumbing work inspection is done after written notice for
inspection.
619
Minimum time, in minutes, required for water to stay in the system or pipes for a water test without any leaks to
satisfy said testing.
620
Consist of a body, a checking member, and an atmospheric opening.

621
Minimum lead content in percent for pipes and fittings safe for humans.

622
Minimum vertical distance from the bottom of water pipes to the top of sewer or drain pipe if laid in the same
trench on top of the other.
623
Minimum distance of water pipings from any regulating equipment, water heater, conditioning tanks, and
similar equipment requiring union fittings.
624
Maximum spacing of pipe supports at intervals.

625
Equivalent of 1/6 bend in degrees.

626
True or false, 60˚ branches or offsets may be used only when installed in a true vertical position.

627
Cleanouts may be omitted on a horizontal drain less than 1.5 meters in length unless such line is serving sinks
or urinals, true or false.
628
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes 51mm or less in diameter.

629
Minimum clearance in front of any cleanout in meters for pipes larger than 51 mm. Dia.

630
Maximum distance of any underfloor cleanout from any access door, crawl space, or crawl hole.

631
Maximum length of a tailpiece.

655/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

632
Minimum length of any branch requiring separate venting.

633
True or false, no galvanized wrought iron or galvanized steel pipe shall be used underground and shall be
kept at least 15 cms above ground.
634
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above the roof.

635
Minimum extension of a vent stack through roof above any other vertical surface.

636
Minimum vertical distance of VSTR from above of any openable window or opening.

637
Minimum vertical extension of VSTR from any roofdeck where it is protruded.

638
Minimum horizontal distance of any VSTR from a roofdeck used for other purposes aside from protection from
weather.
639
Minimum number of stories served by a waste stack requiring a parallel ventstack.

640
The process of removing calcium and magnesium deposits in water.

641
True or false, number of fixture unit is one parameter in sizing a drainage pipe.

642
Water distribution system which constantly rely its pressure from the main water pipe applied only if the
highest fixture is supplied continuously with the flow rate and minimum required working pressure.

643
What combination of pipe fittings is installed at the base of a soil stack?

644
What is the rating index of an air-conditioning/refrigeration system which rates the unit for the number of BTU's
of heat removed per watt of electrical input energy?

645
Women's urinal fixture.

646
True or false, brass and cast iron body cleanouts shall not be used as a reducer or adapter.

647
A type of water closet that is least efficient, subject to clogging, noisy, and use a simple washout action
through a small irregular passageway.

648
This type of water closet is similar to that of the siphon-jet except that it has a smaller trap passageway and
smaller water surface area, moderately noisy.

649
A type of water closet that is noisy but highly efficient. Strong jet into up leg forces contents out. Use only with
flush valve, requires higher pressure.

650
Water closet that is quiet, extremely sanitary, water is directed through the rim. It scours bowl, folds over into
jet; siphon.
651
A water closet that is sanitary, efficient, and very quiet. Water enters through the rim and through the down leg.

656/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

652
A toilet bowl similar to the siphon-jet, but having the flushing water directed to the rim to create circular motion
or vortex which scours the bowl.

653
A toilet bowl in which the flushing water enters through the rim and a siphonic action initiated by a water jet
draws the contents of the bowl through the trapway.

654
A water closet similar to that of the siphon jet but with a smaller water surface and trapway.

655
This type of water closet is prohibited by some health codes.

656
The concussion and banging noise that results when a volume of water moving in a pipe suddenly stops or
loses momentum.
657
The length of a pipeline measured along the centerline of the pipe and pipe fittings.

658
A shutoff valve closed by lowering a wedge-shaped gate across the passage.

659
A valve closed by a disk seating on an opening in an internal wall.

660
Liquid sewage that has been treated in a septic tank or sewage treatment plant.

661
The centerline of pipe.

662
The interior top surface of a pipe.

663
The interior bottom surface of a pipe.

664
Color code for pipes containing acid.

665
This shows the vertical relationships of all panels, feeders, switches, switchboards, and major components are
shown up to, but not including, branch circuiting, it is an electrical version of a vertical section taken through
the building.

666
One of the earlier plastic to be developed in 1938, a du pont trade name for the white, soft, waxy, and non-
adhesive polymer of tetrafluoroethylene.

667

668

669

670

671

672

673

657/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

674

675

676

677

678

679

680

681

682

683

684

685

686

687

688

689

690

691

692

693

694

695

696

697

698

699

700

701

702

703

658/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
PLUMBING REVIEWER

704

659/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBARIUS

PLUMBER

NATIONAL PLUMBING CODE OF


THE PHILS.

IRA 1378

BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

WATER SEAL TRAP

INSTALLING

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

NATIONAL STANDARD PLUMBING


CODE (NSPC)
PLUMBING APPRENTICE

RENAISSANCE PERIOD

STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

GRECO-ROMAN CIVILIZATION

CARRYING CAPACITY

MAN

PLUMBING SYSTEM

HEAT

RA 1364

American Master Plumber JOHN F.


HASS

SANITARY ENGINEERING LAW

DOMESTIC SEWAGE

28-Jun-55

17th CENTURY

660/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ACT 2152

LEAD – a metal used by Romans


as a plumbing material

SOIL PIPE

WASTE PIPE

GRAVITATIONAL FLOW METHOD

DISTRIBUTION BY MEANS OF
PUMP

SERVICE HEADERS

PRIMARY FEEDERS

CAST IRON PIPES

STEEL PIPES

DUCTILE IRON

CORROSION

RECIPROCATING PUMP

HAND PUMP

BOOSTER PUMP

LOW LIFT PUMP

HIGH LIFT PUMP

PIPE LINES

DELAVAUD PROCESS

INTAKE CONDUIT

1/6 to 1/3

1.8 x 105 to 2.8 x 105 N/m2

LOW-SERVICE SYSTEM

FRESH WATER

661/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

PLUMBING FIXTURES

BALL COCKS

CROSS CONNECTION

* RAINWATER
* GROUNDWATER
* SURFACE WATER

WATER METER

VACUUM BREAKER or
BACKFLOW PREVENTER

BACKFLOW

TURBIDITY

COLOR

ALKALINITY

IRON

OPEN TRENCH WORK

COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR
EXPANSION

AQUIFER

WATER TABLE WELL & ARTESIAN


WELL

2%

SANITARY DRAIN

SOIL PIPE

WASTE PIPE

POTABLE WATER

WATERBOURNE DISEASES

TURBID

MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVELS

COMBINED DRAIN

COMBINED DRAIN

662/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

HOUSE DRAIN

FOUNDATION WALL

INDUSTRIAL DRAIN

CLEANOUTS

PD 856

200m

PRIVY

CATCH BASIN

CESSPOOL or DRYWELL

GOVERNMENT

SEWAGE

INFLOW

ACID VENT

SEPTIC TANK

SEWAGE PUMP

ANAEROBIC BACTERIA

COMBINATION PUBLIC SEWER

0.90m

HOUSE SEWER

HOUSE DRAIN

2.8 - 3.0 TIMES

RA 9003

50%

663/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

FIXTURE DRAIN

WATER

ABSORPTION

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN

ROOF LEADER

OUTSIDE STORM DRAIN

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

INSIDE STORM DRAIN

STORM DRAIN

SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPE

IRON

OUTSIDE WALL OF THE BUILDING

WITHIN THE BUILDING WALLS

FIXTURE DRAIN

¼ INCH PER FOOT

COMBINATION HOUSE SEWER

VERTICALLY, HORIZONTALLY

GUTTER

LIQUID

664/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

NO

APPLIANCE

BALL COCK

BRASS PIPE

COPPER PIPE

FIXTURE

CAST IRON PIPES

FIXTURES

APPURTENANCE

CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE

665/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

UNPLASTICIZED

LESS THAN 25-STORIES

ASBESTOS-CEMENT NON-
PRESSURE SEWER PIPE

SILICON

CLAMP GATE CALVE

FLUSHOMETER VALVE

VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

DRUM TRAP

Cesspool

Drain

Invert

Privy

Sludge

Vent Pipe

Sewer Pipe

2%

Bends

Crown weir

Coupling

artesian well

lavatory faucet

water (potability)

2”dia

coagulant

schedule

elbow

666/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

bidet

15 m.

nipple

Float Valve
total number of auditorium seat

water pipe

Crown weir to bottom dip

U-trap

Back vent pipe

1 per 35

2" dia.

waste pipe

stack

1/16 in./ft.

2" dia.

2" dia.

2" dia.

Gas Pipe

1 per 30

black

Turnbackle

Water distributing pipe

Globe valve

667/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

catch basin

dip

drain pipe

effluent

soil stack

standpipe

septic tank

sludge

water hammer

escutcheon

spigot

back siphonage

vent stack

fumigant

soil stack

check valve

cistern

flush valve

caulking

disinfections

90 cms.

1.50 mts.

70 cms.

1.80 mts.

1.50 cum

508 mm.

1.50 mts.

15.20 mts.

45.70 mts.

668/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

30.50 mts.

51 mm.

102 mm.

60 cms.

38 mm.

51 mm

Polyethylene

Corporation Stop

Relief Vent

Escutcheon

Developed Length

Flush Valve

Sewage

Carbon Monoxide

Storm Sewer

1 1/2'”

1/8 Bend

1-1/2"

3/8"

Battery of Fixtures

Common Vent

4"

4"

6"

Plumbarius

Plumbum

Combination Waste and Vent


system

669/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sanitary Sewer Main

Fixture

2 1/2"

Circuit Vent

Loop Vent

Barometer

Ionization

Bibbcock

Top Dip to Crown Weir

Double Bend

2"

3”

3m

3 days

15 minutes

8%

300 mm

300 mm

4 ft.

60˚

305 mm

450 mm

6.10 mts.

600 mm

4.60 mts.

15 cms.

300 mm

670/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

0.90 mtr.

2.10 mts.

3.00 mts.

10

Pressure Regulating Valve

Softening

Washdown

Washdown

Reverse Trap

Blowout

Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet

Siphon Vortex

Siphon Jet

Reverse Trap

Washdown

Water Hammer

Gate Valve

Globe Valve

Effluent

Spring Line

Crown

Invert

black

671/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Teflon

all true

all true

House Drain

Ball Valve

Zeolite

Wye and 1/8 Bend

Water distributing pipe

Full bath

Globe valve

fixture

Battery of fixtures

Drainage, waste and vent

Gooseneck

Privy

Riser

Stack

Water main

cesspool

672/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

plumbing

Building sewer

Ball valve

Branch interval

Yoke vent

gooseneck

Septic tank

Drainage fixture unit

Roughing-in

Trap

Backpressure

Waste stack

Water distributing pipe

Soil pipe

Water supply system

BRANCH VENT

673/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

CIRCUIT VENT

COMMON VENT

CONTINOUS VENT

DRY VENT

DUAL VENT

GROUP VENT

INDIVIDUAL VENT

LOOP or CIRCUIT VENT

LOCAL VENT

MAIN VENT

RELIEF VENT

UNIT VENT

STACK VENT

WET VENT

YOKE VENT

BACKFLOW

BACK SIPHONAGE

BATTERY OF FIXTURE

BLANK FLANGE

BLIND FLANGE

CAULKING

COUPLING

UNION

NIPPLE

DEAD END

674/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DEVELOPED LENGTH

DRAINAGE SYSTEM

FIXTURE BRANCH

FLOOD LEVEL

FERRULE

INVERT

PLUMBING SYSTEM

ROUGH IN

SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

SOIL PIPE

TRAP SEAL

WATER RESERVOIR

SHOCK RELIEF AND EXPANSION


CHAMBER

50 FEET OR MORE

2 PERCENT

CULVERT

BLACK WATER

RECESSED

WHITE

BLACK

TRAP OR WATER SEAL

2.50 M

COMPRESSION VALVE

CISTERN

675/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

OVERHEAD STORM DRAIN

PRESSURE COCK

PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

UNION PATENT

FLUSHOMETER

CORPORATION STOP

AIR TRAP

ABSORPTION TRENCH

ILLUMINATION

CATCH BASIN

WYE FITTING

1 1/2"

150mm DIAMETER

1 1/2"

2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

1 1/4"

2"

1 1/4"

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

2'

1 1/2"

1 1/4"

2"

3"

676/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

3"

1 1/2"

2"

2"

1 1/4"

3"

SIPHON-VORTEX

SIPHON-JET

REVERSE TRAP

WASH DOWN

BLOW OUT

BIDET

GI PIPE SIZES

19.05mm or 3/4"

46 cm.

122cm

61 cm.

122 cm

5 FEET

1/4" BEND ?

51mm or 2"

64mm or 2 1/2"

4"

6"

RATIO OF 1:25

RATIO OF 1:30

RATIO OF 1:75

677/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

RATIO OF 1:75

RATIO OF 1:5

4 CLOSETS

3 HEADS

GALVANIZED PIPING

WHITE

BUFF

BLUE

BLUE

GREEN

BRASS OR BRONZE

YELLOW

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

ON EVERY HOSE BIBB

DRY STANDPIPE

WATER SERVICE PIPE


INSUFFICIENCY IN THE SIZE OF THE
WATER SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION
PIPE
1 ½"

1 ¼"

64mm or 2 ½"

64mm or 2 ½"

SLOPE OF THE DRAIN PIPE

3 WAY VALVE DIVERTER

BALL VALVE

678/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

132 LITERS PER MINUTE

ELBOW REDUCER

FLUSH VALVE FITTINGS

2" WYE AND 2 x 1/8 BEND


COMBINATION

CIRCUIT VENT

REVERSE OSMOSIS

FIXED TEMPERATURE

HEAT DETECTOR

COUPLING

PRESSURE REGULATOR

WRONG CHOICE OF VENT TYPE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

jet,jack,reciprocating

5"

URINAL FLASH VALVE ASSEMBLY

TAIL PIECE or DEAD END

CHECK VALVE

AUTOMATED RETRACTABLE PILLAR


SYSTEM

THREE FIXTURES

DRY STANDPIPE

POLTYBUTELENE PIPE AND FITTINGS


AND FITTINGS

UPVC DWV SANITARY

PIPES AND FITTINGS

679/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

ASBESTOS PIPE

Shower set for bath (drawing)

FIBER CEMENT PIPE

GATE VALVE

64mm or 2 1/2"

61 cms

AIR CHAMBER
VENT SIZE IS AT LEAST 1/2 THE
DRAIN IT SERVES BUT NOT LESS
THAN THE REQUIRED MINIMUM W/C
EVER IS LARGER
VENT PIPE

3/8"

6 FEET

2x2" WYE WITH 2" CO AND 2 X 1/8


BEND

COUPLING REDUCER

CIRCUIT VENT

JET

RECIPROCATING

CENTRIFUGAL

46 mm

BELL REDUCER

POLYETHELENE PIPE

WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPES

38 mm (1 1/2")

WYE FITTING

6"

1 1/2"

3/8"

COUPLING

AT EVERY BRANCH INTERVAL OFA


SOIL STACK

BATTERY OF FIXTURE

680/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

COMMON VENT

NUMBER OF FIXTURE

SOIL PIPE

102 mm (4")

UPFEED OR DIRECT METHOD

PLUMBING SYSTEM

64 mm (2 1/2")

6"

SIAMESE CONNECTIONS

BALL

NUMBER OF BRANCH VENTS

1/4", WYE and 1/8" BEND, LONG


SWEEP, 1/8" and 1/8" COMBINATION

12 TO 14 SQ.MTR/TR

JET PUMP WITH INJECTOR

JACK

ZEOLITE

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP

RECIPROCATING

JET

CENTRIFUGAL

JACK

Lawn Sprinkler System

90 cms.

1.50 mts.

681/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

60 cms.

1.80 mts.

1 cum.

508 mm.

1.50 mts.

15.20 mts.

45.70 mts.

30.50 mts.

26

51 mm.

102 mm.

60 cms.

15 cms.

0.90 mtr.

38 mm. (11/2")

51 mm. (2")

682/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Rigid and Flexible

Burr

House Drain

Polyethylene

Relief Vent

Escutcheon

Flush Valve

Sewage

Carbon Monoxide

Strom Sewer

1 1/2" (38mm)

1/8 Bend

1 1/2"

3/8"

Battery of Fixtures

Common Vent

4" (102mm)

4" (102mm)

Ball Valve

683/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Zeolite

6" (150mm)

Plumbarius

Plumbum

Combination Waste

and Vent system

Air curtain

Air curtain

Sanitary Sewer Main

Fixture

2 1/2" (64mm)

Circuit Vent

Loop Vent

Barometer

Ionization

Refrigeration

Bibbcock

Top Dip to Crown Weir

Double Bend

2"

3"

684/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

(1:30)

(1:25)

(1:75)

(1:75)

(1:5)

15 minutes

Atmospheric Vacuum Breaker

8%

300 mm

300 mm

4'

60˚

0.305 mtr. / 305 mm

0.45 mtr. / 450 mm

6.10 mts.

600 mm

685/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4.60 mts.

150 mm / 15 cms.

300 mm

0.90 mtr.

2.10 mts.

3.00 mts.

10

Softening

Upfeed System / Direct Method

Wye and 1/8 Bend

Energy Efficiency Rating (EER)

Washdown

Washdown (WD)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Blowout (BO)

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

686/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Siphon Vortex (SV)

Siphon Jet (SJ)

Reverse Trap (RT)

Washdown (WD)

Water Hammer

Developed Length

Gate Valve

Globe Valve

Effluent

Spring Line

Crown

Invert

Black

Riser Diagram

Teflon

687/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

688/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

689/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

1
A stream of high-velocity temperature-controlled air which is directed downward, across an opening

2 A package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of air it is distributed to an air
conditioned space.

3
A device designed to stop an elevator car or counterweight from descending beyond its normal limit of travel

4 The portion of the hoist way extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the bottom
of the hoist way.

5 When the elevator car rest on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than
between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part.

6 There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extend more than ___ below the sill of the pit
access door

7
Dumbwaiters total inside height shall not exceed ____

8
Is the achievement of a temperature below that of the immediate surroundings.

9
Consist of a platform or car traveling in vertical guides in a shaft or hoist way, with related hoisting and lowering
mechanisms.
10
Device for heating water or generating steam above atmospheric pressure.
11
A system for transporting materials from one site to another, especially in a factory
12
Machine that decreases the volume and increases the pressure of a quantity of air by mechanical means.

13
A device that maintains, control of the indoor environment—its desirable temperature, humidity, air circulation, and
purity for the occupants of that space or for the industrial materials that are handled or stored there.

14
Device that convert electrical energy into mechanical energy, by electromagnetic means.
15
A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy called
16
Device for reducing the temperature of a liquid, usually water, by bringing it into contact with an airstreams where a
small portion of the liquid is evaporated and the major portion is cooled.

17
A machine often provides the most convenient and economical means of transporting relatively small articles
between levels.

18
Gives stability to governor ropes.

19
Are vertical tracks that guide the car and counterweight?

20 Are rectangular blocks of cast-iron stacked in a frame, which is supported at the opposite ends of the cables to car
is fastened.
21
Is the vertical passageway for the car and counterweight?

690/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

22
Are fastened to car frame and counterweight at top and bottom.
23
Is a device to absorb the impact of car or counterweight at the lower limit of travel?
24
A device use for moistening the air at the desired degree?
25
An air-conditioning system in which the air is treated by equipment at one or more central locations outside the
spaces served and conveyed to and from these spaces by means of fans and pumps through duct and pipes.

26
Its function is to dispose the heat carried away from the condenser

27
Type of elevator that is raised or lowered quite simply by means of movable rod or plunger?

28
it is a device to control the temperature.
29
It is a three – section built up welded steel trussed framework, which supports the moving stairway component
30
In electric elevator machine room is located at the

31
Is mechanical device for transporting persons between two levels.
32 The ratio of the maximum demand of a system, or part of a system, to the total connected of a system or the part
of a system under consideration is called –

33 The following are basic component parts of an


escalator except____.
34
Tesla is the unit of____.
35 Which of the following is not a component of a
hydraulic elevator?
36 A bathroom containing a water closet, a
lavatory, and a bathtub.
37 The following are elements of centralized
airconditioning system except _______.
38
Acoustics is a science that concerns with
______.
a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

39
It is the flow of heat through a material by transfer from warmer to cooler molecules in contact with each other.
40 Is a valve or plate that stops or regulates the flow of air inside a duct, chimney, air handler, or other air handling
equipment.
41
What is also known as a synthetic chemical refrigerant?
42
gas used as refrigerant with water
43
an air compartment or chamber
44
liquid which is discharged as a waste
45
A material which stops the transfer of heat is also known as?

691/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

46
device used only to add humidity in the air
47
heat is transferred through materials
48
a process which refrigerant from liquid to gas
49
What is a cooling or heating element which is made of pipe or tubing?
50
device to control the thermostat

51
device used to vary the volume of air passing a duct
52
It is a platform or car for hoisting or lowering passenger or freight.
53 stops car and grips counterweight in case of emergency
54 where the endless belt of steps pass around during operation
of an escalator
55
What is a closed vessel in which liquid is heated or vaporized?
56 pipe fitting with outside threads use for connecting pipes
57
vessel where vapor is liquefied by removal of heat
58
It consists of DC motors and the shaft of which is connected directly to the brake wheel and driving sheave.
59 the art and practice of heating and cooling with water
60
steel wires used to compensate cars and counterweights
61 Two types of passenger elevator.

62 Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator


for small commercial or residential building.
63 A device that is basically a double throw switch of
generally 3-pole connection that will automatically transfer
the power from the standby generator to the building
circuitry during electrical power failure.

64 The minimum face to face distance between elevators


in three and four car grouping.
65 Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.

66 A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the


air
67 Another name for Humidistat.

68 Descriptive of any material such as synthetic resin


which hardens when heated or cured, and does not soften
69 when
An reheated.which responds to changes in
Instrument
temperature, and directly or indirectly controls
temperature.
70 A machine that converts mechanical energy into
electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
71 Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in
order to absorb ___.
72 A device installed on an electric water heater used to
detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
73 Vertical flow of air used to separate different functions
of spaces.

692/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

74 A fire detector installed in a fire alarm system which


uses low melting point solders or metal that expands
when exposed to heat to detect a fire.
75 Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.

76 An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or


valve
77 The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.

78 A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the


properties of air-system mixtures.
79 Heat that raises air temperature.

80 The transmission of heat energy from one place to another


by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
81 What is the rating index of an airconditioning/
refrigeration system which rates the unit for the
number of BTU's of heat removed per watt of electrical input
energy? (EER)

82 What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central airconditioning


system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the air
stream injected to a conditioned space.
83 In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing,
and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell can be
used together with this.
84 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when
they try to get out of the car which is stopped between the
floors.
85 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is
overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.

86 In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.

87 In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the


highest and lowest floor.
88 In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object
becomes wedged at the guard.
89 In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

90 This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit


location to protect against accidental movement of the escalator
during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.
91 This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically
if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
92 This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for
inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
93 The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0
oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
94 An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates,
shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
95 Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop
an elevator.
96 In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand
used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.

693/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

97 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to


which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.
98 Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the
counterweight.
99 In boilers, they function only when it exceeds prescribed
unsafe operating conditions.
100 The following are basic component parts of an escalator
except____.
101 Which of the following is not a component of a hydraulic elevator?

102 The following are elements of centralized airconditioning system


except _______.
103 A transformer is ______.

104 A factor used in calculating cooling load that includes heat


transferred from walls, doors, ceilings, etc. is known as _____.
105 The following are ways in which heat may be transferred
except____.
106 The typical truss configuration used in the installation of an
escalator.
107 Which is the following characterizes centrallized airconditioning a. It uses ducts
b. Has cooling tower
c. Provided with air handling unit
d. All of these

108 The total cooling output of an airconditioner during its annual


usage, in BTU/hr divided by the energy input during the same period,
in watt-hours is known as_____.

109 Which type of refrigerant is recommended for residential,


commercial, and industrial application using split type airconditioning
system?
110 The term impedance is used in transformers and other devices in
ac is a combination of _______.
111 A continuous belt (chain) attached to the handrail and directly
connected to the steps is known as _____.
112 What is the minimum distance between the handrails of
escalators?
113 What aspect/s of environment or surroundings is/are considered
in air-conditioning system for human comfort?
a. Temperature of the surrounding air
b. Motion of air

114 What is the refrigerant name of R-12?

115 The recommended speed for escalators ranges from____.

116 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in


changing the state of a substance
without changing its temperature.
117
An apparatus that can heat, cool, clean and circulate air
118
They were deter to the intrusion alarm system in residential signal system
119
An air passage usually formed in sheet metal with insulation for ventilating on a building
120
The current of air or gases

694/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

121
Requirement for a dry standpipe
122
Color coding of piping for fuel oil division

123 A hoisting and lowering mechanism with a building equipped with relatively small car excusively for carrying
materials
124
The device for maintaining desirable humidity conditons in the air supplied
125
The average consumption of water per capita

126 An automatic control of the operation of heating or cooling device responding to changes of temperature of the
space
127
A tractor equipped with the blade attached by arms and bolted to its end, used in piling earth
128
The acoustical ceiling board design to be laid in an exposed grid suspension system

129
The total sound units provided by a given material
130
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector

131
Fire tube boliers shall be provide with sufficient room for removal or replacement of tube either from these places
132
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat
133
The system of deadening sound materials to wall, ceiling, floors to prevent sound from passing through the
members into adjoining room

134
The illuminance produce by luminous flux of the one lumen distributed uniformly over a one square meter surface

135
Level of subterrenean water

136
Package assembly of air conditioning components which provides for the treatment of the air before it is
distributed to an air conditioned space

137
This is the criteria in selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time
138
Protection of PVC pipe underground
139
Reflection of sound from curve surface
140
The criteria in the selection of an elevator other than interval and average waiting time
141
Type of conveyor that transport packages equipment crates
142
Important element of an elevator below the first level floor line that absorbs and minimize building shocks to the car
143 That portion of the hoistway in the elevator extending from the threshold level of the lowest landing floor of the
hoistway
144
A geared drive machine in which the suspension ropes are fastened to and wind on a drum
145
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight
146
Car pit clearance depth from the bottom of the car
147
When machine room or penthouse is provided at the top of the hoistway, it shall have a sufficient room for this

695/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

148
When 4 or more elevator serve all or the same portion of the bulding
149 Shalll be located in any one hoistway

150
Minimum number of hoisting ropes for traction elevators
151
Minimum number of hoisting ropes for drum type elevators
152
Minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight ropes
153
Provision for all elevators

154
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

155
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which monitors
internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

156
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

157
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the outside

158
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

159
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed
160 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor
161 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear
162
Main purpose of shafts overhead space
163
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely

164 OTIS-U.S.
165
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due
to over travel beyond the lowest stop. It stops the car or counterweight safely

166
Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or detectors which
monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any eventuality

167
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and electrical parts from over current

168
During elevator emergency to rescue passenger, this type of elevator is used to open the door from the
outside
169
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door

170 Dividing the travel length by the rated speed

696/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

171
Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when
the car stops at the floor
172
Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off,and grasp the rope to operate
the safety gear
173
Main purpose of shafts overhead space
174 Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the designated end
of travel course
175
Minimum angle of inclination of an escalator
176
Minimum width of balustrade
177
Maximum width of balustrade
178
Maximum width of the steps
179
Kind of glass required in an escalator's balustrade

180
Maximum rated speed measured along the angle of inclination
181
Provision for boiler rooms inside the building

182
Minimum distance if the building is not made of fire resistive materials

183
No part of the boiler shall be closer to this from the wall

184
Distance of the smokestacks above the building within 50 mts. radius
185
Provision between any feed pump and the boiler in addition to the regular shut-off valve
186
Provision when two or more boilers are connected in parallel
187
Provision of every boiler

188
Provision for boilers having generating capacity exceeding 907 kg/hr

189
Notification in writing in advance for boiler's inspection
190
Temperature and humidity of the air to be used for comfortable cooling
191
Minimum for refrigerant piping crossing a passageway in any building
192
Provision of installation for refrigerant system containing more than 9 kgs.

193
Minimum for window type AC installed on ground floors
194
Mechanical equipment coupled with a central air conditioning system used to dehumidify and cool the airstream
injected to the conditioned space

195
Spacing provided for elevator with single bank in a non residential building

697/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

196
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the highest and so on while descending

197
Recording calls even when car is in use. It answer calls starting from the lowest and so on while ascending

198
Safety device of a passenger elevator which activates if the car travels faster than its rated speed by grasping the
guide rail to stop the car safely

199
main drive chain, step chain, handrail, drive chain, bottom sprocket
200
When planning a multiple system of elevator layout where four or more elevator are arrange in banks

201
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's width like those in Japanese brand
202
Nominal size of an escalator; escalator's step like those in Japanese brand
203
Type of dampers installed at supply ducts, which are electro-mechanically activated by building automation system
to close in case of fire within the area

204
Location of Control System or computer brain of the escalator

205
This is a guide for the initial estimate per Ton of Refrigeration per sq.mts. of a standard room of normal condition
without external solar heat gain and excessive internal heat gain

206

PIPING OR DUCT BELONGING TO OTHER SYSTEM SHOULD NOT RUN THROUGH THE MACHINE ROOM

207
THE TOP CHORD OF THE TRUSS IS WITH A STEEL ANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE BUILDING'S
STRUCTURAL BEAM

208
Safety device caused by insufficient water flow on heater when brown out

209
Vital part of Solar Water heater to keep the heat in and cold out
210
Packaging and assembly of elevator as it arrives on the site
211
Cool the condenser unit in a central conditioning system
212 Rating index of an air conditioning system which rate the number for the unit of BTU heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy
213
Standard unit rating to describe the capacity of the cooling tower

214
A device installed on electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to to activate a switch
215
A safety device of a passenger elevator which reduces the collision shock of a car or counterweight due to over
travel beyond the lowest stop. It It stops the car or counterweight safely

698/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

216
Rating index of an air conditioning system which rates the unit for the number for BTU of heat moved per watt of
electrical input energy Internal electronic safety features of an escalator. They function as a safety switches or
detectors which monitors internal mechanical or electrical abnormalities and shuts down the system in any
eventuality

217
A passenger elevator safety device which protects the motor and its electrical parts from over current

218
The elevator door components that detect the obstacle during the door closing and re opens the door
219
Mechanical equipment install on top of the main doors used to retain cold in the interiors
220
Dividing the travel length by the rated speed
221 Major physical restriction does a split type air conditioner system have which restricts its efficiency and
performance
222 Activate by preventing the door to open during elevator car run, the door elevator will open only when the car stops
at the floor
223
Opening of door for passenger in case of power failure in the elevator

224 Activate if the car travel faster than its travel speed, the power will turn off, and grasp the rope to operate the safety
gear
225
Main purpose of shafts overhead space
226
Device that open and closes the electric current in an elevator when it has reached the
227
designated end of travel course
228
Coupled with central air conditioning system, used to dehumidify and cool the air stream injected into the
conditioned space
229 The amount of heat which is absorbed or evolved in changing the state of a substance without changing its
temperature.
230
Two types of passenger elevator.
231
Minimum elevator width of single slide door elevator for small commercial or residential building.
232
Another name for passenger elevator.
233
The minimum face to face distance between elevators in three and four car grouping.
234
Maximum height of a dumbwaiter.
235
An assembly consisting of a pulley wheel, side plates, shaft, and bearings over which a cable or roped is passed.
236
A device for converting alternating current to direct current.
237
Another name for a Rectifier.
238
A controller sensitive to the degree of moisture in the air.
239
Another name for Humidistat.
240
Consist of a flyball or flyweight device designed to stop an elevator.

699/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

241
A stop valve placed in the service pipe close to the connection at the water main.
242
An Instrument which responds to changes in temperature, and directly or indirectly controls temperature.
243
Thin sheets that are used for controlling heat in drywall construction.
244
A machine that converts mechanical energy into electrical energy, a generator of alternating current.
245
Freon in air-con must be compressed and liquefied in order to absorb ___.
246
A device installed on an electric water heater used to detect the working temperature to activate a switch.
247 During elevator emergency, to rescue passengers, this part of the elevator is used to open the doors from the
outside.
248
A device which extends across at least 1/2 the width of each door leaf which will open if subjected to pressure.
249
Heat rating for a fixed temperature heat detector.
250
An automatic device used for converting high, fluctuating inlet water pressure to a lower constant pressure.
251
An air-operated device used to open or close a damper or valve.
252
In theater stage house, a weight usually of iron or sand used to balance suspended scenery, or the like.
253 On elevators, a gear-driven machine having a drum to which the wire ropes that hoist the car are fastened, and on
which they wind.
254
Vertical tracks that serves as a guide for the car and the counterweight.
255
Under NBC, the clearance between the underside of the car and the bottom of the pit shall not be less than ___.
256
Under NBC, the minimum diameter of hoisting and counterweight rope.
257
Under NBC, the minimum width between balusters in an escalator.
258
Under NBC, the maximum rated speed of an escalator along the angle of travel.
259
The effective room temperature in air-conditioning.
260
Sound system input device that reacts to and converts variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
261
A rate of rise type detector.
262
A graph used in air-conditioning and showing the properties of air-system mixtures.
263
Heat that raises air temperature.
264
The transmission of heat energy from one place to another by circulatory movement of a mass of fluid.
265
In boilers, they function only when exceeds prescribed unsafe operating conditions.
266
What mechanical equipment, coupled with a central air-conditioning system, is used to to dehumidify and cool the
air stream injected to a conditioned space.

267
In elevator, it detects the obstacles during the door closing, and reopens the door if there is something. Photocell
can be used together with this.

268 It prevents passengers from falling into the hoistway when they try to get out of the car which is stopped between
the floors.

700/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

269 In elevator, it makes the buzzer alarm when the car is overloaded and the door remains open until overloading is
eliminated.
270
In elevator, it protects the equipment from over current.
271
In elevator, these prevent the excessive car travel at the highest and lowest floor.
272
In escalators, these stop the escalator if a foreign object becomes wedged at the guard.
273
In escalators, this is located at the bottom truss of the escalator and provided with on and off positions to stop or
prevents the escalator from starting during maintenance service.

274
This device, in escalators, is provided at the drive unit location to protect against accidental movement of the
escalator during inspection of the drives or during general maintenance.

275
This device, in escalators, stops the escalator automatically if an abnormal current is supplied to the motor.
276
This switch cuts off all current supply to the escalator for inspection, maintenance, or repairs.
277
The cooling effect obtained when 1 ton of ice at 32 oF (0 oC) melts to water at the same tmeperature in 24 hrs.
(equivalent to 12,000 Btu/hr)
278

279

280

281

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

701/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
MECHANICAL REVIEWER

294

295

296

297

298

299

300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

308

309

310

311

702/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Air Curtain

AHU (Air Handling Unit)

Bumper

Elevator Landing

610 mm.

660 mm

1220 mm

Air-conditioning

elevator

boiler

conveyor

compressor

air-conditioning

alternator

generator

cooling tower

dumbwaiters

counter weight

guide rails

counterweight

shaft

703/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

governor

buffer

humidifier

centralized air con

compressor

hydraulic elevator

thermostat

Truss

pent house

escalator

demand factor

governor

Magnetic flux

counterweight

Full bath

Method of cooling

All of the above

Conduction

Dampers

freon

ammonia

plenum

effluent

insulation

704/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

hunidifier

Conduction

evaporator

coil

relay

Dampers

elevator

governor

sprocket assembly

boiler

Closed nipple

condenser

gearless traction

hydronics

hoistropes –

Electric and Hydraulic

0.60 mtr

Automatic Transfer Switch

2.0 mts.

1.20 mts.

Humidistat

Hygrostat

Thermosetting

Thermostat

Alternator

Heat

Thermostat

Air curtain

705/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fixed Temperature Heat


Detector

135-197˚F

Air Motor

68-74 ˚F /20-23 deg C

Psychrometric Chart

Sensible Heat

Convection

Energy Efficiency Rating

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

Weighing Device

Circuit Breaker

Limit Switches

Handrail Guard Switches

Disconnect Switch

Mechanical Maintenance
Locking Device

Current Overload Safety


Switch
Knife Switch

Ton of Refrigeration

Sheave

Governor

Counterweight

706/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Winding-Drum Machine

Winding-Drum Machine

Limit Controls and Interlocks

governor

counterweight

Method of cooling

A mechanical device used to step up


or step down voltage in ac

Thermal load

Polarization

3 section truss

All of these

Seasonal energy efficiency


ratio

R-22

Resistance and reactance

Endless belt

558mm

Both a and b

Dichlorodifluormethane

90-120fpm

LATENT HEAT

AIR CONDITIONER

BUGLARS AND PROWLERS

AIR DUCT

DRAUGHT OR DRAFT

707/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

4 STOREY

BLACK

DUMBWAITER

HUMIDIFIER

50 GALS.

THERMOSTAT

BULLDOZER

ACOUSTICAL LAY IN PANEL

DECIBEL

135-197 F

REAR OR TOP

SOUND ABSORPTION

SOUND INSULATION

LUX

WATER TABLE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

TRAVEL TIME

CONCRETE CASING

CREEP

TRAVEL TIME

FREIGHT ELEVATOR

BUFFER

PIT

WINDING DRUM MACHINE

GUIDE RAILS

600mm

FOR REPAIR AND INSPECTION

708/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

2 HOISTWAYS

4 ELEVATORS

3 HOISTWAYS

2 HOISTWAYS

30mm

OVER LOAD RELAY AND


REVERSE POLARITY RELAY

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE

WAIT INTERVAL

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

GOVERNOR

A European brand of elevator

BUFFER

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

SAFETY SHOE

WAIT INTERVAL

709/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

LIMIT SWITCH

35 degrees

558 mm

1.20 m

330 mm

TEMPERED TYPE GLASS

38 mpm

R.C CONCRETE OR MASONRY

3.00 mts. FROM OUTSIDE WALL

1 meter

5.00 mts

2 CHECK VALVES

NON RETURN OR SHUT OFF


VALVE

ONE SAFETY VALVE

TWO SAFETY VALVE

15 DAYS

68deg-74deg F

2.30 meters ABOVE THE FLOOR

STOP VALVES

2.13 meters

FAN COIL UNIT

1.5 TIMES MORE THAN THE


ELEVATOR CAR DEPTH

710/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

DOWN COLLECTIVE CONTROL

UP COLLECTIVE CONTROL

GOVERNOR - safety gear, safety


shoe, magnetic break

ESCALATOR'S PART

ONE IN FRONT OF THE OTHER

1120;980;800;760

1150;1100;1000;900

ADJUSTABLE LOCKING
DAMPERS

AT THE ESCALATOR MACHINE


ROOM

12 to 14 SQ.MT PER TON OF


REFRIGERATION

International Standard and EN 81.1


Code in designing a machine
room

STANDARD INSTALLATION OF
ESCALATOR NOT EXCEEDING
4.50 MTS./ TRUSS

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE

EXPANDED POLYTHELYNE FOAM


INSULATION
KNOCKDOWN BY MAJOR
COMPONENT PART

COOLING TOWER

SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TONS OF REFRIGERATION

THERMOSTAT

BUFFER

711/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

MONITORING CONTACTS ON
STEP CHAIN

CIRCUIT BREAKER

SAFETY SHOE

AIR CURTAIN

WAIT INTERVAL

EVAPORATORS CANNOT BE
LOCATED AT CEILING

DOOR LOCK SWITCH

OUTSIDE DOOR LATCH

MAGNETIC BREAK

FOR CAR OVERRUN

LIMIT SWITCH

EMERGENCY SWITCH

FAN COIL UNIT

Latent Heat

Electric and Hydraulic

0.60 mtr.

Lift

2 mts.

1.20 mts.

Sheave

Rectifier

D.C. Generator

Humidistat

Hygrostat

Governor

712/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Corporation Stop

Thermostat

Rigid Board Insulation

Alternator

Heat

Thermostat

Outside Door Latch

Panic Bar

135-197˚F

Pressure Regulating Valve

Air Motor

Counterweight

Winding-Drum Machine

Guiderails

600 mm

30 mm

558 mm

38 Meters/Min

68-74 ˚F

Microphone

Thermal Detector

Psychrometric Chart

Sensible Heat

Convection

Limit Controls and Interlocks

Fan Coil Unit

Safety Shoe

Fascia Plate

713/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Weighing Device

Circuit Breaker

Limit Switches

Handrail Guard Switches

Disconnect Switch

Mechanical

Current Overload Safety


Switch
Knife Switch

Ton of Refrigeration

714/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

715/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

1
Is a physical wave, a mechanical vibration, a series of pressure variations, in an elastic medium

2
A healthy pair of human ear has a detection range of.

3
Sound travels in air, at sea level, in ____ m/sec.

4
The number of times the cycle of compression and rarefaction of air makes in a given unit of time.

5
Is the persistence of sound after the cause of sound has stopped-a result of repeated reflections.

6 Is caused when reflected sound at sufficient intensity reaches a listener approximately 70 m/ sec. after hear the
direct sound.

7
Is perceived as a buzzing or clicking sound, and it is comprised of repeated echoes traversing back and forth
between two non-absorbing parallel surfaces.

8 A device used for sound absorption


9
This describe the reflection of sound along a curved surface near the surface

10
Sound travels only about ___________m/sec.
11
It is the measurement of the intensity of sound.
12
It is the limit for comfortable hearing.
13 It is the time in seconds that a reflected sound
diminishes for the case by 60db after the original
sound has stopped.
14 It is a type of microphone which equally sensitive
sound arriving at it from any direction
15 It has a stimulating effect, conducive to drinking,
induces sleep, best for bars and night club.
16 In theory and fundamentals of lighting. It is the
science that deals with measurement of light.
17
It refers to the unit of intensity of light of one
standard candle whose light is concentrated at a
point and the light source is assumed to be placed at
the center of a hollow sphere of one foot radius.
18
In physical principles of light, it is the light rays
leaving the source strike through, opaque surface
which spreads the light in various directions, in
addition light is broken up while in reflection, the
light bounces back at a different direction.

19
It is the unit of luminous flux, amount f light falling
on a surface from the source.

716/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

20 Mho as used in electrical systems calculation is


defined as _______.
21 A unit of mechanical power is horsepower.
What is electrical power?
22 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is
the unit for lux?
23 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound
intensity ______ the square of the distance
from the source.”
24 Is a logarithmic unit of measurement that expresses the magnitude of a physical quantity (usually power or
intensity)
relative to a specified or implied reference level.
25
An apparent shift in the frequency occurring when an acoustic source and listener are in motion relative to each
other, the frequency increasing when the source and the listener approach each other and decreasing when they
move apart

26 What is a repetitious reflective sound due to parallel walls?


27
– delayed sound heard a fraction of a second after the direction of sound isheard

28
unpleasant or unwanted sound
29
What is the study of reactions of humans to audible sound?
30
study of effects on environment upon audible sound

31
study of sound generated by equipment
32
What is the distance between two similar points in succession waves traveling in one cycle?

33
rate of repetition of a periodic phenomenon
34 a sensation felt by the brain resulting from the distance of molecules in
the air
35
What is the amount of sound energy produced by the source?
36
unit of loudness of sound
37
at speed of sound normal temperature and pressure
38
What is the reflected sound that gathers in a central portion of the room?
39
one characterized by large amounts of absorption
40
characterized by very small amounts of absorption
41
What is the persistence of sound after the source of sound has stopped?
42
state existing in a system which is set into oscillation
43 simplest kind of sound composed entirely of sound waves of a single
frequency

717/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

44 A type of lighting that provides illumination to special


objects like sculptures, flower arrangements, etc.
45 Unit of loudness level.

46 The process of dissipating sound energy by converting


it to heat.
47 Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.

48 The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure


level of sound which is transmitted from one point to
another.
49 Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of
perfectly absorptive material.
50 Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to
be bent or scattered around
51 Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being
detected by the human ear
52 Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an
elastic medium.
53 Sound sensation in a single frequency.

54 Wave produced by a pure tone.

55 Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

56 The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

57 Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area


lighting.
58 The rate of flow of light through a surface.

59 The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction


per unit of projected area.
60 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
foot.
61 A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square
meter
62 Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is
directed to the ceiling and upper
63 walls of the room
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

64 The rate of flow of sound energy

65 Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular


points of interest.
66 A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

67 A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

68 Sound system input device that reacts to and converts


variable sound pressure into variable electrical current.
69 Light originating from sources not facing each other, as
from windows in adjacent walls.
70 A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.

71 A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and


used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

718/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

72 A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of


illumination over a large area.
73 A type of perimeter detector which detects object in heat
range of body temperature.
74 A type of perimeter detector which detects interruption of
light beam.
75 A type of perimeter detector which detects change in
sound wave pattern.
76 A type of perimeter detector which is subject to false
alarm from aircraft radar and from movement outside building
through window, wood doors, and the like. It uses radio waves.

77 This type of perimeter detector uses both the Passive


infrared and Ultrasonic or Microwave system.

78 This type of perimeter detector detects a change in


capacitance of the area covered, caused by intrusion.
Proximity / Capacitance a. Microwave

79 A high intensity discharge lamp in which the light is


produced by the radiation from a mixture of a metallic vapor,
similar to that of a mercury lamp in construction.

80 A type of lamp popular for lighting commercial interiors,


uses argon gas to ease starting, it produces light by means of an
electric discharge in mercury vapor.

81 A type of lamp which produces light by means of the


reaction of halogen additive in the bulb reacts with chemically
with tungsten.
82 A type of lamp generally used for roadways and
sidewalks, uses sodium gas.
83 The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or
oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.
84 Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is
reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound insulation value of the partition, the higher the number,
the
greater the insulation value.
85 212. The other type of flame detector other than the ultraviolet
type.
86 What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band
frequencies.
87 The bending of sound wave when traveling forward
changes direction as it passes through different densities.
88 In lighting and illumination calculation, what is the unit for lux?

89 Tesla is the unit of____.

90 In Inverse Square Law, it states that: “sound intensity ______ the


square of the distance from the source.”
91 Acoustics is a science that concerns with ______.

92 Creep is the phenomenon whereby sound travels in a ______.

719/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

93 Sound Transmission Loss (STL) is/are affected by the following


____.
a. Intensity of sound from source
b. Material density
c. Medium
d. All of the above

94 Which of the following factors affect/s room acoustics?


a. Shape and proportion of room
b. Room cavity
c. Seating and other furnishings
d. All of the above

95 A condition characterized as vertically downward directly below


the luminaire. What is that term?
96 It is the product of surface area (sq.ft.) and sound absorption
coefficient (SAC). It has the unit sabin.
97 Wallace Clement Sabine, an American physicist who pioneered
work on sound is said to be the father of ____?
98 When sound impinges on a surface such as walls, floor, ceiling,
etc. It is referred to as _____.
99 A branch of acoustics that involves the control of noise pollution,
environmental noise, which include motor vehicles, aircraft noise,
etc.
100 This material is so named in honor of a German physicist,
consista of a holllow material with a small hole on one side. This is
used to detect individual frequency of complex acoustic wave
configuration.
101 A type of resonator made from empty clay vessels of different
sizes. Their absorption ranges from 100-400 hertz.
102 The rustling of leaves in breeze is said to be within the ____.

103 Unit of capacitance is _____.

104 The following statements are true with regards to sound except
___.
a. That sound is an aural sensation
b. That sound is caused by oscillation in an elastic medium
c. That sound travels in a vacuum
d. That sound is caused by the vibration of particles which move in
an infinitesimal amount causing particles to impart motion and
energy to them
___.
105 The velocity of sound is affected by _____.
a. Temperature
b. Kind of medium
c. Material density
d. All of the above

106 Transondent facings are those transparent facings with holes.


Which facing will reflect more sound?
107 Which of the following sources of sound produces the highest
sound pressure level (SPL)?
108
Unit of frequency equal to one cycle per seconds
109 Unit of loudness of level
110
Prolongation of sound as a result of succesive reflection

720/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

111
Distance sounds travels during each cycles of vibration
112
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to bend or scattered around

113
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displaceent in elastic medium
114 Sound sensation in a single frequency
115
A luminous intensity of light expressed in candela; Unit of luminous intensity
116 A lighting fixture
117
Unit of luminance equal to 1 candela per square meter
118
Unit of illmination equal to one lumen per square meter
119
Unit of illumination equal to one square foot
120
Rate of flow of light through a surface
121
Resistance in AC system
122 Reciprocal of resistance
123
Rate of flow of sound energy
124
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular point of interests
125
A type of HID lamp

126
Higher than 20,000 Hertz
127
Unit of acoustic absorption equivalent ot absorption by one square root of a perfect absorber
128
First defense method from external noise by site selection and site planning for quiet internal acoustic environment

129
The effective method can be employed to reduce direct noise, which is transmitted airborne, for noise reduction
within a space

130
Sound with a wavelength of 1.50 m at Frequency 1,500 Hz

131
Perceptual characteristic of sound which is the average rate of flow of energy per unit area perpendicular to the
direction of propagation

132
The physical behavior of sound when travelling forward in a straight path changes in direction as it passes through
different densities and causes the sound waves to bend

133
Unit of loudness level.

134
The process of dissipating sound energy by converting it to heat.

721/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

135
Distance sound travels during each cycle of vibration.

136
The reduction in the intensity or in the sound pressure level of sound which is transmitted from one point to another.

137
Unit of sound absorption equivalent to 1 square foot of perfectly absorptive material.

138
Acoustical phenomenon which causes sound wave to be bent or scattered around.

139
Minimum sound pressure level that is capable of being detected by the human ear.

140
Fluctuation in pressure, a particle displacement in an elastic medium.

141
Sound sensation in a single frequency.

142
Wave produced by a pure tone.

143
Synonymous with a lighting fixture.

144
The luminous intensity of light is expressed in ___.

145
Type of lighting dealing with relatively large area lighting.

146
The rate of flow of light through a surface.

147
The luminous intensity of any surface in a given direction per unit of projected area.

148
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square foot.

149
A unit of illumination equivalent to 1 lumen per square meter.

150
Type of lighting system where 90-100% of light output is directed to the ceiling and upper walls of the room.

151
The material used for filament in an incandescent bulb.

152
The equivalent of filament in a fluorescent lamp.

153
The rate of flow of sound energy

154
Lighting used primarily to draw attention to particular points of interest.

722/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

155
A means of producing light from gaseous discharge.

156
A type of High-Intensity-Discharge lamp (HID).

157
Light originating from sources not facing each other, as from windows in adjacent walls.

158
A lighting unit consisting of one or more electrical lamps.

159
A louvered construction divided into cell-like areas and used for redirecting the light emitted by an overhead source.

160
A lamp designed to project and diffuse a uniform level of illumination over a large area.

161
What type of sound absorbent is best for lower band frequencies.

162
The bending of sound wave when traveling forward changes direction as it passes through different densities.

163
The number of cycles per unit time of a wave or oscillations expressed in hertz of cycles per second.

164
Of a partition, the number of decibels by which sound is reduced in transmission through it; a measure of the sound
insulation value of the partition, the higher the number, the greater the insulation value.

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

723/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

199

724/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES
ACOUSTICS & LIGHTING REVIEWER

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

208

209

210

211

725/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Sound

20 to 20000 HZ

344 m/ sec.

Frequency

Reverberation

Echo

Flutter

Fibrous Materials

Creep

344 m/sec

decibel

40 db

Reverberation time

omnidirectional mic

incandescent

photometry

candle power

Diffusion

Lumen

726/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

the reciprocal of ohm

Watt

1 lumen per sq.m.

Varies inversely with

Decibel

droppler effect

flutter

Echo

Noise

psycho acoustics

environmental acoustics –

electro acoustics

wavelength

frequency –

sound –

magnitude

decibel

velocity –

sound foci

dead room

Live room

reverberation

resonance

pure tone –

727/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Specific Lighting

Phon

Sound Absorption

Wavelength

Sound Attenuation

Sabin

Sound Diffraction

Threshold of Audibility

Sound

Pure Tone

Sine Wave

Luminaire

Candela

General Lighting

Luminous Flux

Luminance

Foot-Candle

Lux

Indirect Lighting

Cathode

Sound Intensity

Accent Lighting

Fluorescense

High-Pressure-Sodium

Microphone

Cross Light

Luminaire

Eggcrate

728/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Floodlight

Passive Infrared

Passive Infrared

Ultrasonic

Microwave

Passive Infrared with


Ultrasonic (or Microwave)

Proximity / Capacitance

Metal Halide Lamp

Mercury Lamp

Tungsten Halogen Lamp

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Frequency

Transmission Loss

Infra Red

Porous Absorbents

Refraction

1 lumen per sq.m.

Magnetic flux

Varies inversely with

a. Transmission of sound
b. Effect of sound waves
c. Generation of sound

Curve surface

729/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

All of the above

All of the above

Nadir

Sound absorption

Architectural acoustics

Structureborne sound

Environmental acoustics

Hermholtz resonator

Individual resonator

Threshold of hearing

Farad

That sound travels in a


vacuum

All of the above

10% opening

Cafeteria with people in it

HERTZ

PHON

REVERBERATION

730/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

WAVELENGTH

SOUND DIFFRACTION

SOUND

PURE TONE

CANDELA

LUMINAIRE

LAMBERT

LUX

FOOT CANDLE

LUMINOUS FLUX

IMPEDANCE

CONDUCTANCE

SOUND INTENSITY

ACCENT LIGHTING

HPS LAMP

ULTRASONIC

SABINS

AVOIDING ZONES OF DIRECT


SOUND

INSTALL ABSORBENT
MATERIALS WITHIN THE WALL
OF THE ENCLOSURE

7,380 fps

INTENSITY

REFRACTION

Phon

Sound Absorption

731/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Wavelength

Sound Attenuation

Sabin

Sound Diffraction

Threshold of Audibility

Sound

Pure Tone

Sine Wave

Luminaire

Candela

General Lighting

Luminous Flux

Luminance

Foot-Candle

Lux

Indirect Lighting

Tungsten

Cathode

Sound Intensity

Accent Lighting

732/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

Fluorescense

High-Pressure-Sodium (HPS)

Cross Light

Luminaire

Eggcrate

Floodlight

Porous Absorbents

Refraction

Frequency

Transmission Loss

733/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

734/803
PREPARED BY:
ALEXANDER SAN ANDRES

735/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

1 Which Philippine furniture is specifically designed for giving birth?

2 is an exquisite chest drawers

3 is a modified church pew

4 is a wooden sofa that features a cabinet compartment below the seat


5 Which Philippine furniture is usually used to store pillows and mats?
6 refers to a wardrobe with mirror attached to the door

7 is used to store food and utensils

8 is a daybed
9 What is escritoire?

10 is called bergere

11 is called the etagere

12 is called finial

13 Who designed the “Barcelona Chair”?

14 designed the adjustable chaise lounge

15 designed the cantilevered chair

16 designed the cesca cantilevered chair

17 It is a chair made of molded fiberglass rest on a cast aluminum pedestal

18 is made of nylon stretch fabric over urethane foam

19 is made of tubular steel frame cobered with rubber webbing and


pre-foamed latex foam
20 is made of reinforced molded fiberglass

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

736/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

737/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65
66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

738/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

77

78

79

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

739/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

109

110
111

112

113

114

115

740/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

741/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

742/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

162

163

129
130

131

132

133

134

135
136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

743/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

151

152

153

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

162

163

164

165

166

167

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

176

744/803
FURNITURE DESIGN REVIEWER

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

186

745/803
BUTACA

comoda

kapiya
gallinera
al mario

aparador

pamingalan

diban

a writing desk

arm chair with closed arms

hanging or standing shelves

crowning ornament on
furniture

Ludwig Mies van de Rohe

Le Corbusier –

Alvar Aalto

Marcel Bruer

tulip chair

chaise

ribbon chair

gyro chair –

746/803
747/803
748/803
749/803
750/803
751/803
752/803
753/803
754/803
755/803
BAHAY KUBO

Kitchen Gilir
Toilet & Bath Batalan
Rice Storage Kamalig
Low Table Dulang
Closet Tampipi
Room Silid
Room for Entertaining Guest Bulwagan

BAHAY NA BATO

Ground Floor
For caroza storage Zaguan
Horse Stable Quadra
Store room Bodega

Second Floor
Water Cistern Aljibe
Overhanging 2nd floor Volada
Food Storage Dispensa
Ante room for stairs Caida
Living room Sala
Dining room Comedor
Kitchen Cocina
Pantry Dispensa
Toilet Letrina / Comun
Bath Bano
Open terrace Azotea
Room Cuarto / Alcoba / Dormitorio
Vault Entresuelo
Balcony Balcon
Courtyard Patio
distinctive features
1. PERSIANA – large windows with slats covered with capiz to filter
light; unique in Southeast Asia
2. VENTANILLA – small windows usually at lower portion of the wall
3. CALLADO – open woodwork or tracery; fixed over a window or
placed as space dividers
4. BARANDILLAS – wrought iron traceries on the wall
5. BANGGERA – where the dishes are kept
NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION
EGYPTIAN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Luxor Luxor, Egypt
Abu Simbel
Pyramid of King Zoser
The Great Pyramid
GREEK ARCHITECTURE
Partheon Athens, Greece

Erechtheum Athens, Greece


Epidaurus Theater Epidaurus, Greece
ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
The Pantheon Rome, Italy
Trajan's Forum Rome, Italy
Colosseum Rome, Italy
AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
White House Washington, D.C.
Capitol of the United States Washington, D.C.
National Gallery Of Art
Washington Monument Washington, D.C.
University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia
Massachusetts State House
Saint Patrick's Cathedral New York
Connecticut State Capitol
Monticallo Charlottesville, Virginia
New York City Hall New York

Fallingwater Ohiopyle, Pennsylvania


Guggenheim Museum New York, New York
Coonley House Riverside, Illonois
Ennis House Los Angeles, California
Johnson Wax Building Racine, Winconsin
Larkin Building Buffalo, New York
Wingspread Wind Point
Golden Gate Bridge San Francisco,California

FRENCH ARCHITECTURE
The Louvre Paris, France
Tuileries Paris, France
Palais Royal
Sacre-coeur Hill of Montmatre, Paris
Hotel de Ville
Arc de Triomphe
Pompidou Centre Paris, France
Notre Dame de Paris Paris, France
ParisOpera House Paris, France
Elysee Palace
Hotel de Invalides
La Madelaine
Sorbonne Paris, France
Charles Cathedral Chartes, France
Amien's Cathedral
Rheims Cathedral
Eiffel Tower Paris, France

Notre Dame du Haut Ronchamp, France


Villa Savoye Poissy, France

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION


GERMAN ARCHITECTURE
Burgtheater

Berlin Opera House

Wurzburg Residenz
Einstein Tower Potsdam, Germany
ENGLISH ARCHITECTURE
British Moseum London, England

Salisbury Cathedral Salisbury, England


Queen's House Greenwich, England

Somerset House London, England


St. Paul's Cathedral London, England
Chiswick House Chiswick, England
Westminster Palace London, England
Glasgow School of Art Galsgow,England
Durham cathedral Durham, England
Buckingham Palace
CHINA, TURKEY, ITALY, INDIA AND SPAIN ARCHITECTURE
Temple of Heaven China
Hagia Sofia Istanbul, Turkey
Cathedral of Siena Southern Italy
Pisa Cathedral Pisa, Italy
Florence Cathedral Florence, Italy
Krak des Chevaliers Syria
Alhambra Granada, Spain
Casa Batllo Barcelona, Spain
Casa Mila Barcelona, Spain
Sagrada Familia Barcelona, Spain
Taj Mahal Agra, India
PHILIPPINE CHURCHES
Paoay Church Ilocos Norte
Vigan Church Ilocos Sur
Santa Maria Church Ilocos Sur
Tumauini Church Isabela
Angat Church Bulacan
Barasoain Church Bulacan
San Sebastian Church Manila
San Augustine Church Manila
Taal Church Batangas

Daraga Church Albay


Miagao Church Iloilo
Santo Nino de Cebu Basilica Cebu
PHILIPPINE SKYSCRAPERS
PBCom Tower Makati
Petron Mega Plaza Makati
BSA Twin Tower Mandaluyong
G.T. International Tower Makati

Robinson's Equitable Tower Pasig


ICEC (LKG) Tower Makati

Pacific Plaza Tower 1& 2 Makati


Roxas Triangle 1 & 2 Makati

NAME OF STRUCTURE LOCATION


SKYSCRAPERS AROUND THE WORLD
Petronas Tower Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Sears Tower Chicago, USA
Jin Mao Building Shnaghai, China
Plaza Rakyat Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
Empire State Building New Yrok City, USA

Central Plaza Hong Kong, China

Bank of China Hong Kong, China


Emirates Tower I Dubai, UAE

The Center Hong Kong, China


T & C Tower Kaohsiung, Taiwan

AON Center Chicago, USA


John Hancock Center Chicago, USA
Shun Hing Square Shenzhen, China

Citic Plaza (Sky Center Plaza) Guangzhou, China

Burj Al-Arab Hotel Dubai, UAE

Baiyoke Tower 2 Bangkok, Thailand


Chrysler Building New Yrok City, USA
Bank of American Palza Atlanta, USA
Library Tower Los Angeles, USA
Malaysia Telecom HQ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

AT & T Corporate Center Chicago, USA


Chase Tower Houston, USA
Ryugyong Hotel Pyongyoang, North Korea
ARCHITECT STYLE

Imhotep

Itchinus, Callicarates Ancient Greek, Doric


with Phidias
Mnesicles Ancient Greek, Ionic
Polykleitos Ancient Greek

Acrippa Ancient Roman


Apollodorus of Damascus Roman
Vespacian and Domitian Ancient Roman

James Hoban Georgian Neoclassical


Thorton, Latrobe, Bulfinch Neoclassical
John Russel Pope
Robert Mills Neo-Egyptian
Thomas Jefferson Classical, Neo-Palladian
Charles Bulfinch
James Renwick
Richard Upjohn
Thomas Jefferson Colonial Georgian
Pierre L'enfant French Renaissance -
Georgian Style
Frank Lloyd Wright Expressionist Modern
Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Frank Lloyd Wright Prairie Style
Frank Lloyd Wright Deco Modern
Frank Lloyd Wright Modern
Frank Lloyd Wright Early Modern
Frank Lloyd Wright Neo-Vernacular
Joseph Strauss Structural Modern
with some Art Deco details

Peirre Lescot French Renaissance

Paul Abadie, Lucien Magne


Domencio de Cortona

Richrad Rogers, Renzo Piano High-Tech Modern


Maurice de Sully Early Gothic
Charles Garnier Neo-Baroque
Claude Mollet

Napoleon I

Gothic exempler
French Gothic

Gustave Eiffel Victorian Structural


Expressionist
Le Corbusier Expressionist Modern
Le Corbusier Modern

ARCHITECT STYLE

Gottfried Semper with


Karl Von Hasenaver
Georg Wenzeslaus Von
Knobelsdorf
Balthazar Neumann
Erich Mendelsohn Expressionist Early Modern

Sir Robert Smirke Victorian Ionic façade


Classical Revival
English Gothic
Inigo Jones Palladian, Late English
Renaissance
William Chambers Neoclassical
Sir Christopher Wren Late Renaissance to Baroque
Lord Burlington Palladian
Sir Charles Barry English Gothic Revival
Charles Rennie Mackintosh Art Nouveau
Romanesque
Sir George Goring

Isidoros and Anthemios Byzantine


Gothic and Mediterranean
Romanesque
Arnolfo di Cambio Italian Romanesque
Medieval
Moorish(Islamic)
Antonio Gaudi Expressionist or Art Nouveau
Antonio Gaudi Art Nouveau
Antonio Gaudi Expressionist
Emperor Shah Jahan Islamic

Antonio Estavillo
Baroque
Benigno Fernandez
ultra-baroque
Baroque

Genaro Palacios Gothic Style


Juan Macias Baroque or Neo Classic
Fray Marcos Anton
Don Luciano Oliver

Fray Juan de Albarran Romanesque and Neo Classic

Skidmore, Owings, Merill


Skidmore, Owings, Merill

Kohn Pedersen Fox


Recio Casas
HOK
Kohn Pedersen Fox
Recio Casas
Arquitectonica
Skidmore, Owings, Merill

ARCHITECT NO. OF FLRS/HEIGHT

Cesar Pelli & Associates 88 / 452 meters


Skidmore, Owings and Merill 110 / 443 meters
Skidmore, Owings and Merill 88 / 420.60 meters
Skidmore, Owings and Merill 79 / 382 meters
Shreve Lamb & Harmon 102 / 381 meters
Associates
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 78 / 374 meters
and Associates
I.M. Pei & Partners 70 / 369 meters
NORR Group Consultants 56 / 358 meters
Intenational, Ltd.
73 / 350 meters
Hellmuth, Obata & 85/ 347 meters
Kassabuam/Cy Lee
Edward D. Stone & 83 / 346 meters
Associates
Skidmore, Owings and Merill 100 / 344 meters
K.Y. Cheung Design 81 / 325 meters
Associates
Dennis Lau and Ng Chu Man 80 / 322 meters
& Associates
Tom Wright of WS Atkins 60 / 321 meters
& Partners
Plan Architect Co. 90 / 320 meters
William Van Allen 77 / 319.40 meters
Johnson/Burgee Architects 55 / 312 meters
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 73 / 310.30 meters
Hijjas Kasturi Associates 77 / 310 meters
Daewoo and Partners
Peter Ellis, SOM 61 / 307 meters
Pei Cobb Freed and Partners 75 / 305.40 meters
Baikdoosan Architects &
Engineers 105 / 300 meters
TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

TERMINOLOGY ( National Building Code )


ABATEMENT Any act that would remove or neutralize a fire hazard.
Accessoria or Row House A house of not more than two storeys, composed of a row or dwel
entirely separated from one another by party wall or walls and with an independent entrance
dwelling units.

Accessory Building A building subordinate to the main building on the same lot and used for
customarily incidental to those of the main building such as servants quarters, garage, pump house
etc.

ADMINISTRATOR Any person who acts as agent of the owner and manages the use of a building

Agricultural Building A building designated and constructed to house farm implements, hay, grai
livestock or other horticultural products. This structure shall not be a place of human habitation or
employment where agricultural products are processed, treated or packaged; nor shall it be place us
public.

Alley Any building space or thoroughfare which has been dedicated or deeded to the public or for
as a passageway with a width of not more than three meters.

Alter or Alteration Any change, addition, or modification in construction of occupancy.

Apartment A room or suite of two or more rooms, designed and intended for, or occupied by one
living, sleeping, and cooking purposes.
Apartment House Any building or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented, leased, let or
to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or more families living inde
of each other and doing their own cooking in the building, and shall include flats and apartments.

Arcade Any portion of a building above the first floor projecting over the sidewalk beyond the f
wall used as protection for pedestrians against rain or sun.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Assembly Building or Hall A building or a portion of a building used for the gathering together
more persons for such purposes as deliberation, workshop, entertainment, amusement, or
transportation or of a hundred or more persons in drinking and dining establishments.

Attic Storey Any storey situated wholly or partly in a roof, so designed, arranged, or built as to b
business, storage, or habitation.
Awning A movable shelter supported entirely from the exterior wall of a building and of a type wh
retracted, folded, or collapsed against the face of a supporting building.

Backing The surface or assembly to which veneer is attached.


Balcony A portion of the seating space of an assembly room, the lowest part of which is raise 1.20
more above the level of the main floor.
Balcony Exterior Exit A landing or porch projecting from the wall of a building, and which se
required means of egress. The long size shall be at least fifty percent open, and the open area
guardrail shall be so distributed as to prevent the accumulation of smoke or toxic gases.

Barbecue A stationary open hearth or brazier, either fuel-fired or electric, used for food preparation

Basement A portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is partly below and partly ab
but so located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor is less than the vertical distance from
ceiling.

Bay or Panel One of the intervals or spaces into which the building front is divided by columns, b
or division walls.
BLASTING AGENT Any material or mixture consisting of a fuel and oxidizer used to set off expl

Boarding House A house with five or more sleeping rooms where boarders are provided with lod
meals for fixed sum paid by the month, or week, in accordance with previous arrangement.

Boiler Room Any room containing a stream or hot-water boiler.


Buildable Area The remaining space in a lot after deducting the required minimum open spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Building Any structure built for the support, shelter, or enclosure of persons, animals, chattels, o
of any kind.
Building Height The vertical distance from the established grade elevation to the highest point of t
of a flat roof; to the average height of the highest gable or a pitch or hip roof, or to the top of the
the roof is provided with a parapet. In case of sloping ground, the average ground level of the build
shall be considered the established grade elevation.

Building Length Its general lineal dimensions usually measured in the direction of the bearing
girders.
Building Width Its shortest linear dimensions usually measured in the direction of the floor, beams

Cellar The portion of a building between floor and ceiling which is wholly or partly below gra
located that the vertical distance from grade to the floor below is equal to or greater than the vertica
from grade to ceiling.

CELLULOSE NITRATE OR NITRO CELLULOSE A highly combustible and explosive c


produced by the reaction of nitric acid with a cellulose material.

CELLULOSE NITRATE PLASTIC (PYROXYLIN) Any plastic substance, materials or compou


cellulose nitrate (nitro cellulose) as base.
Chimney Classifications:
chimney a. Residential Appliance Type. A factory-built or masonry chimney suitable for removing
of combustion from residential type appliance producing combustion gases not in excess of 538°C
at the appliance flue outlet.

chimney b. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for rem
product with combustion from full-burning low-heat appliances producing combustion gases not in
538°C under normal operating conditions but capable of producing combustible gases of 760°
intermittent forced firing for periods up to one hour. All temperatures are measured at the appl
outlet.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

chimney c. Low-Heat Appliance Type. A factory-built masonry or metal chimney suitable for rem
products of combustion from fuel-burning medium-heat appliances producing combustion gas
excess of 1093°C measured at the appliance flue outlet.

Chimney Connector The pipe which connects a flue burning appliance to a chimney.

Chimney Linear The lining materials of fire clay or other approved material.
Chimney Masonry The chimney of solid masonry units bricks, stones, listed hollow unit masonry
reinforced concrete.
COMBUSTIBLE FIBER Any readily ignitable and free burning fiber such as cotton, oakum, ra
cloth, waste paper, kapok, hay, straw, Spanish moss, excelsior and other similar materials common
commerce.

COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID Any liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F).

COMBUSTIBLE, FLAMMABLE OR INFLAMMABLE Descriptive of materials that are easily se

Concrete Block A hollow or solid concrete masonry unit made from portland cement and
aggregates such as sand, gravel, crushed stone, bituminous or anthracite cinders, burned clay
volcanic scoria, air cooled or expanded blast furnace slags.

Coping The material or units used to form a cap of finish on top of a wall, pier, or pilaster.

Corrosion-Resistant Material Materials that are inherently rust-resistant or materials to which an


rust-resistive coating has been applied either before or after forming or fabrication.

Corrosion-Resistant The non-ferrous metal, or any metal having an unbroken surface on non-ferro
or steel with not less than 10 percent chromium or with less than 0.20 percent copper.

CORROSIVE LIQUID Any liquid which causes fire when in contact with organic matter or wi
chemicals.
Course A continuous horizontal layer of masonry units.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Court An occupied space between building lines and lot lines other than a yard; free, open, and uno
by appendages from the ground upward.
CRYOGENIC Descriptive of any material which by its nature or as a result of its reaction w
elements produces a rapid drop in temperature of the immediate surroundings.

CURTAIN BOARD A vertical panel of non-combustible or fire resistive materials attached to and
below the bottom chord of the roof trusses, to divide the underside of the roof into separate compar
that heat and smoke will be directed upwards to a roof vent.

DAMPER A normally open device installed inside an air duct system which automatically closes
the passage of smoke or fire.
Dispersal Area (Safe) An area which will accommodate a number of persons equal to the total c
the stand and building it serves, in such a manner that no person within the area need be closer t
meters from the stand or building. Dispersal areas shall be based upon an area of not less than 0.2
meter per person.

DISTILLATION The process of first raising the temperature in separate the more volatile from
volatile parts and then cooling and condensing the resulting vapor so as to produce a nearly
substance.

DUCT SYSTEM A continuous passageway for the transmission of air.


DUST A finely powdered substance which, when mixed with air in the proper proportion and ig
cause an explosion.
Dwelling Any building or any portion thereof which is not an "apartment house", "lodging ho
"hotel" as defined in this Code which contained one or two "dwelling units" or "guest rooms", used
or designed to be built, used, rented, leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or which are occupied
purposes.

Dwelling Unit One or more habitable rooms which are occupied or which are intended or design
occupied by one family with facilities for living, sleeping, cooking, and eating.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Dwelling, Indigenous Family A dwelling intended for the use and occupancy by the family of
only. It is one constructed of native materials such as bamboo, nipa, logs, or lumber, the total cost
does not exceed fifteen thousand pesos.

Dwelling, Multiple A building used as a home or residence of three or more families living inde
from one another, each occupying one or more rooms as a single housekeeping unit.

Dwelling, One-Family A detached building designated for, or occupied exclusively by one family.

ELECTRICAL ARC An extremely hot luminous bridge formed by passage of an electric curren
space between two conductors or terminals due to the incandescence of the conducting vapor.

EMBER A hot piece or lump that remains after a material has partially burned, and is still oxidizin
the manifestation of flames.
Exit A continuous and unobstructed means of egress to a public way, and shall include interven
doorways, corridors, exterior exit balconies, ramps, stairways, smoke-proof enclosures, horizontal
passageway, exit courts, and yards. An exit shall be deemed to be that point which opens directly i
dispersal area or public way. All measurement are to be made to that point when determining the p
distance of travel.

Exit Courts A yard or court providing egress to a public way for one or more required exits.

Exit Horizontal A means of passage from one building into another building occupied by the sa
through a separation wall having a minimum fire resistance of one-hour.

Exit Passageway An enclosed means of egress connecting a required exit of exit court with a publi

Facing Any masonry, forming an integral part of a wall used as a finished surface (as contrasted
see definition).
FINISHES Materials used as final coating of a surface for ornamental or protective purposes.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

FIRE ALARM Any visual or audible signal produced by a device or system to warm the occupa
building or fire fighting elements of the presence or danger of fire to enable them to undertake i
action to save life and property and to suppress the fire.

FIRE DOOR A fire resistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or partitions.

FIRE HAZARD Any condition or act which increases or may cause an increase in the probabil
occurrence of fire, or which may obstruct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighting operation
safeguarding of life and property.

FIRE LANE The portion of a roadway or publicway that should be kept opened and unobstructed a
for the expedient operation of fire fighting units.
FIRE PROTECTIVE AND FIRE SAFETY DEVICE Any device intended for the protection of bu
persons to include but not limited to built-in protection system such as sprinklers and other
extinguishing system, detectors for heat, smoke and combustion products and other warnin
components, personal protective equipment such as fire blankets, helmets, fire suits, gloves
garments that may be put on or worn by persons to protect themselves during fire.

Fire Retardant Treated Wood Lumber of plywood impregnated with chemicals and when
accordance with accepted fire standards for a period of 30 minutes shall have a flame spread of no
and show no evidence of progressive combustion. The Fire-retardant properties shall not be c
permanent when exposed to the weather.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

FIRE SAFETY CONSTRUCTIONS Refers to design and installation of walls, barriers, doors,
vents, means of egress, etc. integral to and incorporated into a building or structure in order to
danger to life from fire, smoke, fumes or panic before the building is evacuated. These feature
designed to achieve, among others, safe and rapid evacuation of people through means of egress se
smoke or fire, the confinement of fire or smoke in the room or floor of origin and delay their sprea
parts of the building by means of smoke sealed and fire resistant doors, walls and floors. It shall als
include the treatment of buildings components or contents with flame retardant chemicals.

FIRE The active principle of burning, characterized by the heat and light of combustion.

FIRE TRAP A building unsafe in case of fire because it will burn easily or because it lacks adequa
fire escapes.
Firebrick A finely ground clay used as a plasticizer for masonry mortars; varies widely in
properties.
Fireplace A hearth and fire chamber or similarly prepared place in which a fire may be made and
built in conjunction with a chimney.
First Storey The storey the floor of which is at or above the level of the sidewalk or adjoining gr
remaining storeys being numbered in regular succession upward.

FLASH POINT The minimum temperature at which any material gives off vapor in sufficient con
to form an ignitable mixture with air.
Floor Area An area included within the surrounding exterior walls of a building or portion thereof,
of vent shafts and courts. The floor area of a building or portion thereof not provided with su
exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above.

Footing That portion of the foundation of a structure which spreads and transmits loads directly to
the pile.
FORCING A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing its shape or dimensions.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Foundation All the portions of the building or structure below the footing, the earth upon w
structure rests.
FULMINATE A kind of stable explosive compound which explodes by percussion.

Garage A building or portion thereof in which a motor vehicle containing gasoline, distillate
violative, flammable liquid in its tank, is stored, repaired, or kept.

Garage Commercial A garage where automobiles and other motor vehicles are housed, cared for,
repaired or kept for remuneration, hire, or sale.
Garage Private A building or a portion of a building in which only motor vehicles used by the tena
building or buildings on the premises are stored or kept.

Garage, Open Parking A structure of one or more tiers in height which is at least 50 percent open
more sides and is used exclusively for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles having
of not more than nine persons per vehicle. Open parking garages are further classified as either ram
or mechanical-access. Ramp-access, open parking garages are those employing a series of con
rising floors permitting the movement of vehicles under their own power from and to the street leve

Girder A horizontal structural piece which supports in end of the floor beams or joists or w
opening.
Grade (Adjacent Ground Elevation) The lowest point of elevation of the finished surface of th
between the exterior wall of a building and a point 1.50 meters distant from said wall, or the lowes
elevation of the finished surface of the ground between the exterior wall of a building and a propert
is less than 1.50 meters distant from sidewall. In case walls are parallel to and within 1.50 meters o
sidewalk, alley, or other public way, the grade shall be the elevation of the sidewalk, alley, or public

Ground Floor The storey at or near the level of the grade, the other storeys, beginning with secon
first next above, shall be designated by the successive floor number counting upward.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Guest Room Any room or rooms used, or intended to be used by a guest for sleeping purposes. E
square meters of superficial floor area in a dormitory shall be considered to be guest room.

Habitable Room Any room meeting the requirements of this Code for sleeping, living, cooking
purposes, excluding such enclosed spaces as closets, pantries, bath or toilet room, service rooms, c
corridors, laundries, unfinished attics, storages, space cellars, utility rooms, and similar spaces.

Hall, Common A corridor or passageway used in common by all the occupants within a building.

Hall, Stair A hall which includes the stair, stair landings, and those portions of the common ha
which it is necessary to pass in going between the entrance floor and the room.

HAZARDOUS OPERATION/PROCESS Any act of manufacturing, fabrication, conversion, etc.,


or produces materials which are likely to cause fires or explosions.

Heliport An area of land or water or a structural surface which is used, or intended for use, the la
take off helicopters and any appurtenant areas which are used, or intended for use, for heliport buil
other heliport facilities.

Helistop The same as a heliport except that no refueling, maintenance repairs, or storage of heli
permitted.
HORIZONTAL EXIT Passageway from one building to another or through or around a
approximately the same floor level.
HOSE BOX A box or cabinet where fire hoses, valves and other equipment are stored and arrange
fighting.
HOSE REEL A cylindrical device turning on an axis around which a fire hose is wound and connec

Hotel A building or a part thereof with rooms occupied or intended to be occupied for hire as t
boarding place of individuals with a general kitchen and public dining room service, but no pro
cooking in any individual suite or room.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Hotel Apartment An apartment house which may furnish dining room service and other servic
exclusive use of its tenants.
HYPERGOLIC FUEL A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinations of fuels and
which ignite spontaneously on contact with each other.

Incombustible As applied to building construction material, as material which, in the form it i


either one of the following:
Incombustible Material When referred to as structural material, means brick, stone, terracotta,
iron, steel, sheet, metal, or tiles, used either singly or in combination.

Incombustible Stud Partition A partition plastered on both sides upon metal lath or wire cloth f
height, and fire-topped between the studs with incombustible material 20 centimeters above the fl
the ceiling.

Incumbustible a. Material having an structural base of incombustible material as defined in item (


with a surfacing material not over 3.2 millimeter s thick which has a flame-spread rating of 50 or le

Incumbustible b. "Incombustible" does not apply to surface finish materials. Material requi
incombustible for reduced clearance to flues, heating appliances, or other materials shall refer to
conforming to the provisions of this Code. No material shall be classed as incombustible which is
increase in combustibility or flame-spread rating beyond the limits herein established, through the
age, moisture, or other atmospheric condition.

INDUSTRIAL BAKING AND DRYING The industrial process of subjecting materials to he


purpose of removing solvents or moisture from the same, and/or to fuse certain chemical salts
uniform glazing the surface of materials being treated.

JUMPER A piece of metal or an electrical conductor used to bypass a safety device in an electrical

Line, Building The line formed by the intersection of the outer surface of the enclosing wall of th
and the surface of the ground.
Lintel The beam or girder placed over an opening in a wall, which supports the wall construction a

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Load, Dead The weight of the permanent portions of a building or structure; it includes the wei
walls permanent partitions, framing floors, roofs, and all other permanent and stationary fixtures m
and other construction entering into the becoming a part of a building or structure.

Load, Lateral That load cased by winds, earthquakes, or other dynamic forces.
Load, Live The weight of the contents of a building or structure; it includes all except dead and la
weight of temporary partitions, cases, counters, and similar equipment, and all loads imposed d
occupancy of the building or structure.

Load, Occupant The total number of persons that may occupy a building or portion thereof at any

Lodging House Any building or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest rooms which
by not more than five guests where rent is paid in money, goods, labor or otherwise.

Lot A parcel of land on which a principal building and its accessories are placed or may be place
with the required open spaces. A lot may or may not be the land designated as lot or recorded plot.

Lot Line The line of demarcation between either public or private property.
Lot, Corner A lot situated at the junction of two or more streets forming an angle of not more
hundred thirty-five degrees (135°C).
Lot, Depth of The average horizontal distance between the front and the rear lot lines.

Lot, Front The front boundary line of a lot bordering on the street and in the case of a corner lot,
either frontage.
Lot, Inside A lot fronting on but one street of public alley and the remaining sides bounded by lot l

Lot, Open A lot bounded on all sides by street lines.


Lot, Width of The average horizontal distance between the side lot lines.
Masonry A form of construction composed of stone, brick, concrete, gypsum, hollow clay tile
block or tile, or other similar building units of material or combination of these material laid up un
in mortar.

Masonry Solid Masonry of solid units built without hollow spaces.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Masonry Unit Brick, block, tile, stone, or other similar building unit or combination thereof, m
bounded together by a cementation agent.
Mechanical access parking garages are those employing parking machines, lifts, elevators,
mechanical services for vehicles moving from and to street level and in which public occupancy is
above the street level.

Mezzanine or Mezzanine Floor A partial intermediate floor in any storey or room of a building
area not more than one-half of the area of the room or space in which it is constructed.

Non-Conforming Building A building which does not conform with the regulations of the distric
is situated as to height, yard requirement, lot area, and percentage of occupancy.

Non-Conforming Use The use of a building or land or any portion of such building or land which
conform with the use and regulation of the zone where it is situated.

Occupancy The purpose for which a building is used or intended to be used. The term shall also in
building or room housing such use. Change of occupancy is not intended to include change of
proprietors.

OCCUPANCY The purpose for which a building or portion thereof is used or intended to be used.

OCCUPANT Any person actually occupying and using a building or portions thereof by virtue
contract with the owner or administrator or by permission or sufferance of the latter.

ORGANIC PEROXIDE A strong oxidizing organic compound which releases oxygen readily. It c
when in contact with combustible materials especially under conditions of high temperature.

OVERLOADING The use of one or more electrical appliances or devices which draw or consume
current beyond the designed capacity of the existing electrical system.

Owner Any person, company, or corporation owning the property or properties under considerat
receiver or trustee thereof.
OWNER The person who holds the legal right of possession or title to a building or real property.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

OXIDIZING MATERIAL A material that readily yields oxygen in quantities sufficient to sti
support combustion.
Panic Hardware A bar which extends across at least one-half the width of each door leaf, which
the door if subjected to pressure.
Partition An interior subdividing walls.
Pier An insolated mass of masonry forming support for arches, columns, girders, lintels, trusses, a
structural parts.
Plaster A portion of the wall which projects on one or both sides and acts as a vertical beam, a c
both.
Plaster, Portland, Cement A mixture of portland cement, or portland cement and lime, and aggr
other approved material as specified in this Code.
Plastics, Approved Plastic materials which have a flame spread rating of 225 or less.

Platform, Enclosed A partially enclosed portion of an assembly room the ceiling of which is not
1.50 meters above the proscenium opening and which is designed or used for the presentation
demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props, decorations, of the effects may be in
used.

PRESSURIZED OR FORCED DRAFT BURNING EQUIPMENT Type or burner where th


subjected to pressure prior to discharge into the combustion chamber and/or which includes fan
provisions for the introduction of air at above normal atmosphere pressure into the same co
chamber.

PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDING Any building or structure where fifty (50) or more people co
gather, or assemble for any purpose.
Public Way A parcel of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky, more than 3.00 meters
appropriate d to the free passage of the general public.
PUBLIC WAY Any street, alley or other strip of land unobstructed from the ground to the sky
dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated for public use.

PYROPHORIC Descriptive of any substance that ignites spontaneously when exposed to air.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

REFINING A process where impurities and/or deleterious materials are removed from a mixture i
produce a pure element of compound. It shall also refer to partial distillation and electrolysis.

Repair The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing building for the purpose of its ma
The word "repair" shall not apply to any change of construction.

SELF-CLOSING DOORS Automatic closing doors that are designed to confine smoke and heat
the spread of fire.
Shaft A vertical opening through a building for elevators, dumbwaiters, mechanical equipment,
purposes.
Show Window A store window in which goods are display.
Slum Blighted Area: Eyesore; An area where the values of real estate tend to deteriorate becau
dilapidated, obsolescent, and unsanitary condition of the building within the area. Any eyesore is
or area which is markedly unpleasant to look at.

SMELTING Melting or fusing of metallic ores or compounds so as to separate impurities from pure

Socalo, Masonry The wall between the bottom of the window sill and the ground.

Soffit The underside of a beam, lintel, or reveal.


SPRINKLER SYSTEM An integrated network of hydraulically designed piping installed in a
structure or area with outlets arranged in a systematic pattern which automatically discharges w
activated by heat or combustion products from a fire.

Stable Any structure designed and intended for the enclosure, shelter, or protection of any horse, c
other cattle.
Stable, Commercial A stable wherein the animals kept are for business, racing or breeding purpose

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Stage A partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is designed or used for the repr
of plays, demonstrations, or other entertainment wherein scenery, props or other effects may be in
used, and where the distance between the top of the proscenium openings and the ceiling above th
more than 1.50 meters.

Stairway Two or more risers shall constitute a stairway.


Stairway, Private A stairway serving one tenant only.
STANDPIPE SYSTEM A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hoses can be attache
floor, including a system by which water is made available to the outlets as needed.

Storey That portion of a building included between the upper surface of any floor and the upper
the floor next above, except that the topmost storey shall be that portion of a building included be
upper surface of the topmost floor and the ceiling or roof above. If the finished floor level directl
basement, cellar or unused underfloor space is more than 3.60 meters above grade as defined her
point. Such basement, cellar or unused underfloor space shall be considered as a storey.

Storey, Height of The perpendicular distance from top to top of two successive floors, floor beams
The clear height of a storey or a room is the distance from the floor to the ceiling. The clear
balconies is measured from the highest point of the sidewall grade to the underside of the balc
joists. If these joists are sealed, this clear height is measured to the underside of the ceiling.

Street Any thoroughfare of public space which has been dedicated or deeded to the public for publi

Structural Frame The framing system including the columns and the girders, beams, trusses, and
having direct connections to the columns an all other members which are essential to the stabil
building as a whole. The members of floor or roof which have no connection to the column
considered secondary and not a part of the structural frame.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Structure That which is built or constructed, an edifice or building of any kind or any piece
artificially built up or composed of parts joined together in some definite manner.

Suportales The vertical supports, such as posts or stanchions, as used in indigenous or tradition
construction. These may be freestanding as stilts or integrated into the wall structure. In the case
pie de gallos (knee braces) or crosettas (cross bracings) are sometimes used.

Surface, Exterior Weather-exposed surface.


Surface, Interior Surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.
Surface, Weather-Exposed All surfaces of walls, ceilings, floors, roofs, soffits, and similar
exposed to the weather except the following:
surfacea a. Ceiling and roof soffits enclosed by walls, or by beams extend a minimum of 300 mi
below such ceiling or roof soffits;
surfacea b. Walls or portions of walls within an unenclosed roof area, when located a horizonta
from an exterior opening equal to twice the height of the opening; and

surfacea c. Ceiling and roof soffits beyond a horizontal distance of 3.00 meters from the outer ed
ceilings or roof soffits.
Value of Valuation of a Building The estimated cost to replace the building in kind, based o
replacement costs.
Vault Any surface or underground construction covered on top, or nay fireproof construction int
the storage of valuables.
Veneer Adhered Veneer secured and supported by approved mechanical fasteners attached to an
backing supported through adhesion to an approved bonding material applied over an approved bac

Veneer, Exterior Veneer applied to weather-exposed surfaces.


Veneer, Interior Veneer applied to surfaces other than weather-exposed surfaces.

VERTICAL SHAFT An enclosed vertical space of passage that extends from floor to floor, as we
the base to the top of the building.
VESTIBULE A passage hall or antechamber between the outer doors and the interior parts of a
building.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Wall Bearing A wall which supports any load other than its own weight.
Wall, Cross A term which may be used synonymously with a partition.
Wall, Curtain The enclosing wall of an iron or steel framework or the nonbearing portion of an
wall between piers.
Wall, Dead A wall without openings.
Wall, Exterior Any wall or element of a wall or any number or group of members, which d
exterior boundary or courts of a building.
Wall, Faced A wall in which the facing and backing are so bonded together that they act as a
element, and exert a common action under load.
Wall, Fire Any wall which subdivided a building so as to resist the spread of fire, by starti
foundation and extending continuously through all storeys to, or above the roof. Extension above t
1.00 meter.

Wall, Foundation That portion of an enclosing wall below the first tier of floor-joists.

Wall, Height of The perpendicular distance measured from its base line either at the grade or at
the girder to the top of the coping thereof. Foundation and retaining walls are measured from
downward to the base of the footing.

Wall, Nonbearing A wall which supports no load other than its own weight.
Wall, Parapet That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
Wall, Party A wall separating two or more buildings, and used in common by the said buildings.

Wall, Retaining Any wall used to resist the lateral displacement of any material; a subsurface wa
resist the lateral pressure of internal loads.
Wall, Thickness of The minimum thickness measured on the bed.
Window An opening through a wall of a building to the outside air for the purpose of admitting na
and air.
Window, Oriel A projecting window similar to a bay window, cut curried on brackets or corbels.
"bay window" may also be applied to an oriel window projecting over the street line.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus


TERMINOLOGY BUILDING LAWS

Wire Backing Horizontal strands of tautened wire attached to surfaces of vertical wood suppo
when covered with building paper, provide a backing for portland cement plaster.

Yard or Patio The vacant space left in a lot between the building and the property line.

Yard, Rear The yard lying between the side lot line and the nearest lot line and the nearest building

Yard, Side The yard lying between the side line and the nearest building and between the front an
yards.

Archt. MAUNDY FLORENDO The Brouwn Bauhaus

You might also like